Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
5919 Gall Blvd
INDEX OF DRAWINGS 14 NORTH LOCATION MAP vmo SITE ZEPHYR PLAZA 5919 GALL BOULEVARD ZEPHYRHILLS, FL 33542 DEFERRED SUBMITTALS - THE FOLLOWING PORTIONS OF THE DESIGN SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT AND APPROVED PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. SEPARATE PERMITS MAY BE REQUIRED -SIGNAGE -FIRE ALARM - NOT APPLICABLE -FIRE SPRINKLER MODIFICATION - NOT APPLICABLE - ALL DEFERRED SUBMITTALS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THE ISSUANCE OF PERMIT. - ARCHITECT OF RECORD SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING ALL SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS PREPARED BY OTHERS. ALL DEFERRED SUBMITTALS SHALL BE COORDINATED BY CONTRACTOR AT TIME OF PERMIT. SCOPE OF WORK PROJECT CONSISTS OF A RENOVATION TO AN EXISTING STORE FOR A NEW PET SUPPLIES RETAIL STORE INCLUDING PET GROOMING SERVICES. WORK INCLUDES: INTERIOR WALLS, CEILING, FINISHES INTERIOR DOORS GLASS AND ALUMINUM VESTIBULE PLUMBING HVAC ELECTRICAL POWER AND LIGHTING RETAIL DISPLAY FIXTURES AND RACKING ALTERNATE SUMMARY CODES BUILDING: 2017 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE - 6th EDITION MECHANICAL: 2017 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE - 6th EDITION PLUMBING: 2017 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE - 6th EDITION ELECTRIC: 2014 NFPA 70 (NEC) HANDICAP: 2017 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE - ACCESSIBILITY - 6th EDITION FIRE: 2017 FLORIDA FIRE PREVENTION CODE - 6th EDITION ENERGY: 2017 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE - 6th EDITION BUILDING INFORMATION: BUILDING: EXISTING USE GROUP: M, MERCANTILE CONSTRUCTION TYPE: 1113 TENANT SPACE IS FULLY SPRINKLED: NO FIRE ALARM SYSTEM: NO GROSS LEASED AREA: 7,096 S.F.* SALES AREA: 5,861 S.F. @ 1 OCC/60 S.F. = 97 OCC. OFFICES: 856 S.F. @ 1 OCC/100 S.F. = 9 OCC. STOCKROOM: 379 S.F. @ 1 OCC/300 S.F. = 2 OCC. TOTAL OCCUPANT LOAD 108 OCC. TRAVEL DISTANCE PERMITTED: 200'-0" MAXIMUM PROVIDED: 104'-5" ACTUAL lk11LTA 1=11k'[eiyE1t91V4101019I►`vi WATER CLOSETS: 1/500 = 1 REQUIRED; 1 PROVIDED MEN / UNISEX 1 REQUIRED; 1 PROVIDED WOMEN /UNISEX LAVATORIES: 1/750 = 1 REQUIRED; 1 PROVIDED MEN / UNISEX 1 REQUIRED; 1 PROVIDED WOMEN / UNISEX DRINKING FOUNTAIN: 1/1000 = 1 REQUIRED; 2 PROVIDED (HI-LO UNIT) SERVICE SINK: 1 REQUIRED; 1 PROVIDED. EXIT WIDTH REQUIRED: 0.2 INCHES 108 OCCUPANT LOAD: 21.6 INCHES PROVIDED: 102 INCHES MAIN ENTRY DOOR = 68 INCHES EGRESS DOOR = 34 INCHES (1 DOORS AT 34 INCHES) NUMBER OF EXITS REQUIRED REQUIRED: 2 PROVIDED: 2 * LEASEABLE AREA IS TO BE MEASURED PER BOMA STANDARDS (EXTERIOR FACE OF EXTERIOR WALLS AND CENTERLINE OF SHARED WALLS). C1.0 COVER SHEET C2.0 SCOPE OF WORK MATRIX C3.0 APPROVED VENDORS SCHEDULE C4.0 GENERAL INFORMATION C5.0 LIGHTING / MECHANICAL COMCHECK C6.0 MECHANICAL COMCHECK AS1.0 ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS AS1.1 ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS AS1.2 ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS AS1.3 ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS AS1.4 ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS AS1.5 ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS AS1.6 ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS AS1.7 ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS D1.0 DEMOLITION PLAN LS1.0 LIFE SAFETY PLAN A1.0 FLOOR PLAN A2.0 FIXTURE PLAN AND FLOOR FINISHES PLAN A3.0 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A4.0 ENLARGED PLANS A5.0 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS A5.1 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS A6.0 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A6.1 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A6.2 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A7.0 WALL SECTIONS A8.0 DETAILS A8.1 DETAILS A8.2 DETAILS A9.0 DOOR SCHEDULE AND DETAILS A9.1 FINISH SCHEDULE MPS1.0 MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS M1.0 MECHANICAL PLAN M2.0 MECHANICAL DETAILS M3.0 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES P1.0 PLUMBING PLAN - UNDER GROUND P1.1 PLUMBING PLAN P2.0 PLUMBING SCHEDULES & DETAILS P2.1 PLUMBING DETAILS P3.0 PLUMBING SCHEDULES ES1.0 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS E1.0 POWER/SYSTEMS PLAN E2.0 LIGHTING PLAN E3.0 ELECTRICAL DETAILS E4.0 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES, GENERAL NOTES AND ELEVATIONS E5.0 ELECTRICAL PANEL SCHEDULES REVIEW DATE /� ALL WORK SHALL. COMPLY WITH CITY OF ZEPHY LL NFFA CODES AND STANDARDS FIRE AND LIFE SA EXAMINER REVISIONS LANDLORD REQUIRED CONTACTS: CONTACTS REVISION DATE DESCRIPTION SHEETS TENANT: ARCHITECT PET SUPPLIES PLUS MJM ARCHITECTS 17197 N. LAUREL PARK DRIVE, STE 402 712 4th AVENUE SOUTH LIVONIA, MI 48152 NASHVILLE, TN 37210 INTERNAL ARCH: JOE HOCHENDONER PHONE: 734.793.6671 FAX: 734.793.6700 CONSTRUCTION: SHAUN MACLELLAN PHONE: 440-829-9139 LOSS PREVENTION: TIMOTHY FULTON PHONE: 734-793-6600 ff C11 CITY ciJ'' z :y°i 1r' . 1 ;i. ENGINEER: ENTECH ENGINEERING INC. 5301 VIRGINIA WAY SUITE 140 BRENTWOOD, TN 37027 CONTACT: BEN HUNTER PHONE: 615-373-2640 FAX: 615-373-4837 BUILDING DEPARTMENT: CITY OF ZEPHYRHILLS BUILIDNG DEPARTMENT 5335 8th STREET ZEPHYRHILLS, FL 33542 CONTACT: BILL BURGESS PH: 813-780-0020 E-MAIL: GAS: DEPARTMENT ADDRESS ADDRESS CITY, STATE ZIP CONTACT PHONE: FAX: CONTACT: SAM SOWELL PHONE: 615-244-8170 FAX: 615-244-8141 E-MAIL: S.SOWELL@MJMARCH.COM LANDLORD: ZEPHYR LLC. 7162 READING ROAD, SUITE 730 CINCINNATI, OH 45237-3845 CONTACT: MARK AYER PHONE: 513-608-3619 (Office) PHONE: E-MAIL: AYERMARK@GMAIL.COM Z O H U) w w Q 0 w cr . r �%.*' t ISSUED FOR: PERMIT 03.14.19 BID 03.14.19 CONSTRUCTION 00.00.00 REVIEW SET 03.14.19 JOB NO. 18390 o m DIVISION OF WORK: TURNKEY DEAL)o o m W w = = p w ALL WORK SHOWN ON THE PLANS TO BE COMPLETE BY THE LANDLORD AT THE LANDLORD'S EXPENSE UNLESS NOTED w w = = p J z OTHERWISE. co z z LLa U-a - w U U' U 0 � UJI � � U cn z z a- z U- z u_ � UOp a p . ZaCL ccp«pcpcn a. a. _j a. a p _j PROJECT TYPE: PET SUPPLIES PLUS BUILD -OUT A gloom IMME OD©0000 - REQUIREMENTS ►Ki•. 0 9 ':•: ! "__4 ►:❖� r-40ri ►❖: SHALL PAY THE COST FOR ALL TAP, IMPACT USAGE, CONNECTION & OTHER SIMILAR FEES REQUIRED FOR TENANTS USE & OCCUPANCY OF ---- -- CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 0 181;8113 TEMPORARY UTILITIES N 13 TEMPORARY LIGHTING 4 ENVIRONMENTAL, ASBESTOS AND MOLD TESTING WITH ABATEMENT REPORT FOR THE PREMISES------ [3 UTILITY FEES (DURING CONSTRUCTION) 13 ffiv' 0 13 ROOF - WATERTIGHT, GOOD CONDITION ❖i ►i' •� ■ i•:•i 0 • . ;i!i!. ■ is �; ■ !i! EXTERIOR/ SITE WORK TENANTS SHELL SPACE (FLOOR, WALLS, ROOF, ETC) ENERGY 1 ADA CURB RAMP(S) - NEW IF NEEDED, OR EXIST. IN GOOD CONDITION �. ... PARKING LOT LIGHTING - GOOD WORKING CONDITIGRf ❖-i ►iN i❖i 3 EXTERIOR, BUILDING MOUNTED LIGHTING 11 R.Ox E E CONCRETE SCISSOR LIFT PAD (NOT APPLICABLE) �O�' ►a ri ►•D:CONCRETE EXTERIOR WALLS STOREFRONT GLAZING AND FRAMES STOREFRONT FACADE EXISTING RECESSED OR RAISED DELIVERY DOCK m mrn),we n ■ ■ ■ -•-NOT APPLICABLE LOADING AREA �•i♦i' 'i �� iii 00©©0©0 MECHANICAL ROOF PENETRATIONS, STRUCTURAL SUPPORT, CURBING, FLASHING (IF APPLICABLE) �•ii' ►i 'i ►•O: �•ii' 'iif� ►•i•: �•Oi' 13 HVAC DISTRIBUTION (DUCTWORK/DIFFUSERS), ETC. NOTES TENANT IMPROVEMENTS DURING CONSTRUCTION ONLY NOTES PROVIDE TENANTS SHELL IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL GOVERNING ENERGY CODES. PROVIDE A SLOPED RAMP FROM SIDEWALK TO PARKING SURFACE COMPLYING WITH ALL GOVERNING ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS AT NEW EGRESS DOORS AND OVERHEAD DOORS PROVIDE CONCRETE PAD AT NEW SCISSOR LIFT LOCATION. SLOPE PAD SO WATER DRAINS AWAY FROM BUILDING. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY CONCRETE PAD EDGE CONDITIONS PER SITE SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS. TO BE PURCHASED THRU PSP's NATIONAL VENDOR. GOOD CONDITION, REPAIR AS NEEDED AS REQ. BY LOCAL JURISDICTIONS & IN CLOSE PROXIMITY TO TENANTS SPACE. MINIMUM 25'Wx12'Dx7'H TRASH ENCLOSURE & SPACE INSIDE THE ENCLOSURE FOR AN 8 YARD DUMPSTER, 8 YARD CARD BOARD RECYCLE BIN & WHEELED TOTES FOR PLASTIC RECYCLING. w UU► 0 U � � � � J 2 2 2 2 a z z z z o� LL p U. L p Z a W 0 cl WIn- 0 X ED u a g Z a Z w a. a. g 01112 3 4 5161 ELECTRICAL INCOMING SERVICE TO LOCATION SHOWN ON TENANT PLANS 01 DISTRIB. BOXES, CABLES, POWER POLES PANELS / METERS INTERIOR DISTRIBUTION & FINAL CONNECTION NOTES REFER TO OFFICE PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION JUNCTION BOXES FM 0 INTERIOR LIGHTING Mo EXIT AND EMERGENCY LIGHTING 01 LOW VOLTAGE (VOICE, DATA, MUSIC) CONDUIT AND WIRE APPROVED VENDOR PRE -WIRES DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PHASE. CASH WRAP POWER POLE(S) 2" EMT POWER POLE AT CASH WRAPS (RAW STEEL - DO NOT PAINT) TELEPHONE CONDUIT / PHONE BOARD 1" TELEPHONE CONDUIT WITH PULL WIRE STUBBED INTO TENANT SPACE FROM MASTER TELEPHONE PANEL REGISTER P.O.S. - EQUIPMENT AND FINAL CONNECTIONS FIRE ALARM SYSTEM - MODIFICATIONS (F APPLICABLE) INCLUDING ADDITIONAL DEVICES AS REQUIRED. ♦ ♦+_ -4 TENANT SPACE •ii �..1 iiiFIRE ALARM SYSTEM - TENANT DEVICES, FINAL CONNECTION TO LANDLORDS SYS. OR INDEPENDENT SYS. BASED ON SITE SPECIFIC APPLICATION ra0©©0©0 • • • NOTES T PROVIDE SMOOTH, UNIFORM, LEVEL FLOOR READY FOR TENANT'S FINISHES. HOF FLOOR LEVELING AGENT TO BE COMPATIBLE WITH TENANT'S FLOOR FINISH. (MINIMUM 3000 PSI) GRIND FLOOR PREPARE FLOOR FOR NEW FLOOR FINISHES. Oil 2 3 4 5 6 CARPENTRY NOTES DEMISING WALL STRUCTURE LEVEL 4 FINISH, PROVIDE FIRE ASSEMBLY RATING REQUIRED FOR PET SUPPLIES PROVIDE THERMAL BROKEN ALUMINUM FRAME WITH 1" INSULATED GLAZING, TEMPERED. EXISTING STOREFRONT MAY BE REUSED IF IT COMPLIES WITH ALL GOVERNING CODES & IS APPROVED BY PET SUPPLIES PLUS. IF EXISTING IS REUSED, REPAIR AND CLEAN AS REQUIRED FOR LIKE NEW CONDITION. PATCH, REPAIR, MODIFY AS OUTLINED IN THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. IF EXISTING DELIVERY DOCK IS TO BE REUSED, PROVIDE WORK AS OUTLINED IN THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. PROVIDE CONCRETE PAD AT NEW OVERHEAD DOOR LOCATION. (MINIMUM OF 12'x12') SLOPE PAD SO WATER DRAINS AWAY FROM THE BUILDING. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY CONCRETE PAD EDGE CONDITIONS PER SITE SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS. 1-0 LANDLORD TO PROVIDE SITE AREA & NECESSARY CONSTRUCTION TO ALLOW FOR TENANTS TRACTOR TRAILER TO ACCESS THE LOADING DELIVERY AREA NOTES ALL PENETRATION LOCATIONS & SIZES AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. PROVIDE STRUCTURAL SUPPORT, ROUT PENETRATIONS, INSULATED CURBS & FLASHING PER L.O.I. AND WORK LETTER. DUCT WORK AS OUTLINED IN THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. HVAC DISTRIBUTION TO GROOMING, PUBLIC PET WASH AND SERVICE DUCT WORK AS OUTLINED IN THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. ROOMS (DUCTWORK/DIFFUSERS), ETC. THERMOSTATS & CONTROL WIRE THERMOSTATS PURCHASED THROUGH ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM VENDOR; INSTALLED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR EXHAUST FANS AND DISTRIBUTION .• +•1 ►♦•SPRINKLER SYSTEM (MAIN/BRANCHES/HEADS)(NOT APPLICABLE) MODIFY TO SUIT LAYOUT. ALL MAIN & BRANCH LINES ARE NOT TO BE LOWER THAN 16'-0" A.F.F. FLOW TAMPER SWITCHES, HEADS TURNED UP TO ROOF STRUCTURE. MODIFY SPRINKLER SYSTEM (MAIN LINES, BRANCH LINES, HEADS, TAMPER SWITCHES, ETC.) TO SUIT LAYOUT. ALL MAIN & BRANCH LINES ARE NOT TO BE LOWER THAN 16'-0" A.F.F. PLUS USE & OCCUPANCY. AT EXTERIOR DEMISING LOCATIONS PROVIDE THERMAL INSULATION, VAPOR BARRIER, ETC. AS REQUIRED BY CODE. DEMISING WALLS (GYPSUM BOARD, TENANT SIDE) LEVEL 4 FINISH, PROVIDE FIRE ASSEMBLY RATING REQUIRED FOR PET SUPPLIES PLUS USE & OCCUPANCY. AT EXTERIOR DEMISING LOCATIONS PROVIDE THERMAL INSULATION, VAPOR BARRIER, ETC. AS REQUIRED BY CODE. FURRED PARTITION ALONG DEMISING WALL FURRED OUT DEMISING WALL TO CREATE A CONTINUOUS FLUSH WALL FROM FINISH FLOOR TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK FOR THE ENTIRE WALL LENGTH INTERIOR PARTITIONS (STUDS / DRYWALL) LEVEL 4 FINISH THRU WALL PENATRATIONS AND HEAD OF WALL SEALANTS REQUIRED ALL PENETRATIONS BY FIRE SEPARATION ASSEMBLY • SOUND ATTENUATION INSULATION PROVIDE FULL HEIGHT OF WALL WITH STC RATING OF 50 OR BETTER MILLWORK CABINETRY ALSO REFER TO "TENANTNENDOR SUPPLIED ITEMS RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE" FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COUNTER TOPS / SHELVING OFFICE, GROOMING AND ISOLATION ROOM. MISC. WOOD BLOCKING, FURRING, ETC. ALL WOOD BLOCKING TO BE FIRE RETARDANT. TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES ALL WOOD BLOCKING TO BE FIRE RETARDANT. 2x4 BLOCKING AROUND SALES FLOOR PERIMETER ALL WOOD BLOCKING TO BE FIRE RETARDANT. VESTIBULE - NOT APPLICABLE PROVIDE COMPLETE VESTIBULE STOREFRONT SYSTEM WITH GYPSUM BOARD & METAL STUD WALL ABOVE ON ALL SIDES OF VESTIBULE TO UNDERSIDE OF ROOF DECK. o0©©oU • DOORS AND HA- . AUTOMATIC STOREFRONT ENTRANCE DOORS ..�..� ..oREAR SERVICE...- OVERHEAD BACK ROOM DOOR REQUIRED - EXTERIOR EGRESS EXIT DOOR(S)_ DO©©0©0 • ME ■ !w•! ■ �!: 13 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND TAGS SI RS ♦•♦-/ /'•:+ may-, ► � a ♦ P ■'y•■+,•,■Y••�GAS PIPING TO ROOFTOP UNITS (IFAPPLICABLE) •'•' ♦•tea-�+ • ►i•0 �•�•i �ii 0 iv*i**� 13 1 1/2" WATER SERVICE INTO TENANT SPACE INCLUDING ALL REQUIRED METERING, BACKFLOW AND VALVES �++ ♦;•� ►�♦ ♦♦ ♦♦a 3 WATER SUB -METERING �•♦ CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXACT LOCATION, SIZE, DEPTH & FLOW DIRECTION _00w$ 7+144 PRIOR TO START OF WORK GAS SERVICE AND METER PROVIDE AT LOW PRESSURE /7" W.C. & 900 TO 1100 MBH STUBBED TO TENANT Esmaman 0000090 TOILET ROOM FIXTURES E *, s,*s N � M tsii n N E VI M AQ N E�• In 1� E � f4 �j z O w 0 w Q w fop-- i 3�, :.OF ISSUED FOR: PERMIT 03.14.19 BID 03.14.19 CONSTRUCTION 00.00.00 REVIEW SET 03.14.19 PROJECT MANAGER DESIGNER SS SS JOB NO. 18390 C2mO ' � w J � PET SUPPLIES PLUS APPROVED VENDORS w w »} Z U) W m w a m m 1. SOUND SYSTEM 2. INTERIOR DECOR 3. INTERIOR DECOR INSTALL 4. PHONE & DATA a Z TENANT /VENDOR SUPPLIED ITEMS RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE J C7 MOOD MEDIA DESIGN FABRICATIONS (DFab) ENGELKE CONSTRUCTION CENTRAL COM CO > a a Q z g z g z g z g (TURNKEY DEAL) LISA PENDLETON 32400 INDUSTRIAL DRIVE MADISON HEIGHTS, MI 48071 DAN CATHCART 745 MARKS ROAD VALLEY CITY, OH 44280 0 PHONE: (214) 709-2693 OFFICE: (330) 273-2222 d ; ~O w w LL w o EMAIL: lisa.pendleton@moodmedia.com DEVONNA WHITFIELD CELL: (330) 888-8225 LARRY RUSSELL 0- O Z IL cn (Lo � O m U) O PHONE: (800) 968-9440 EMAIL: dan@engelkecs.com PHONE: (330) 220-0802 cn a a J °- a J EMAIL: dwhitfield@dfabdesign.com CELL: (216) 323-5248 P. a cn d q- - Z 1 0- a 0 Z EMAIL:Iany@centralcominc.com 0- Q w CO CO a cL -OR- GFX INTERNATIONAL, INC. 333 BARRON BLVD. GRAYSLAKE, IL 60030 ITEMS OF CONSTRUCTION NOTES MISC. LABOR GC TO PROVIDE 8 HOURS OF MISC. LABOR AFTER TURN OVER TO PSP FOR FIXTURE SET-UP AND MERCHANDISING. 13 • CORNER GUARDS & CRASH RAILS 12 • CART CORRAL & CART STOPS BRAD PRUIT GC TO PROVIDE POWER, CIRCUIT, WIRING, CONDUIT, BREAKER, ETC. (FOR COMPLETE OPERATIONAL INSTALLATION) & SHALL MAKE FINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTION, PHONE: (847) 543-4628 5 • EXTERIOR SIGNAGE COORDINATE ROUGH -IN LOCATION REQUIREMENTS & TIMELY INSTALLATION WITH SIGN VENDOR. POWER TO BE PROVIDED WITHIN 5'-0" OF SIGN POWER BOXES. GC & SIGN EMAIL: psp@gfxi.com VENDOR TO HAVE SITE MEETING TO COORDINATE PRIOR TO SIGN INSTALLATION. 5. EXTERIOR SIGNAGE 6. PET GROOMING/PPW EQUIPMENT 7. LIGHT FIXTURES 8. LOCKSMITH 2,3 • INTERIOR DECOR ILLUMATECH SIGNS GROOMERS CHOICE PET PRODUCTS SPECIALTY LIGHTING GROUP BASS SECURITY SERVICES, INC. 6 10 PET WASH TUBS GC SHALL SET AND SECURE TUBS TO FLOOR. MAKE FINAL PLUMBING CONNECTIONS. 3000 MAIN STREET, SUITE B 1501 N. INDUSTRIAL AVE. 74 PICKERING STREET 19 • PET WASH BASINS GC SHALL SET AND SECURE PET WASH BASINS. MAKE ALL PLUMBING CONNECTIONS. BAKER, LA 70714 RUSSELL SMITH PHONE: (225) 775-7400 EMAIL: russell@illumtechsigns.com SIOUX FALLS, SD 57104 ERIC JOSKO PHONE: (605) 782-0500 EMAIL: eric@groomerschoice.com PORTLAND, CT 06480 AMANDA FOUST PHONE: (860) 767-0110 x249 CELL: (330) 256-2386 KYLE ANGELOFF PHONE: (888) 774-3400 x1271 EMAIL: kangeloff@bass-security.com 6 • FORCED AIR DRYERS GC SHALL SET AND SECURE DRYER TO SHELF, FLOOR OR WALL AS OUTLINED IN THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. MAKE FINAL PLUMBING & ELECTRICAL CONNECTION 15 • SALES FLOOR DISPLAY FIXTURES GC SHALL INSTALL SURFACE MOUNTED 2x4 FIRE RETARDANT BLOCKING ON PERIMETER WALLS FOR DISPLAY FIXTURE ATTACHMENT. REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS. 15 • BACKROOM STORAGE FIXTURES EMAIL: amanda.foust@sslighting.com 14 • AQUARIUM FIXTURES GC TO MAKE ALL FINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS. GC TO PROVIDE ALL PLUMBING PER VENDORS REQUIREMENTS. AQUARIUM FIXTURES SCHEDULED FOR DELIVERY 9. SECURITY SYSTEM / FIRE ALARM 10. STOREFRONT DOORS 11. SCISSOR LIFT OR TOW MOTER AFTER TURN OVER TO PSP FOR FIXTURE SET-UP AND MERCHANDISING. 21 • HVAC EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT AS OUTLINED IN GENERAL NOTE B ON SHEET M1.0 TO BE ORDERED BY LANDLORD FROM YORK NATIONAL ACCOUNTS PROTECTION ONE MIKE BRADFORD PHONE: (412) 913-9185 EMAIL: MichaelBradford@protection1.com RECORD AUTOMATIC DOOR SYSTEMS NICHOLE McCOLLUM PHONE: (704) 290-0213 EMAIL: nichole.mccollum@record-usa.com TOYOTA MATERIAL HANDLING 5667 EAST SCHAAF ROAD CLEVELAND, OH 44131 ED BOROWY 7 • INTERIOR LIGHT FIXTURES AND LAMPS LIGHTING PACKAGE ORDERED BY LANDLORD FROM PSP'S ELECTRICAL VENDOR AND PAID FOR BY LANDLORD 7 • EXIT & EMERGENCY LIGHTING LIGHTING PACKAGE ORDERED BY LANDLORD FROM PSP'S ELECTRICAL VENDOR AND PAID FOR BY LANDLORD 7 • CASH -WRAP POWER POLES ORDERED BY GC FROM ELECTRICAL VENDOR AND PAID FOR BY GC. PHONE: 722-1211 • TELEPHONE & DATA WIRING TO SPACE DON HUNTER, Estimator PHONE: (704) 290-0217 EMAIL: don.hunter@record-usa.com EMAIL: eb@tmhoh.com db@ • TELEPHONE & DATA WIRING WITHIN SPACE GC TO PROVIDE CONDUIT WITH PULL WIRE PER OFFICE PLAN. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. • TELEPHONE AND DATA JACK TERMINATIONS 14. AQUARIUM FIXTURES • TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT MARK DUGO, General Inquiries MOBILE: (704) 292-5373 CASCO PET • POS SYSTEM HARDWARE EMAIL: mark.dugo@recorddoors.com 1495 S. CAMPUS AVE., SUITE D ONTARIO, CA 91767 KEVIN DeWALT - Managing Director PHONE: ( ) 584-5229 866 EMAIL: kdewalt@cascopet.com ADAM LACEY - Installation & Projects • POS SYSTEM WIRING GC TO PROVIDE CONDUIT WITH PULL WIRE PER OFFICE PLAN. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. • POS SYSTEM JACK TERMINATIONS 12. CART CORRAL / CART STOPS 13. CORNER GUARDS / CRASH RAILS 20 • SECURITY SYSTEM WIRING McCUE CORPORATION PHONE: (800) 880-8503 PHONENANCY D 800) CONSTRUCTION SPECIALTIES, INC. NATIONAL ACCOUNTS PHONE: (888) 424-6287 20 • SECURITY SYSTEM DEVICES 1 • MUSIC SOUND SYSTEM HARDWARE 1 • MUSIC SOUNDSYSTEM WIRING 15. DISPLAY FIXTURES EMAIL: cservices@mccue.com EMAIL: nationalaccounts@c-sgroup.com PHONE: (866) 584-5229 EMAIL: alacey@cascopet.com 1 • MUSIC SOUND SYSTEM SPEAKERS LOZIER FIXTURES JOE BENADUM PHONE: (614) 793-1962 15 • CASH WRAPS GC SHALL SECURE CASH WRAPS TO FLOOR • MILLWORK GROOMING STATION 16. INTERIOR TRAFFIC DOORS 17. CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHING EMAIL: Joe.Benadum@lozier.biz • MILLWORK ALL MILLWORK (BESIDES CASH WRAPS & MILLWORK GROOMING STATION) IS THE GC'S RESPONSIBILITY SENNECA HOLDINGS (Chase / Eliason) ELITE COATINGS LLC • CASH WRAP POWER, VOICE, AND DATA GC TO MAKE ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS. -OR- MADIX 10021 COMMERCE PARK DRIVE CINCINNATI, OH 45246 DAVE HENDRICKS PHONE: 625-6062 8 • DOOR LOCKS & KEYS RE -CORE FRONT ENTRY DOOR, PROVIDE OFFICE KEYPAD ACCESS LOCK, PROVIDE DETEX AND PROVIDE PAD LOCK AT OVERHEAD DOOR • DOOR HARDWARE ALL OTHER DOOR HARDWARE BESIDES WHAT IS LISTED ABOVE IS THE G.C.'S RESPONSIBILITY. KRISTOFFER STORMS PHONE: (616) 805-3228 OFFICE PHONE: 506-4113 CELL ANN SPRANDEL PHONE: (513) 603-2925 EMAIL: asprandel@senneca.com EMAIL: daveave@elitecoatingsllc.com 11 • SCISSOR LIFT - NOT APPLICABLE 09 FOR PSP'S TENANT BUILD -OUT CONNECT TO LANDLORD'S EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM OR PROVIDE AN INDEPENDENT FIRE ALARM • FIRE ALARM - NOT APPLICABLE SYSTEM AS REQUIRED. COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD AND PSP VENDOR. (313) EMAIL: kstorms@madixinc.com 22 • ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - NOT APPLICALE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY PSP'S APPROVED VENDOR 18. QUARRY & CERAMIC TILE 19. PUBLIC PET WASH BASIN 20. SECURITY SYSTEM 21. HVAC EQUIPMENT GENESEE TILE AMERICAN MARBEL INDUSTRIES (AMI) SHORTCIRCUIT ELECTRONICS, INC. YORK NATIONAL ACCOUNTS 2700 ATLANTIC BLVD. 4201 NE PORT DRIVE JOHNSON CONTROLS MIKE SCHULTZ CANTON, OH 44704 LEE'S SUMMIT, MO 64064 5005 YORK DRIVE PHONE: (810) 955-8526 NORMAN, OK 73069 EMAIL: mike.schultz@gctile.com ANDY JACKSON AARON SHILLCUTT PHONE: (330) 453-8437 PHONE: (816) 878-6775 QUOTES & PROJECT SUBMITTALS: CELL: (330) 268-9972 CELL: (816) 694-6941 MICHAEL STEPHENS EMAIL: andyj@amitops.com EMAIL: aaron.sillcutt@scekc.com PHONE: (405)419f531 EMAIL midiad.g.sbphens@jd.com -or- be-yorknaquobes@jci.com TECHNICAL SUPPORT. (800) 481-9738 Opt 4 ALL OTHER INQUIRIES: CHRIS ZINK, NAT'L ACCT. SALES MANAGER PHONE: (501) 398-7008 EMAIL chris.ank@jci.com E vs !! N O �',• E QQQ n d ./ Z 0 a CD w w 0 w a N �$ M M J _J LL J �J UJ >- N2 11 W N ) w 0 Z wJ \w� / Q ow w= >U 0U) w Q ISSUED FOR: PERMIT 03.14.19 BID 03.14.19 CONSTRUCTION 00.00.00 REVIEW SET 03.14.19 PROJECT MANAGER DESIGNER SS SS JOB NO. 18390 C300 ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS SIGNAGE SHOULD COMPLY W/ RELEVANT GUIDELINES AS FOLLOWS. A. ALL PERMANENT ROOM AND SPACE IDENTIFICATION SIGNAGE SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTIONS 1 THROUGH 5. B. ALL DIRECTIONAL AND INFORMATIONAL SIGNAGE SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTIONS 1 & 2. C. ALL IDENTIFICATION, INFORMATIONAL OR DIRECTIONAL SIGNAGE ABOUT ACCESSIBLE ELEMENTS AND FEATURES SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTIONS 1 THROUGH 5. SIGNAGE DESIGN CRITERIA: 1. FINISH AND CONTRAST: CHARACTER, SYMBOLS, BACKGROUNDS SHALL HAVE A NON -GLARE FINISH. CHARACTER & SYMBOLS SHALL CONTRAST A MIN. OF 70% W/ THEIR BACKGROUND. LRV FINISH (LIGHT REFLECTANCE VALUE) OF MATERIAL FINISHES SHALL BE ASTM E1349-90 OR EQUAL. 2. PROPORTIONS: CHARACTERS ARE TO HAVE A WIDTH -TO -HEIGHT RATIO OF 3:5 TO 1:1. CHARACTER STROKE WIDTH -TO -HEIGHT OF 1:5 TO 1:10. 3. RAISED CHARACTERS AND PICTORAL SIGN SYMBOLS: CHARACTER TYPE: 1/32" RAISED (MIN.) SANS SERIF UPPERCASE WITH GRADE 2 BRAILLE. CHARACTER SIZE: MIN.5/8" AND MAX. 2" HIGH PICTOGRAMS: ACCOMPANY W/ VERBAL DESCRIPTION PLACED DIRECTLY BELOW THE PICTOGRAM. OUTSIDE DIMENSION OF PICTOGRAM FIELD TO BE MIN. 6" HEIGHT. CHARACTER PLACEMENT: CHARACTERS AND BRAILLE SHALL BE IN HORIZONTAL FORMAT BRAILLE SHALL BE PLACED 3/8" (MIN.) & 1/2" (MAX.) DIRECTLY BELOW THE TACTILE CHARACTERS (FLUSH LEFT OR CENTER). IF TACTILE TEXT IS MULTILINE, ALL BRAILLE SHALL BE PLACED TOGETHER BELOW ALL LINES OF TACTILE TEXT. 4. BRAILLE: CONTRACTED GRADE 2 BRAILLE SHALL BE USED WHEREVER APPLICABLE STANDARDS REQUIRE BRAILLE. DOTS SHALL BE 1/10" ON CENTERS IN EACH CELL W/ 2/10" SPACE BETWEEN CELLS, MEASURED FROM THE SECOND COLUNMN OF DOTS IN THE FERST CELL TO THE FIRST COLUMN OF DOTS IN THE SECOND CELL. DOTS SHALL BE RAISED A 1/40" MIN ABOVE THE BACKGROUND. DOTS SHALL BE DOMED OR ROUNDED. 5. MOUNTING LOCATION AND HEIGHT: INSTALL ON THE WALL ADJACENT TO THE LATCH SIDE OF THE DOOR. WHERE NO WALL SPACE EXISTS ON THE LATCH SIDE OF THE DOOR (INCL. DOUBLE LEAFS), PLACE SIGN ON THE NEAREST ADJACENT WALL, PREFERABLY TO THE RIGHT SIDE. HEIGHT: 60" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR TO THE CENTERLINE OF THE SIGN. LOCATION: PLACE SO THE APPROACHING PERSON MAY APPROACH WITHIN 3" OF SIGNAGE WITHOUT WNCOUNTERING PROTRUDING OBJECTS OR STANDING WITHIN THE SWINGING DOOR PATH. DOORS A. LATCHES AND LOCKSETS: PROVIDE LEVER TYPE, PUSH-PULL OR PANIC TYPE HARDWARE 30 INCHES TO 44 INCHES ABOVE FLOOR. B. MAXIMUM FORCE TO OPERATE DOORS SHALL BE 5 LBS. PRESSURE. FIRE DOORS SHALL BE 15 LBS. MAXIMUM. C. FLOOR SHALL BE LEVEL AT ALL DOORS. 1. THRESHOLDS: THE FLOOR OR LANDING SHALL NOTE BE MORE THAN 1/2-INCH LOWER THAN THE THRESHOLD OF THE DOOR WAY. CHANGE IN LEVEL BETWEEN 1/4-INCH AND 1/2-INCH SHALL BE BEVELED WITH A SLOPE NO GREATER THAN 1:2. (SEE BELOW). 2. LEVEL FLOOR OR LANDING: THERE SHALL BE A LEVEL AND CLEAR AREA ON EACH SIDE ON AN EXIT DOOR. THE LEVEL AREA SHALL BE AS ILLUSTRATED IN FIGURE A. THE SPACE BETWEEN THE TWO CONSECUTIVE DOOR OPENING (VESTIBULE) SHALL PROVIDE 48-INCHES OF CLEAR SPACE FROM ANY DOOR OPENING INTO SUCH SPACE. (SEE BELOW) D. DOOR WIDTH AND HEIGHT: 3-FEET WIDE AND 6-FEET-8-INCHES HIGH. CLEAR WIDTH: 32-INCHES MINIMUM WITH DOOR OPEN 90-DEG. MEASURED FROM THE FACE OF THE DRR TO THE OPPOSITE SIDE. E. THE BOTTOM 10 INCHES OF ALL DOORS EXCEPT AUTOMATIC AND SLIDING SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH UNINTERUPTED SURFACE TO ALLOW THE DOOR TO BE OPENED BY A WHEELCHAIR FOOT - REST WITHOUT CREATING A TRAP OR HAZARDOUS CONDITION. EACH GRADE LEVEL EXTERIOR DOOR SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY A TACTILE EXIT WITH THE WORDS 'EXIT. EACH EXIT DOOR THAT LEADS DIRECTLY TO A GRADE -LEVEL EXTERIOR EXIT MY MEANS OF A STAIRWAY OR RAMP SHALL BE INDENTIFIED BY A TACTILE EXIT SIGN WITH THE FOLLOWING WORDS AS APPROPRIATE: 1. 'EXIT STAIRS DOWN' 2. 'EXIT RAMP DOWN' 3. 'EXIT STAIR UP' 4. 'EXIT RAMP UP' EACH EXIT DOOR THAT LEADS DIRECTLY TO A GRADE -LEVEL EXTERIOR EXIT BY MEANS OF AN EXIT ENCLOSURE OR AN EXIT PASSAGEWAY SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY A TACTILE EXIT SIGN WITH THE WORDS 'EXIT ROUTE'. EACH EXIT ACCESS DOOR FROM AN INTERIOR ROOM OR AREA TO A CORRIDOR OR HALLWAY THAT IS REQUIRED TO HAVE A VISUAL EXIT SIGN SHALL BE INDENTIFIED BY A TACTILE EXIT SIGN WITH THE WORDS 'EXIT ROUTE'. EACH EXIT DOOR THROUGH A HORIZONTAL EXIT SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY A SIGN WITH THE WORDS 70 EXIT'. INTERIOR METAL STUD SCHEDULE SIZE GA. TYPE 16" O.C. 24" O.C. MAX. UNSUPPORTED HT NOTES 1,2,3 25 CSJ 12'-7" 11'-0" 3 5/8" 20 CSJ 15'-5" 13'-5" 18 CSJ 19'-1" 16-8" 20 CSJ 23'-2" 20'-3" 6" 18 CSJ 28'-4" 24'-9" NOTES: 1. BASED ON INTERIOR NONBEARING PARTITIONS WITH ONE LAYER OF GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE; USE GAUGE, TYPE AS SCHEDULED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS. 2. RUNNER TRACK GAUGE TO MATCH STUD. 3. ALL WALLS SHALL HAVE 1-1/2" X16 GA, COLD ROLLED CHANNEL HORIZONTAL BRIDGING SPACED AT V-0". 4. HEADERS SHALL BE BUILT UP TYPE W/(2}12"X12GA BOX HEADER. PROVIDE 12"X12GA WEB STIFFENERS @ EACH END. ALL HEADERS SHALL BE SUPPORTED BY (2) TRIMMER STUDS ADJACENT TO (2) FULL HEIGHT STUDS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. PROTRUDING OBJECTS A. PROJECTIONS FROM WALLS WITH A LEADING EDGE BETWEEN 27 INCHES AND 80 INCHES ABOVE FLOOR MAY PROJECT 4 INCHES MAXIMUM. LEADING EDGE AT OR BELOW 27 INCHES MAY PROJECT ANY AMOUNT. FREESTANDING PROJECTIONS WITH LEADING EDGE BETWEEN 27 INCHES AND 80 INCHES ABOVE FLOOR MAY PROJECT 12 INCHES MAX. PROJECTIONS MAY NOT REDUCE MANEUVERING SPACE, OR CLEAR WIDTH OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE. B. PROVIDE MINIMUM OF 80 INCHES HEAD ROOM. ELECTRICAL A. ELECTRICAL RECEPTACLES (15, 20, AND 30 AMPS) SHALL BE AT LEAST 15 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR. B. SWITCHES AND CONTROLS FOR LIGHTS, APPLIANCES, COOLING, HEATING AND VENTILATING EQUIPMENT SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 36" AND NO MORE THAN 48" A.F.F. C. FIRE ALARM INITIATING DEVISES SHALL BE 48" ABOVE THE FLOOR, GROUND OR SIDEWALK. SANITARY FACILITIES A. GEOMETRIC SYMBOLS 1. SYMBOLS A) MEN'S SANITARY FACILITIES SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY AN EQUILATERAL TRIANGLE 1/4" THICK WITH SIDE 12" LONG AND VERTEX POINTING UPWARD. B) WOMEN'S SANITARY FACILITIES SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY A CIRCLE 1/4" THICK, 12" DIAMETER. C) UNISEX SANITARY FACILITIES SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY A CIRCLE 1/4" THICK, 12" DIAMETER, WITH A 1/4" THICK EQUILATERAL TRIANGLE SUPERIMPOSED ON THE CIRCLE AND WITHIN THE 12 INCH DIAMETER. 2. GEOMETRIC (CIRCLE AND TRIANGLE) SYMBOLS ON SANITARY DOORS SHALL BE CENTERED ON THE DOOR AT A HEIGHT OF 60" AND THEIR COLOR AND CONTRAST SHALL BE DINSTINCTLY DIFFERENT FROM THE COLOR AND CONTRAST OF THE DOOR. 3. RAISED LETTERS SHALL BE PROVIDED AND SHALL BE ACCOMPAINED BY BRAILLE IN CONFORMANCE WITH SECTION 1117B.5.6. THEY SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE WALL ADJACENT TO THE LATCH OUTSIDE OF THE DOGE. WHERE THERE IS NO WALL SPACE ON THE LATCH SIDE, INCLUDING AT DOUBLE LEAF DOORS, SIGNS SHALL BE PLACED ON THE NEAREST ADJACENT WALL, PREFERABLY ON THE RIGHT. MOUNTNG HEIGHT SHALL BE 60 INCHES ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR TO THE CENTER OF THE SIGN. MOUNTING LOCATION SHALL BE DETERMINED SO THAT A PERSON MAY APPROACH WITHIN 3 INCHES OF SIGNAGE WITHOUT ENCOUNTERING PROTUDING OBJECTS OR STANDING WITHIN THE SWING OF THE DOOR. SECTION 1117B.5.6 A) LETTER TYPE: LETTERS AND NUMBERS ON SIGNS SHALL BE RAISED 1/32 INCH (0.794mm) MINIMUM AND SHALL BE SANS -SERIF UPPERCASE CHARACTERS ACCOMPANIED BY GRADE 2 BRAILLE. B) SYMBOL SIZE: RAISED CHARACTERS OR SYMBOLS SHALL BE MINIMUM OF 5/8 INCH (15.9mm) HIGH. C) PICTORAL SYMBOL SIGNS (PICTOGRAMS): PICTORAL SYMBOL SIGNS SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED BY THE EQUIVELANT VERBAL DESCRIPTION PLACED DIRECTLY BELOW THE PICTOGRAM. THE BORDER DIMENSION OF THE PICTOGRAM SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 6 INCHES (152mm) IN HEIGHT. B. ACCESSIBLE COMPARTMENT DOORS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH AN AUTOMATIC CLOSING DEVICE. THE INSIDE AND OUTSIDE OF THE COMPARTMENT DOOR SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH A LOOP OR U-SHAPED HANDLE IMMEDIATELY BELOW THE LATCH. THE LATCH SHALL BE FLIP -OVER STYLE, SLIDING OR OTHER HARDWARE NOT REQUIREING THE USER TO GRASP OR TWIST. C. WATER CLOSET: FLUSH CONTROLS ARE TO BE OPERABLE BY AN OSCILLATING HANDLE WITH A MINIMUM OPERATING FORCE OF 3 LB./F OR BY A LOW VOLTAGE BUTTON. THE HANDLE OR BUTTON IS TO BE LOCATED ON THE WIDE SIDE SO AS TO BE OPERABLE WITHOUT REQUIREING EXCESSIVE BODY MOVEMENT. D. URINALS: PROVIDE ALL WALL HUNG URINALS WITH ELONGATED RIM. FLUSH CONTROLS ARE TO BE HAND OPERATED AND ARE TO MEET THE SAME REQUIREMENTS AS THE FLUSH CONTROLS FOR THE WATER CLOSET AND ARE TO BE A MAXIMUM OF 44 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR. RIM ELEVATION TO BE 17 INCHES A.F.F. E. LAVATORY: PROVIDE AT LEAST 29 INCHES FROM THE FLOOR TO THE BOTTOM OF THE APRON WITH KNEE CLEARANCE UNDER THE FRONT LIP EXTENDING A MINIMUM OF 30 INCHES WIDE. TO 8 INCHES MINIMUM DEPTH AT THE TOP. PROVIDE FOR THE CLEARANCE AT LEAST 30 INCHES WIDE. TO 9 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR AND 17 INCHES DEEP FROM THE FRONT OF THE LAVATORY. PROVIDE A CLEAR FLOOR SPACE 30 INCHES x 48 INCHES IN FRON T OF THE LAVAOTRY. THE CLEAR SPACE MAY EXTEND INTO KNEE AND TOE SPACE UNDERNEATH THE LAVATORY. INSULATE HOT WATER AND DRAIN PIPES UNDER LAVATORIES. NO SHARP OR ABRASIVE SURFACES ARE ALLOWED UNDER LAVATORIES. FAUCET CONTROLS ARE REQUIRED TO BE OPEARABLE WITH ONE HAND AND CANNOT REQUIRE GRASPING, PINCHING, OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST. THE FORCE NECESSARY TO OPERATE CONTROLS IS NOT TO EXCEED 5 LB./F. F. ACCESSORIES: WHERE TOWEL, SANITARY NAPKIN AND WASTE RECEPTACLES AND SIMILAR DISPENSING AND DISPOSAL FIXTURES ARE PROVIDED, AT LEAST ONE OF EACH TYPE IS TO BE LOCATED WITH ALL OPERABLE PARTS, INCLUDING COIN SLOTS, WITHIN 40 INCHES FROM THE FLOOR. 1. MOUNT MIRRORS WITH THE BOTTOM EDGE NO MORE THAN 40 INCHES A.F.F. 2. LOCATE TOILET TISSUE DISPENSERS ON THE WALL WITHIN 12 INCHES OF THE FRONT EDGE OF THE TOILET SEAT. G. THE STRUCTURAL STRENGTH OF GRAB BARS, FASTENERS AND MOUNTING DEVICES SHALL MEET THE SPECIFICATIONS OF THE AMERICAN DISABILITES ACT AND THE STATE OF CALIFORNIS TITLE 24. H. SINGLE ACCOMODATION: A CLEAR FLOOR SPACE OF AT LEAST 60 INCHES IN DIAMETER IS REQUIRED FOR SINGLE ACCOMODATION TOILET ROOMS. SECTION TAG: DETAIL TAG: DOOR TAG: SHEET NOTE: FINISH TAG: 00/A0.0 7 SYMBOLS LEGEND ROOM TAG: ROOM NAME PARTITION TYPE: F DATUM TAG: INTERIOR ELEVATION TAG FINISH FLOOR -0- 0'-0" A.F.F. /400% �-o DRINKING FOUNTAINS CLEAR FLOOR SPACE. A. A CLEAR FLOOR SPACE COMPLYING WITH SECTION 305, POSITIONED FOR A FORWARD APPROACH TO THE DRINKING FOUNTAIN, SHALL BE PROVIDED. KNEE AND TOE SPACE COMPLYING WITH SECTION 306 SHALL BE PROVIDED. THE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE SHALL BE CENTERED ON THE DRINKING FOUNTAIN. EXCEPTIONS: A. DRINKING FOUNTAINS FOR STANDING PERSONS. B. DRINKING FOUNTAINS PRIMARILY FOR CHILDREN'S USE SHALL BE PERMITTED WHERE THE SPOUT IS 30 INCHES (760 MM) MAXIMUM ABOVE THE FLOOR, AND A PARALLEL APPROACH COMPLYING WITH SECTION 305, CENTERED ON THE DRINKING FOUNTAIN, IS PROVIDED. C. IN EXISTING BUILDINGS, EXISTING DRINKING FOUNTAINS PROVIDING A PARALLEL APPROACH COMPLYING WITH SECTION 305, CENTERED ON THE DRINKING FOUNTAIN, SHALL BE PERMITTED. D. WHERE SPECIFICALLY PERMITTED BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY, A PARALLEL APPROACH COMPLYING WITH SECTION 305, CENTERED ON THE DRINKING FOUNTAIN, SHALL BE PERMITTED FOR DRINKING FOUNTAINS THAT REPLACE EXISTING DRINKING FOUNTAINS WITH A PARALLEL APPROACH OPERABLE PARTS A. OPERABLE PARTS SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 309. SPOUT OUTLET HEIGHT. A. SPOUT OUTLETS OF WHEELCHAIR ACCESSIBLE DRINKING FOUNTAINS SHALL BE 36 INCHES (915 MM) MAXIMUM ABOVE THE FLOOR. SPOUT OUTLETS OF DRINKING FOUNTAINS FOR STANDING PERSONS SHALL BE 38 INCHES (965 MM) MINIMUM AND 43 INCHES (1090 MM) MAXIMUM ABOVE THE FLOOR. SPOUT LOCATION A. THE SPOUT SHALL BE LOCATED 15 INCHES (380 MM) MINIMUM FROM THE VERTICAL SUPPORT AND 5 INCHES (125 MM) MAXIMUM FROM THE FRONT EDGE OF THE DRINKING FOUNTAIN, INCLUDING BUMPERS. WHERE ONLY A PARALLEL APPROACH IS PROVIDED, THE SPOUT SHALL BE LOCATED 31/2 INCHES (89 MM) MAXIMUM FROM THE FRONT EDGE OF THE DRINKING FOUNTAIN, INCLUDING BUMPERS. FIG. 308.2.1 UNOBSTRUCTED FORWARD REACH nnw FIG. 308.3.1 UNOBSTRUCTED SIDE REACH _nn nrw FIG. 308.2.2 OBSTRUCTED HIGH FORWARD REACH FIG. 308.3.2 OBSTRUCTED HIGH SIDE REACH LOOSE LINTEL SCHEDULE INTERIOR WALLS CLEAR SPAN SIZE PER 4" WYTHE 0' TO 2'-8" SEE NOTE 3 BELOW 2'-9" TO 4'-0" 1-3jx3jx6 4'-1" TO 5'-6" L4x34x6 LLV 5'-7" TO T-6" L5x3jx6 LLV T-7" TO 9'-6" 1-541 LLV EXTERIOR WALLS CLEAR SPAN SIZE PER 4" WYTHE REMARKS 8" 12" BACKUP BACKUP 0' TO 4'-0" L3*x3�x16 BOT R 8" 4'-1" TO 5'-6" L4x3*x6 LLV BOT R. 8" 5'-7" TO T-6" L5x3jxj LLV BOT R "TZ T-7" TO 9'-6" L6x34x8 LLV BOT R 8" 9'-7" TO 1 V-0" L7x4)j LLV BOT R. 8" NOTES: 1. PROVIDE MINIMUM 3/8" THICKNESS FOR EXTERIOR ANGLES. 2. PROVIDE A MINIMUM BEARING LENGTH OF 8" ON V-4" MIN. HT. OF GROUTED SOLID MASONRY. 3. GALVANIZE ALL LINTELS THAT ARE EXPOSED TO WEATHER. 4. AT EXTERIOR WALLS, STOP BOTTOM PLATE 1/16" SHORT AT EACH END OF MASONRY OPENING LENGTH. 5. PROVIDE A MINIMUM BEARING LENGTH OF 8" 6. FILL VOID BETWEEN VENEER & LINTEL WITH MORTAR TO TOP OF ANGLE. 7. ANGLE MATERIAL: ASTM A36. 8. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS OF ALL EXTERIOR WALL OPENINGS. E N 18 min 12 min �� o \ M5 305 iy (a) - front approach, pull side (b) - front app ach, push de, door provided with b6th closer d latch E N E O \ 36 min \ 42 min \ ses \ 1055 (c) - hinge approach, pull side (d) - hinge approach, pull side c 22 min D c \ sso I N 12 min * � F \ 24 min v � v \ sho 0! (f)5latch min. (1370) if closer I de 4provided (e) - hinge approach, push side 24 min E 8 ` If both closer and latch are provided 510 �v ** 48" min. (1220) if both closer and latch provided Fig. 404.2.4.1 (g)7min approach rser h side Maneuvering Clearance at * 41 0) if provided Manual Swinging Doors Fig. 404.2.6 Two Doors in a Series = 1M. (c) NLO E Vf 00 00 `_ N • q FENEI h N d L Z O H U) W 0 W Q W aaa i L0J J L.0 W Z W ISSUED FOR: PERMIT 03.14.19 BID 03.14.19 CONSTRUCTION 00.00.00 REVIEW SET 03.14.19 PROJECT MANAGER DESIGNER SS SS E: JOB NO. 18390 C4mO I Dato }Rename:. t Footing / Foundation Inspecti4m Compiles? C403.2.4_ Snow(lce mettin9s . tem sensors for corn lies ' Exc { orr fi p 5, future connect4m to controls. Freeze 'QDoes Not C403.2.4. "action systems` have automatic 6 controls lnstaUed; Obsenaabie EF09131 PONot Appticag Aadditlottai .Comment,s/Assumptions. Projectlitle: PetSuppite Data ftlename. F:a COIF Che fl..cck C orriMe0ts/Asswr0ptlon4 A l sls C ec . 01.9 1 339 = Pet Supplies talus-. Ze h nay 1 � pia P FL Report date: 03t15/19 f Analysis\C0Mcheck12g1%1. 9039 Pet Supplies Plus - ZephyrhOl Page ?of 13 aCSrCl6#1 ': Plumbing Clough -in inspection r Complies? Cormr3ents/Assumptions, C404.5, Heated water supply piping conforms .13 omplies Exception: Requirement does not apply. C404.5,1. to pipe length,and.volume CiDoes Not C404.5.2 [PL6j3 requirements. Refer to section details. []Not Observable. ONot Applicable C404.5, Heated water supply piping conforms OCompiies Exception: Requirement does not apply. C i4.S.1, ':-to pipe length and volume _ L Does Not C404.5.2' [pLS]3 regfeta�e, Refer is Section details. [:]Not Observable 1714ot Applicable f�404.6.3Frurxtps that circulate water between a MComplies _ Exception: Requirement does not apply. EPL713 heater:and stwage-tank have controls ©Does Not thatiitnft operatldis from startup to -e¢ 5 minim after end of heating ©Not Observable ©Not Applicable C404,S.3 "``Purmp tbatcirct�ltate trtater between a QComplies Exception: Requirement does not apply, [PL71x heatsractd stofiage.tank havecontmis -?Does Not that.limit operatlOn` rom startup to $ 5 minutes after end.of heating QNot Observable cle.._. ... ONot Applicable C404.7 Water distribution system that pumps )-1Complles Exception:Requirement draw not apply. [PLA]1 ,rater fxom a treated -water supply , ODoes Not pipe back to the*'Wed-water source ®Nat Observable through a :pill= f supply pipe is a demand re&6.ia l waters stem. ONot Applicable Pumps witF h thlisystem have' controlsiiiat start the pump upon receiving a signal -f ern,the action of a user cif a flxture or appliance and limits the'temperalpre'of.the water enterir g the coldwwater plptng to lt#4 C404.7 . uVater dist+lburonistem that pumps ®Complies rrxceptior4: Requirement does not apply. IpC$1a teaterfram a heatwater supply Toes Not pipe track to the t*ated-water source through a colt[-watet supply pipe is a []Not Observable demand. redreuiation water system, CiNot Applicable Pump 'withlnthissemhave ciantrots that start pump upon receivll�g ;li si4641 fr?d the action of a ,uw0f0fix.t4rebrapilance and limits the temperatute of the water entering the.cold% rater piping to li}44F.. _ Af�fl�iolna�l ++a�ie�,fli�nnptia 1-Hi h impact (Tier 1) 2 'Medium impact (Tier 2t 1.3.:ILOW Impact Met 31 Irt date: Project Title., Feet Supplies Plus Q3�;1Si19' ojec �e ppi s ,.,_ Zephyrhllts,. FL Report date; 03/15/19 _ Po -P " e 4-of 1-3 Data filenamo,. "F`lCOMChotir + FlaCom Energy Anal si$\COMcheckt2019119A39 -Pet Supplies Pius • Ze h rhill Page, 5 of 1 Project Title: Pet Data fiename: P, Project Title; Pet Data filename. 'tAC Hl. it 1t films l)-Medlur» lmp (rter 1 Low is plus - ieph�+rhills, Ft. - ck FiaC� ><riergY Ana6+ is t +lcttecm 11 39' -lit 5t pPlaes'# lt#s w h bri t {Tier li W 2m Fs+l dilt►n Impact TlOr �i 4 Im aCi f tlE' 3 w t. w ,l lets - 2ephVrhlIIs, FL Atportclate., 034 + FIaC E '` An sis h 9t 1.9Q 3 nerrgy sly 4CC3Mc eekQ,Pet Suppti iglus - epl3€etitli Pare C, Z 0 I— (L U to W 0 W H Q LL1 •si��jE J U_ Z =U C) W W = 2U \ G 0 0 Z C) T� V_ J ISSUED FOR: PERMIT 03.14.19 BID 03.14.19 CONSTRUCTION 00.00.00 REVIEW SET 03.14.19 JOB NO. 18390 C5mO Project Title: PetSupplies Plus- -Zalyrt3i.Ft _ lt cl i13f15g. ... ata fl#eniimo t � Plaiwortf Ene tuna# 5i5tcOMChe . Z..1 3 Pet Sutt�yteS iuS ill( 7 13, 1`=�l#igl Project Title Pet --Supplies l y asteitenarF�NCJMChe ck FL.:cck ;ysist�dche�k1319519 ttiotl Section Mechanical Rah -In Inspection Complies? Comments/Assumptions hough -In Electrical Inspection compliesi Comments/Assumptions, Req.ip= C4i13.4,4. Multia re.VA1t items with DDC DCompi'ies Exception; Requirement does not apply, C4Q5.2:1 Lighting controls in;;talied to,ttntfsrrr►I OComplies' Requirement will be met - of l vldual zz»e laaxes have static 0Does Not IEL15(r' reduce the llgt##ng Ioad by at least Dpoes Not ( E11f}It ;:presSut setprilnt reset r ontrois. See the Mechanical Systems fist for v, 50%� QNot Observable alueONot Observable mm ONot Applicable -� . ._. _ __ _ � ..�..... 'DNc�t Applicable C.,o3.4.4, Multiple Zone .. A . systems with DDC DComp4i lEace:e ptlon. Requirement does not apply. c405.2 i . Occupancy Sensors installed, in QCoimp es' ftequirenf►erit will be, frier of Indtvidual zone boxes have static Does Not IEL 1811 required spokes. DDoes Not WE11013 .pressure setpolnt reset controls. See the Mechanical Systern'list i"or values. � E ONot Observable QNot (Observable L7Not Applicable CINot Applit atlie 64i�}8.2.2 Air outlets and zone termtrtal devices OCompiies Requirement will. be met. C405.2.1, Independent lighting contr�ois.inttalled : Complies ltequ(reinent will'tse meta e� C405.2.2, per app Z { i have means for aid balancl ... dDoes Nat p .roved ttghting plans and all QDoes Not' f �4E5313 [JNot observable manual controls rea'dity; accessible and C? (EL231f visible tti;t>_Ckl}1 q,` , DNot Observable. � ONot Applicable Omot Applicable E IQ3.5. Rcirlg ate i.t#ispla :da s, walk-in 0compries Exception: Requirement,does not apply. -- p I3 pm Iles Rc uir 1i+rll 3e Metz C405.2.2, Autorreatrc curEtrQls`tei shut a#t.ail N t404 1, acoolers car walk--itt freezers served by. DDoes Not p q e0 t0 �O C 5<2 rer�rioti pr s it s and rernoCe 1 lau#id#hg ltghtiil :let rttied m a� D[lc es ti � tlg� oC 1231 ,ycclnerisorsntfk It in a I_7Nrit_observable (EL2211 buildings: K Z IL U. LA. tdert ln9.lir , heve f ry-pWe owered ONvc-Applicable Ildcit Ctla that crriplt with Sections DNot Appittle C40. >I arc e#` a iloo compressor C405. Daylight zones pre,*ded with [utnpttes Ear t i.' uirerrtefrt tit s not app#y. systems first C t#It , I!ith C4Q3.5.2•.' (EL1611 individual contras that goners the �OD�es No.. ... . ltahts lni#ersehlerif of ieral'ai•a� i i/ i , i�"7,./ ret Hl fact (Tier iI 2 ;Medium .imp act L (Tier} i 3 tow Impact (Tier 3) Pet $ Its PI lrs Zg r`hilis FL a i Y Report date: 03/15119 F:tc�hk� F laC Energy sisiC3Mfheckt201919039 - et SuP.ies Plus a , Page 8'of 13l,; rti final Inspection Complies? Comments/Assumptions *12.4, i Heat pump controls prevent DComplies Requirement will be met. 1 supplerpental electr#c,resistance heat ClDoes Not 1421s from coming On when net needed. ONot Observable QNot. Applicable it}3 i.4. Therrriostatic ;tonirals' have a 5 'F 1216mp#tes Requirement will be met. 2' deadband, 1 lDoes Not ©Not Observable ONot Applicable 103,2.4. Temperature controls have setpoint OComplies Requirement will be met. 3 �verkip reittctltnis Clpraes Not 01a OMot.Observable ONot Applicable t03.2.4., Each z9ne eciti}pped with setback Ocomplies Requirement will be met. - 4 f Ft39j torrtro#s using automatic time cluck or wD.oes Not progrrnrnal corgi system_ ONot Observable QNot Applicable 4Clf# 2. 1'C Corrsii°uttion, documents require that aG>?tnplies fFI541' written balance repod be provided to []Does Not l the Wilding owrw or rep for HVAG siysbims s 204" with total ONot Observable ccanditi a > 5j000 sgft. Air Cifilot Applicable F disirlbtEtioR s stems shall be tested, � adjusled3 er(i%ar{a`n�ed by a {iee.ns+ad englr>ear of tF#ted company. ...... ... ._ _ . __ ___ .__ - -_ _ _ _..... _`-- C403:2,4, Autoittatic CirrrtroIs-, Setback to 55•F DComplies Requirement will be met. - 24, (f ieatl'arrtl il5" fi fr c 00 7-day clock, 2- OD Not C403.Zt4., 2�2 ... -- .hour ocr up�ant override, 10-hour ONot Observable pup [Not Applicable 3.2.4: rnciude optimum start Clcomplies Requirement will be met. 2 ems QDoes Not `1� ❑Not Observable ONot Applicable 4t}3>2.4 $ sterns includes' imu1m start. D�cin� lies y pt p Requirement will be met,. 2:3 cantrtzis ' 130oes Not j141}s []Not Observable [Not Applicable C405.4. ...__..... . interior trrstalled lamp and fixture Elcomplies See me interior Lighting fixture schedule for values. (Fi1ti jig lltE p1r"ls consistent with what ,lases Not is shorn On the approved lighting Not Observable ptarts, deiririnstrattng proposed watts are less than ter Egilel 1ef allowed ©Not Applicable watts. c4013.:1 i ofrrn #ssioniri4 plan developed by OComplies f Fl28li prOgsslonal or, QDoes Not 'rovisteited"desilgh 8pp ed ONot Observable ONot Applicable '04 a 3 _ _.......... . _ _.... HvA(: .'ulpmei'rt.has.be-An tested to I komplies i eft �a br'o l oP"*tiQti. ODoes Not (Fi31jr ONot Observable, dNot Applicable 4R8.2.3. ...... _ l IiAC citrol systa nts have been C7Complies 2 tester$ t+€r ensure pFsrper operation, IQDoes Not titix catlbratloirt anti axlj�ment of controls, . _ ONot Observable CINot Applicable l 3 Hrh pact (Tier l l lrn 2 ►Medium impact (Tier Zl 3 Love Impact (Tier 3} PmjectTitio, Pets u a Pus - ephyrhills, FL Report date: 03l.15/19 CciEr4 +i Is FlaiCom'E-n,e.rgy Anal si iCOMcheck12�19 19039 Pet SuR#e.s.P._tus - ze h rh.iH. Page 11 o_f 13Data'tlename: F l z H){tr Impact (licej2Medict[n in7atT Project Title; Pet 50piies PluviwZephyr tli, Ft D ii err m F C eta # . a ek j OMheck + F(accrm Pis C (y Analysis k3ti g039 - Additional ComrnentsfAssurnptloo . Project. Title; Pet Bata filenaime FAC i tmpairt {Tier 1) R2 Medium ifnpact Tior 2)2) c zephyihltls. FL FlaCorr'r-I~ner `Anal slCt`�plelttetk�2A18i1g plies;"fits - lei sport data; r35,tl.sil�' III f age 11 Of m13' Z 0 H a 0 U) W W I— Q LNNLI 1..1� yo •► iAR�t •� <� � '[�• •yes 11�� a N LO M J JLL 0 a J_ 2 = w>- N 2 CL N U UJ 1 U G 0 U Q U_ Z CU W 2 ISSUED FOR: PERMIT 03.14.19 BID 03.14.19 CONSTRUCTION 00.00.00 REVIEW SET 03.14.19 PROJECT MANAGER DESIGNER SS SS JOB NO. 18390 C600 SECTION 011000 - SUMMARY PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 PROJECT A. PROJECT NAME: PET SUPPLIES PLUS - ZEPHYRHILLS, FL. B. THE PROJECT CONSISTS OF RENOVATIONS TO AN EXISTING VACANT BUILDING AND SITE FOR A NEW PET SUPPLIES RETAIL STORE. 1.02 CONTRACT DESCRIPTION A. CONTRACT TYPE: A SINGLE PRIME CONTRACT BASED ON A STIPULATED PRICE AS DESCRIBED IN AIA OWNER - CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT. 1.03 DESCRIPTION OF ALTERATIONS WORK A. SCOPE OF DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL WORK IS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. B. RENOVATE THE ENTIRE SPACE, COMPLETE AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFIED HEREIN: 1.04 WORK BY OWNER A. THE OWNER HAS AWARDED CONTRACTS FOR THE SUPPLY, INSTALLATION OR THE SUPPLY AND INSTALLATION OF ITEMS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS, WHICH WILL COMMENCE ON DATES PRIOR TO TURNOVER FOR OWNER OCCUPANCY. 1.05 OWNER OCCUPANCY A. THE OWNER INTENDS TO OCCUPY PORTIONS OF THE BUILDING PRIOR TO THE COMPLETION DATE FOR INSTALLATION OF OWNER PROVIDED MATERIALS. B. SCHEDULE THE WORK TO ACCOMMODATE THE OWNER AND THE OWNERS CONTRACTORS OCCUPANCY. 1.06 CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE A. CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS: LIMITED TO AREAS NOTED ON DRAWINGS. B. ARRANGE USE OF SITE TO ALLOW: 1. WORK BY OTHERS. C. PROVIDE ACCESS TO AND FROM SITE AS REQUIRED BY LAW AND BY THE OWNER: 1. EMERGENCY BUILDING EXITS DURING CONSTRUCTION: KEEP ALL EXITS AT ADJACENT BUILDING OPERATING TENANTS AND AS REQUIRED BY CODE OPEN DURING CONSTRUCTION PERIOD, PROVIDE TEMPORARY EXIT SIGNS IF EXIT ROUTES ARE TEMPORARILY ALTERED. 2. DO NOT OBSTRUCT ROADWAYS, SIDEWALKS, OR OTHER PUBLIC WAYS WITHOUT PERMIT. 3. MAINTAIN ACCESS TO ADJACENT PROPERTY, COORDINATE WITH CONSTRUCTION LIMITS ACCESS. D. EXISTING BUILDING SPACES MAY NOT BE USED FOR STORAGE. 1.07 WORK SEQUENCE A. COORDINATE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND OPERATIONS WITH THE ARCHITECTS. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION SECTION 013000 - ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. PROGRESS REPORTING. B. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE. C. PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS. D. COORDINATION DRAWINGS. E. SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW, INFORMATION, AND PROJECT CLOSEOUT. F. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PROGRESS REPORTING A. SCHEDULE AND ADMINISTER REPORTING THROUGHOUT PROGRESS OF THE WORK AT MAXIMUM WEEKLY INTERVALS OR AS REQUESTED BY PET SUPPLIES PLUS REPRESENTATIVES. B. REPORT ITEMS: 1. REVIEW OF WORK PROGRESS. 2. FIELD OBSERVATIONS, PROBLEMS, AND DECISIONS. 3. IDENTIFICATION OF PROBLEMS WHICH IMPEDE PLANNED PROGRESS. 4. REVIEW OF SUBMITTALS SCHEDULE AND STATUS OF SUBMITTALS. 5. REVIEW OF OFF -SITE FABRICATION, OWNER PROVIDED ITEMS AND DELIVERY SCHEDULES. 6. MAINTENANCE OF PROGRESS SCHEDULE. 7. CORRECTIVE MEASURES TO REGAIN PROJECTED SCHEDULES. 8. PLANNED PROGRESS DURING SUCCEEDING WORK PERIOD. 9. MAINTENANCE OF QUALITY AND WORK STANDARDS. 10. EFFECT OF PROPOSED CHANGES ON PROGRESS SCHEDULE AND COORDINATION. 11. PROGRESS PHOTOS, REFER TO REQUIREMENTS BELOW. 12. OTHER BUSINESS RELATING TO WORK. C. PREPARE REPORT AND DISTRIBUTE VIA EMAIL ON THURSDAY MORNING OF EACH WEEK. DISTRIBUTION TO INCLUDE OWNER, ARCHITECT. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE A. CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE SHALL BE ORGANIZED IN BAR CHART FORMAT WITH SEPARATE BAR FOR EACH SUBSTRATE CATEGORY OF WORK, ORGANIZE IN CHRONOLOGICAL ORDER ACCORDING TO THE START DATE FOR EACH ACTIVITY OF WORK. IDENTIFY EACH ACTIVITY BY APPLICABLE SPECIFICATION REFERENCE NUMBER. B. WITHIN 3 DAYS AFTER DATE ESTABLISHED IN NOTICE TO PROCEED, SUBMIT PRELIMINARY SCHEDULE FOR CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS FOR THE DURATION OF THE PROJECT. INCLUDE SCHEDULE FOR ORDERING AND DELIVERY OF OWNER SUPPLIED ITEMS. C. IF PRELIMINARY SCHEDULE REQUIRES REVISION AFTER REVIEW, SUBMIT REVISED SCHEDULE WITHIN 2 DAYS. D. WITHIN 10 DAYS AFTER JOINT REVIEW, SUBMIT COMPLETE SCHEDULE. E. SUBMIT UPDATED SCHEDULE WITH EACH APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT. 3.03 PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS A. PROVIDE PHOTOGRAPHS OF SITE AND CONSTRUCTION THROUGHOUT PROGRESS OF WORK PRODUCED BY AN EXPERIENCED PHOTOGRAPHER, ACCEPTABLE TO PET SUPPLIES PLUS AND ARCHITECT. B. PHOTOS SHALL BE DIGITAL .JPG IMAGES ASSEMBLED IN .ZIP FILE AND EMAILED WITH WEEKLY PROGRESS REPORT. C. TAKE PHOTOGRAPHS FOR SUBMITTAL WITH WEEKLY PROGRESS REPORT OF MINIMUM ITEMS AS FOLLOWS AND APPLICABLE TO WORKSCOPE OF PROJECT: 1. DEMOLITION 2. EXCAVATION AND UNDERGROUND PLUMBING 3. ROUGH FRAMING INCLUDING ALL CONCEALED BLOCKING 4. PLUMBING WALL ROUGH IN 5. ELECTRICAL WALL ROUGH IN 6. HVAC ROUGH IN 7. ELECTRICAL OVERHEAD 8. WALLS PRIOR TO GYPSUM BOARD 9. WALLS AFTER GYPSUM BOARD 10. CEILING GRID INSTALLATION 11. FLOOR TILE 12. OWNER SUPPLIED CABINETRY AND KITCHEN EQUIPMENT AT DELIVERY 13. OWNER SUPPED CABINETRY AND KITCHEN EQUIPMENT AT INSTALLATION 14. PAINTING 15. INTERIOR FINISHES AND DECOR 16. EXTERIOR DRIVE THRU RELATED WORK 17. EXTERIOR LIFT, LOADING AREA AND RELATED WORK 18. ADDITIONAL ITEMS AS REQUESTED BY OWNER, ARCHITECT AND PET SUPPLIES PLUS 3.04 COORDINATION DRAWINGS AND FIELD DIMENSIONS A. PROVIDE INFORMATION REQUIRED BY OWNER, ARCHITECT OR PET SUPPLIES PLUS VENDOR FOR PREPARATION OF COORDINATION DRAWINGS. 3.05 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW A. WHEN THE FOLLOWING ARE SPECIFIED IN INDIVIDUAL SECTIONS, SUBMIT THEM FOR REVIEW: 1. PRODUCT DATA. 2. SHOP DRAWINGS. 3. SAMPLES FOR SELECTION. 4. SAMPLES FOR VERIFICATION. B. SUBMIT TO ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW FOR THE LIMITED PURPOSE OF CHECKING FOR CONFORMANCE WITH INFORMATION GIVEN AND THE DESIGN CONCEPT EXPRESSED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. C. SAMPLES WILL BE REVIEWED ONLY FOR AESTHETIC, COLOR, OR FINISH SELECTION. D. AFTER REVIEW, PROVIDE COPIES AND DISTRIBUTE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES ARTICLE BELOW AND FOR RECORD DOCUMENTS PURPOSES DESCRIBED IN SECTION 017700 - CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS. 3.06 SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION A. WHEN THE FOLLOWING ARE SPECIFIED IN INDIVIDUAL SECTIONS, SUBMIT THEM FOR INFORMATION: 1. DESIGN DATA. 2. CERTIFICATES. 3. TEST REPORTS. 4. INSPECTION REPORTS. 5. MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 6. MANUFACTURER'S FIELD REPORTS. 7. OTHER TYPES INDICATED. B. SUBMIT FOR ARCHITECTS KNOWLEDGE AS CONTRACT ADMINISTRATOR OR FOR OWNER. NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN. 3.07 SUBMITTALS FOR PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. WHEN THE FOLLOWING ARE SPECIFIED IN INDIVIDUAL SECTIONS, SUBMIT THEM AT PROJECT CLOSEOUT: 1. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS. 2. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA. 3. WARRANTIES. 4. OTHER TYPES AS INDICATED. B. SUBMIT FOR OWNER'S BENEFIT DURING AND AFTER PROJECT COMPLETION. END OF SECTION SECTION 014000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL. 1.01 REFERENCES AND STANDARDS A. FOR PRODUCTS AND WORKMANSHIP SPECIFIED BY REFERENCE TO A DOCUMENT OR DOCUMENTS NOT INCLUDED IN THE PROJECT MANUAL, ALSO REFERRED TO AS REFERENCE STANDARDS, COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THE STANDARD, EXCEPT WHEN MORE RIGID REQUIREMENTS ARE SPECIFIED OR ARE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE CODES. B. CONFORM TO REFERENCE STANDARD OF DATE OF ISSUE CURRENT ON DATE OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, EXCEPT WHERE A SPECIFIC DATE IS ESTABLISHED BY APPLICABLE CODE. C. OBTAIN COPIES OF STANDARDS WHERE REQUIRED BY PRODUCT SPECIFICATION SECTIONS. D. MAINTAIN COPY AT PROJECT SITE DURING SUBMITTALS, PLANNING, AND PROGRESS OF THE SPECIFIC WORK, UNTIL SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. E. SHOULD SPECIFIED REFERENCE STANDARDS CONFLICT WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, REQUEST CLARIFICATION FROM THE ARCHITECTS BEFORE PROCEEDING. F. NEITHER THE CONTRACTUAL RELATIONSHIPS, DUTIES, OR RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE PARTIES IN CONTRACT NOR THOSE OF THE ARCHITECTS SHALL BE ALTERED FROM THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS BY MENTION OR INFERENCE OTHERWISE IN ANY REFERENCE DOCUMENT. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A. MONITOR QUALITY CONTROL OVER SUPPLIERS, MANUFACTURERS, PRODUCTS, SERVICES, SITE CONDITIONS, AND WORKMANSHIP, TO PRODUCE WORK OF SPECIFIED QUALITY. B. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURERS' INSTRUCTIONS, INCLUDING EACH STEP IN SEQUENCE. C. SHOULD MANUFACTURERS' INSTRUCTIONS CONFLICT WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, REQUEST CLARIFICATION FROM THE ARCHITECTS BEFORE PROCEEDING. D. COMPLY WITH SPECIFIED STANDARDS AS MINIMUM QUALITY FOR THE WORK EXCEPT WHERE MORE STRINGENT TOLERANCES, CODES, OR SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS INDICATE HIGHER STANDARDS OR MORE PRECISE WORKMANSHIP. E. HAVE WORK PERFORMED BY PERSONS QUALIFIED TO PRODUCE REQUIRED AND SPECIFIED QUALITY. F. VERIFY THAT FIELD MEASUREMENTS ARE AS INDICATED ON SHOP DRAWINGS OR AS INSTRUCTED BY THE MANUFACTURER. G. SECURE PRODUCTS IN PLACE WITH POSITIVE ANCHORAGE DEVICES DESIGNED AND SIZED TO WITHSTAND STRESSES, VIBRATION, PHYSICAL DISTORTION, AND DISFIGUREMENT. 3.02 TOLERANCES A. MONITOR FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION TOLERANCE CONTROL OF PRODUCTS TO PRODUCE ACCEPTABLE WORK. DO NOT PERMIT TOLERANCES TO ACCUMULATE. B. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURERS' TOLERANCES. SHOULD MANUFACTURERS' TOLERANCES CONFLICT WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, REQUEST CLARIFICATION FROM THE ARCHITECTS BEFORE PROCEEDING. C. ADJUST PRODUCTS TO APPROPRIATE DIMENSIONS, POSITION BEFORE SECURING PRODUCTS IN PLACE. 3.03 DEFECT ASSESSMENT A. REPLACE WORK OR PORTIONS OF THE WORK NOT CONFORMING TO SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS. B. IF, IN THE OPINION OF THE ARCHITECTS, IT IS NOT PRACTICAL TO REMOVE AND REPLACE THE WORK, THE ARCHITECTS WILL DIRECT AN APPROPRIATE REMEDY OR ADJUST PAYMENT. END OF SECTION SECTION 015000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. USE TRIGGER -OPERATED NOZZLES FOR WATER HOSES, TO AVOID WASTE OF WATER. 1.02 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. PROVIDE AND MAINTAIN REQUIRED FACILITIES AND ENCLOSURES. PROVIDE AT TIME OF PROJECT MOBILIZATION. B. USE OF EXISTING FACILITIES IS PERMITTED. C. MAINTAIN DAILY IN CLEAN AND SANITARY CONDITION. 1.03 BARRIERS A. PROVIDE BARRIERS TO PREVENT UNAUTHORIZED ENTRY TO CONSTRUCTION AREAS, TO ALLOW FOR OWNER'S USE OF SITE AND TO PROTECT EXISTING FACILITIES AND ADJACENT PROPERTIES FROM DAMAGE FROM CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS AND DEMOLITION. B. PROVIDE BARRICADES AND COVERED WALKWAYS REQUIRED BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES FOR PUBLIC RIGHTS -OF -WAY AND FOR PUBLIC ACCESS TO EXISTING BUILDING. C. PROTECT NON -OWNED VEHICULAR TRAFFIC, STORED MATERIALS, SITE, AND STRUCTURES FROM DAMAGE. 1.04 EXTERIOR ENCLOSURES A. PROVIDE TEMPORARY INSULATED WEATHER TIGHT CLOSURE OF EXTERIOR OPENINGS TO ACCOMMODATE ACCEPTABLE WORKING CONDITIONS AND PROTECTION FOR PRODUCTS, TO ALLOW FOR TEMPORARY HEATING AND MAINTENANCE OF REQUIRED AMBIENT TEMPERATURES IDENTIFIED IN INDIVIDUAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, AND TO PREVENT ENTRY OF UNAUTHORIZED PERSONS. PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS WITH SELF -CLOSING HARDWARE AND LOCKS. 1.05 SECURITY A. PROVIDE SECURITY AND FACILITIES TO PROTECT WORK, EXISTING FACILITIES, AND THE OWNER'S OPERATIONS FROM UNAUTHORIZED ENTRY, VANDALISM, OR THEFT. 1.06 VEHICULAR ACCESS AND PARKING A. COORDINATE ACCESS AND HAUL ROUTES WITH GOVERNING AUTHORITIES AND THE OWNER. B. PROVIDE AND MAINTAIN ACCESS TO FIRE HYDRANTS, FREE OF OBSTRUCTIONS. C. PROVIDE MEANS OF REMOVING MUD FROM VEHICLE WHEELS BEFORE ENTERING STREETS. D. PROVIDE TEMPORARY PARKING AREAS TO ACCOMMODATE CONSTRUCTION PERSONNEL. WHEN SITE SPACE IS NOT ADEQUATE, PROVIDE ADDITIONAL OFF -SITE PARKING. 1.07 WASTE REMOVAL A. PROVIDE WASTE REMOVAL FACILITIES AND SERVICES AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN THE SITE IN CLEAN AND ORDERLY CONDITION. B. PROVIDE CONTAINERS WITH LIDS. REMOVE TRASH FROM SITE PERIODICALLY. C. IF MATERIALS TO BE RECYCLED OR RE -USED ON THE PROJECT MUST BE STORED ON -SITE, PROVIDE SUITABLE NON-COMBUSTIBLE CONTAINERS, LOCATE CONTAINERS HOLDING FLAMMABLE MATERIAL OUTSIDE THE STRUCTURE UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY THE AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. D. OPEN FREE -FALL CHUTES ARE NOT PERMITTED. TERMINATE CLOSED CHUTES INTO APPROPRIATE CONTAINERS WITH LIDS. 1.08 REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES, AND CONTROLS A. REMOVE TEMPORARY UTILITIES, EQUIPMENT, FACILITIES, MATERIALS, PRIOR TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION INSPECTION. B. REMOVE UNDERGROUND INSTALLATIONS TO A MINIMUM DEPTH OF 2 FEET (600 MM) OR AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. GRADE SITE AS INDICATED. C. CLEAN AND REPAIR DAMAGE CAUSED BY INSTALLATION OR USE OF TEMPORARY WORK. D. RESTORE EXISTING FACILITIES USED DURING CONSTRUCTION TO ORIGINAL CONDITION. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. NFPA 70 - NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION, 2002. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. PROPOSED PRODUCTS LIST: SUBMIT LIST OF MAJOR PRODUCTS PROPOSED FOR USE, WITH NAME OF MANUFACTURER, TRADE NAME, AND MODEL NUMBER OF EACH PRODUCT. 1. SUBMIT WITHIN 15 DAYS AFTER DATE OF AGREEMENT. B. PRODUCT DATA SUBMITTALS: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD PUBLISHED DATA. MARK EACH COPY TO IDENTIFY APPLICABLE PRODUCTS, MODELS, OPTIONS, AND OTHER DATA. SUPPLEMENT MANUFACTURERS' STANDARD DATA TO PROVIDE INFORMATION SPECIFIC TO THIS PROJECT. C. SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS: PREPARED SPECIFICALLY FOR THIS PROJECT. D. SAMPLE SUBMITTALS: ILLUSTRATE FUNCTIONAL AND AESTHETIC CHARACTERISTICS OF THE PRODUCT, WITH INTEGRAL PARTS AND ATTACHMENT DEVICES. COORDINATE SAMPLE SUBMITTALS FOR INTERFACING WORK. 1. FOR SELECTION FROM STANDARD FINISHES, SUBMIT SAMPLES OF THE FULL RANGE OF THE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD COLORS, TEXTURES, AND PATTERNS. E. INDICATE UTILITY AND ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS, UTILITY CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS, AND LOCATION OF UTILITY OUTLETS FOR SERVICE FOR FUNCTIONAL EQUIPMENT AND APPLIANCES. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 EXISTING PRODUCTS A. EXISTING MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT INDICATED TO BE REMOVED, BUT NOT TO BE RE -USED, RELOCATED, REINSTALLED, DELIVERED TO THE THE OWNER, OR OTHERWISE INDICATED AS TO REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THE THE OWNER, BECOME THE PROPERTY OF THE, REMOVE FROM SITE. 2.02 NEW PRODUCTS A. PROVIDE NEW PRODUCTS UNLESS SPECIFICALLY REQUIRED OR PERMITTED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. B. DO NOT USE PRODUCTS HAVING ANY OF THE FOLLOWING CHARACTERISTICS: 1. MADE USING OR CONTAINING CFC'S OR HCFC'S. 2.03 PRODUCT OPTIONS A. PRODUCTS SPECIFIED BY REFERENCE STANDARDS OR BY DESCRIPTION ONLY: USE ANY PRODUCT MEETING THOSE STANDARDS OR DESCRIPTION. B. PRODUCTS SPECIFIED BY NAMING ONE OR MORE MANUFACTURERS: USE A PRODUCT OF ONE OF THE MANUFACTURERS NAMED AND MEETING SPECIFICATIONS, NO OPTIONS OR SUBSTITUTIONS ALLOWED. C. PRODUCTS SPECIFIED BY NAMING ONE OR MORE MANUFACTURERS WITH A PROVISION FOR SUBSTITUTIONS: SUBMIT A REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION FOR ANY MANUFACTURER NOT NAMED. 2.04 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE PRODUCTS A. PROVIDE SPARE PARTS, MAINTENANCE, AND EXTRA PRODUCTS OF TYPES AND IN QUANTITIES SPECIFIED IN INDIVIDUAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS. B. DELIVER TO PROJECT SITE, OBTAIN RECEIPT PRIOR TO FINAL PAYMENT. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES A. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SPECIFY TIME RESTRICTIONS FOR SUBMITTING REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTIONS DURING THE BIDDING PERIOD. COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. B. THE ARCHITECTS AND THE OWNER WILL CONSIDER REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTIONS ONLY WITHIN 15 DAYS AFTER DATE OF AGREEMENT. C. SUBSTITUTIONS WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED WHEN A PRODUCT BECOMES UNAVAILABLE THROUGH NO FAULT OF THE OWNER. D. DOCUMENT EACH REQUEST WITH COMPLETE DATA SUBSTANTIATING COMPLIANCE OF PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. E. A REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION CONSTITUTES A REPRESENTATION THAT THE SUBMITTER: 1. HAS INVESTIGATED PROPOSED PRODUCT AND DETERMINED THAT IT MEETS OR EXCEEDS THE QUALITY LEVEL OF THE SPECIFIED PRODUCT. 2. WILL PROVIDE THE SAME WARRANTY FOR THE SUBSTITUTION AS FOR THE SPECIFIED PRODUCT. 3. WILL COORDINATE INSTALLATION AND MAKE CHANGES TO OTHER WORK, WHICH MAY BE REQUIRED FOR THE WORK TO BE COMPLETE WITH NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. 4. WAIVES CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL COSTS OR TIME EXTENSION, WHICH MAY SUBSEQUENTLY BECOME APPARENT. 5. WILL REIMBURSE THE OWNER AND THE ARCHITECTS FOR REVIEW OR REDESIGN SERVICES ASSOCIATED WITH RE -APPROVAL BY AUTHORITIES. F. SUBSTITUTIONS WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED WHEN THEY ARE INDICATED OR IMPLIED ON SHOP DRAWING OR PRODUCT DATA SUBMITTALS, WITHOUT SEPARATE WRITTEN REQUEST, OR WHEN ACCEPTANCE WILL REQUIRE REVISION TO THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. G. SUBSTITUTION SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE: 1. SUBMIT THREE COPIES OF REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION FOR CONSIDERATION. LIMIT EACH REQUEST TO ONE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION. 2. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND CERTIFIED TEST RESULTS ATTESTING TO THE PROPOSED PRODUCT EQUIVALENCE. BURDEN OF PROOF IS ON PROPOSER. 3. THE ARCHITECTS WILL NOTIFY IN WRITING OF DECISION TO ACCEPT OR REJECT REQUEST. 3.02 OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS A. REFER TO DRAWINGS FOR IDENTIFICATION OF OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS. B. OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. ARRANGE FOR AND DELIVER APPLICABLE OWNER REVIEWED SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES, TO CONTRACTOR. 2. ARRANGE AND PAY FOR PRODUCT DELIVERY TO SITE. 3. ARRANGE FOR MANUFACTURERS' WARRANTIES, INSPECTIONS, AND SERVICE. C. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES: 1. REVIEW OWNER REVIEWED SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES. 2. RECEIVE AND UNLOAD PRODUCTS AT SITE, INSPECT FOR COMPLETENESS OR DAMAGE. ALL DAMAGED OR MISSING MATERIALS SHALL BE DOCUMENTED TO OWNER & SUPPLIER WITHIN THREE DAYS OF RECEIVING DELIVERY OF MATERIALS. DAMAGED OR MISSING MATERIALS IDENTIFIED AFTER THREE DAYS FROM DELIVERY ARE THE CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY TO REPLACE AT CONTRACTORS COST FOR MATERIAL AND SHIPPING. COORDINATE REPLACEMENT WITH OWNER AND SUPPLIER. 3. ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE STORED IN A SECURE LOCATION, PROTECT FROM DAMAGE & THEFT. 4. HANDLE, STORE, INSTALL AND FINISH PRODUCTS. 3.03 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. COORDINATE SCHEDULE OF PRODUCT DELIVERY TO DESIGNATED PREPARED AREAS IN ORDER TO MINIMIZE SITE STORAGE TIME AND POTENTIAL DAMAGE TO STORED MATERIALS. B. TRANSPORT AND HANDLE PRODUCTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. C. TRANSPORT MATERIALS IN COVERED TRUCKS TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF PRODUCT AND LITTERING OF SURROUNDING AREAS. D. PROMPTLY INSPECT SHIPMENTS TO ENSURE THAT PRODUCTS COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS, QUANTITIES ARE CORRECT, AND PRODUCTS ARE UNDAMAGED. E. PROVIDE EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL TO HANDLE PRODUCTS BY METHODS TO PREVENT SOILING, DISFIGUREMENT, OR DAMAGE. F. ARRANGE FOR THE RETURN OF PACKING MATERIALS, SUCH AS WOOD PALLETS, WHERE ECONOMICALLY FEASIBLE. 3.04 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. DESIGNATE RECEIVING/STORAGE AREAS FOR INCOMING PRODUCTS SO THAT THEY ARE DELIVERED ACCORDING TO INSTALLATION SCHEDULE AND PLACED CONVENIENT TO WORK AREA IN ORDER TO MINIMIZE WASTE DUE TO EXCESSIVE MATERIALS HANDLING AND MISAPPLICATION. B. STORE AND PROTECT PRODUCTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS' INSTRUCTIONS. C. STORE WITH SEALS AND LABELS INTACT AND LEGIBLE. D. STORE SENSITIVE PRODUCTS IN WEATHER TIGHT, CLIMATE CONTROLLED, ENCLOSURES IN AN ENVIRONMENT FAVORABLE TO PRODUCT. E. FOR EXTERIOR STORAGE OF FABRICATED PRODUCTS, PLACE ON SLOPED SUPPORTS ABOVE GROUND. F. COVER PRODUCTS SUBJECT TO DETERIORATION WITH IMPERVIOUS SHEET COVERING. PROVIDE VENTILATION TO PREVENT CONDENSATION AND DEGRADATION OF PRODUCTS. G. PREVENT CONTACT WITH MATERIAL THAT MAY CAUSE CORROSION, DISCOLORATION, OR STAINING. H. PROVIDE EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL TO STORE PRODUCTS BY METHODS TO PREVENT SOILING, DISFIGUREMENT, OR DAMAGE. I. ARRANGE STORAGE OF PRODUCTS TO PERMIT ACCESS FOR INSPECTION. PERIODICALLY INSPECT TO VERIFY PRODUCTS ARE UNDAMAGED AND ARE MAINTAINED IN ACCEPTABLE CONDITION. END OF SECTION Z 0 0 W Q W ce- II01.4fe,,,.Ills OFr ,0. J (n Z D0 UQ WV F_ LL =U UW w♦♦� VJ ISSUED FOR: PERMIT 03.14.19 BID 03.14.19 CONSTRUCTION 00.00.00 REVIEW SET 03.14.19 JOB NO. 18390 AS1 00 SECTION 017300 - EXECUTION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUBMITTALS A. SEE SECTION 013000 -ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS, FOR 3•04 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES. B. SURVEY WORK: SUBMIT NAME, ADDRESS, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER OF SURVEYOR BEFORE STARTING SURVEY WORK. 1. ON REQUEST, SUBMIT DOCUMENTATION VERIFYING ACCURACY OF SURVEY WORK. 2. SUBMIT A COPY OF SITE DRAWING SIGNED BY THE LAND SURVEYOR THAT THE ELEVATIONS AND LOCATIONS OF THE WORK ARE IN CONFORMANCE WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 3. SUBMIT SURVEYS AND SURVEY LOGS FOR THE PROJECT RECORD. C. DEMOLITION PLAN: SUBMIT DEMOLITION PLAN AS SPECIFIED BY EPA, OSHA AND GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. 1. INDICATE EXTENT OF DEMOLITION, REMOVAL SEQUENCE, BRACING AND SHORING, AND LOCATION AND CONSTRUCTION OF BARRICADES AND FENCES. 2. IDENTIFY DEMOLITION FIRM AND SUBMIT QUALIFICATIONS. 3. INCLUDE A SUMMARY OF SAFETY PROCEDURES. 4. INCLUDE SUMMARY OF DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL OF ASBESTOS MATERIALS. D. CUTTING AND PATCHING: SUBMIT WRITTEN REQUEST IN ADVANCE OF CUTTING OR ALTERATION, WHICH AFFECTS: 1. STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF ANY ELEMENT OF PROJECT. 2. INTEGRITY OF WEATHER EXPOSED OR MOISTURE RESISTANT ELEMENT. 3. EFFICIENCY, MAINTENANCE, OR SAFETY OF ANY OPERATIONAL ELEMENT. 4. VISUAL QUALITIES OF SIGHT EXPOSED ELEMENTS. 5. WORK OF THE OWNER OR SEPARATE CONTRACTOR. E. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS: ACCURATELY RECORD ACTUAL LOCATIONS OF CAPPED AND ACTIVE UTILITIES. 1.02 QUALIFICATIONS A. FOR SURVEY WORK, EMPLOY A LAND SURVEYOR REGISTERED IN AND ACCEPTABLE TO THE OWNER. SUBMIT EVIDENCE OF SURVEYOR'S ERRORS AND OMISSIONS INSURANCE COVERAGE IN THE FORM OF AN INSURANCE CERTIFICATE. 1.03 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. PROTECT SITE FROM PUDDLING OR RUNNING WATER. PROVIDE WATER BARRIERS AS REQUIRED TO PROTECT SITE FROM SOIL EROSION. B. VENTILATE ENCLOSED AREAS TO ASSIST CURE OF MATERIALS, TO DISSIPATE HUMIDITY, AND TO PREVENT ACCUMULATION OF DUST, FUMES, VAPORS, OR GASES. C. DUST CONTROL: EXECUTE WORK BY METHODS TO MINIMIZE RAISING DUST FROM CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. PROVIDE POSITIVE MEANS TO PREVENT AIR -BORNE DUST FROM DISPERSING INTO ATMOSPHERE. D. EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL: PLAN AND EXECUTE WORK BY METHODS TO CONTROL SURFACE DRAINAGE FROM CUTS AND FILLS, FROM BORROW AND WASTE DISPOSAL AREAS. PREVENT EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION. E. PEST CONTROL: PROVIDE METHODS, MEANS, AND FACILITIES TO PREVENT PESTS AND INSECTS FROM DAMAGING THE WORK. F. RODENT CONTROL: PROVIDE METHODS, MEANS, AND FACILITIES TO PREVENT RODENTS FROM ACCESSING OR INVADING PREMISES. G. POLLUTION CONTROL: PROVIDE METHODS, MEANS, AND FACILITIES TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF SOIL, WATER, AND ATMOSPHERE FROM DISCHARGE OF NOXIOUS, TOXIC SUBSTANCES, AND POLLUTANTS PRODUCED BY CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. 1.04 COORDINATION A. COORDINATE SCHEDULING, SUBMITTALS, AND WORK OF THE VARIOUS SECTIONS OF THE PROJECT MANUAL TO ENSURE EFFICIENT AND ORDERLY SEQUENCE OF INSTALLATION OF INTERDEPENDENT CONSTRUCTION ELEMENTS, WITH PROVISIONS FOR ACCOMMODATING ITEMS INSTALLED LATER. B. NOTIFY AFFECTED UTILITY COMPANIES AND COMPLY WITH THEIR REQUIREMENTS. C. VERIFY THAT UTILITY REQUIREMENTS AND CHARACTERISTICS OF NEW OPERATING EQUIPMENT ARE COMPATIBLE WITH BUILDING UTILITIES. COORDINATE WORK OF VARIOUS SECTIONS HAVING INTERDEPENDENT RESPONSIBILITIES FOR INSTALLING, CONNECTING TO, AND PLACING IN SERVICE, SUCH EQUIPMENT. D. COORDINATE SPACE REQUIREMENTS, SUPPORTS, AND INSTALLATION OF MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL WORK WHICH ARE INDICATED DIAGRAMMATICALLY ON DRAWINGS. FOLLOW ROUTING SHOWN FOR PIPES, DUCTS, AND CONDUIT, AS CLOSELY AS PRACTICABLE, PLACE RUNS PARALLEL WITH LINES OF BUILDING. UTILIZE SPACES EFFICIENTLY TO MAXIMIZE ACCESSIBILITY FOR OTHER 3.05 INSTALLATIONS, FOR MAINTENANCE, AND FOR REPAIRS. E. IN FINISHED AREAS EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED, CONCEAL PIPES, DUCTS, AND WIRING WITHIN THE CONSTRUCTION. COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF FIXTURES AND OUTLETS WITH FINISH ELEMENTS. F. COORDINATE COMPLETION AND CLEAN UP OF WORK OF SEPARATE SECTIONS. G. AFTER THE OWNER OCCUPANCY OF PREMISES, COORDINATE ACCESS TO SITE FOR CORRECTION OF DEFECTIVE WORK AND WORK NOT IN ACCORDANCE WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, TO MINIMIZE DISRUPTION OF THE OWNER'S ACTIVITIES. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PATCHING MATERIALS A. NEW MATERIALS: AS SPECIFIED IN PRODUCT SECTIONS, MATCH EXISTING PRODUCTS AND WORK FOR PATCHING AND EXTENDING WORK. B. TYPE AND QUALITY OF EXISTING PRODUCTS: DETERMINE BY INSPECTING AND TESTING PRODUCTS WHERE NECESSARY, REFERRING TO EXISTING WORK AS A STANDARD. C. PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION: FOR ANY PROPOSED CHANGE IN MATERIALS, SUBMIT REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION DESCRIBED IN SECTION 016000. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. VERIFY THAT EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS AND SUBSTRATE SURFACES ARE ACCEPTABLE FOR SUBSEQUENT WORK. START OF WORK MEANS ACCEPTANCE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS. B. VERIFY THAT EXISTING SUBSTRATE IS CAPABLE OF STRUCTURAL SUPPORT OR ATTACHMENT OF NEW WORK BEING APPLIED OR 3.06 ATTACHED. C. EXAMINE AND VERIFY SPECIFIC CONDITIONS DESCRIBED IN INDIVIDUAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS. D. TAKE FIELD MEASUREMENTS BEFORE CONFIRMING PRODUCT ORDERS OR BEGINNING FABRICATION, TO MINIMIZE WASTE DUE TO OVER -ORDERING OR MIS -FABRICATION. E. VERIFY THAT UTILITY SERVICES ARE AVAILABLE, OF THE CORRECT CHARACTERISTICS, AND IN THE CORRECT LOCATIONS. F. PRIOR TO CUTTING: EXAMINE EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK, INCLUDING ELEMENTS SUBJECT TO DAMAGE OR MOVEMENT DURING CUTTING AND PATCHING. AFTER UNCOVERING 3.07 EXISTING WORK, ASSESS CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE OF WORK. BEGINNING OF CUTTING OR PATCHING MEANS ACCEPTANCE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS. 3.02 PREPARATION A. CLEAN SUBSTRATE SURFACES PRIOR TO APPLYING NEXT MATERIAL OR SUBSTANCE. B. SEAL CRACKS OR OPENINGS OF SUBSTRATE PRIOR TO APPLYING NEXT MATERIAL OR SUBSTANCE. C. APPLY MANUFACTURER REQUIRED OR RECOMMENDED SUBSTRATE PRIMER, SEALER, OR CONDITIONER PRIOR TO APPLYING ANY NEW MATERIAL OR SUBSTANCE IN CONTACT OR BOND. 3.03 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. INSTALL PRODUCTS AS SPECIFIED IN INDIVIDUAL SECTIONS, IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS, AND SO AS TO AVOID WASTE DUE TO NECESSITY FOR REPLACEMENT. B. MAKE VERTICAL ELEMENTS PLUMB AND HORIZONTAL ELEMENTS LEVEL, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. C. INSTALL EQUIPMENT AND FITTINGS PLUMB AND LEVEL, NEATLY 3.08 ALIGNED WITH ADJACENT VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL LINES, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. D. MAKE CONSISTENT TEXTURE ON SURFACES, WITH SEAMLESS TRANSITIONS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. E. MAKE NEAT TRANSITIONS BETWEEN DIFFERENT SURFACES, MAINTAINING TEXTURE AND APPEARANCE. ALTERATIONS A. DRAWINGS SHOWING EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AND UTILITIES ARE BASED ON EXISTING RECORD DOCUMENTS ONLY, EXISTING CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS HAVE NOT BEEN FIELD VERIFIED. 1. VERIFY THAT CONSTRUCTION AND UTILITY ARRANGEMENTS ARE AS SHOWN. 2. REPORT DISCREPANCIES TO THE ARCHITECTS BEFORE DISTURBING EXISTING INSTALLATION. 3. BEGINNING OF ALTERATIONS WORK CONSTITUTES ACCEPTANCE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS. B. MAINTAIN WEATHERPROOF EXTERIOR BUILDING ENCLOSURE EXCEPT FOR INTERRUPTIONS REQUIRED FOR REPLACEMENT OR MODIFICATIONS, TAKE CARE TO PREVENT WATER AND HUMIDITY DAMAGE. 1. WHERE OPENINGS IN EXTERIOR ENCLOSURE EXIST, PROVIDE CONSTRUCTION TO MAKE EXTERIOR ENCLOSURE WEATHERPROOF. 2. INSULATE EXISTING DUCTS OR PIPES THAT ARE EXPOSED TO OUTDOOR AMBIENT TEMPERATURES BY ALTERATIONS WORK. C. REMOVE EXISTING WORK AS INDICATED AND AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMPLISH NEW WORK. 1. REMOVE ROTTED WOOD, CORRODED METALS, AND DETERIORATED MASONRY AND CONCRETE, REPLACE WITH NEW CONSTRUCTION SPECIFIED. 2. REMOVE ITEMS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 3. RELOCATE ITEMS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 4. WHERE NEW SURFACE FINISHES ARE TO BE APPLIED TO EXISTING WORK, PERFORM REMOVALS, PATCH, AND PREPARE EXISTING SURFACES AS REQUIRED TO RECEIVE NEW FINISH, REMOVE EXISTING FINISH IF NECESSARY FOR SUCCESSFUL APPLICATION OF NEW FINISH. 5. WHERE NEW SURFACE FINISHES ARE NOT SPECIFIED OR INDICATED, PATCH HOLES AND DAMAGED SURFACES TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISHED SURFACES AS CLOSELY AS POSSIBLE. D. SERVICES (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO HVAC, PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL, AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS): REMOVE, RELOCATE, AND EXTEND EXISTING SYSTEMS TO ACCOMMODATE NEW CONSTRUCTION. 1. MAINTAIN EXISTING ACTIVE SYSTEMS THAT ARE TO REMAIN IN OPERATION, MAINTAIN ACCESS TO EQUIPMENT AND OPERATIONAL COMPONENTS, IF NECESSARY, MODIFY INSTALLATION TO ALLOW ACCESS OR PROVIDE ACCESS PANEL. 2. WHERE EXISTING SYSTEMS OR EQUIPMENT ARE NOT ACTIVE AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS REQUIRE REACTIVATION, PUT BACK INTO OPERATIONAL CONDITION, REPAIR SUPPLY, DISTRIBUTION, AND EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED. 3. WHERE EXISTING ACTIVE SYSTEMS SERVE OCCUPIED FACILITIES BUT ARE TO BE REPLACED WITH NEW SERVICES, MAINTAIN EXISTING SYSTEMS IN SERVICE UNTIL NEW SYSTEMS ARE COMPLETE AND READY FOR SERVICE. a. DISABLE EXISTING SYSTEMS ONLY TO MAKE SWITCHOVERS AND CONNECTIONS, MINIMIZE DURATION OF OUTAGES. b. PROVIDE TEMPORARY CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN EXISTING SYSTEMS IN SERVICE. 4. VERIFY THAT ABANDONED SERVICES SERVE ONLY ABANDONED FACILITIES. 5. REMOVE ABANDONED PIPE, DUCTS, CONDUITS, AND EQUIPMENT, REMOVE BACK TO SOURCE OF SUPPLY WHERE POSSIBLE, OTHERWISE CAP STUB AND TAG WITH IDENTIFICATION, PATCH HOLES LEFT BY REMOVAL USING MATERIALS SPECIFIED FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION. E. PROTECT EXISTING WORK TO REMAIN. 1. PREVENT MOVEMENT OF STRUCTURE, PROVIDE SHORING AND BRACING IF NECESSARY. 2. PERFORM CUTTING TO ACCOMPLISH REMOVALS NEATLY AND AS SPECIFIED FOR CUTTING NEW WORK. 3. REPAIR ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION AND FINISHES DAMAGED DURING REMOVAL WORK. 4. PATCH AS SPECIFIED FOR PATCHING NEW WORK. F. ADAPT EXISTING WORK TO FIT NEW WORK: 1. WHEN EXISTING FINISHED SURFACES ARE CUT SO THAT A SMOOTH TRANSITION WITH NEW WORK IS NOT POSSIBLE, TERMINATE EXISTING SURFACE ALONG A STRAIGHT LINE AT A NATURAL LINE OF DIVISION AND MAKE RECOMMENDATION TO THE ARCHITECTS. CUTTING AND PATCHING A. EXECUTE CUTTING AND PATCHING INCLUDING EXCAVATION AND FILL TO COMPLETE THE WORK TO UNCOVER WORK IN ORDE R TO INSTALL IMPROPERLY SEQUENCED WORK, TO REMOVE AND REPLACE DEFECTIVE OR NON -CONFORMING WORK, TO REMOVE SAMPLES OF INSTALLED WORK FOR TESTING WHEN REQUESTED, TO PROVIDE OPENINGS IN THE WORK FOR PENETRATION OF MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL WORK, TO EXECUTE PATCHING TO COMPLEMENT ADJACENT WORK, AND TO FIT PRODUCTS TOGETHER TO INTEGRATE WITH OTHER WORK. B. EXECUTE WORK BY METHODS TO AVOID DAMAGE TO OTHER WORK, AND WHICH WILL PROVIDE APPROPRIATE SURFACES TO RECEIVE PATCHING AND FINISHING. IN EXISTING WORK, MINIMIZE DAMAGE AND RESTORE TO ORIGINAL CONDITION. C. EMPLOY ORIGINAL INSTALLER TO PERFORM CUTTING FOR WEATHER EXPOSED AND MOISTURE RESISTANT ELEMENTS, AND SIGHT EXPOSED SURFACES. D. CUT RIGID MATERIALS USING MASONRY SAW OR CORE DRILL. PNEUMATIC TOOLS NOT ALLOWED WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL. E. RESTORE WORK WITH NEW PRODUCTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. F. FIT WORK AIR TIGHT TO PIPES, SLEEVES, DUCTS, CONDUIT, AND OTHER PENETRATIONS THROUGH SURFACES. G. REFINISH SURFACES TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISH. FOR CONTINUOUS SURFACES, REFINISH TO NEAREST INTERSECTION OR NATURAL BREAK. FOR AN ASSEMBLY, REFINISH ENTIRE UNIT. H. MAKE NEAT TRANSITIONS. PATCH WORK TO MATCH ADJACENT WORK IN TEXTURE AND APPEARANCE. WHERE NEW WORK ABUTS OR ALIGNS WITH EXISTING, PERFORM A SMOOTH AND EVEN TRANSITION. PROGRESS CLEANING A. MAINTAIN AREAS FREE OF WASTE MATERIALS, DEBRIS, AND RUBBISH. MAINTAIN SITE IN A CLEAN AND ORDERLY CONDITION. B. REMOVE DEBRIS AND RUBBISH FROM PIPE CHASES, PLENUMS, ATTICS, CRAWL SPACES, AND OTHER CLOSED OR REMOTE SPACES, PRIOR TO ENCLOSING THE SPACE. C. BROOM AND VACUUM CLEAN INTERIOR AREAS PRIOR TO START OF SURFACE FINISHING, AND CONTINUE CLEANING TO ELIMINATE DUST. D. COLLECT AND REMOVE WASTE MATERIALS, DEBRIS, AND TRASH/RUBBISH FROM SITE PERIODICALLY AND DISPOSE OFF -SITE, DO NOT BURN OR BURY. PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A. PROTECT INSTALLED WORK FROM DAMAGE BY CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. B. PROVIDE SPECIAL PROTECTION WHERE SPECIFIED IN INDIVIDUAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS. C. PROVIDE TEMPORARY AND REMOVABLE PROTECTION FOR INSTALLED PRODUCTS. CONTROL ACTIVITY IN IMMEDIATE WORK AREA TO PREVENT DAMAGE. D. PROVIDE PROTECTIVE COVERINGS AT WALLS, PROJECTIONS, JAMBS, SILLS, AND SOFFITS OF OPENINGS. E. PROTECT FINISHED FLOORS, STAIRS, AND OTHER SURFACES FROM TRAFFIC, DIRT, WEAR, DAMAGE, OR MOVEMENT OF HEAVY OBJECTS, BY PROTECTING WITH DURABLE SHEET MATERIALS. F. PROHIBIT TRAFFIC OR STORAGE UPON WATERPROOFED OR ROOFED SURFACES. IF TRAFFIC OR ACTIVITY IS NECESSARY, OBTAIN RECOMMENDATIONS FOR PROTECTION FROM WATERPROOFING OR ROOFING MATERIAL MANUFACTURER. G. REMOVE PROTECTIVE COVERINGS WHEN NO LONGER NEEDED, REUSE OR RECYCLE PLASTIC COVERINGS IF POSSIBLE. STARTING SYSTEMS A. COORDINATE SCHEDULE FOR START-UP OF VARIOUS EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS. B. VERIFY THAT EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEM HAS BEEN CHECKED FOR PROPER LUBRICATION, DRIVE ROTATION, BELT TENSION, CONTROL SEQUENCE, AND FOR CONDITIONS WHICH MAY CAUSE DAMAGE. C. VERIFY TESTS, METER READINGS, AND SPECIFIED ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AGREE WITH THOSE REQUIRED BY THE EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEM MANUFACTURER. D. VERIFY THAT WIRING AND SUPPORT COMPONENTS FOR EQUIPMENT ARE COMPLETE AND TESTED. E. EXECUTE START-UP UNDER SUPERVISION OF APPLICABLE PERSONNEL AND MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS' INSTRUCTIONS. F. SUBMIT A WRITTEN REPORT THAT EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEM HAS BEEN PROPERLY INSTALLED AND IS FUNCTIONING CORRECTLY. 3.09 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTION A. DEMONSTRATE START-UP, OPERATION, CONTROL, ADJUSTMENT, TROUBLE -SHOOTING, SERVICING, MAINTENANCE, AND SHUTDOWN OF EACH ITEM OF EQUIPMENT AT SCHEDULED TIME, AT EQUIPMENT LOCATION. B. FOR EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEMS REQUIRING SEASONAL OPERATION, PERFORM DEMONSTRATION FOR OTHER SEASON WITHIN SIX MONTHS. C. PROVIDE A QUALIFIED PERSON WHO IS KNOWLEDGEABLE ABOUT THE PROJECT TO PERFORM DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTION OF OWNER PERSONNEL. 3.10 ADJUSTING A. ADJUST OPERATING PRODUCTS AND EQUIPMENT TO ENSURE SMOOTH AND UNHINDERED OPERATION. 3.11 FINAL CLEANING A. EXECUTE FINAL CLEAN UP PRIOR TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. CLEANUP SHALL INCLUDE BUILDING AREA, CONSTRUCTION AREA WITHIN WORK LIMITS AND CONSTRUCTION ACCESS ROUTES. B. USE CLEANING MATERIALS THAT ARE NON -HAZARDOUS. C. CLEAN INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR GLASS, SURFACES EXPOSED TO VIEW, REMOVE TEMPORARY LABELS, STAINS AND FOREIGN SUBSTANCES, POLISH TRANSPARENT AND GLOSSY SURFACES, WIPE GYPSUM BOARD WALLS READY FOR TENANT PAINT FINISH, BROOM CLEAN INTERIOR FLOOR SLAB D. CLEAN EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES TO A SANITARY CONDITION WITH CLEANING MATERIALS APPROPRIATE TO THE SURFACE AND MATERIAL BEING CLEANED. E. CLEAN FILTERS OF OPERATING EQUIPMENT. F. CLEAN DEBRIS FROM ROOFS, DOWNSPOUTS, AND DRAINAGE SYSTEMS. G. CLEAN SITE, SWEEP PAVED AREAS, RAKE CLEAN LANDSCAPED SURFACES. H. REMOVE WASTE, SURPLUS MATERIALS, TRASH/RUBBISH, AND CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES FROM THE SITE, DISPOSE OF IN LEGAL MANNER, DO NOT BURN OR BURY. 3.12 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. MAKE SUBMITTALS THAT ARE REQUIRED BY GOVERNING OR OTHER AUTHORITIES. 1. PROVIDE COPIES TO THE ARCHITECTS AND THE OWNER. B. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECTS AND THE OWNER WHEN WORK IS CONSIDERED READY FOR SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. C. SUBMIT WRITTEN CERTIFICATION THAT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS HAVE BEEN REVIEWED, WORK HAS BEEN INSPECTED, AND THAT WORK IS COMPLETE IN ACCORDANCE WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND READY FOR THE ARCHITECTS'S AND THE OWNER'S REVIEW. D. CORRECT ITEMS OF WORK LISTED IN EXECUTED CERTIFICATES OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR ACCESS TO THE OWNER -OCCUPIED AREAS. E. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECTS AND THE OWNER WHEN WORK IS CONSIDERED FINALLY COMPLETE. F. COMPLETE ITEMS OF WORK DETERMINED BY THE ARCHITECTS'S AND THE OWNER'S FINAL INSPECTION. END OF SECTION SECTION 017700 - CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS. B. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA. C. WARRANTIES AND BONDS. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. SECTION 013000 - ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS: SUBMITTALS PROCEDURES, SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES. B. INDIVIDUAL PRODUCT SECTIONS: SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS FOR OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA. C. INDIVIDUAL PRODUCT SECTIONS: WARRANTIES REQUIRED FOR SPECIFIC PRODUCTS OR WORK. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS: SUBMIT DOCUMENTS TO THE ARCHITECTS WITH CLAIM FOR FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT. B. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA: 1. SUBMIT TWO COPIES OF PRELIMINARY DRAFT OR PROPOSED FORMATS AND OUTLINES OF CONTENTS BEFORE START OF WORK. THE ARCHITECTS WILL REVIEW DRAFT AND RETURN ONE COPY WITH COMMENTS. 2. SUBMIT 1 COPY OF COMPLETED DOCUMENTS 15 DAYS PRIOR TO FINAL INSPECTION. THIS COPY WILL BE REVIEWED AND RETURNED AFTER FINAL INSPECTION, WITH THE ARCHITECTS COMMENTS. REVISE CONTENT OF ALL DOCUMENT SETS AS REQUIRED PRIOR TO FINAL SUBMISSION. 3. SUBMIT TWO SETS OF REVISED FINAL DOCUMENTS IN FINAL FORM WITHIN 10 DAYS AFTER FINAL INSPECTION. C. WARRANTIES AND BONDS: 1. FOR EQUIPMENT OR COMPONENT PARTS OF EQUIPMENT PUT INTO SERVICE DURING CONSTRUCTION WITH THE OWNER'S PERMISSION, SUBMIT DOCUMENTS WITHIN TEN DAYS AFTER ACCEPTANCE. 2. MAKE OTHER SUBMITTALS WITHIN TEN DAYS AFTER DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, PRIOR TO FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT. 3. FOR ITEMS OF WORK FOR WHICH ACCEPTANCE IS DELAYED BEYOND DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, SUBMIT WITHIN TEN DAYS AFTER ACCEPTANCE, LISTING THE DATE OF ACCEPTANCE AS THE BEGINNING OF THE WARRANTY PERIOD. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. MAINTAIN ON SITE ONE SET OF THE FOLLOWING RECORD DOCUMENTS, RECORD ACTUAL REVISIONS TO THE WORK: 1. DRAWINGS. 2. SPECIFICATIONS. 3. ADDENDA. 4. CHANGE ORDERS AND OTHER MODIFICATIONS TO THE CONTRACT. 5. REVIEWED SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES. 6. MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTION FOR ASSEMBLY, INSTALLATION, AND ADJUSTING. B. ENSURE ENTRIES ARE COMPLETE AND ACCURATE, ENABLING FUTURE REFERENCE BY THE OWNER. C. STORE RECORD DOCUMENTS SEPARATE FROM DOCUMENTS USED FOR CONSTRUCTION. D. RECORD INFORMATION CONCURRENT WITH CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS. E. SPECIFICATIONS: LEGIBLY MARK AND RECORD AT EACH PRODUCT SECTION DESCRIPTION OF ACTUAL PRODUCTS INSTALLED, INCLUDING THE FOLLOWING: 1. MANUFACTURER'S NAME AND PRODUCT MODEL AND NUMBER. 2. PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS OR ALTERNATES UTILIZED. 3. CHANGES MADE BY ADDENDA AND MODIFICATIONS. F. RECORD DRAWINGS AND SHOP DRAWINGS: LEGIBLY MARK EACH ITEM TO RECORD ACTUAL CONSTRUCTION INCLUDING: 1. MEASURED DEPTHS OF FOUNDATIONS IN RELATION TO FINISH FIRST FLOOR DATUM. 2. MEASURED HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL LOCATIONS OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES AND APPURTENANCES, REFERENCED TO PERMANENT SURFACE IMPROVEMENTS. 3. MEASURED LOCATIONS OF INTERNAL UTILITIES AND APPURTENANCES CONCEALED IN CONSTRUCTION, REFERENCED TO VISIBLE AND ACCESSIBLE FEATURES OF THE WORK. 4. FIELD CHANGES OF DIMENSION AND DETAIL. 5. DETAILS NOT ON ORIGINAL CONTRACT DRAWINGS. 3.02 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. FOR EACH PRODUCT OR SYSTEM: LIST NAMES, ADDRESSES AND TELEPHONE NUMBERS OF SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS, INCLUDING LOCAL SOURCE OF SUPPLIES AND REPLACEMENT PARTS. B. TYPED TEXT: AS REQUIRED TO SUPPLEMENT PRODUCT DATA. PROVIDE LOGICAL SEQUENCE OF INSTRUCTIONS FOR EACH PROCEDURE, INCORPORATING MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 3.03 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. FOR EACH ITEM OF EQUIPMENT AND EACH SYSTEM: 1. DESCRIPTION OF UNIT OR SYSTEM, AND COMPONENT PARTS. 2. IDENTIFY FUNCTION, NORMAL OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS, AND LIMITING CONDITIONS. 3. INCLUDE PERFORMANCE CURVES, WITH ENGINEERING DATA AND TESTS. 4. COMPLETE NOMENCLATURE AND MODEL NUMBER OF REPLACEABLE PARTS. B. OPERATING PROCEDURES: INCLUDE START-UP, BREAK-IN, AND ROUTINE NORMAL OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND SEQUENCES. INCLUDE REGULATION, CONTROL, STOPPING, SHUT -DOWN, AND EMERGENCY INSTRUCTIONS. INCLUDE SUMMER, WINTER, AND ANY SPECIAL OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS. C. MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS: INCLUDE ROUTINE PROCEDURES AND GUIDE FOR PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLE SHOOTING, DISASSEMBLY, REPAIR, AND REASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS, AND ALIGNMENT, ADJUSTING, BALANCING, AND CHECKING INSTRUCTIONS. D. PROVIDE SERVICING AND LUBRICATION SCHEDULE, AND LIST OF LUBRICANTS REQUIRED. E. INCLUDE MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS. F. INCLUDE SEQUENCE OF OPERATION BY CONTROLS MANUFACTURER. G. PROVIDE ORIGINAL MANUFACTURER'S PARTS LIST, ILLUSTRATIONS, ASSEMBLY DRAWINGS, AND DIAGRAMS REQUIRED FOR MAINTENANCE. H. ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS: AS SPECIFIED IN INDIVIDUAL PRODUCT SPECIFICATION SECTIONS. 3.04 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. PREPARE INSTRUCTIONS AND DATA BY PERSONNEL EXPERIENCED IN MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION OF DESCRIBED PRODUCTS. B. PREPARE DATA IN THE FORM OF AN INSTRUCTIONAL MANUAL. C. BINDERS: COMMERCIAL QUALITY, 8-1/2 X 11 INCH (216 X 280 MM) THREE D SIDE RING BINDERS WITH DURABLE PLASTIC COVERS, 2 INCH (50 MM) MAXIMUM RING SIZE. WHEN MULTIPLE BINDERS ARE USED, CORRELATE DATA INTO RELATED CONSISTENT GROUPINGS. , D. PROVIDE TABBED DIVIDERS FOR EACH SEPARATE PRODUCT AND SYSTEM, WITH TYPED DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT AND MAJOR COMPONENT PARTS OF EQUIPMENT. 3.05 WARRANTIES AND BONDS A. OBTAIN WARRANTIES AND BONDS, EXECUTED IN DUPLICATE BY RESPONSIBLE SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS, AND MANUFACTURERS, WITHIN TEN DAYS AFTER COMPLETION OF THE APPLICABLE ITEM OF WORK. EXCEPT FOR ITEMS PUT INTO USE WITH THE OWNER'S PERMISSION, LEAVE DATE OF BEGINNING OF TIME OF WARRANTY UNTIL THE DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION IS DETERMINED. B. VERIFY THAT DOCUMENTS ARE IN PROPER FORM, CONTAIN FULL INFORMATION, AND ARE NOTARIZED. C. CO -EXECUTE SUBMITTALS WHEN REQUIRED. D. RETAIN WARRANTIES AND BONDS UNTIL TIME SPECIFIED FOR SUBMITTAL. END OF SECTION SECTION 022000 - SITE PREPARATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. BUILDING DEMOLITION. B. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION OF BUILT SITE ELEMENTS. C. ABANDONMENT AND REMOVAL OF EXISTING UTILITIES AND UTILITY STRUCTURES. 1.02 REFERENCES A. 29 CFR 1926 - U.S. OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH STANDARDS, CURRENT EDITION. B. NFPA 241 - STANDARD FOR SAFEGUARDING CONSTRUCTION, ALTERATION, AND DEMOLITION OPERATIONS, 2000. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. SEE SECTION 013000 - ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS, FOR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES. B. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS: ACCURATELY RECORD ACTUAL LOCATIONS OF CAPPED AND ACTIVE UTILITIES AND SUBSURFACE CONSTRUCTION. 1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. MINIMIZE PRODUCTION OF DUST DUE TO DEMOLITION OPERATIONS, DO NOT USE WATER IF THAT WILL RESULT IN ICE, FLOODING, SEDIMENTATION OF PUBLIC WATERWAYS OR STORM SEWERS, OR OTHER POLLUTION. B. COMPLY WITH OTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 017300. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. FILL MATERIAL: AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 02315 -FILL AND BACKFILL PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXISTING UTILITIES A. COORDINATE WORK WITH UTILITY COMPANIES, NOTIFY BEFORE STARTING WORK AND COMPLY WITH THEIR REQUIREMENTS, OBTAIN REQUIRED PERMITS. B. PROTECT EXISTING UTILITIES TO REMAIN FROM DAMAGE. C. DO NOT DISRUPT PUBLIC UTILITIES WITHOUT PERMIT FROM AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. D. DO NOT CLOSE, SHUT OFF, OR DISRUPT EXISTING LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS THAT ARE IN USE WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN NOTIFICATION TO THE OWNER. E. DO NOT CLOSE, SHUT OFF, OR DISRUPT EXISTING UTILITY BRANCHES OR TAKE -OFFS THAT ARE IN USE WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN NOTIFICATION TO THE OWNER. F. LOCATE AND MARK UTILITIES TO REMAIN, MARK USING HIGHLY VISIBLE TAGS OR FLAGS, WITH IDENTIFICATION OF UTILITY TYPE, PROTECT FROM DAMAGE DUE TO SUBSEQUENT CONSTRUCTION, USING SUBSTANTIAL BARRICADES IF NECESSARY. G. REMOVE EXPOSED PIPING, VALVES, METERS, EQUIPMENT, SUPPORTS, AND FOUNDATIONS OF DISCONNECTED AND ABANDONED UTILITIES. H. PREPARE BUILDING DEMOLITION AREAS BY DISCONNECTING AND CAPPING UTILITIES OUTSIDE THE DEMOLITION ZONE, IDENTIFY AND MARK UTILITIES TO BE SUBSEQUENTLY RECONNECTED, IN SAME MANNER AS OTHER UTILITIES TO REMAIN. 3.02 EXISTING BUILT ELEMENTS A. SCOPE: 1. REMOVE THE BUILDING CONSTRUCTION WHERE REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE NEW BUILDING CONSTRUCTION. 2. REMOVE OTHER ITEMS INDICATED, FOR SALVAGE AND REUSE AND REINSTALLATION. 3. FILL EXCAVATIONS, OPEN PITS, AND HOLES IN GROUND AREAS GENERATED AS RESULT OF REMOVALS, USING SPECIFIED FILL, COMPACT FILL AS REQUIRED SO THAT REQUIRED ROUGH GRADE ELEVATIONS DO NOT SUBSIDE WITHIN ONE YEAR AFTER COMPLETION. B. COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE CODES AND REGULATIONS FOR DEMOLITION OPERATIONS AND SAFETY OF ADJACENT STRUCTURES AND THE PUBLIC. 1. OBTAIN REQUIRED PERMITS. 2. COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 241. 3. USE OF EXPLOSIVES IS NOT PERMITTED. 4. TAKE PRECAUTIONS TO PREVENT CATASTROPHIC OR UNCONTROLLED COLLAPSE OF STRUCTURES TO BE REMOVED, DO NOT ALLOW WORKER OR PUBLIC ACCESS WITHIN RANGE OF POTENTIAL COLLAPSE OF UNSTABLE STRUCTURES. 5. PROVIDE, ERECT, AND MAINTAIN TEMPORARY BARRIERS AND SECURITY DEVICES. 6. USE PHYSICAL BARRIERS TO PREVENT ACCESS TO AREAS THAT COULD BE HAZARDOUS TO WORKERS OR THE PUBLIC. 7. CONDUCT OPERATIONS TO MINIMIZE EFFECTS ON AND INTERFERENCE WITH ADJACENT STRUCTURES AND OCCUPANTS. 8. DO NOT CLOSE OR OBSTRUCT ROADWAYS OR SIDEWALKS WITHOUT PERMIT. 9. CONDUCT OPERATIONS TO MINIMIZE OBSTRUCTION OF PUBLIC AND PRIVATE ENTRANCES AND EXITS, DO NOT OBSTRUCT REQUIRED EXITS AT ANY TIME, PROTECT PERSONS USING ENTRANCES AND EXITS FROM REMOVAL OPERATIONS. 10. OBTAIN WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM OWNERS OF ADJACENT PROPERTIES WHEN DEMOLITION EQUIPMENT WILL TRAVERSE, INFRINGE UPON OR LIMIT ACCESS TO THEIR PROPERTY. C. PROTECT EXISTING STRUCTURES AND OTHER ELEMENTS THAT ARE NOT TO BE REMOVED. 1. PROVIDE BRACING AND SHORING. 2. PREVENT MOVEMENT OR SETTLEMENT OF ADJACENT STRUCTURES. 3. STOP WORK IMMEDIATELY IF ADJACENT STRUCTURES APPEAR TO BE IN DANGER. D. IF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ARE DISCOVERED DURING REMOVAL OPERATIONS, STOP WORK AND NOTIFY THE ARCHITECTS AND THE OWNER, HAZARDOUS MATERIALS INCLUDE REGULATED ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIALS, LEAD, PCB'S, AND MERCURY. E. PARTIAL REMOVAL OF PAVING AND CURBS: NEATLY SAW CUT AT RIGHT ANGLE TO SURFACE. 3.03 DEBRIS A. REMOVE DEBRIS, JUNK, AND TRASH FROM SITE. 3.04 WASTE REMOVAL A. REMOVE FROM SITE ALL MATERIALS NOT TO BE REUSED ON SITE, DO NOT BURN OR BURY. B. LEAVE SITE IN CLEAN CONDITION, READY FOR SUBSEQUENT WORK. C. CLEAN UP SPILLAGE AND WIND-BLOWN DEBRIS FROM PUBLIC AND PRIVATE LANDS. END OF SECTION SECTION 02315 - FILL AND BACKFILL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. APPROPRIATE BACKFILL AND FILL MATERIAL FOR SITE PREPARATION PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 BACKFILL A. SUITABLE MATERIAL SHALL BE FREE OF LARGE LUMPS OR CLODS, WHICH WILL NOT READILY BREAK DOWN UNDER COMPACTION. B. SHALL BE FREE OF VEGETATION OR OTHER EXTRANEOUS MATERIAL. C. MAY BE SUBJECT TO APPROVAL BY THE ENGINEER 2.02 TOPSOIL D. TOP 3" OF FINISH EARTH GRADE SHALL BE TOPSOIL WITH NO EXCESSIVE CLODS. END OF SECTION SECTION 024100 - DEMOLITION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. THIS SECTION SPECIFIES DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL OF WALK, CURBS, SLABS, PORTIONS OF BUILDINGS, UTILITIES, OTHER STRUCTURES FROM BUILDING 1.02 PROTECTION A. PERFORM DEMOLITION IN SUCH MANNER AS TO ELIMINATE HAZARDS TO PERSONS AND PROPERTY; TO MINIMIZE INTERFERENCE WITH USE OF ADJACENT AREAS, UTILITIES AND STRUCTURES OR INTERRUPTION OF USE OF SUCH UTILITIES; AND TO PROVIDE FREE PASSAGE TO AND FROM SUCH ADJACENT AREAS OF STRUCTURES. COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF GENERAL CONDITIONS ARTICLE, ACCIDENT PREVENTION. B. PROVIDE SAFEGUARDS, INCLUDING WARNING SIGNS, BARRICADES, TEMPORARY FENCES, WARNING LIGHTS, AND OTHER SIMILAR ITEMS THAT ARE REQUIRED FOR PROTECTION OF ALL PERSONNEL DURING DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL OPERATIONS. C. MAINTAIN FENCES, BARRICADES, LIGHTS, AND OTHER SIMILAR ITEMS AROUND EXPOSED EXCAVATIONS UNTIL SUCH EXCAVATIONS HAVE BEEN COMPLETELY FILLED. D. PREVENT SPREAD OF FLYING PARTICLES AND DUST. KEEP DUST TO A MINIMUM. E. LOCAL FIRE AND SAFETY RULES TO BE OBSERVED IN PERFORMANCE OF WORK, INCLUDE FOLLOWING: 1. WHEREVER A CUTTING TORCH OR OTHER EQUIPMENT THAT MIGHT CAUSE A FIRE IS USED, PROVIDE AND MAINTAIN FIRE EXTINGUISHERS NEARBY READY FOR IMMEDIATE USE. INSTRUCT ALL POSSIBLE USERS IN USE OF FIRE EXTINGUISHERS. 2. KEEP HYDRANTS CLEAR AND ACCESSIBLE AT ALL TIMES. PROHIBIT DEBRIS FROM ACCUMULATING WITHIN A RADIUS OF 4500 MM (15 FEET) OF FIRE HYDRANTS. F. BEFORE BEGINNING ANY DEMOLITION WORK, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SURVEY THE SITE AND EXAMINE THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS TO DETERMINE THE EXTENT OF THE WORK. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE NECESSARY PRECAUTIONS TO AVOID DAMAGES TO EXISTING ITEMS TO REMAIN IN PLACE, TO BE REUSED, OR TO REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THE TENANT OR LANDLORD. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE WORK OF THIS SECTION WITH ALL OTHER WORK AND SHALL CONSTRUCT AND MAINTAIN SHORING, BRACING, AND SUPPORTS AS REQUIRED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THAT STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS ARE NOT OVERLOADED AND SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR INCREASING STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS OR ADDING NEW SUPPORTS AS MAY BE REQUIRED AS A RESULT OF ANY CUTTING, REMOVAL, OR DEMOLITION WORK PERFORMED UNDER THIS CONTRACT. DO NOT OVERLOAD STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS. PROVIDE NEW SUPPORTS AND REINFORCEMENT FOR EXISTING CONSTRUCTION WEAKENED BY DEMOLITION OR REMOVAL WORKS. REPAIRS, REINFORCEMENT, OR STRUCTURAL REPLACEMENT MUST HAVE RESIDENT ENGINEER'S APPROVAL. 1.03 UTILITY SERVICES A. DEMOLISH AND REMOVE OUTSIDE UTILITY SERVICE LINES SHOWN TO BE REMOVED. B. REMOVE ABANDONED UTILITY LINES THAT WOULD INTERFERE WITH INSTALLATION OF NEW UTILITY LINES AND NEW CONSTRUCTION. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 DEMOLITION A. DEBRIS, INCLUDING BRICK, CONCRETE, STONE, METALS AND SIMILAR MATERIALS SHALL BECOME PROPERTY OF CONTRACTOR AND SHALL BE DISPOSED OF BY HIM DAILY TO AVOID ACCUMULATION AT THE DEMOLITION SITE. MATERIALS THAT CANNOT BE REMOVED DAILY SHALL BE STORED IN AREAS SPECIFIED BY LANDLORD. BREAK UP CONCRETE SLABS BELOW GRADE THAT DO NOT REQUIRE REMOVAL FROM PRESENT LOCATION INTO PIECES NOT EXCEEDING 600 MM (24 INCHES) SQUARE TO PERMIT DRAINAGE. CONTRACTOR SHALL DISPOSE DEBRIS IN COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE OR LOCAL PERMITS, RULES AND/OR REGULATIONS. B. REMOVE AND LEGALLY DISPOSE OF ALL MATERIALS, FROM ANY TRASH DUMPS ON SITE. MATERIALS REMOVED SHALL BECOME PROPERTY OF CONTRACTOR AND SHALL BE DISPOSED OF IN COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE OR LOCAL PERMITS, RULES AND/OR REGULATIONS. 3.02 CLEANUP A. ON COMPLETION OF WORK OF THIS SECTION AND AFTER REMOVAL OF ALL DEBRIS, LEAVE SITE IN CLEAN CONDITION SATISFACTORY TO START CONSTRUCTION OF TENANT PROPERTY. Z 0 IL EE W W Q W IY '!' UN•*�• YSM•"•• • +� ISSUED FOR: PERMIT 03.14.19 BID 03.14.19 CONSTRUCTION 00.00.00 REVIEW SET 03.14.19 JOB NO. 18390 AS1 ol SECTION 033000 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE WALLS, GRADE BEAMS, AND OTHER LOCATIONS, AS INDICATED. AND NOT LESS THAN 4 INCHES (100 MM) WIDE. 3.04 CONCRETE PLACEMENT 1. WIRE: FABRICATE FROM 3/16-INCH- (4.8-MM-) DIAMETER, PART 1 - GENERAL A. BEFORE PLACING CONCRETE, VERIFY THAT INSTALLATION OF HOT -DIP GALVANIZED STEEL WIRE. 1.01 SUMMARY FORMWORK, REINFORCEMENT, AND EMBEDDED ITEMS IS COMPLETE 2.8 EMBEDDED FLASHING MATERIALS A. THIS SECTION SPECIFIES CAST -IN PLACE CONCRETE, INCLUDING AND THAT REQUIRED INSPECTIONS HAVE BEEN PERFORMED. A. METAL FLASHING: COMPLY WITH SMACNA'S ARCHITECTURAL SHEET FORMWORK, REINFORCEMENT, CONCRETE MATERIALS, MIXTURE DESIGN, PLACEMENT PROCEDURES, AND FINISHES. 1. DEPOSIT CONCRETE CONTINUOUSLY IN ONE LAYER. METAL MANUAL. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE B. PLACE CONCRETE OVER COMPACTED SUB -GRADE, MINIMUM 95% B. FLEXIBLE FLASHING: FOR FLASHING NOT EXPOSED TO THE EXTERIOR: A. MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: A FIRM EXPERIENCED IN DENSITY PER ASTM D1557. SUBMIT TEST REPORT TO OWNER. 1. COPPER -LAMINATED FLASHING: 7-OZ./SQ. FT. (2-KG/SQ. M) MANUFACTURING READY -MIXED CONCRETE PRODUCTS AND THAT 3.05 FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS COPPER SHEET BONDED WITH ASPHALT BETWEEN 2 LAYERS COMPLIES WITH ASTM C 94/C 94M REQUIREMENTS FOR PRODUCTION A. GENERAL: COMPLY WITH ACI 302.1 R RECOMMENDATIONS FOR OF GLASS -FIBER CLOTH. FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT. SCREEDING, RESTRAIGHTENING, AND FINISHING OPERATIONS FOR C. SOLDER AND SEALANTS FOR SHEET METAL FLASHINGS: AS 1. MANUFACTURER CERTIFIED ACCORDING TO NRMCA'S CONCRETE SURFACES. DO NOT WET CONCRETE SURFACES. SPECIFIED BY FLASHING MANUFACTURER. "CERTIFICATION OF READY MIXED CONCRETE PRODUCTION B. FLOAT FINISH: CONSOLIDATE SURFACE WITH POWER -DRIVEN FLOATS D. ADHESIVES, PRIMERS, AND SEAM TAPES FOR FLASHINGS: AS FACILITIES." OR BY HAND FLOATING IF AREA IS SMALL OR INACCESSIBLE TO RECOMMENDED BY FLASHING MANUFACTURER. B. ACI PUBLICATIONS: COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING UNLESS MODIFIED POWER DRIVEN FLOATS. CUT DOWN HIGH SPOTS, , 2.9 MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES BY REQUIREMENTS IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: AND FILL LOW SPOTS. REPEAT FLOAT PASSES AND RESTRAIGHTENING UNTIL SURFACE IS LEFT WITH A UNIFORM, A. COMPRESSIBLE FILLER: PREMOLDED FILLER STRIPS COMPLYING 1. ACI 301, "SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURAL CONCRETE," SMOOTH, GRANULAR TEXTURE. WITH ASTM D 1056, GRADE 2A1, COMPRESSIBLE UP TO 35 PERCENT, SECTIONS 1 THROUGH 5. FORMULATED FROM NEOPRENE URETHANE OR PVC. C. TROWEL FINISH: AFTER APPLYING FLOAT FINISH, APPLY FIRST 2. ACI 117, "SPECIFICATIONS FOR TOLERANCES FOR CONCRETE TROWELING AND CONSOLIDATE CONCRETE BY HAND OR B. PREFORMED CONTROL -JOINT GASKETS: MADE FROM CONSTRUCTION AND MATERIALS." POWER -DRIVEN TROWEL. CONTINUE TROWELING PASSES AND STYRENE-BUTADIENE-RUBBER COMPOUND, COMPLYING WITH ASTM D PART 2 - PRODUCTS RESTRAIGHTEN UNTIL SURFACE IS FREE OF TROWEL MARKS AND 2000, DESIGNATION M2AA-805 AND DESIGNED TO FIT STANDARD SASH 2.01 STEEL REINFORCEMENT UNIFORM IN TEXTURE AND APPEARANCE. GRIND SMOOTH ANY BLOCK AND TO MAINTAIN LATERAL STABILITY IN MASONRY WALL. SURFACE DEFECTS THAT WOULD TELEGRAPH THROUGH APPLIED C. BOND -BREAKER STRIPS: ASPHALT -SATURATED, ORGANIC ROOFING A. REINFORCING BARS: ASTM A 615/A 615M, GRADE 60, DEFORMED. COATINGS OR FLOOR COVERINGS. FELT COMPLYING WITH ASTM D 226, TYPE I (NO. 15 ASPHALT FELT). B. PLAIN -STEEL WELDED WIRE REINFORCEMENT: ASTM A 185, PLAIN, D. BROOM FINISH: APPLY A BROOM FINISH TO EXTERIOR CONCRETE D. WEEPNENT PRODUCTS: USE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING, UNLESS FABRICATED FROM AS -DRAWN STEEL WIRE INTO FLAT SHEETS. PLATFORMS, STEPS, AND RAMPS, AND ELSEWHERE AS INDICATED. OTHERWISE INDICATED: C. BAR SUPPORTS: BOLSTERS, CHAIRS, SPACERS, AND OTHER DEVICES 3.06 CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING 1. RECTANGULAR PLASTIC WEEPNENT TUBING: CLEAR FOR SPACING, SUPPORTING, AND FASTENING REINFORCING BARS AND WELDED WIRE REINFORCEMENT IN PLACE. MANUFACTURE BAR A. GENERAL: PROTECT FRESHLY PLACED CONCRETE FROM PREMATURE BUTYRATE, 3/8 BY 1-1/2 BY 3-1/2 INCHES (9 BY 38 BY 89 MM) SUPPORTS FROM STEEL WIRE, PLASTIC, OR PRECAST CONCRETE DRYING AND EXCESSIVE COLD OR HOT TEMPERATURES. COMPLY LONG. ACCORDING TO CRSI'S "MANUAL OF STANDARD PRACTICE." WITH ACI 306.1 FOR COLD -WEATHER PROTECTION AND ACI 301 FOR 2.10 MASONRY CLEANERS 2.02 CONCRETE MATERIALS HOT -WEATHER PROTECTION DURING CURING. A. PROPRIETARY ACIDIC CLEANER: MANUFACTURER'S END OF SECTION STANDARD -STRENGTH CLEANER DESIGNED FOR REMOVING A. CEMENTITIOUS MATERIAL: USE THE FOLLOWING CEMENTITIOUS MORTAR/GROUT STAINS FROM NEW MASONRY WITHOUT DAMAGINGMASONRY. MATERIALS, OF THE SAME TYPE, BRAND, AND SOURCE, THROUGHOUT USE PRODUCT APPROVED FOR INTENDED USE BY PROJECT: SECTION 033543 - SEALED AND POLISHED/DYED CONCRETE FINISHING CLEANER MANUFACTURER AND MANUFACTURER OF MASONRY UNITS 1. PORTLAND CEMENT: ASTM C 150, TYPE I. BEING CLEANED. B. NORMAL -WEIGHT AGGREGATES: ASTM C 33, GRADED, 1-INCH (25-MM) REFER TO SHEET AS1.7 FOR SPECIFICATION INFORMATION. 2.11 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES NOMINAL MAXIMUM COARSE -AGGREGATE SIZE. A. GENERAL: DO NOT USE ADMIXTURES, UNLESS OTHERWISE 1. FINE AGGREGATE: FREE OF MATERIALS WITH DELETERIOUS INDICATED. REACTIVITY TO ALKALI IN CEMENT. SECTION 042000 - UNIT MASONRY 1. DO NOT USE CALCIUM CHLORIDE IN MORTAR OR GROUT. C. WATER: ASTM C 94/C 94M AND POTABLE. 2. LIMIT CEMENTITIOUS MATERIALS IN MORTAR FOR EXTERIOR D. AIR -ENTRAINING ADMIXTURE: ASTM C 260. PART 1 - GENERAL AND REINFORCED MASONRY TO PORTLAND CEMENT AND LIME. E. CHEMICAL ADMIXTURES: PROVIDE ADMIXTURES CERTIFIED BY 1.1 SUMMARY 3. ADD COLD -WEATHER ADMIXTURE (IF USED) AT SAME RATE FOR MANUFACTURER TO BE COMPATIBLE WITH OTHER ADMIXTURES AND A. THIS SECTION INCLUDES UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES CONSISTING OF ALL MORTAR THAT WILL BE EXPOSED TO VIEW, REGARDLESS THAT WILL NOT CONTRIBUTE WATER-SOLUBLE CHLORIDE IONS THE FOLLOWING, OF WEATHER CONDITIONS, TO ENSURE THAT MORTAR COLOR EXCEEDING THOSE PERMITTED IN HARDENED CONCRETE. DO NOT 1. CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS (CMUS). IS CONSISTENT. USE CALCIUM CHLORIDE OR ADMIXTURES CONTAINING CALCIUM 2. DECORATIVE CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS. B. MORTAR FOR UNIT MASONRY: COMPLY WITH ASTM C 270, CHLORIDE. 3. PRE -FACED CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS. PROPORTION SPECIFICATION. 1. WATER -REDUCING ADMIXTURE: ASTM C 494/C 494M, TYPE A. PART 3 -EXECUTION 2. RETARDING ADMIXTURE: ASTM C 494/C 494M, TYPE B. 4. CONCRETE BRICK. 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL 3. WATER -REDUCING AND RETARDING ADMIXTURE: ASTM C 494/C 5. FACE BRICK. A. USE FULL-SIZE UNITS WITHOUT CUTTING IF POSSIBLE. IF CUTTING IS 494M, TYPE D. 6. HOLLOW BRICK. REQUIRED, CUT UNITS WITH MOTOR -DRIVEN SAWS, PROVIDE CLEAN, 4. HIGH -RANGE, WATER -REDUCING ADMIXTURE: ASTM C 494/C 7. OTHER MATERIALS NECESSARY TO MATCH EXISTING BUILDING SHARP, UN -CHIPPED EDGES. ALLOW UNITS TO DRY BEFORE LAYING 494M, TYPE F. CONSTRUCTION. UNLESS WETTING OF UNITS IS SPECIFIED. INSTALL CUT UNITS WITH 5. HIGH -RANGE, WATER -REDUCING AND RETARDING ADMIXTURE: 1.2 PROJECT CONDITIONS CUT SURFACES AND, WHERE POSSIBLE, CUT EDGES CONCEALED. ASTM C 494/C 494M, TYPE G. A. COLD -WEATHER REQUIREMENTS: DO NOT USE FROZEN MATERIALS B. SELECT AND ARRANGE UNITS FOR EXPOSED UNIT MASONRY TO 6. PLASTICIZING AND RETARDING ADMIXTURE: ASTM C 1017/C OR MATERIALS MIXED OR COATED WITH ICE OR FROST. DO NOT BUILD PRODUCE A UNIFORM BLEND OF COLORS AND TEXTURES. 1017M, TYPE II. ON FROZEN SUBSTRATES. REMOVE AND REPLACE UNIT MASONRY C. WETTING OF BRICK: WET BRICK BEFORE LAYING IF INITIAL RATE OF 2.03 VAPOR RETARDERS DAMAGED BY FROST OR BY FREEZING CONDITIONS. COMPLY WITH ABSORPTION EXCEEDS 30 G/30 SQ. IN. (30 G/194 SQ. CM) PER MINUTE COLD -WEATHER CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS CONTAINED IN ACI WHEN TESTED PER ASTM C 67. ALLOW UNITS TO ABSORB WATER SO A. PLASTIC VAPOR RETARDER: ASTM E 1745, CLASS B. INCLUDE 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602. THEY ARE DAMP BUT NOT WET AT TIME OF LAYING. MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED ADHESIVE OR PRESSURE -SENSITIVE TAPE. B. HOT -WEATHER REQUIREMENTS: COMPLY WITH HOT -WEATHER D. COMPLY WITH TOLERANCES IN ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 AND WITH CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS CONTAINED IN ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS THE FOLLOWING: 2.04 CURING MATERIALS 602• 1. FOR CONSPICUOUS VERTICAL LINES, SUCH AS EXTERNAL A. EVAPORATION RETARDER: WATERBORNE, MONOMOLECULAR FILM PART 2 - PRODUCTS CORNERS, DOOR JAMBS, REVEALS, AND EXPANSION AND FORMING, MANUFACTURED FOR APPLICATION TO FRESH CONCRETE. 2.1 MANUFACTURERS CONTROL JOINTS, DO NOT VARY FROM PLUMB BY MORE THAN B. ABSORPTIVE COVER: AASHTO M 182, CLASS 2, BURLAP CLOTH MADE A. IN OTHER PART 2 ARTICLES WHERE TITLES BELOW INTRODUCE LISTS, 1/8 INCH IN 10 FEET (3 MM IN 3 M), 1/4 INCH IN 20 FEET (6 MM IN FROM JUTE OR KENAF, WEIGHING APPROXIMATELY 9 OZ./SQ. YD. (305 THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS APPLY TO PRODUCT SELECTION: 6 M), OR 1/2 INCH (12 MM) MAXIMUM. G/SQ. M) WHEN DRY. 1. PROVIDE PRODUCTS FROM MANUFACTURERS THAT MEET 2. FOR CONSPICUOUS HORIZONTAL LINES, SUCH AS LINTELS, C. MOISTURE -RETAINING COVER: ASTM C 171, POLYETHYLENE FILM OR REQUIREMENTS. SILLS, PARAPETS, AND REVEALS, DO NOT VARY FROM LEVEL WHITE BURLAP -POLYETHYLENE SHEET. BY MORE THAN 1/8 INCH IN 10 FEET (3 MM IN 3 M), 1/4 INCH IN 20 D. WATER: POTABLE. 2.2 COLORS, TEXTURES, AND PATTERNS FEET (6 MM IN 6 M), OR 1/2 INCH (12 MM) MAXIMUM. 2.05 RELATED MATERIALS A. AS SCHEDULED ON DRAWINGS. 3.2 LAYING MASONRY WALLS A. EXPANSION- AND ISOLATION -JOINT -FILLER STRIPS: ASTM D 1751, 2.3 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS (CMUS) A. LAY OUT WALLS IN ADVANCE FOR ACCURATE SPACING OF SURFACE ASPHALT -SATURATED CELLULOSIC FIBER. A. SHAPES: PROVIDE SPECIAL SHAPES FOR LINTELS, CORNERS, JAMBS, BOND PATTERNS WITH UNIFORM JOINT THICKNESSES AND FOR 2.06 CONCRETE MIXTURES SASHES, MOVEMENT JOINTS, HEADERS, BONDING, AND OTHER ACCURATE LOCATION OF OPENINGS, MOVEMENT -TYPE JOINTS, SPECIAL CONDITIONS. RETURNS, AND OFFSETS. AVOID USING LESS -THAN -HALF-SIZE UNITS, A. PREPARE DESIGN MIXTURES FOR EACH TYPE AND STRENGTH OF B. CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS: ASTM C 90. PARTICULARLY AT CORNERS, JAMBS, AND, WHERE POSSIBLE, AT CONCRETE, PROPORTIONED ON THE BASIS OF LABORATORY TRIAL OTHER LOCATIONS. MIXTURE OR FIELD TEST DATA, OR BOTH, ACCORDING TO ACI 301. 1. WEIGHT CLASSIFICATION: NORMAL WEIGHT. 2.4 BRICK B. BOND PATTERN FOR EXPOSED MASONRY: UNLESS OTHERWISE B. PROPORTION NORMAL -WEIGHT CONCRETE MIXTURE AS FOLLOWS: INDICATED, LAY EXPOSED MASONRY IN RUNNING BOND, DO NOT USE 1. MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH: 3000 PSI (27.6 MPA) AT 28 A. GENERAL: PROVIDE SHAPES INDICATED AND AS FOLLOWS: UNITS WITH LESS THAN NOMINAL 4-INCH (100-MM) HORIZONTAL FACE DAYS. 1. FOR ENDS OF SILLS AND CAPS AND FOR SIMILAR DIMENSIONS AT CORNERS OR JAMBS. 2. MAXIMUM WATER-CEMENTITIOUS MATERIALS RATIO: 0.45. APPLICATIONS THAT WOULD OTHERWISE EXPOSE UNFINISHED C. BUILT-IN WORK: AS CONSTRUCTION PROGRESSES, BUILD IN ITEMS 3. SLUMP LIMIT: 5 INCHES (125 MM), PLUS OR MINUS 1 INCH (25 BRICK SURFACES, PROVIDE UNITS WITHOUT CORES OR FROGS SPECIFIED IN THIS AND OTHER SECTIONS. FILL IN SOLIDLY WITH MM). AND WITH EXPOSED SURFACES FINISHED. WHERE REQUIRED MASONRY AROUND BUILT-IN ITEMS. 4. AIR CONTENT: 6 PERCENT, PLUS MINUS 1.5 PERCENT AT TO MATCH EXISTING. D. FILL SPACE BETWEEN STEEL FRAMES AND MASONRY SOLIDLY WITH POINT OF DELIVERY FOR 1-INCH (25-MM) NOMINAL MAXIMUM 2. PROVIDE SPECIAL SHAPES FOR APPLICATIONS WHERE SHAPES MORTAR, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. AGGREGATE SIZE. PRODUCED BY SAWING WOULD RESULT IN SAWED SURFACES E. FILL CORES IN HOLLOW CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS WITH GROUT 24 5. AIR CONTENT: DO NOT ALLOW AIR CONTENT OF TROWELED BEING EXPOSED TO VIEW. INCHES (600 MM) UNDER BEARING PLATES, BEAMS, LINTELS, POSTS, FINISHED FLOORS TO EXCEED 3 PERCENT. B. FACE BRICK: ASTM C 216 UBC STANDARD 21-1, GRADE SW, TYPE FBX. AND SIMILAR ITEMS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. PART 3 - EXECUTION C. HOLLOW BRICK: ASTM C 652, GRADE SW. 3.3 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING 3.01 FORMWORK 2.6 REINFORCEMENT A. LAY HOLLOW BRICK AND CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS AS FOLLOWS: A. DESIGN, ERECT, SHORE, BRACE, AND MAINTAIN FORMWORK A. UNCOATED STEEL REINFORCING BARS: ASTM A 615/A 615M OR ASTM 1. WITH FACE SHELLS FULLY BEDDED IN MORTAR AND WITH HEAD ACCORDING TO ACI 301 TO SUPPORT VERTICAL, LATERAL, STATIC, A 996/A 996M, GRADE 60 (GRADE 420). JOINTS OF DEPTH EQUAL TO BED JOINTS. AND DYNAMIC LOADS, AND CONSTRUCTION LOADS THAT MIGHT BE B. MASONRY JOINT REINFORCEMENT: ASTM A 951, MILL GALVANIZED, 2. WITH WEBS FULLY BEDDED IN MORTAR IN ALL COURSES OF APPLIED, UNTIL STRUCTURE CAN SUPPORT SUCH LOADS. CARBON -STEEL WIRE FOR INTERIOR WALLS AND HOT -DIP PIERS, COLUMNS, AND PILASTERS. 3.02 STEEL REINFORCEMENT GALVANIZED, CARBON -STEEL WIRE FOR EXTERIOR WALLS. 3. WITH WEBS FULLY BEDDED IN MORTAR IN GROUTED MASONRY, A. GENERAL: COMPLY WITH CRSI'S "MANUAL OF STANDARD PRACTICE" 1. WIRE SIZE FOR SIDE RODS: W1.7 OR 0.148-INCH (3.8-MM) INCLUDING STARTING COURSE ON FOOTINGS. FOR PLACING REINFORCEMENT. DIAMETER. 4. WITH ENTIRE UNITS, INCLUDING AREAS UNDER CELLS, FULLY 1. DO NOT CUT OR PUNCTURE VAPOR RETARDER. REPAIR 2. WIRE SIZE FOR CROSS RODS: W1.7 OR 0.148-INCH (3.8-MM) BEDDED IN MORTAR AT STARTING COURSE ON FOOTINGS DAMAGE AND RESEAL VAPOR RETARDER BEFORE PLACING DIAMETER. WHERE CELLS ARE NOT GROUTED. CONCRETE. 3. WIRE SIZE FOR VENEER TIES: W2.8 OR 0.188-INCH (4.8-MM) B. LAY SOLID MASONRY UNITS WITH COMPLETELY FILLED BED AND HEAD 3.03 JOINTS DIAMETER. JOINTS, BUTTER ENDS WITH SUFFICIENT MORTAR TO FILL HEAD 4. SPACING OF CROSS RODS, TABS, AND CROSS TIES: NOT MORE JOINTS AND SHOVE INTO PLACE. DO NOT DEEPLY FURROW BED A. GENERAL: CONSTRUCT JOINTS TRUE TO LINE WITH FACES THAN 16 INCHES (407 MM) O.C. JOINTS OR SLUSH HEAD JOINTS. PERPENDICULAR TO SURFACE PLANE OF CONCRETE. 5. SINGLE-WYTHE MASONRY: EITHER LADDER OR TRUSS TYPE C. TOOL EXPOSED JOINTS SLIGHTLY CONCAVE WHEN THUMBPRINT B. CONSTRUCTION JOINTS: INSTALL SO STRENGTH AND APPEARANCE WITH SINGLE PAIR OF SIDE RODS. HARD, USING A JOINTER LARGER THAN JOINT THICKNESS, UNLESS OF CONCRETE ARE NOT IMPAIRED, AT LOCATIONS INDICATED OR AS OTHERWISE INDICATED. APPROVED BY ARCHITECT. 6. MULTIWYTHE MASONRY: C. CONTRACTION JOINTS IN SLABS -ON -GRADE: FORM WEAKENED -PLANE A. LADDER TYPE WITH 1 SIDE ROD AT EACH FACE SHELL OF HOLLOW D. CUT JOINTS FLUSH FOR MASONRY WALLS TO RECEIVE PLASTER OR CONTRACTION JOINTS, SECTIONING CONCRETE INTO AREAS AS MASONRY UNITS MORE THAN 4 INCHES (100 MM) IN WIDTH, PLUS 1 OTHER DIRECT -APPLIED FINISHES (OTHER THAN PAINT), UNLESS INDICATED. CONSTRUCT CONTRACTION JOINTS FOR A DEPTH EQUAL SIDE ROD AT EACH WYTHE OF MASONRY 4 INCHES (100 MM) OR LESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. TO AT LEAST ONE-FOURTH OF CONCRETE THICKNESS AS FOLLOWS: IN WIDTH. 3.04 COMPOSITE MASONRY 1. GROOVED JOINTS: FORM CONTRACTION JOINTS AFTER INITIAL 2.7 TIES AND ANCHORS A. BOND WYTHES OF COMPOSITE MASONRY TOGETHER USING ONE OF FLOATING BY GROOVING AND FINISHING EACH EDGE OF JOINT A. MATERIALS: THE FOLLOWING METHODS: TO A RADIUS OF 1/8 INCH (3.2 MM). REPEAT GROOVING OF 1. HOT -DIP GALVANIZED, CARBON -STEEL WIRE: ASTM A 82, WITH 1. INDIVIDUAL METAL TIES: PROVIDE TIES AS SHOWN INSTALLED CONTRACTION JOINTS AFTER APPLYING SURFACE FINISHES. ASTM A 153/A 153M, CLASS B-2 COATING. IN HORIZONTAL JOINTS, BUT NOT LESS THAN ONE METAL TIE ELIMINATE GROOVER TOOL MARKS ON CONCRETE SURFACES. FOR 2.67 SQ. FT. (0.25 SQ. M) OF WALL AREA SPACED NOT TO 2. SAWED JOINTS: FORM CONTRACTION JOINTS WITH POWER 2. STEEL SHEET, GALVANIZED AFTER FABRICATION: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, COMMERCIAL STEEL, HOT -DIP GALVANIZED EXCEED 24 INCHES (610 O.C. HORIZONTALLY AND 16 SAWS EQUIPPED WITH SHATTERPROOF ABRASIVE OR AFTER FABRICATION TO COMPLY WITH ASTM A 153/A 153M. TI INCHES (406 MM) O.C. VERTICALLY. STAGGER TIES DIAMOND -RIMMED BLADES. CUT 1/8-INCH- (3.2-MM-) WIDE ALTERNATE COURSES. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL TIES WITHIN 12 JOINTS INTO CONCRETE WHEN CUTTING ACTION WILL NOT 3. STEEL PLATES, SHAPES, AND BARS: ASTM A 36/A 36M. INCHES (305 MM) OF OPENINGS AND SPACE NOT MORE THAN TEAR, ABRADE, OR OTHERWISE DAMAGE SURFACE AND B. WIRE TIES, GENERAL: UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, SIZE WIRE 36 INCHES (915 MM) APART AROUND PERIMETER OF OPENINGS. BEFORE CONCRETE DEVELOPS RANDOM CONTRACTION TIES TO EXTEND AT LEAST HALFWAY THROUGH VENEER BUT WITH AT AT INTERSECTING AND ABUTTING WALLS, PROVIDE TIES AT NO CRACKS. LEAST 5/8-INCH (16-MM) COVER ON OUTSIDE FACE. OUTER ENDS OF MORE THAN 24 INCHES (610 MM) O.C. VERTICALLY. D. ISOLATION JOINTS IN SLABS -ON -GRADE: AFTER REMOVING WIRES ARE BENT 90 DEGREES AND EXTEND 2 INCHES (50 MM) 2. MASONRY JOINT REINFORCEMENT: INSTALLED IN HORIZONTAL FORMWORK, INSTALL JOINT -FILLER STRIPS AT SLAB JUNCTIONS WITH PARALLEL TO FACE OF VENEER. MORTAR JOINTS. VERTICAL SURFACES, SUCH AS COLUMN PEDESTALS, FOUNDATION C. INDIVIDUAL WIRE TIES: RECTANGULAR UNITS WITH CLOSED ENDS B. WHERE BED JOINTS OF BOTH WYTHES ALIGN, USE LADDER -TYPE REINFORCEMENT EXTENDING ACROSS BOTH WYTHES. C. WHERE BED JOINTS OF WYTHES DO NOT ALIGN, USE ADJUSTABLE (TWO-PIECE) TYPE REINFORCEMENT WITH CONTINUOUS HORIZONTAL WIRE IN FACING WYTHE ATTACHED TO TIES. D. COLLAR JOINTS: SOLIDLY FILL COLLAR JOINTS BY PARGING FACE OF FIRST WYTHE THAT IS LAID AND SHOVING UNITS OF OTHER WYTHE INTO PLACE. E. CORNERS: PROVIDE INTERLOCKING MASONRY UNIT BOND IN EACH WYTHE AND COURSE AT CORNERS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 3.05 MASONRY JOINT REINFORCEMENT A. GENERAL: INSTALL IN MORTAR WITH A MINIMUM COVER OF 5/8 INCH (16 MM) ON EXTERIOR SIDE OF WALLS, 1/2 INCH (13 MM) ELSEWHERE. LAP REINFORCEMENT A MINIMUM OF 6 INCHES (150 MM). B. INTERRUPT JOINT REINFORCEMENT AT CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. C. PROVIDE CONTINUITY AT WALL INTERSECTIONS BY USING PREFABRICATED T-SHAPED UNITS. D. PROVIDE CONTINUITY AT CORNERS BY USING PREFABRICATED L-SHAPED UNITS. 3.06 ANCHORING MASONRY VENEERS A. ANCHOR MASONRY VENEERS TO WALL FRAMING OR CONCRETE AND MASONRY BACKUP WITH MASONRY -VENEER ANCHORS TO COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS: 1. FASTEN SCREW -ATTACHED ANCHORS THROUGH SHEATHING TO WALL FRAMING AND TO CONCRETE AND MASONRY BACKUP WITH METAL FASTENERS OF TYPE INDICATED. . 2. EMBED TIE SECTIONS IN MASONRY JOINTS. 3. LOCATE ANCHOR SECTIONS TO ALLOW MAXIMUM VERTICAL DIFFERENTIAL MOVEMENT OF TIES UP AND DOWN. 4. SPACE ANCHORS AS INDICATED, BUT NOT MORE THAN 16 INCHES (406 MM) O.C. VERTICALLY AND 24 INCHES (610 MM) O.C. HORIZONTALLY WITH NOT LESS THAN 1 ANCHOR FOR EACH 2.67 SQ. FT. (0.25 SQ. M) OF WALL AREA. INSTALL ADDITIONAL ANCHORS WITHIN 12 INCHES (305 MM) OF OPENINGS AND AT INTERVALS, NOT EXCEEDING 36 INCHES (914 MM), AROUND PERIMETER. 3.07 FLASHING, WEEP HOLES, CAVITY DRAINAGE, AND VENTS A. GENERAL: INSTALL EMBEDDED FLASHING AND WEEP HOLES IN MASONRY AT SHELF ANGLES, LINTELS, LEDGES, OTHER OBSTRUCTIONS TO DOWNWARD FLOW OF WATER IN WALL, AND WHERE INDICATED. B. INSTALL FLASHING AS FOLLOWS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED: 1. PREPARE MASONRY SURFACES SO THEY ARE SMOOTH AND FREE FROM PROJECTIONS THAT COULD PUNCTURE FLASHING. WHERE FLASHING IS WITHIN MORTAR JOINT, PLACE THROUGH -WALL FLASHING ON SLOPING BED OF MORTAR AND COVER WITH MORTAR. BEFORE COVERING WITH MORTAR, SEAL PENETRATIONS IN FLASHING AS RECOMMENDED BY FLASHING MANUFACTURER. 2. AT LINTELS AND SHELF ANGLES, EXTEND FLASHING A MINIMUM OF 6 INCHES (150 MM) INTO MASONRY AT EACH END. AT HEADS AND SILLS, EXTEND FLASHING 6 INCHES (150 MM) AT ENDS AND TURN UP NOT LESS THAN 2 INCHES (50 MM) TO FORM END DAMS. C. INSTALL WEEP HOLES IN HEAD JOINTS IN EXTERIOR WYTHES OF FIRST COURSE OF MASONRY IMMEDIATELY ABOVE EMBEDDED FLASHING AND AS FOLLOWS: 1. USE SPECIFIED WEEPNENT PRODUCTS TO FORM WEEP HOLES. 2. SPACE WEEP HOLES 24 INCHES (600 MM) O.C., UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 3. COVER CAVITY SIDE OF WEEP HOLES WITH PLASTIC INSECT SCREENING AT CAVITIES INSULATED WITH LOOSE -FILL INSULATION. D. PLACE CAVITY DRAINAGE MATERIAL IN CAVITIES TO COMPLY WITH CONFIGURATION REQUIREMENTS FOR CAVITY DRAINAGE MATERIAL IN PART 2 "MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES" ARTICLE. 3.08 REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY INSTALLATION A. TEMPORARY FORMWORK AND SHORES: CONSTRUCT FORMWORK AND SHORES AS NEEDED TO SUPPORT REINFORCED MASONRY ELEMENTS DURING CONSTRUCTION. 1. CONSTRUCT FORMWORK TO PROVIDE SHAPE, LINE, AND DIMENSIONS OF COMPLETED MASONRY AS INDICATED. MAKE FORMS SUFFICIENTLY TIGHT TO PREVENT LEAKAGE OF MORTAR AND GROUT. BRACE, TIE, AND SUPPORT FORMS TO MAINTAIN POSITION AND SHAPE DURING CONSTRUCTION AND CURING OF REINFORCED MASONRY. 2. DO NOT REMOVE FORMS AND SHORES UNTIL REINFORCED MASONRY MEMBERS HAVE HARDENED SUFFICIENTLY TO CARRY THEIR OWN WEIGHT AND OTHER TEMPORARY LOADS THAT MAY BE PLACED ON THEM DURING CONSTRUCTION. B. PLACING REINFORCEMENT: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS IN ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602. C. GROUTING: DO NOT PLACE GROUT UNTIL ENTIRE HEIGHT OF MASONRY TO BE GROUTED HAS ATTAINED ENOUGH STRENGTH TO RESIST GROUT PRESSURE. 1. COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS IN ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 FOR CLEANOUTS AND FOR GROUT PLACEMENT, INCLUDING MINIMUM GROUT SPACE AND MAXIMUM POUR HEIGHT. 2. LIMIT HEIGHT OF VERTICAL GROUT POURS TO NOT MORE THAN 60 INCHES (1520 MM). 3.09 PARGING A. PARGE EXTERIOR FACES OF BELOW -GRADE MASONRY WALLS, WHERE INDICATED, IN 2 UNIFORM COATS TO A TOTAL THICKNESS OF 3/4 INCH (19 MM) WITH A STEEL -TROWEL FINISH. FORMA WASH AT TOP OF PARGING AND A COVE AT BOTTOM. DAMP -CURE PARGING FOR AT LEAST 24 HOURS AND PROTECT PARGING UNTIL CURED. 3.10 CLEANING A. IN -PROGRESS CLEANING: CLEAN UNIT MASONRY AS WORK PROGRESSES BY DRY BRUSHING TO REMOVE MORTAR FINS AND SMEARS BEFORE TOOLING JOINTS. B. FINAL CLEANING: AFTER MORTAR IS THOROUGHLY SET AND CURED, CLEAN EXPOSED MASONRY AS FOLLOWS: 1. TEST CLEANING METHODS ON SAMPLE WALL PANEL, LEAVE ONE-HALF OF PANEL UNCLEANED FOR COMPARISON PURPOSES. 2. PROTECT ADJACENT SURFACES FROM CONTACT WITH CLEANER. 3. WET WALL SURFACES WITH WATER BEFORE APPLYING CLEANERS, REMOVE CLEANERS PROMPTLY BY RINSING SURFACES THOROUGHLY WITH CLEAR WATER. 4. CLEAN BRICK BY BUCKET -AND -BRUSH HAND -CLEANING METHOD DESCRIBED IN BIA TECHNICAL NOTES 20. 5. CLEAN MASONRY WITH A PROPRIETARY ACIDIC CLEANER APPLIED ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 6. CLEAN CONCRETE MASONRY BY CLEANING METHOD INDICATED IN NCMA TEK 8-2A APPLICABLE TO TYPE OF STAIN ON EXPOSED SURFACES. 3.11 MASONRY WASTE DISPOSAL A. WASTE DISPOSAL AS FILL MATERIAL: DISPOSE OF CLEAN MASONRY WASTE, INCLUDING EXCESS OR SOIL -CONTAMINATED SAND, WASTE MORTAR, AND BROKEN MASONRY UNITS, BY CRUSHING AND MIXING WITH FILL MATERIAL AS FILL IS PLACED. 1. DO NOT DISPOSE OF MASONRY WASTE AS FILL WITHIN 18 INCHES (450 MM) OF FINISHED GRADE. 2. REMOVE EXCESS CLEAN MASONRY WASTE THAT CANNOT BE USED AS FILL, AS DESCRIBED ABOVE, AND OTHER MASONRY WASTE, AND LEGALLY DISPOSE OF OFF OWNER'S PROPERTY. END OF SECTION SECTION 055000 - METAL FABRICATIONS PART GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. SHOP FABRICATED STEEL ITEMS. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM A 36/A 36M - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR CARBON STRUCTURAL STEEL, 2001. B. ASTM A 53/A 53M - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR PIPE, STEEL, BLACK AND HOT -DIPPED, ZINC -COATED, WELDED AND SEAMLESS, 2002. C. ASTM A 123/A 123M - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR ZINC (HOT -DIP GALVANIZED) COATINGS ON IRON AND STEEL PRODUCTS, 2002. D. ASTM A 153/A 153M - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR ZINC COATING (HOT -DIP) ON IRON AND STEEL HARDWARE, 2002. E. ASTM A 283/A 283M - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR LOW AND INTERMEDIATE TENSILE STRENGTH CARBON STEEL PLATES, 2000. F. ASTM A 325 - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURAL BOLTS, STEEL, HEAT TREATED, 120/105 KSI MINIMUM TENSILE STRENGTH, 2002. G. ASTM A 325M - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR HIGH -STRENGTH BOLTS FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL JOINTS (METRIC), 2000. H. ASTM A 501 - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR HOT -FORMED WELDED AND SEAMLESS CARBON STEEL STRUCTURAL TUBING, 2001. I. AWS D1.1 - STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE - STEEL, AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY, 2002. J. SSPC-PAINT 20 - ZINC -RICH PRIMERS (TYPE I, "INORGANIC," AND TYPE II, "ORGANIC"), SOCIETY FOR PROTECTIVE COATINGS, 2002. K. SSPC-SP 2 - HAND TOOL CLEANING, SOCIETY FOR PROTECTIVE COATINGS, 1982 (ED. 2000). PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS - STEEL A. STEEL SECTIONS: ASTM A 36/A 36M. B. STEEL TUBING: ASTM A 501 HOT -FORMED STRUCTURAL TUBING. C. PLATES: ASTM A 283. D. PIPE: ASTM A 53/A 53M, GRADE B SCHEDULE 40, BLACK FINISH. E. BOLTS, NUTS, AND WASHERS: ASTM A 325 (ASTM A 325M), TYPE 1, GALVANIZED TO ASTM A 153/A 153M WHERE CONNECTING GALVANIZED COMPONENTS. F. WELDING MATERIALS: AWS 131.1, TYPE REQUIRED FOR MATERIALS BEING WELDED. G. TOUCH-UP PRIMER FOR GALVANIZED SURFACES: SSPC-PAINT 20, TYPE I - INORGANIC, COMPLYING WITH VOC LIMITATIONS OF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 2.02 FABRICATION A. FIT AND SHOP ASSEMBLE ITEMS IN LARGEST PRACTICAL SECTIONS, FOR DELIVERY TO SITE. B. FABRICATE ITEMS WITH JOINTS TIGHTLY FITTED AND SECURED. C. CONTINUOUSLY SEAL JOINED MEMBERS BY CONTINUOUS WELDS OR INTERMITENT WELDS AS INDICATED. D. GRIND EXPOSED JOINTS FLUSH AND SMOOTH WITH ADJACENT FINISH SURFACE. MAKE EXPOSED JOINTS BUTT TIGHT, FLUSH, AND HAIRLINE. EASE EXPOSED EDGES TO SMALL UNIFORM RADIUS. E. EXPOSED MECHANICAL FASTENINGS: FLUSH COUNTERSUNK SCREWS OR BOLTS, UNOBTRUSIVELY LOCATED, CONSISTENT WITH DESIGN OF COMPONENT, EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. F. SUPPLY COMPONENTS REQUIRED FOR ANCHORAGE OF FABRICATIONS. FABRICATE ANCHORS AND RELATED COMPONENTS OF SAME MATERIAL AND FINISH AS FABRICATION, EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. 2.03 FABRICATED ITEMS A. LEDGE ANGLES, SHELF ANGLES, CHANNELS, AND PLATES NOT ATTACHED TO STRUCTURAL FRAMING: FOR SUPPORT AND ATTACHMENT OF INTERIOR SOFFIT AND MISC. CONSTRUCTION INDICATED ON DRAWINGS, PRIME PAINT FINISH. B. LINTELS: AS DETAILED, GALVANIZED FINISH. 2.04 FINISHES - STEEL A. PRIME PAINT ALL STEEL ITEMS. B. PREPARE SURFACES TO BE PRIMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SSPC-SP2. C. CLEAN SURFACES OF RUST, SCALE, GREASE, AND FOREIGN MATTER PRIOR TO FINISHING. D. PRIME PAINTING: TWO COATS. E. GALVANIZING OF STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBERS: GALVANIZE AFTER FABRICATION TO ASTM A 123/A 123M REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE MINIMUM 1.7 OZ/SQ FT (530 G/SQ M) GALVANIZED COATING. F. GALVANIZING OF NON-STRUCTURAL ITEMS: GALVANIZE AFTER FABRICATION TO ASTM A 123/A 123M REQUIREMENTS. 2.05 FABRICATION TOLERANCES A. SQUARENESS: 1/8 INCH (3 MM) MAXIMUM DIFFERENCE IN DIAGONAL MEASUREMENTS. B. MAXIMUM OFFSET BETWEEN FACES: 1/16 INCH (1.5 MM). C. MAXIMUM MISALIGNMENT OF ADJACENT MEMBERS: 1/16 INCH (1.5 MM). D. MAXIMUM BOW: V8 INCH (3 MM) IN 48 INCHES (1.2 M). E. MAXIMUM DEVIATION FROM PLANE: 1/16 INCH (1.5 MM) IN 48 INCHES (1.2 M). PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. VERIFY THAT FIELD CONDITIONS ARE ACCEPTABLE AND ARE READY TO RECEIVE WORK. 3.02 PREPARATION A. CLEAN AND STRIP PRIMED STEEL ITEMS TO BARE METAL WHERE SITE WELDING IS REQUIRED. B. SUPPLY SETTING TEMPLATES TO THE APPROPRIATE ENTITIES FOR STEEL ITEMS REQUIRED TO BE CAST INTO CONCRETE OR EMBEDDED IN MASONRY. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL ITEMS PLUMB AND LEVEL, ACCURATELY FITTED, FREE FROM DISTORTION OR DEFECTS. B. PROVIDE FOR ERECTION LOADS, AND FOR SUFFICIENT TEMPORARY BRACING TO MAINTAIN TRUE ALIGNMENT UNTIL COMPLETION OF ERECTION AND INSTALLATION OF PERMANENT ATTACHMENTS. C. PERFORM FIELD WELDING IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWS 131.1. D. OBTAIN APPROVAL PRIOR TO SITE CUTTING OR MAKING ADJUSTMENTS NOT SCHEDULED. E. AFTER ERECTION, PRIME WELDS, ABRASIONS, AND SURFACES NOT SHOP PRIMED OR GALVANIZED, EXCEPT SURFACES TO BE IN CONTACT WITH CONCRETE. 3.04 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. MAXIMUM VARIATION FROM PLUMB: 1/4 INCH (6 MM) PER STORY, NON -CUMULATIVE. B. MAXIMUM OFFSET FROM TRUE ALIGNMENT: 1/4 INCH (6 MM). C. MAXIMUM OUT -OF -POSITION: 1/4 INCH (6 MM). END OF SECTION Z 0 a U W W 4 0 W ISSUED FOR: PERMIT 03.14.19 BID 03.14.19 CONSTRUCTION 00.00.00 REVIEW SET 03.14.19 PROJECT MANAGER DESIGNER SS SS JOB NO. 18390 AS1 m2 SECTION 061000 - ROUGH CARPENTRY 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. TELEPHONE AND ELECTRICAL PANEL BOARDS. B. WOOD NAILERS AND CURBS FOR ROOFING AND ITEMS INSTALLED ON ROOF. C. CONCEALED WOOD BLOCKING FOR SUPPORT OF EQUIPMENT, SOFFIT PANELS, AND SIGNAGE. D. MISCELLANEOUS WOOD NAILERS AND FURRING STRIPS. 1.02 REFERENCES A. AFPA T10 - WOOD FRAME CONSTRUCTION MANUAL, AMERICAN FOREST AND PAPER ASSOCIATION, 2001. B. AWPA C2 - LUMBER, TIMBER, BRIDGE TIES AND MINE TIES - PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT BY PRESSURE PROCESSES, AMERICAN WOOD -PRESERVERS' ASSOCIATION, 2001. C. PS - AND INDUSTRIAL PLYWOOD NATIONAL 1 CONSTRUCTION N , INSTITUTE OF STANDARDS AND TECHNOLOGY (DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE), 1995. D. PS 20 - AMERICAN SOFTWOOD LUMBER STANDARD, NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF STANDARDS AND TECHNOLOGY (DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE), 1999. E. WWPA G-5 - WESTERN LUMBER GRADING RULES, WESTERN WOOD PRODUCTS ASSOCIATION, 1998. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. LUMBER: COMPLY WITH PS 20 AND APPROVED GRADING RULES AND INSPECTION AGENCIES. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. COVER WOOD PRODUCTS TO PROTECT AGAINST MOISTURE. SUPPORT STACKED PRODUCTS TO PREVENT DEFORMATION AND TO ALLOW AIR CIRCULATION. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 DIMENSION LUMBER FOR CONCEALED APPLICATIONS - ALL SHALL BE FIRE RETARDANT TREATED A. GRADING AGENCY: WESTERN WOOD PRODUCTS ASSOCIATION (VW11PA). B. SIZES: NOMINAL SIZES AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS, S4S. C. MOISTURE CONTENT: S-DRY OR MC19. D. MISCELLANEOUS BLOCKING, FURRING, AND NAILERS: 1. LUMBER: S4S, NO.2 OR STANDARD GRADE. 2.02 CONSTRUCTION PANELS -ALL SHALL BE FIRE RETARDANT TREATED A. MISCELLANEOUS PANELS: 1. CONCEALED PLYWOOD: PS 1, C-C PLUGGED, EXTERIOR GRADE. 2. EXPOSED PLYWOOD: PS 1, A-D, INTERIOR GRADE. 3. ELECTRICAL COMPONENT MOUNTING: APA RATED SHEATHING, FIRE RETARDANT TREATED. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. FASTENERS AND ANCHORS: 1. FASTENERS: ZINC ELECTROPLATED STEEL FOR HIGH HUMIDITY AND TREATED WOOD LOCATIONS, UNFINISHED STEEL ELSEWHERE. 2. DRYWALL SCREWS: BUGLE HEAD, HARDENED STEEL, POWER DRIVEN TYPE, LENGTH THREE TIMES THICKNESS OF SHEATHING. 3. ANCHORS: TOGGLE BOLT TYPE FOR ANCHORAGE TO HOLLOW MASONRY, EXPANSION SHIELD AND LAG BOLT AT SOLID MASONRY, BOLT ADN BALLISTIC ANCHORAGES TO STEEL. 2.04 FACTORY WOOD TREATMENT A. TREATED LUMBER AND PLYWOOD: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF AWPA U1-05 - USE CATEGORY SYSTEM FOR WOOD TREATMENTS DETERMINED BY USE CATEGORIES, EXPECTED SERVICE CONDITIONS, AND SPECIFIC APPLICATIONS. B. FIRE -RETARDANT -TREATED MATERIALS 1. GENERAL: COMPLY WITH PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS IN AWPA C20 (LUMBER) AND AWPA C27 (PLYWOOD). FLAME SPREAD SHALL BE 25 OR LESS PER ASTM E84 a. USE EXTERIOR TYPE FOR EXTERIOR LOCATIONS AND WHERE INDICATED. b. USE INTERIOR TYPE A, HIGH TEMPERATURE (HT) FOR ENCLOSED ROOF FRAMING, FRAMING IN ATTIC SPACES, AND WHERE INDICATED. C. USE INTERIOR TYPE A, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 2. IDENTIFY FIRE -RETARDANT -TREATED WOOD WITH APPROPRIATE CLASSIFICATION MARKING OF TESTING AND INSPECTING AGENCY; AND WITH INFORMATION ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. C. SURFACE MOUNTED AND WALL BLOCKING 1. FIRE -RETARDANT -TREATED MATERIALS a. GENERAL: COMPLY WITH PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS IN AWPA C20 (LUMBER) AND AWPA C27 (PLYWOOD). FLAME SPREAD SHALL BE 25 OR LESS PER ASTM E84. b. USE EXTERIOR TYPE FOR EXTERIOR LOCATIONS AND WHERE INDICATED. C. USE INTERIOR TYPE A, HIGH TEMPERATURE (HT) FOR ENCLOSED ROOF FRAMING, FRAMING IN ATTIC SPACES, AND WHERE INDICATED. d. USE INTERIOR TYPE A, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. D. IDENTIFY FIRE -RETARDANT -TREATED WOOD WITH APPROPRIATE CLASSIFICATION MARKING OF TESTING AND INSPECTING AGENCY; AND WITH INFORMATION ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. E. PLYWOOD BACKING PANELS 1. TELEPHONE, ELECTRICAL, EQUIPMENT BACKING PANELS: DOC PS 1, EXPOSURE 1, C-D PLUGGED, FIRE -RETARDANT TREATED, IN THICKNESS INDICATED OR, IF NOT INDICATED, NOT LESS THAN 3/44NCH (19-MM) NOMINAL THICKNESS. 4'x8' BOARD. 2. WATER DELIVERY SYSTEM, FIRE-RETARDENT TREATED IN THICKNESS INDICATED OR, IF NOT INDICATED, NOT LESS THAN 5/8-INCH (1 3-MM) NOMINAL THICKNESS. F. PRESSURE TREATMENT OF LUMBER ABOVE GRADE: AWPA TREATMENT C2 USING WATERBORNE PRESERVATIVE TO 0.25 LB/CU FT (4.0 KG/CU M) RETENTION. 1. KILN DRY AFTER TREATMENT TO MAXIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT OF 19 PERCENT. 2. TREAT WOOD IN CONTACT WITH ROOFING, FLASHING, OR WATERPROOFING. 3. TREAT WOOD IN CONTACT WITH MASONRY OR CONCRETE. 4. TREAT WOOD LESS THAN 18 INCHES (450 MM) ABOVE GRADE. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 FURRING INSTALLATION A. SET FURRING, NAILERS AND BLOCKING MEMBERS LEVEL, PLUMB, AND TRUE TO LINE. DISCARD PIECES WITH DEFECTS THAT WOULD LOWER REQUIRED STRENGTH. B. MAKE PROVISIONS FOR TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION LOADS, AND PROVIDE TEMPORARY BRACING SUFFICIENT TO MAINTAIN STRUCTURE IN TRUE ALIGNMENT AND SAFE CONDITION UNTIL COMPLETION OF ERECTION AND INSTALLATION OF PERMANENT BRACING. C. INSTALL MEMBERS FULL LENGTH WITHOUT SPLICES UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY DETAILED. D. COMPLY WITH MEMBER SIZES, SPACING, AND CONFIGURATIONS INDICATED, AND FASTENER SIZE AND SPACING INDICATED, BUT NOT LESS THAN REQUIRED BY AFPA WOOD FRAME CONSTRUCTION MANUAL. E. PROVIDE MISCELLANEOUS MEMBERS AS INDICATED OR AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT FINISHES, FIXTURES, SPECIALTY ITEMS, AND TRIM. 3.02 SITE APPLIED WOOD TREATMENT A. APPLY PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT COMPATIBLE WITH FACTORY APPLIED TREATMENT AT SITE -SAWN CUTS, COMPLYING WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. ALLOW PRESERVATIVE TO DRY PRIOR TO ERECTING MEMBERS. END OF SECTION SECTION 062000 - FINISH CARPENTRY PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. INSTALLATION OF MILLWORK. B. INSTALLATION OF OWNER RETAIL SHELVING (COORDINATE WITH PET SUPPLIES PLUS).. C. FINISH CARPENTRY ITEMS. D. HARDWARE AND ATTACHMENT ACCESSORIES. 1.02 REFERENCES A. AWI (QSI) - ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK QUALITY STANDARDS ILLUSTRATED, ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK INSTITUTE, 1997, SEVENTH EDITION, VERSION 1.0. B. BHMA A156.9 - AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD FOR CABINET HARDWARE, BUILDERS HARDWARE MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION, 2003 (ANSI/BHMA Al56.9). C. NEMA LD 3 - HIGH-PRESSURE DECORATIVE LAMINATES, NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION, 2000. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. SEE SECTION 013000 - ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS FOR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES. B. SHOP DRAWINGS: INDICATE MATERIALS, COMPONENT PROFILES, FASTENING METHODS, JOINTING DETAILS, AND ACCESSORIES TO A MINIMUM SCALE OF 1-1/2 INCH TO 1 FT (1:8). C. SAMPLES: SUBMIT TWO SAMPLES OF WOOD TRIM 6 INCHES LONG. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. PROTECT WORK FROM MOISTURE DAMAGE. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. SEQUENCE INSTALLATION TO ENSURE UTILITY CONNECTIONS ARE ACHIEVED IN AN ORDERLY AND EXPEDITIOUS MANNER. B. COORDINATE THE WORK WITH PLUMBING ROUGH -IN, ELECTRICAL ROUGH -IN, AND INSTALLATION OF ASSOCIATED AND ADJACENT COMPONENTS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PLASTIC LAMINATE MATERIALS A. PLASTIC LAMINATE: NEMA LD 3, HGS, VGS, HGP AS REQUIRED TO SUIT APPLICATION, COLOR AND TEXTURE AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. B. LOW PRESSURE LAMINATE: MELAMINE, COLOR AS SPECIFIED ON DRAWINGS, AND SURFACE TEXTURE AS SELECTED. C. LAMINATE BACKING SHEET: NEMA LD 3, BKL, UNDECORATED PLASTIC LAMINATE. D. ADHESIVE: OF TYPES BEST SUITED TO INSTALLATION. 2.02 WOOD TRIM A. SOFTWOOD LUMBER: GRADED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWI ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK QUALITY STANDARDS ILLUSTRATED, CUSTOM, AVERAGE MOISTURE CONTENT OF 6 PERCENT, SPECIES AND GRADE AS FOLLOWSINDICATED ON DRAWINGS. B. HARDWOOD LUMBER: GRADED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWI ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK QUALITY STANDARDS ILLUSTRATED, CUSTOM, AVERAGE MOISTURE CONTENT OF 6 PERCENT, SPECIES AND GRADE AS FOLLOWS: CLEAR POPLAR. 2.03 FASTENERS A. FASTENERS: OF SIZE AND TYPE TO SUIT APPLICATION. B. CONCEALED JOINT FASTENERS: THREADED STEEL. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. LUMBER FOR SHIMMING, BLOCKING: SOFTWOOD LUMBER OF CEDAR SPECIES. B. PRIMER: ALKYD PRIMER SEALER TYPE. C. WOOD FILLER: SOLVENT BASE, TINTED TO MATCH SURFACE FINISH COLOR. 2.05 HARDWARE A. HARDWARE: COMPLY WITH BHMA A156.9 AND AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 2.06 FABRICATION A. SHOP ASSEMBLE WORK FOR DELIVERY TO SITE, PERMITTING PASSAGE THROUGH BUILDING OPENINGS. B. CAP EXPOSED PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISH EDGES WITH MATERIAL OF SAME FINISH AND PATTERN. C. WHEN NECESSARY TO CUT AND FIT ON SITE, PROVIDE MATERIALS WITH AMPLE ALLOWANCE FOR CUTTING. PROVIDE TRIM FOR SCRIBING AND SITE CUTTING. D. APPLY PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISH IN FULL UNINTERRUPTED SHEETS CONSISTENT WITH MANUFACTURED SIZES. FIT CORNERS AND JOINTS HAIRLINE, SECURE WITH CONCEALED FASTENERS. SLIGHTLY BEVEL ARISES. LOCATE COUNTER BUTT JOINTS MINIMUM 2 FEET (600 MM) FROM SINK CUT-OUTS. E. APPLY LAMINATE BACKING SHEET TO REVERSE FACE OF PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISHED SURFACES. F. SHOP ASSEMBLE CASEWORK FOR DELIVERY TO SITE IN UNITS EASILY HANDLED AND TO PERMIT PASSAGE THROUGH BUILDING OPENINGS. G. FIT SHELVES, DOORS, AND EXPOSED EDGES WITH MATCHING VENEER EDGING OR AS DETAILED ON DRAWINGS. USE ONE PIECE FOR FULL LENGTH ONLY. H. DOOR AND DRAWER FRONTS: 3/4 INCH (19 MM) THICK, FLUSH OVERLAY STYLE. I. WHEN NECESSARY TO CUT AND FIT ON SITE, PROVIDE MATERIALS WITH AMPLE ALLOWANCE FOR CUTTING. PROVIDE TRIM FOR SCRIBING AND SITE CUTTING. J. APPLY PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISH IN FULL UNINTERRUPTED SHEETS CONSISTENT WITH MANUFACTURED SIZES. FIT CORNERS AND JOINTS HAIRLINE, SECURE WITH CONCEALED FASTENERS. SLIGHTLY BEVEL ARISES. LOCATE COUNTER BUTT JOINTS MINIMUM 2 FEET (600 MM) FROM SINK CUT-OUTS. K. APPLY LAMINATE BACKING SHEET TO REVERSE SIDE OF PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISHED SURFACES. L. FABRICATE METAL COUNTERTOP SURFACES PRESSURE GLUED TO PARTICLE BOARD CORE BACKING WITHOUT VISIBLE JOINTS. M. MECHANICALLY FASTEN BACK SPLASH TO COUNTERTOPS WITH STEEL BRACKETS AT 16 INCHES (400 MM) ON CENTER. 2.07 SHOP FINISHING A. SAND WORK SMOOTH AND SET EXPOSED NAILS AND SCREWS. B. APPLY WOOD FILLER IN EXPOSED NAIL AND SCREW INDENTATIONS. C. ON ITEMS TO RECEIVE TRANSPARENT FINISHES, USE WOOD FILLER WHICH MATCHES SURROUNDING SURFACES AND OF TYPES RECOMMENDED FOR APPLIED FINISHES. D. FINISH WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWI ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK QUALITY STANDARDS ILLUSTRATED, SECTION 1500, SYSTEM TR-2 (TRANSPARENT). E. BACK PRIME WOODWORK ITEMS TO BE FIELD FINISHED, PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. VERIFY ADEQUACY OF BACKING AND SUPPORT FRAMING. B. VERIFY MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, AND BUILDING ITEMS AFFECTING WORK OF THIS SECTION ARE PLACED AND READY TO RECEIVE THIS WORK. C. SEE SECTION 061000-ROUGH CARPENTRY FOR INSTALLATION OF RECESSED AND CONCEALED WOOD BLOCKING. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. SET AND SECURE MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS IN PLACE, PLUMB AND LEVEL. B. CAREFULLY SCRIBE WORK ABUTTING OTHER COMPONENTS, WITH MAXIMUM GAPS OF 1/32 INCH (1 MM). DO NOT USE ADDITIONAL OVERLAY TRIM TO CONCEAL LARGER GAPS. C. INSTALL COMPONENTS, FIXTURES AND TRIM WITH FASTENERS AND ADHESIVES AS INDICATED ON FABRICATORS SHOP DRAWINGS. PROVIDE MECHANICAL FASTENERS FOR THE INSTALLATION OF ALL COMPONENTS, INCLUDING INSTALLATIONS USING ADHESIVES. D. INSTALL HARDWARE. 3.03 PREPARATION FOR SITE FINISHING A. SET EXPOSED FASTENERS. APPLY WOOD FILLER IN EXPOSED FASTENER INDENTATIONS. SAND WORK SMOOTH. B. SITE FINISHING: REFER TO SECTION 099100. C. BEFORE INSTALLATION, PRIME PAINT SURFACES OF ITEMS OR ASSEMBLIES TO BE IN CONTACT WITH CEMENTITIOUS MATERIALS. 3.04 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. MAXIMUM VARIATION FROM TRUE POSITION: 1/16 INCH (1.5 MM). B. MAXIMUM OFFSET FROM TRUE ALIGNMENT WITH ABUTTING MATERIALS: 1/32 INCH (0.7 MM). 3.05 SCHEDULE A. INSTALLATION SCHEDULE IS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. END OF SECTION SECTION 072100 - THERMAL INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. BOARD INSULATION AT EXTERIOR WALL BEHIND INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD WALL FINISH. B. BATT INSULATION AND VAPOR RETARDER IN EXTERIOR WALL CONSTRUCTION AND INTERIOR WALLS. C. BATT INSULATION FOR FILLING CREVICES IN EXTERIOR WALL AND ROOF. D. SOUND INSULATION FOR DEMISING WALLS AT PUBLIC PET WASH OR GROOMING AREAS. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM C 578 - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR RIGID, CELLULAR POLYSTYRENE THERMAL INSULATION, 2001. B. ASTM C 665 - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR MINERAL -FIBER BLANKET THERMAL INSULATION FOR LIGHT FRAME CONSTRUCTION AND MANUFACTURED HOUSING, 2001. 1.03 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. DO NOT INSTALL INSULATION ADHESIVES WHEN TEMPERATURE OR WEATHER CONDITIONS ARE DETRIMENTAL TO SUCCESSFUL INSTALLATION. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 BOARD INSULATION MATERIALS A. EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE BOARD INSULATION: ASTM C 578, TYPE IV, EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE BOARD WITH EITHER NATURAL SKIN OR CUT CELL SURFACES, WITH THE FOLLOWING CHARACTERISTICS: 1. BOARD SIZE: 24 X 96 INCH (1220 X 2440 MM). 2. BOARD THICKNESS: THICKNESS IN INCHES( MM) AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS.. 3. BOARD EDGES: SQUARE. 4. COMPRESSIVE RESISTANCE: 15 PSI (173 KPA). 5. BOARD DENSITY: 1.3 LB/CU FT (21 KG/CU M). 6. MANUFACTURERS: a. DOW CHEMICAL CO: WWW.DOW.COM, STYROFOAM Z-MATE. b. OWENS CORNING CORP: WWW.OWENSCORNING.COM. C. PACTIV BUILDING PRODUCTS: WWW.PACTIVBUILDINGPRODUCTS.COM. 7. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 2.02 BATT INSULATION MATERIALS A. BATT INSULATION: ASTM C 665, PREFORMED GLASS FIBER BATT FOR THERMAL AND SOUND ATTENUATION APPLICATIONS, FRICTION FIT, CONFORMING TO THE FOLLOWING: 1. THICKNESS: AS INDICATED. 2. MANUFACTURERS: a. CERTAINTEED CORPORATION: WWW.CERTAINTEED.COM. b. JOHNS MANVILLE CORPORATION: WWW.JM.COM. C. OWENS CORNING CORP: WWW.OWENSCORNING.COM. 3. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 2.03 SOUND ATTENUATION BATTS A. TYPE: UNFACED GLASS FIBER ACOUSTICAL INSULATION COMPLYING WITH ASTM C665, TYPE 1. B. SIZE: THICKNESS WIDTH LENGTH 3-112' 89MM 16" 406MM 24" 609MM 96" 2438MM 2-112" 64MM 16" 406MM 24" 609MM 96" 2438MM C. SIZE:SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS: 1. MAXIMUM FLAME SPREAD. 10 2. MAXIMUM SMOKE DEVELOPED: 10 WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 84. D. COMBUSTION CHARACTERISTICS: PASSES ASTM E 136. E. FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS: PASSES ASTM E 119 AS PART OF A COMPLETE FIRE TESTED WALL ASSEMBLY. F. SOUND TRANSMISSION CLASS: STC50 G. DIMENSIONAL STABILITY: LINEAR SHRINKAGE LESS THAN 0.1 % H. MANUFACTURERS: a. DOW CHEMICAL CO: WWW.DOW.COM, STYROFOAM Z-MATE. b. OWENS CORNING CORP: WWW.OWENSCORNING.COM. C. PACTIV BUILDING PRODUCTS: WWW.PACTIVBUILDINGPRODUCTS.COM. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. VERIFY THAT SUBSTRATE, ADJACENT MATERIALS, AND INSULATION MATERIALS ARE DRY AND THAT SUBSTRATES ARE READY TO RECEIVE INSULATION. B. VERIFY SUBSTRATE SURFACES ARE FLAT, FREE OF IRREGULARITIES. 3.02 BOARD INSTALLATION AT EXTERIOR WALLS A. APPLY ADHESIVE TO BACK OF BOARDS: B. INSTALL BOARDS VERTICALLY ON WALLS. END OF SECTION SECTION 077100 - ROOFING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 ROOF IS EXISTING. ALL WORK SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE LANDLORD ROOF SYSTEM MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN WARRANTY. 1.02 ALL ROOF WORK TO BE PERFORMED BY LANDLORD ROOFING CONTRACTOR. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PROVIDE ALL INSULATION, ROOF MEMBRANE, FLASHING, ADHEASIVES AND FASTENERS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 2.2. PROVIDE BUILT-UP CRICKETS AND SADDLES TO PROVIDE POSITIVE DRAINAGE AROUND ROOF MOUNTED EQUIPMENT. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PROTECT EXISTING ROOF SYSTEM FROM DAMAGE DURING CONSTRUCTION. 3.02 INSTALL WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND DETAILS. 3.03 INSTALL INSULATION IN FULL THICKNESS AT ALL ROOF OPENINGS. END OF SECTION SECTION 079200 - JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. SEALANTS AND JOINT BACKING. B. PRECOMPRESSED FOAM SEALERS. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM C 920 - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS, 2002. B. ASTM C 1193 - STANDARD GUIDE FOR USE OF JOINT SEALANTS, 2000. C. ASTM D 1056 - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR FLEXIBLE CELLULAR MATERIALS -SPONGE OR EXPANDED RUBBER, 2000. D. ASTM D 1667 - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR FLEXIBLE CELLULAR MATERIALS -VINYL CHLORIDE POLYMERS AND COPOLYMERS (CLOSED -CELL FOAM), 1997. E. ASTM D 2628 - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR PREFORMED POLYCHLOROPRENE ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALS FOR CONCRETE PAVEMENTS, 1991 (REAPPROVED 1998). 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. SEE SECTION 013000 -ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS, FOR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES. B. PRODUCT DATA: PROVIDE DATA INDICATING SEALANT CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS. C. MANUFACTURERS COLOR SELECTION CHART FOR COLOR VERIFICATION AT EXPOSED TO VIEW SEALANTS. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. MAINTAIN ONE COPY OF EACH REFERENCED DOCUMENT COVERING INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS ON SITE. B. APPLICATOR QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN PERFORMING THE WORK OF THIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM 3 YEARS EXPERIENCE. 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. MAINTAIN TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY RECOMMENDED BY THE SEALANT MANUFACTURER DURING AND AFTER INSTALLATION. 1.06 WARRANTY A. SEE SECTION 017700 - CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS, FOR ADDITIONAL WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS. B. CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK WITHIN A FIVE YEAR PERIOD AFTER DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. C. WARRANTY: INCLUDE COVERAGE FOR INSTALLED SEALANTS AND ACCESSORIES WHICH FAIL TO ACHIEVE AIRTIGHT SEAL D. GENERAL WARANTY: SPECIAL WARRANTIES SPECIFIED IN THIS ARTICLE SAHLL NOT DEPRIEVE THE OWNER OF OTHER RIGHTS THE OWNER MAY HAVE UNDER OTHER PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SHALL BE IN ADDITON TO AND RUM CONCURRENT WITH THE OTHER WARRANTIES MADE BY THE CONTRACTOR UNDER REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. E. SPECIAL INSTALLERS WARRANTY: WRITTEN WARRANTY SIRNED BY THE INSTALLER AGEEING TO REPAIR OR REPLACE ELATOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS THAT DO NOT COMPLY WITHTHE PERFORMANCE AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION WITHIN A WARRANTY PERIOD OF TWO YEARS FOR THE DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. F. SPECIAL MANUFACTURERS WARRANTY: WRITTEN WARRANTY SIGNED BY THE MANUFACTURER AGEEING TO REPAIR OR REPLACE ELATOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS THAT DO NOT COMPLY WITHTHE PERFORMANCE AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION WITHIN A WARRANTY PERIOD OF FIVE YEARS FOR THE DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. G. SPECIAL WARRANTIES SPECIFIED IN THIS THIS SECTION EXCLUDE DETERIORATION OR FAILURE OF ELASTOMERIC SEALANT FROM THE FOLLOWING: 1. MOVEMENT OF THE STRUCTURE FROM STRESSES ON THE SEALANT THAT EXCEED THE SEALANT MANUFACTURERS WRITTEN SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEALANT ELONGATION AND COMPRESSION CAUSED BY STRUCTURAL SETTLEMENT OR ERRORS ATTRIBUTABLE TO DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION. 2. DISINTEGRATION OF JOINT SUBSTRATES FROM NATURAL CAUSES EXCEEDING DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS. 3. MECHANICAL DAMAGE CAUSED BY INDIVIDUALS, TOOLS, OR OTHER OUTSIDE AGENTS. 4. CHANGES IN THE SEALANT APPEARANCE CAUSED BY THE ACCUMULATION OF DIRT OR OTHER ATMOSPHERIC CONTAMINANTS. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 EXTERIOR SEALANTS A. PROVIDE ONE OR TWO COMPONENT ALIPHATIC URETHANE WHER WHITE OR CUSTOM COLOR IS REQUIRED AND FOR VINYL TO VINYL WITH PRIMER, MASONRY TO MASONRY INCLUDIING CONTROL JOINTS, ALUMINUM TO MASONRY WITH PRIMER ON ALUMINUM AND FOR EIFS APPLICATIONS. 1. USE ONE PRODUCT FOR THE ENTIRE JOB. 2. PRODUCTS: WHEN WHITE COLOR IS REQUIRED. a. WHEN WHITE COLOR IS REQUIRED. ULTRA BY SONNEBORN 3. PROVIDE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING WHEN NON WHITE COLOR IS SELECTED. a. SONOLASTIC NP 2 BY SONNEBORN b. DYNATROL II BY PECORA c. CHE-CALK 500 BY BOSTIC d. DYMERIC 511 BY TREMCO B. PROVIDE ONE PART POLYETHER, MODIFIED SILICONE, SIL-TERMINATED NON -SAG ELASTOMERIC SEALANT FOR METAL TO METAL, METAL TO GLASS, GLASS TO GLASS, FERROUS METAL TO VINYL, VINYL TO VINYL. 1. PRODUCTS: a. SONOLASTIC 150 BY SONNEBORN b. DOW CORNING 790 BY DOW CORNING C. SILPUR SEALANT BY GE SILICONES C. PROVIDE TWO PART POLYURETHANE SELF LEVLEING SEALANT FOR EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR EXPANSION AND CONTROL JOINTS IN HORIZONTAL WEARING SURFACES. 1. PRODUCTS a. SONOLASTIC SL 2 BY SONNEBORN b. DYNATRED BY PECORA C. CHEM CALK 550 BY BOSTIK D. PROVIDE ONE COMPONENT HIGH PERFORMANCE POLYURETHANE SEALANT FOR INTERIOR SEALANT IN CONTACT WITH EXTERIOR ALUMINUM STOREFRONT, DOORS AND FRAMES. 1. PRODUCTS a. SONOLASTIC NP1 BY SONNEBORN b. DYNATROL 1 BY PECORA C. CHEM-CALK 2639 BY BOSTIK PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. VERIFY THAT SUBSTRATE SURFACES ARE READY TO RECEIVE WORK. B. VERIFY THAT JOINT BACKING AND RELEASE TAPES ARE COMPATIBLE WITH SEALANT. 3.02 PREPARATION A. REMOVE LOOSE MATERIALS AND FOREIGN MATTER WHICH MIGHT IMPAIR ADHESION OF SEALANT. B. CLEAN AND PRIME JOINTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. C. PERFORM PREPARATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND ASTM C 1193. D. PROTECT ELEMENTS SURROUNDING THE WORK OF THIS SECTION FROM DAMAGE OR DISFIGUREMENT. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH SEALANT MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS FOR PREPARATION OF SURFACES AND MATERIAL INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. B. PERFORM INSTALLATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C 1193. C. MEASURE JOINT DIMENSIONS AND SIZE JOINT BACKERS TO ACHIEVE WIDTH -TO -DEPTH RATIO, NECK DIMENSION, AND SURFACE BOND AREA AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. D. INSTALL BOND BREAKER WHERE JOINT BACKING IS NOT USED. E. INSTALL SEALANT FREE OF AIR POCKETS, FOREIGN EMBEDDED MATTER, RIDGES, AND SAGS. F. APPLY SEALANT WITHIN RECOMMENDED APPLICATION TEMPERATURE RANGES. CONSULT MANUFACTURER WHEN SEALANT CANNOT BE APPLIED WITHIN THESE TEMPERATURE RANGES. G. TOOL JOINTS CONCAVE. 3.04 CLEANING A. CLEAN ADJACENT SOILED SURFACES. 3.05 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. PROTECT SEALANTS UNTIL CURED. END OF SECTION /; Z O 1- a U W W H Q W .. 'e.'zf1 f'f ' -i VJ Z O UQ Lu V LL =U U/W Q U) ISSUED FOR: PERMIT 03.14.19 BID 03.14.19 CONSTRUCTION 00.00.00 REVIEW SET 03.14.19 PROJECT MANAGER DESIGNER SS SS JOB NO. 18390 AS1 03 SECTION 081113 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. NON -FIRE -RATED STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES. B. STEEL FRAMES FOR WOOD DOORS. C. THERMALLY INSULATED STEEL DOORS. D. ACCESSORIES, INCLUDING GLAZING, LOUVERS, AND MATCHING PANELS. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ANSI/ICC A117.1 - AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD FOR ACCESSIBLE AND USABLE BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES, INTERNATIONAL CODE COUNCIL, 1998. B. ANSI A250.8 - SDI-100 RECOMMENDED SPECIFICATIONS FOR STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES, 1998. C. ANSI A250.10 - TEST PROCEDURE AND ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA FOR PRIME PAINTED STEEL SURFACES FOR STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES, 1998. D. ASTM A 653/A 653M - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR STEEL SHEET, ZINC -COATED (GALVANIZED) OR ZINC -IRON ALLOY -COATED (GALVANNEALED) BY THE HOT -DIP PROCESS, 2002A E. ASTM C 236 - STANDARD TEST METHOD FOR STEADY-STATE THERMAL PERFORMANCE OF BUILDING ASSEMBLIES BY MEANS OF A GUARDED HOT BOX, 1989 (REAPPROVED 1993). F. ASTM C 1363 - STANDARD TEST METHOD FOR THERMAL PERFORMANCE OF BUILDING ASSEMBLIES BY MEANS OF A HOT BOX APPARATUS, 1997. G. DHI A115 SERIES - SPECIFICATIONS FOR STEEL DOORS AND FRAME PREPARATION FOR HARDWARE, DOOR AND HARDWARE INSTITUTE, CURRENT EDITION (ANSI/DHI A115 SERIES). H. NAAMM HMMA 840 - INSTALLATION AND STORAGE OF HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES, THE NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF ARCHITECTURAL METAL MANUFACTURERS, 1999. I. NAAMM HMMA 860 - GUIDE SPECIFICATIONS FOR HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES, THE NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF ARCHITECTURAL METAL MANUFACTURERS, 1992. J. NFPA 80 - STANDARD FOR FIRE DOORS AND FIRE WINDOWS, NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION, 1999. K. NFPA 252 - STANDARD METHODS OF FIRE TESTS OF DOOR ASSEMBLIES, NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION, 1999. L. UL (BMD) - BUILDING MATERIALS DIRECTORY, UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC., CURRENT EDITION. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. MAINTAIN AT THE PROJECT SITE A COPY OF ALL REFERENCE STANDARDS DEALING WITH INSTALLATION. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. STORE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NAAMM HMMA 840. B. PROTECT WITH RESILIENT PACKAGING, AVOID HUMIDITY BUILD-UP UNDER COVERINGS, PREVENT CORROSION. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES: 1. STEELCRAFT, PRODUCT BF16: WWW.STEELCRAFT.COM. 2. CECO DOOR PRODUCTS: WWW.CECODOOR.COM. 3. REPUBLIC BUILDERS PRODUCTS: W W W. REPU BLICDOOR. COM. 4. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 2.02 DOORS AND FRAMES A. REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL DOORS AND FRAMES: 1. ACCESSIBILITY: COMPLY WITH ANSI/ICC A117.1. 2. DOOR TOP CLOSURES: EXTERIOR DOORS SHALL BE FLUSH WITH TOP OF FACES AND EDGES. 3. DOOR EDGE PROFILE: BEVELED ON BOTH EDGES. 4. DOOR TEXTURE: SMOOTH FACES. 5. HARDWARE PREPARATION: IN ACCORDANCE WITH DHI A115 SERIES, WITH REINFORCEMENT WELDED IN PLACE, IN ADDITION TO OTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN DOOR GRADE STANDARD. 6. GALVANIZING FOR EXTERIOR DOORS: ALL COMPONENTS HOT -DIPPED ZINC -IRON ALLOY -COATED (GALVANNEALED), MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD COATING THICKNESS. 7. FINISH: FACTORY PRIMED, FOR FIELD FINISHING. B. COMBINED REQUIREMENTS: IF A PARTICULAR DOOR AND FRAME UNIT IS INDICATED TO COMPLY WITH MORE THAN ONE TYPE OF REQUIREMENT, COMPLY WITH ALL THE SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS FOR EACH TYPE, FOR INSTANCE, AN EXTERIOR DOOR THAT IS ALSO INDICATED AS BEING SOUND -RATED MUST COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED FOR EXTERIOR DOORS AND FOR SOUND -RATED DOORS, WHERE TWO REQUIREMENTS CONFLICT, COMPLY WITH THE MOST STRINGENT. 2.03 STEEL DOORS A. EXTERIOR DOORS: 1. GRADE: ANSI A250.8 LEVEL 3, MODEL 2, FULL FLUSH SEAMLESS. 2. CORE: POLYURETHANE. 3. TOP AND BOTTOM CLOSURES: FLUSH WITH FACES AND EDGES. 4. GALVANIZING: ALL COMPONENTS HOT -DIPPED ZINC -IRON ALLOY -COATED (GALVANNEALED) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM A 653/A 653M, WITH MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD COATING THICKNESS. 5. TEXTURE: SMOOTH FACES. 6. INSULATING VALUE: U-VALUE OF ,WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C 1363. 7. WEATHERSTRIPPING: SEPARATE, SEE SECTION 087100. 8. FINISH: FACTORY PRIMED, FOR FIELD FINISHING. B. INTERIOR DOORS: 1. GRADE: ANSI A250.8 LEVEL 2, MODEL 1, FLUSH. 2. GRADE: NAAMM HMMA 860, PHYSICAL PERFORMANCE LEVEL A. 3. CORE: STEEL STIFFENERS. 4. THICKNESS: 1-3/4 INCHES (44 MM). 5. TEXTURE: SMOOTH FACES. 6. FINISH: FACTORY PRIMED, FOR FIELD FINISHING. C. PANELS: SAME CONSTRUCTION, PERFORMANCE, AND FINISH AS DOORS. 2.04 STEEL FRAMES A. GENERAL: 1. COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF GRADE SPECIFIED FOR CORRESPONDING DOOR. a. ANSI A250.8 LEVEL 2 DOORS: 16 GAGE FRAMES; LEVEL 3 DOOR 16 GA. 2. FINISH: SAME AS FOR DOOR. 3. PROVIDE MORTAR GUARD BOXES FOR HARDWARE CUT-OUTS IN FRAMES TO BE INSTALLED IN MASONRY OR TO BE GROUTED. 4. FRAMES IN MASONRY WALLS: SIZE TO SUIT MASONRY COURSING WITH HEAD MEMBER TO FILL OPENING WITHOUT CUTTING MASONRY UNITS. B. EXTERIOR DOOR FRAMES: FACE WELDED, SEAMLESS WITH JOINTS FILLED. 1. GALVANIZING: ALL COMPONENTS HOT -DIPPED ZINC -IRON ALLOY -COATED (GALVANNEALED) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM A 653/A 653M, WITH MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD COATING THICKNESS. 2. WEATHERSTRIPPING: SEPARATE, SEE SECTION 087100. C. INTERIOR DOOR FRAMES, FIRE -RATED: DRYWALL SLIP-ON TYPE OR FACE WELDED AT MASONRY WALL CONSTRUCTION. 1. FIRE RATING: SAME AS DOOR, LABELED. D. FRAMES FOR INTERIOR GLAZING OR BORROWED LIGHTS: CONSTRUCTION AND FACE DIMENSIONS TO MATCH DOOR FRAMES, AND AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 2.05 METAL GATE A. MANUFACTURER: iFENCE - INTEGRITY ALUMINUM PRODUCT 1. 38-1/2" WIDE x 36" HIGH ARCHED SINGLE LEAF GATE WITH EVERBILT #276-490 SELF CLOSING HINGE. 2. FLUSH BOTTOM RAIL, 5/8" VERTICAL PICKETS, 3-13/16' CLEAR BETWEEN PICKETS. 3. MATTE BLACK FINISH. 2.06 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. LOUVERS: ROLL FORMED STEEL WITH OVERLAPPING FRAME, FACTORY -PAINTED FINISH, COLOR AS SELECTED, FACTORY -INSTALLED. 1. IN FIRE -RATED DOORS: UL-LISTED FUSIBLE LINK LOUVER, SAME RATING AS DOOR. B. GROUT FOR FRAMES: PORTLAND CEMENT GROUT OF MAXIMUM 4-INCH SLUMP FOR HAND TROWELING, THINNER PUMPABLE GROUT IS PROHIBITED. C. SILENCERS: RESILIENT RUBBER, FITTED INTO DRILLED HOLE, 3 ON STRIKE SIDE OF SINGLE DOOR, 3 ON CENTER MULLION OF PAIRS, AND 2 ON HEAD OF PAIRS WITHOUT CENTER MULLIONS. D. TEMPORARY FRAME SPREADERS: PROVIDE FOR ALL FACTORY- OR SHOP -ASSEMBLED FRAMES. 2.07 FINISH MATERIALS A. PRIMER: RUST -INHIBITING, COMPLYING WITH ANSI A250.10, DOOR MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD. B. BITUMINOUS COATING: ASPHALT EMULSION OR OTHER HIGH -BUILD, WATER-RESISTANT, RESILIENT COATING. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS BEFORE STARTING WORK. B. VERIFY THAT OPENING SIZES AND TOLERANCES ARE ACCEPTABLE. 3.02 PREPARATION A. COAT INSIDE OF FRAMES TO BE INSTALLED IN MASONRY OR TO BE GROUTED, WITH BITUMINOUS COATING, PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SPECIFIED DOOR GRADE STANDARD AND NAAMM HMMA 840. B. IN ADDITION, INSTALL FIRE RATED UNITS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 80. C. COORDINATE FRAME ANCHOR PLACEMENT WITH WALL CONSTRUCTION. D. GROUT FRAMES IN MASONRY CONSTRUCTION, USING HAND TROWEL METHODS, BRACE FRAMES SO THAT PRESSURE OF GROUT BEFORE SETTING WILL NOT DEFORM FRAMES. SET FOAM SPACERS BLOCK AT SILENCER HOLES. E. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF HARDWARE. F. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF GLAZING. 3.04 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. CLEARANCES BETWEEN DOOR AND FRAME: AS SPECIFIED IN ANSI A250.8. B. MAXIMUM DIAGONAL DISTORTION: 1/16 IN (1.5 MM) MEASURED WITH STRAIGHT EDGE, CORNER TO CORNER. 3.05 ADJUSTING A. ADJUST FOR SMOOTH AND BALANCED DOOR MOVEMENT. 3.06 SCHEDULE A. REFER TO DOOR AND FRAME SCHEDULE ON THE DRAWINGS. END OF SECTION SECTION 081416 - FLUSH WOOD DOORS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. FLUSH WOOD DOORS, FLUSH CONFIGURATION, FIRE RATED AND NON -RATED. 1.02 REFERENCES A. AWI (QSI) - ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK QUALITY STANDARDS ILLUSTRATED, ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK INSTITUTE, 1997, SEVENTH EDITION, VERSION 1.0. B. WDMA NWWDA I.S.1-A - ARCHITECTURAL WOOD FLUSH DOORS, WINDOW AND DOOR MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (FORMERLY NWWDA), 1997. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. SEE SECTION 013000 -ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS FOR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES. B. PRODUCT DATA: INDICATE DOOR CORE MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION, VENEER SPECIES, TYPE AND CHARACTERISTICS. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. MANUFACTURER: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN MANUFACTURING THE PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM THREE YEARS OF DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. PACKAGE, DELIVER AND STORE DOORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFIED QUALITY STANDARD. B. ACCEPT DOORS ON SITE IN MANUFACTURER'S PACKAGING. INSPECT FOR DAMAGE. C. PROTECT DOORS WITH RESILIENT PACKAGING SEALED WITH HEAT SHRUNK PLASTIC. DO NOT STORE IN DAMP OR WET AREAS, OR IN AREAS WHERE SUNLIGHT MIGHT BLEACH VENEER. SEAL TOP AND BOTTOM EDGES WITH TINTED SEALER IF STORED MORE THAN ONE WEEK. BREAK SEAL ON SITE TO PERMIT VENTILATION. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. COORDINATE THE WORK WITH DOOR OPENING CONSTRUCTION, DOOR FRAME AND DOOR HARDWARE INSTALLATION. 1.07 WARRANTY A. SEE SECTION 017700 - CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS FOR ADDITIONAL WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS. B. PROVIDE WARRANTY FOR THE FOLLOWING TERM: 1. INTERIOR DOORS: TWO (2) YEARS. C. INCLUDE COVERAGE FOR DELAMINATION OF VENEER, WARPING BEYOND SPECIFIED INSTALLATION TOLERANCES, DEFECTIVE MATERIALS, AND TELEGRAPHING CORE CONSTRUCTION PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 DOORS AND PANELS A. ALL DOORS: SEE DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS AND ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 1. QUALITY STANDARD: WDMA I.S. 1-A, ECONOMY GRADE. 2. WOOD VENEER FACED DOORS: 5-PLY UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. B. INTERIOR DOORS: 1-3/4 INCHES (44 MM) THICK UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, FLUSH CONSTRUCTION. 1. PROVIDE SOLID CORE DOORS AT ALL LOCATIONS EXCEPT PROVIDE HOLLOW CORE DOORS AT LOCATIONS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 2.02 DOOR AND PANEL CORES A. NON -RATED SOLID CORE AND 20 MINUTE RATED DOORS: TYPE SLC, STAVED LUMBER CORE, PLIES AND FACES AS INDICATED ABOVE. B. HOLLOW CORE DOORS: TYPE SHC - STANDARD, PLIES AND FACES AS INDICATED ABOVE. 2.03 DOOR FACINGS A. WOOD VENEER FACING FOR TRANSPARENT FINISH: NATURAL BIRCH, VENEER GRADE AS SPECIFIED BY QUALITY STANDARD, QUARTER SLICED, BOOK VENEER MATCH, RUNNING ASSEMBLY MATCH, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 1. VERTICAL EDGES: COMPATIBLE HARDWOOD. B. VENEER FACING FOR OPAQUE FINISH: MEDIUM DENSITY OVERLAID PLYWOOD. 2.04 ACCESSORIES 2.05 DOOR CONSTRUCTION A. FABRICATE DOORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH DOOR QUALITY STANDARD SPECIFIED. B. PROVIDE SOLID BLOCKS AT LOCK EDGE FOR HARDWARE REINFORCEMENT. C. FIT DOOR EDGE TRIM TO EDGE OF STILES AFTER APPLYING VENEER FACING. D. PROVIDE EDGE CLEARANCES IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWI QUALITY STANDARDS ILLUSTRATED SECTION 1700. 2.06 FACTORY FINISHING PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS BEFORE STARTING WORK. B. VERIFY THAT OPENING SIZES AND TOLERANCES ARE ACCEPTABLE. C. DO NOT INSTALL DOORS IN FRAME OPENINGS THAT ARE NOT PLUMB OR ARE OUT -OF -TOLERANCE FOR SIZE OR ALIGNMENT. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL DOORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND SPECIFIED QUALITY STANDARD. B. TRIM NON -RATED DOOR WIDTH BY CUTTING EQUALLY ON BOTH JAMB EDGES. C. TRIM DOOR HEIGHT BY CUTTING BOTTOM EDGES TO A MAXIMUM OF 3/4 INCH (19 MM). D. USE MACHINE TOOLS TO CUT OR DRILL FOR HARDWARE. E. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF DOORS WITH INSTALLATION OF FRAMES AND HARDWARE. F. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF GLAZING. G. INSTALL DOOR LOUVERS PLUMB AND LEVEL. 3.03 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A. CONFORM TO SPECIFIED QUALITY STANDARD FOR FIT AND CLEARANCE TOLERANCES. B. CONFORM TO SPECIFIED QUALITY STANDARD FOR MAXIMUM DIAGONAL DISTORTION. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. ADJUST DOORS FOR SMOOTH AND BALANCED DOOR MOVEMENT. B. ADJUST CLOSERS FOR FULL CLOSURE. 3.05 SCHEDULE - SEE DRAWINGS END OF SECTION SECTION 083613 - SECTIONAL DOORS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. STEEL SECTIONAL OVERHEAD DOORS. B. ELECTRIC OPERATORS AND CONTROLS. C. OPERATING HARDWARE, TRACKS, AND SUPPORT. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ANSUDASMA 102 AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR SECTIONAL OVERHEAD TYPE DOORS. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. SEE SECTION 013000 -ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS, FOR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES. B. PRODUCT DATA: MANUFACTURER'S DATA SHEETS ON EACH PRODUCT TO BE USED, INCLUDING: 1. PREPARATION INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 2. STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 3. INSTALLATION METHODS. C. SHOP DRAWINGS: INDICATE PLANS AND ELEVATIONS INCLUDING OPENING DIMENSIONS AND REQUIRED TOLERANCES, CONNECTION DETAILS, ANCHORAGE SPACING, HARDWARE LOCATIONS, AND INSTALLATION DETAILS. D. MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATES: CERTIFY PRODUCTS MEET OR EXCEED SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS. E. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN MANUFACTURING PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM FIVE YEARS DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. B. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE MANUFACTURER WITH MINIMUM FIVE YEARS DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. C. PRODUCTS REQUIRING ELECTRICAL CONNECTION: LISTED AND CLASSIFIED BY UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES, INC. ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AS SUITABLE FOR PURPOSE SPECIFIED. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. STORE PRODUCTS IN MANUFACTURER'S UNOPENED LABELED PACKAGING UNTIL READY FOR INSTALLATION. B. PROTECT MATERIALS FROM EXPOSURE TO MOISTURE UNTIL READY FOR INSTALLATION. C. STORE MATERIALS IN A DRY, VENTILATED WEATHERTIGHT LOCATION 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. PRE -INSTALLATION CONFERENCE: CONVENE A PRE -INSTALLATION CONFERENCE JUST PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF FIELD OPERATIONS, TO ESTABLISH PROCEDURES TO MAINTAIN OPTIMUM WORKING CONDITIONS AND TO COORDINATE THIS WORK WITH RELATED AND ADJACENT WORK. PART 2 PRODUCTS. 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER: OVERHEAD DOOR CORP., 2501 S STATE HWY. 121, SUITE 200, LEWISVILLE, TX 75067. ASD. TEL TOLL FREE: (800) 275-3290. PHONE: (469) 549-7100. FAX: (972) 906-1499. WEB SITE: WWW.OVERHEADDOOR.COM E-MAIL: SALES@OVERHEADDOOR.COM B. REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE CONSIDERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH PROVISIONS OF SECTION 016000. 2.02 SECTIONAL OVERHEAD DOORS A. SECTIONAL OVERHEAD STEEL DOORS: 418 SERIES STEEL DOORS BY OVERHEAD DOOR CORPORATION. UNITS SHALL HAVE THE FOLLOWING CHARACTERISTICS: 1. DOOR ASSEMBLY: INSULATED STEEL DOOR ASSEMBLY WITH RABBETED MEETING RAILS TO FORM WEATHER TIGHT JOINTS AND PROVIDE FULL -WIDTH INTERLOCKING STRUCTURAL RIGIDITY. a. PANEL THICKNESS: 2 INCHES (51 MM). b. EXTERIOR SURFACE: FLUSH. c. THERMAL VALUES: R-VALUE OF 7.35; U-VALUE OF 0.17. d. SECTION MATERIAL: 16 GAUGE, GALVANIZED STEEL. e. CENTER AND END STILES: 16 GAUGE STEEL. f. SPRINGS: 1.)10,000 CYCLES. 2. LOCK: a. INTERIOR MOUNTED SLIDE LOCK. 3. WEATHERSTRIPPING: a. FLEXIBLE BULB -TYPE STRIP AT BOTTOM SECTION. b. FLEXIBLE JAMB SEALS. c. FLEXIBLE HEADER SEAL. 4. TRACK: PROVIDE TRACK AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER TO SUIT LOADING REQUIRED AND CLEARANCES AVAILABLE. 5. MANUAL OPERATION: PULL ROPE. 6. ELECTRIC MOTOR OPERATION: PROVIDE UL LISTED ELECTRIC OPERATOR, SIZE AND TYPE AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER TO MOVE DOOR IN EITHER DIRECTION AT NOT LESS THAN 2/3 FOOT NOR MORE THAN 1 FOOT PER SECOND. OPERATOR SHALL MEET UL325/2010 REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTINUOUS MONITORING OF SAFETY DEVICES. a. ENTRAPMENT PROTECTION: REQUIRED FOR MOMENTARY CONTACT, INCLUDES RADIO CONTROL OPERATION. 1.) PNEUMATIC SENSING EDGE UP TO 18 FEET (5.5 M) WIDE. CONSTANT CONTACT ONLY COMPLYING WITH UL 325/2010. 2.) OPERATOR CONTROLS: PUSH-BUTTON AND KEY OPERATED CONTROL STATIONS WITH OPEN, CLOSE, AND STOP BUTTONS. SURFACE MOUNTING. INTERIOR LOCATION. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. DO NOT BEGIN INSTALLATION UNTIL OPENINGS HAVE BEEN PROPERLY PREPARED. B. VERIFY WALL OPENINGS ARE READY TO RECEIVE WORK AND OPENING DIMENSIONS AND TOLERANCES ARE WITHIN SPECIFIED LIMITS. C. VERIFY ELECTRICAL POWER IS AVAILABLE AND OF CORRECT CHARACTERISTICS. 3.02 PREPARATION A. CLEAN SURFACES THOROUGHLY PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. B. PREPARE SURFACES USING THE METHODS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER FOR ACHIEVING THE BEST RESULTS FOR THE SUBSTRATE UNDER THE PROJECT CONDITIONS. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL OVERHEAD DOORS AND TRACK IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS AND THE MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS.. B. COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH ADJACENT WORK TO ENSURE PROPER CLEARANCES AND ALLOW FOR MAINTENANCE. C. ANCHOR ASSEMBLY TO WALL CONSTRUCTION AND BUILDING FRAMING WITHOUT DISTORTION OR STRESS. D. SECURELY BRACE DOOR TRACKS SUSPENDED FROM STRUCTURE. SECURE TRACKS TO STRUCTURAL MEMBERS ONLY. E. FIT AND ALIGN DOOR ASSEMBLY INCLUDING HARDWARE. F. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL SERVICE. COMPLETE POWER AND CONTROLS WIRING FROM DISCONNECT TO UNIT COMPONENTS.. 3.04 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING A. ADJUST DOORS ASSEMBLY TO SMOOTH OPERATION AND IN FULL CONTACT WITH WEATHERSTRIPPING. B. CLEAN DOORS, FRAMES AND GLASS. C. REMOVE TEMPORARY LABELS AND VISIBLE MARKINGS. 3.05 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. DO NOT PERMIT CONSTRUCTION TRAFFIC THROUGH OVERHEAD DOOR OPENINGS AFTER ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING. B. PROTECT INSTALLED PRODUCTS UNTIL COMPLETION OF PROJECT. C. TOUCH-UP DAMAGED COATINGS AND FINISHES AND REPAIR DAMAGE BEFORE SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. END OF SECTION SECTION 084113 - ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. ALUMINUM -FRAMED STOREFRONT, WITH VISION GLASS. B. WEATHERSTRIPPING. C. PERIMETER SEALANT. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. SECTION 079200 - JOINT SEALERS: PERIMETER SEALANT AND BACK-UP MATERIALS. B. SECTION 088000 - GLAZING: GLASS AND GLAZING ACCESSORIES. 1.03 REFERENCES A. AA DAF-45 - DESIGNATION SYSTEM FOR ALUMINUM FINISHES, THE ALUMINUM ASSOCIATION, INC., 2003. B. AAMA CW-10 - CARE AND HANDLING OF ARCHITECTURAL ALUMINUM FROM SHOP TO SITE, AMERICAN ARCHITECTURAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION, 1997. C. AAMA 611 - VOLUNTARY SPECIFICATION FOR ANODIZED ARCHITECTURAL ALUMINUM, AMERICAN ARCHITECTURAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION, 1998. D. ASTM B 221 - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR ALUMINUM AND ALUMINUM -ALLOY EXTRUDED BARS, RODS, WIRE, PROFILES, AND TUBES, 2002. E. ASTM B 221 M - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR ALUMINUM AND ALUMINUM -ALLOY EXTRUDED BARS, RODS, WIRE, PROFILES, AND TUBES (METRIC), 2002. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. SEE SECTION 013000 -ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS, FOR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES. B. PRODUCT DATA: PROVIDE COMPONENT DIMENSIONS, DESCRIBE COMPONENTS WITHIN ASSEMBLY, ANCHORAGE AND FASTENERS, GLASS AND INFILL, DOOR HARDWARE, INTERNAL DRAINAGE DETAILS. C. SHOP DRAWINGS: INDICATE SYSTEM DIMENSIONS, FRAMED OPENING REQUIREMENTS AND TOLERANCES, AFFECTED RELATED WORK, EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION JOINT LOCATION AND DETAILS, AND FIELD WELDING REQUIRED. D. WARRANTY: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER WARRANTY AND ENSURE FORMS HAVE BEEN COMPLETED IN DEVELOPERS DIVERSIFIED'S NAME AND REGISTERED WITH MANUFACTURER. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. HANDLE PRODUCTS OF THIS SECTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH AAMA CW-10. B. PROTECT FINISHED ALUMINUM SURFACES WITH WRAPPING. DO NOT USE ADHESIVE PAPERS OR SPRAYED COATINGS WHICH BOND TO ALUMINUM WHEN EXPOSED TO SUNLIGHT OR WEATHER. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. COORDINATE THE WORK WITH INSTALLATION OF FIRESTOPPING COMPONENTS OR MATERIALS. 1.07 WARRANTY A. SEE SECTION 017700 - CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS, FOR ADDITIONAL WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS. B. PROVIDE FIVE YEAR MANUFACTURER WARRANTY AGAINST FAILURE OF GLASS SEAL ON INSULATING GLASS UNITS, INCLUDING INTERPANE DUSTING OR MISTING. INCLUDE PROVISION FOR REPLACEMENT OF FAILED UNITS. C. PROVIDE FIVE YEAR MANUFACTURER WARRANTY AGAINST EXCESSIVE DEGRADATION OF EXTERIOR FINISH. INCLUDE PROVISION FOR REPLACEMENT OF UNITS WITH EXCESSIVE FADING, CHALKING, OR FLAKING. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - STOREFRONT SYSTEM: 1. KAWNEER COMPANY, INC, PRODUCT TRI-FAB VG- 451T AT EXTERIOR AND TRI-FAB 450 FOR INTERIOR APPLICATIONS: WWW.KAWNEER.COM. 2. UNITED STATES ALUMINUM CORP: WWW.USALUM.COM. 3. VISTAWALL ARCHITECTURAL PRODUCTS: WWW.VISTAWALL.COM. 4. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 2.02 COMPONENTS A. ALUMINUM -FRAMED STOREFRONT: FACTORY FABRICATED, FACTORY FINISHED ALUMINUM FRAMING MEMBERS WITH INFILL, AND RELATED FLASHINGS, ANCHORAGE AND ATTACHMENT DEVICES. 1. FINISH: CLASS I COLOR ANODIZED AT INTERIOR, OR TO MATCH EXISTING FINISH AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 2.03 MATERIALS A. EXTRUDED ALUMINUM: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221 M). B. FASTENERS: STAINLESS STEEL. C. EXPOSED FLASHINGS: 0.032 INCH (0.8 MM) THICK ALUMINUM SHEET, FINISH TO MATCH FRAMING MEMBERS. D. CONCEALED FLASHINGS: 0.018 INCH (0.5 MM) THICK GALVANIZED STEEL. E. PERIMETER SEALANT: TYPE SPECIFIED IN SECTION 079200. F. GLASS: AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 088000. 1. GLASS IN EXTERIOR FRAMING: TYPE INSULATED UNITS. 2.04 FINISHES A. COMPLY WITH AA DAF-45 FOR ALUMINUM FINISHES REQUIRED. B. CLASS I COLOR ANODIZED FINISH: ANODIC COATING TO MATCH EXISTING, NOT LESS THAN 0.7 MILS (0.018 MM) THICK. C. TOUCH-UP MATERIALS: AS RECOMMENDED BY COATING MANUFACTURER FOR FIELD APPLICATION. 2.05 HARDWARE 2.06 FABRICATION A. FABRICATE COMPONENTS WITH MINIMUM CLEARANCES AND SHIM SPACING AROUND PERIMETER OF ASSEMBLY, YET ENABLING INSTALLATION AND DYNAMIC MOVEMENT OF PERIMETER SEAL. B. ACCURATELY FIT AND SECURE JOINTS AND CORNERS. MAKE JOINTS FLUSH, HAIRLINE, AND WEATHERPROOF. C. PREPARE COMPONENTS TO RECEIVE ANCHOR DEVICES. FABRICATE ANCHORS. D. COAT CONCEALED METAL SURFACES THAT WILL BE IN CONTACT WITH CEMENTITIOUS MATERIALS OR DISSIMILAR METALS WITH BITUMINOUS PAINT. E. ARRANGE FASTENERS AND ATTACHMENTS TO CONCEAL FROM VIEW. F. REINFORCE FRAMING MEMBERS FOR IMPOSED LOADS. G. FINISHING: APPLY FACTORY FINISH TO ALL SURFACES THAT WILL BE EXPOSED IN COMPLETED ASSEMBLIES. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. VERIFY DIMENSIONS, TOLERANCES, AND METHOD OF ATTACHMENT WITH OTHER WORK. B. VERIFY THAT WALL OPENINGS AND ADJOINING AIR AND VAPOR SEAL MATERIALS ARE READY TO RECEIVE WORK OF THIS SECTION. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL WALL SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. ATTACH TO STRUCTURE TO PERMIT SUFFICIENT ADJUSTMENT TO ACCOMMODATE CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES AND OTHER IRREGULARITIES. C. PROVIDE ALIGNMENT ATTACHMENTS AND SHIMS TO PERMANENTLY FASTEN SYSTEM TO BUILDING STRUCTURE. D. ALIGN ASSEMBLY PLUMB AND LEVEL, FREE OF WARP OR TWIST. MAINTAIN ASSEMBLY DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCES, ALIGNING WITH ADJACENT WORK. E. PROVIDE THERMAL ISOLATION WHERE COMPONENTS PENETRATE OR DISRUPT BUILDING INSULATION. F. INSTALL SILL FLASHINGS. TURN UP ENDS AND EDGES, SEAL TO ADJACENT WORK TO FORM WATER TIGHT DAM. G. COORDINATE ATTACHMENT AND SEAL OF PERIMETER AIR AND VAPOR BARRIER MATERIALS. H. PACK FIBROUS INSULATION IN SHIM SPACES AT PERIMETER OF ASSEMBLY TO MAINTAIN CONTINUITY OF THERMAL BARRIER. 1. INSTALL HARDWARE USING TEMPLATES PROVIDED. J. INSTALL GLASS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 088000, USING GLAZING METHOD REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE PERFORMANCE CRITERIA. K. INSTALL PERIMETER SEALANT IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 079200. 3.03 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. MAXIMUM VARIATION FROM PLUMB: 0.06 INCHES EVERY 3 FT (1.5 MM/M) NON -CUMULATIVE OR 1/16 INCHES PER 10 FT (1.5 MM/3 M), WHICHEVER IS LESS. B. MAXIMUM MISALIGNMENT OF TWO ADJOINING MEMBERS ABUTTING IN PLANE: 1/32 INCH (0.8 MM). 3.04 ADJUSTING A. ADJUST OPERATING HARDWARE FOR SMOOTH OPERATION. 3.05 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. REMOVE PROTECTIVE MATERIAL FROM PRE -FINISHED ALUMINUM SURFACES. B. WASH DOWN SURFACES WITH A SOLUTION OF MILD DETERGENT IN WARM WATER, APPLIED WITH SOFT, CLEAN WIPING CLOTHS. TAKE CARE TO REMOVE DIRT FROM CORNERS. WIPE SURFACES CLEAN. C. REMOVE EXCESS SEALANT BY METHOD ACCEPTABLE TO SEALANT MANUFACTURER. D. TOUCH-UP MINOR DAMAGE TO FACTORY APPLIED FINISH, REPLACE COMPONENTS THAT CANNOT BE SATISFACTORILY REPAIRED. E. PROTECT FINISHED WORK FROM DAMAGE. END OF SECTION O H a U W W Q 0 W ISSUED FOR: PERMIT 03.14.19 BID 03.14.19 CONSTRUCTION 00.00.00 REVIEW SET 03.14.19 JOB NO. 18390 AS1 m4 SECTION 084229 -AUTOMATIC ENTRANCES PART 1 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. SLIDING AUTOMATIC ENTRANCES 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. DIVISION 7 FOR CAULKING B. DIVISION 8 FOR DOOR HARDWARE C. DIVISION 26 FOR ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS 1.03 REFERENCES A. UL 325 - STANDARD FOR DOOR, DRAPERY, GATE,LIOUVER, AND WINDOW OPERATORS AND SYSTEMS B. ANSI/BMHA Al56.10: STANDARD FOR POWER OPERATED PEDESTRIAN DOORS C. ANSI/BMHA A156.5: STANDARD FOR AUXILIARY LOCKS AND ASSOCIATED PRODUCTS D. ANSI Z97.1: STANDARDS FOR SAFETY GLAZING MATERIALS USED IN BUILDINGS - SAFETY PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS AND METHODS E. CPSC 16 CFR 1201: SAFETY STANDARD FOR ARCHITECTURAL GLAZING MATERIALS F. ASTM B221 - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR ALUMINUM EXTRUDED BARS, RODS, WIRE, PROFILES, AND TUBES G. ASTM B209 - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR ALUMINUM SHEET AND PLATE H. AAMA 611 -VOLUNTARY SPECIFICATION FOR ANODIZED ARCHITECTURAL ALUMINUM, AMERICAN ARCHITECTURAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION, 1998 I. AAMA 701 - VOLUNTARY SPECIFICATION FOR PILE WEATHERSTRIPPING AND REPLACEABLE FENESTRATION WEATHERSEALS 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. SHOP DRAWINGS: INCLUDE PLANS, ELEVATIONS, SECTIONS, DETAILS, HARDWARE MOUNTING HEIGHTS, AND ATTACHMENTS TO OTHER WORK. B. COLOR SAMPLES FOR SELECTION OF FCATORY-APPLIED COLOR FINISHES. C. CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS: OWNER'S MANUAL AND WARRANTIES 1.05 WARRANTY A. AUTOMATIC ENTRANCES SHALL BE FREE OF DEFECTS IN MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP FOR A PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 AUTOMATIC ENTRANCES A. MANUFACTURER: RECORD AUTOMATIC DOOR SYSTEMS (RECORD -USA): SERIES 5100 SIZE: AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. BI-PART DOOR PACKAGE B. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE DIVISION 1 FOR SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 2.02 MATERIALS A. ALUMINUM A.A. HEADERS, STILES, RAILS AND FRAMES: 6063-T6 A.B. EXTRUDED BARS, RODS, PROFILES AND TUBES: ASTM B 221 A.C. SHEET AND PLATE: ASTM B 209 B. SEALANTS AND JOINT FILLERS: SEE DIVISION 7 SECTION JOINT SEALANTS 2.03 COMPONENTS A. FRAMING AND TENSION MEMBERS: NOMINAL SIZE 1 3/4" X 4 1/2" WITH CONCEALED FASTENERS. TRANSOM SHALL BE INTEGRAL TO SLIDING DOOR FRAMING SYSTEM WITH FLUSH GLAZING. B. STILE AND RAIL DOORS AND SIDELIGHTS: 1 3/4" THICK GLAZED DOORS WITH EXTRUDED ALUMINUM TUBULAR STILE AND RAIL MEMBERS. SNAP ON GLAZING STOPS AND GASKETS. 2" NOMINAL WIDTH NARROW STILE. MINIMUM 10" NOMINAL HEIGHT ON BOTTOM RAIL DESIGN. HORIZONTAL TUBULAR RAIL MEMBER FOR EACH DOOR, 2" NOMINAL WIDTH C. GLAZING: 1" CLEAR IG ON EXTERIOR DOOR PACKAGE, 1/4" CLEAR TEMP ON INTERIOR DOOR PACKAGE. D. HEADERS: CONCEALED MOUNTING WITH ONE SIDE OF HEADER FLUSH WITH FRAMING. CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING UP TO 220 LBS PER PANEL, UP TO 4 PANELS, OVER SPANS OF 14 FEET WITHOUT INTERMEDIATE SUPPORTS E. CARRIER ASSEMBLIES AND OVERHEAD ROLLER TRACKS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD CARRIER PACKAGE F. THRESHOLDS: CONTINUOUS STANDARD TAPERED EXTRUSION DOUBLE BEVEL G. FASTENERS: STANDARD CORROSION RESISTANT, NON -STAINING, NON -BLEEDING 2.04 ELECTRICAL CONTROLS A. MICROPROCESSOR CONTROLLER AND POSITION ENCODER WITH SAFETY LOGIC AND WATCHDOG LED 2.05 ACTIVATION AND SAFETY DEVICES A. DUAL ACTIVATION STANLEY SU-100 MOTION SENSOR SHALL BE MOUNTED ON EACH SIDE OF THE DOOR HEADER B. STAN GUARD THRESHOLD SAFETY SENSORS SHALL BE PROVIDED C. PHOTO -ELECTRONIC BEAMS SHALL BE PULSED INFRARED TYPE 2.06 HARDWARE A. EMERGENCY BREAKAWAY RELEASE SHALL ALLOW BOTH PANELS TO SWING OUT 90 DEGREES B. DEADLOCKS: 2-POINT LOCKING, KEY EXTERIOR, THUMB TURN INTERIOR C. CONTROL SWITCH: ROTARY SWITCH MOUNTED ON THE INTERIOR JAMB 2.07 ALUMINUM FINISH A. TO MATCH EXISTING STOREFRONT FINISH PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. EXAMINE EXISTING CONDITIONS FOR COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLATION TOLERANCES, HEADER SUPPORT AND OTHER CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE OF AUTOMATIC ENTRANCES. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. DO NOT INSTALL DAMAGED COMPONENTS B. INSTALL ENTRANCES PLUMB AND TRUE IN ALIGNMENT. ANCHOR SECURELY IN PLACE. C. DOOR OPERATORS: CONNECT DOOR OPERATORS TO ELECTRICAL POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM D. GLAZING: PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS E. SEALANTS: PER DIVISION 7 SECTION JOINT SEALANTS 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. TESTING SERVICES: FACTORY TRAINED INSTALLER SHALL TEST AND INSPECT EACH DOOR FOR FULL COMPLIANCE. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. ADJUST DOOR OPERATORS, CONTROLS, AND HARDWARE FOR SMOOTH AND SAFE OPERATION. 3.05 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. CLEAN GLASS AND ALUMINUM SURFACES PROMPTLY AFTER INSTALLATION. END OF SECTION SECTION 085113 - ALUMINUM WINDOWS 1.01 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. MOCKUPS FOR EACH FORM OF CONSTRUCTION. 1.02 WARRANTY A. WINDOWS: 10 YEARS FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. B. GLAZING UNITS: 10 YEARS FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. C. ALUMINUM FINISH: 10 YEARS FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. 1.03 WINDOW PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. PRODUCT STANDARD: AAMA / WDMA / CSA 101 / I.S.2 / A440. B. CONDENSATION -RESISTANCE FACTOR: 52 COMPLYING WITH AAMA 1503. C. SOUND TRANSMISSION CLASS: 26 MINIMUM. 1.04 ALUMINUM WINDOWS A. FRAMES AND SASHES: NON -THERMAL ALUMINUM EXTRUSIONS. B. GLAZING: 1. GLASS: CLEAR C. GLAZING SYSTEM: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD D. ACCESSORIES: INTEGRAL VENTILATING SYSTEM/DEVICE E. ALUMINUM FINISH: TO MATCH EXISTING STOREFRONT]. 1.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. TESTING: BY CONTRACTOR -ENGAGED AGENCY. END OF SECTION SECTION 087100 - DOOR HARDWARE PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. HARDWARE FOR HOLLOW STEEL AND WOOD DOORS. B. LOCK CYLINDERS FOR DOORS FOR WHICH HARDWARE IS SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS. C. THRESHOLDS. D. WEATHERSTRIPPING, SEALS AND'DOOR GASKETS. 1.02 REFERENCES A. DHI (LOCS) - RECOMMENDED LOCATIONS FOR ARCHITECTURAL HARDWARE FOR STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES, DOOR AND HARDWARE INSTITUTE, 2001. B. NFPA 101 - CODE FOR SAFETY TO LIFE FROM FIRE IN BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES, NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION, 2000. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. PACKAGE HARDWARE ITEMS INDIVIDUALLY, LABEL AND IDENTIFY EACH PACKAGE WITH DOOR OPENING CODE TO MATCH HARDWARE SCHEDULE. 1.05 COORDINATION A. COORDINATE THE WORK WITH OTHER DIRECTLY AFFECTED SECTIONS INVOLVING MANUFACTURE OR FABRICATION OF INTERNAL REINFORCEMENT FOR DOOR HARDWARE. B. FURNISH TEMPLATES FOR DOOR AND FRAME PREPARATION. C. SEQUENCE INSTALLATION TO ENSURE UTILITY CONNECTIONS ARE ACHIEVED IN AN ORDERLY AND EXPEDITIOUS MANNER. D. COORDINATE THE OWNER'S KEYING REQUIREMENTS DURING THE COURSE OF THE WORK. 1.06 WARRANTY A. SEE SECTION 017700 -CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS, FOR ADDITIONAL WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS. 1.07 MAINTENANCE PRODUCTS A. PROVIDE SPECIAL WRENCHES AND TOOLS APPLICABLE TO EACH DIFFERENT OR SPECIAL HARDWARE COMPONENT. B. PROVIDE MAINTENANCE TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED BY HARDWARE COMPONENT MANUFACTURER. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 REFER TO DRAWINGS FOR SCHEDULES AND SPECIFICATIONS. 2.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR DOOR HARDWARE PRODUCTS A. PROVIDE PRODUCTS THAT COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1. APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL CODES. 2. APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF NFPA 101, LIFE SAFETY CODE. B. FINISHES: IDENTIFIED IN SCHEDULE. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. VERIFY THAT DOORS AND FRAMES ARE READY TO RECEIVE WORK AND DIMENSIONS ARE AS INSTRUCTED BY THE MANUFACTURER. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL HARDWARE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND APPLICABLE CODES. B. USE TEMPLATES PROVIDED BY HARDWARE ITEM MANUFACTURER. C. MOUNTING HEIGHTS FOR HARDWARE FROM FINISHED FLOOR TO CENTER LINE OF HARDWARE ITEM: 1. FOR STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES: COMPLY WITH DHI "RECOMMENDED LOCATIONS FOR ARCHITECTURAL HARDWARE FOR STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES." 3.03 ADJUSTING A. ADJUST WORK UNDER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 017700. B. ADJUST HARDWARE FOR SMOOTH OPERATION. 3.04 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. PROTECT FINISHED WORK UNDER PROVISIONS OF SECTION 017700. B. DO NOT PERMIT ADJACENT WORK TO DAMAGE HARDWARE OR FINISH. END OF SECTION SECTION 088000 - GLAZING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. GLASS AND PLASTIC GLAZING. B. GLAZING COMPOUNDS AND ACCESSORIES. C. MONOLITHIC CERAMIC ENAMEL FRIT SPANDREL GLASS, CERAMIC ENAMEL FRIT SPANDREL GLASS IN INSULATING GLASS (IG) UNITS 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. SECTION 079200 - JOINT SEALERS: SEALANT AND BACK-UP MATERIAL. B. SECTION 081113 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES: GLAZED DOORS AND BORROWED LITES. C. SECTION 084113 - ALUMINUM -FRAMED STOREFRONTS. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI Z97.1 - AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD FOR SAFETY GLAZING MATERIALS USED IN BUILDINGS, SAFETY PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS AND METHODS OF TEST, 1984 (R1994). B. ASTM C162 - STANDARD TERMINOLOGY OF GLASS AND GLASS PRODUCTS. C. ASTM C 1036 - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR FLAT GLASS, 2001. D. ASTM C1048 - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR HEAT -TREATED FLAT GLASS - KIND HS, KIND FT COATED AND UNCOATED GLASS. E. ASTM C 1193 - STANDARD GUIDE FOR USE OF JOINT SEALANTS, 2000. F. ASTM E2188 - STANDARD TEST METHOD FOR INSULATING GLASS UNIT PERFORMANCE. G. ASTM E2189 - STANDARD TEST METHOD FOR TESTING RESISTANCE TO FOGGING IN INSULATING GLASS UNITS. H. ASTM E2190 - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR INSULATING GLASS UNIT PERFORMANCE AND EVALUATION. I. ASTM E1300 - STANDARD PRACTICE FOR DETERMINING THE MINIMUM THICKNESS AND TYPE OF GLASS REQUIRED TO RESIST A SPECIFIED LOAD. J. ASTM E2188 - STANDARD TEST METHOD FOR INSULATING GLASS UNIT PERFORMANCE. K. ASTM E2189 - STANDARD TEST METHOD FOR TESTING RESISTANCE TO FOGGING IN INSULATING GLASS UNITS. L. ASTM E2190 - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR INSULATING GLASS UNIT PERFORMANCE AND EVALUATION. M. GANA (GM) - GANA GLAZING MANUAL, GLASS ASSOCIATION OF NORTH AMERICA, 1997. N. GANA (SM) - FGMA SEALANT MANUAL, GLASS ASSOCIATION OF NORTH AMERICA, 1990. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH GANA GLAZING MANUAL AND FGMA SEALANT MANUAL FOR GLAZING INSTALLATION METHODS. B. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN PERFORMING THE WORK OF THIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. C. SAFETY GLASS PRODUCTS IN THE US ARE TO COMPLY WITH CPSC 16 CFR PART 1201 FOR CATEGORY II MATERIALS. D. INSULATING GLASS PRODUCTS ARE TO BE PERMANENTLY MARKED EITHER ON SPACERS OR AT LEAST ONE INSULATING UNIT COMPONENT WITH APPROPRIATE CERTIFICATION LABEL OF INSPECTING AND TESTING AGENCY INDICATED BELOW: 1. US - INSULATING GLASS CERTIFICATION COUNCIL (IGCC) 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. DO NOT INSTALL GLAZING WHEN AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS LESS THAN 50 DEGREES F (10 DEGREES C). B. MAINTAIN MINIMUM AMBIENT TEMPERATURE BEFORE, DURING AND 24 HOURS AFTER INSTALLATION OF GLAZING COMPOUNDS. 1.06 WARRANTY A. SEE SECTION 017700 - CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS, FOR ADDITIONAL WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS. B. PROVIDE A FIVE (5) YEAR WARRANTY TO INCLUDE COVERAGE FOR SEALED GLASS UNITS FROM SEAL FAILURE, INTERPANE DUSTING OR MISTING, AND REPLACEMENT OF SAME. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FLAT GLASS MATERIALS A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. AFG INDUSTRIES, INC: WWW.AFGGLASS.COM. 2. GUARDIAN INDUSTRIES CORPORATION: WWW.GUARDIAN.COM. 3. PPG INDUSTRIES, INC: WWW.PPG.COM. 4. OLDCASTLE BUILDINGENVELOPEO 5. SUBSTITUTIONS: REFER TO SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. B. CLEAR FLOAT GLASS: CLEAR, HEAT STRENGTHENED. 1. COMPLY WITH ASTM C 1048, TYPE I, TRANSPARENT FLAT, CLASS 1 CLEAR, QUALITY Q3 (GLAZING SELECT). C. SAFETY GLASS: CLEAR, FULLY TEMPERED WITH HORIZONTAL TEMPERING. 1. COMPLY WITH ANSI Z97.1. 2.02 SEALED INSULATING GLASS MATERIALS A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. GUARDIAN INDUSTRIES CORPORATION: WWW.GUARDIAN.COM. 2. PPG INDUSTRIES, INC. WWW.PPGGLAZING.COM 3. SUBSTITUTIONS: REFER TO SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. B. INSULATED GLASS UNITS: DOUBLE PANE WITH GLASS TO ELASTOMER EDGE SEAL. 1. OUTER PANE OF FLOAT GLASS, INNER PANE OF FLOAT GLASS. 2. TOTAL UNIT THICKNESS OF 1 INCH. 3. PROVIDE SAFETY GLASS AS INDICATED. C. EDGE SEAL CONSTRUCTION: ALUMINUM, BENT AND SOLDERED CORNERS. D. EDGE SEAL MATERIAL: BLACK COLOR. 2.03 SEALED INSULATING GLASS (IG) UNITS WITH CERAMIC ENAMEL FRIT SPANDREL INBOARD LITE 1. INSULATING GLASS UNIT MAKEUP 2. GLASS TINT: TO BE SELECTED 3. NOMINAL THICKNESS: TO MATCH EXISTING 2.04 GLAZING ACCESSORIES A. PRODUCTS IN COMPLIANCE WITH ASTM C920 AND REFERENCED GLAZING STANDARDS, THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE GLASS AND STOREFRONT MANUFACTURERS AND PROVEN TRACK RECORD TO BE COMPATABLE WITH ONE ANOTHER AND WITH THE MATERIALS THEY WILL COME IN CONTACT WITH. 1. COMPRESSION GASKETS: AS REQUIRED FOR SPECIFED ALUMINIUM STOREFRONT AND DOOR SYSTEMS. 2. SUBSTITUTIONS: REFER TO SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. VERIFY THAT OPENINGS FOR GLAZING ARE CORRECTLY SIZED AND WITHIN TOLERANCE. B. VERIFY THAT SURFACES OF GLAZING CHANNELS OR RECESSES ARE CLEAN, FREE OF OBSTRUCTIONS THAT MAY IMPEDE MOISTURE MOVEMENT, WEEPS ARE CLEAR, AND READY TO RECEIVE GLAZING. 3.02 PREPARATION A. CLEAN CONTACT SURFACES WITH SOLVENT AND WIPE DRY. B. SEAL POROUS GLAZING CHANNELS OR RECESSES WITH SUBSTRATE COMPATIBLE PRIMER OR SEALER. C. PRIME SURFACES SCHEDULED TO RECEIVE SEALANT. D. INSTALL SEALANTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C 1193 AND FGMA SEALANT MANUAL. E. INSTALL SEALANT IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. F. PROTECT GLASS EDGES DURING HANDLING AND INSTALLATION. G. DO NOTEXCEED EDGE PRESSURES SPECIFIED BY GLASS MANUFACTURER FOR INSTALLING GLASS LITES. H. SET GLASS LITES IN SERIES WITH UNIFORM DRAW, BOW AND SIMILAR CHARACTERISTICS. I. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR GLASS, SEALANTS, GASKETS AND OTHER GLAZING MATERIALS. 3.03 CLEANING A. REMOVE GLAZING MATERIALS FROM FINISH SURFACES. B. REMOVE LABELS AFTER WORK IS COMPLETE. C. CLEAN GLASS AND ADJACENT SURFACES. 3.04 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. AFTER INSTALLATION, MARK PANE WITH AN 'X' BY USING REMOVABLE PLASTIC TAPE OR PASTE. END OF SECTION SECTION 088720 - ARCHITECTURAL WINDOW FILM PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. INTERIOR WINDOW FILM B. DECORATIVE WINDOW FILM. C. PRIVACY WINDOW FILM. 1.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. FIRE PERFORMANCE: SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 84: 1. FLAME SPREAD: 25, MAXIMUM 2. SMOKE DEVELOPED: 450, MAXIMUM. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. MAINTAIN ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS (TEMPERATURE, HUMIDITY, AND VENTILATION) WITHIN LIMITS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR OPTIMUM RESULTS. DO NOT INSTALL PRODUCTS UNDER ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS OUTSIDE MANUFACTURER'S ABSOLUTE LIMITS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 WINDOW FILM A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. 3M 2. HANITA TEK WINDOW FILMS B. COLOR: FROSTED. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. DO NOT BEGIN INSULATION UNTIL SUBSTRATES HAVE BEEN PROPERLY PREPARED. 3.02 PREPARATION A. CLEAN SURFACES THOROUGHLY PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. B. PREPARE SURFACES USING THE METHODS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER FOR ACHIEVING THE BEST RESULT FOR THE SUBSTRATE UNDER THE PROJECT CONDITIONS. 3.04 INSULATION A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. CUT FILM EDGES NEATLY AND SQUARE AT A UNIFORM DISTANCE OF 1/8 INCH (3 MM) TO 1/16 INCH (1.5 MM) OF WINDOW SEALANT. USE NEW BLADE TIPS AFTER 3 TO 4 CUTS. C. SPRAY THE SLIP SOLUTION, COMPOSED OF ONE CAPFUL OF BABY SHAMPOO OR DISHWASHING LIQUID TO 1 GALLON OF WATER, ON WINDOW GLASS AND ADHESIVE TO FACILITATE PROPER POSITIONING OF FILM. D. APPLY FILM TO GLASS AND LIGHTLY SPRAY FILM WITH SLIP SOLUTION. E. SQUEEGEE FROM TOP TO BOTTOM OF WINDOW. SPRAY SLIP SOLUTION TO FILM AND SQUEEGEE A SECOND TIME. F. BUMP FILM EDGE WITH LINT -FREE TOWEL WRAPPED AROUND EDGE OF A 5-WAY TOOL. G. UPON COMPLETION OF FILM APPLICATION, ALLOW 30 DAYS FOR MOISTURE FROM FILM INSTALLATION TO DRY THOROUGHLY, AND TO ALLOW FILM TO DRY FLAT WITH NO MOISTURE DIMPLES WHEN VIEWED UNDER NORMAL VIEWING CONDITIONS 3.05 CLEAN AND PROTECTION A. REMOVE LEFT OVER MATERIAL AND DEBRIS FROM WORK AREA. USE NECESSARY MEANS TO PROTECT FILM BEFORE, DURING, AND AFTER INSTALLATION. B. TOUCH-UP, REPAIR OR REPLACE DAMAGED PRODUCTS BEFORE SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. C. AFTER APPLICATION OF FILM, WASH FILM USING COMMON WINDOW CLEANING SOLUTIONS, INCLUDING AMMONIA SOLUTIONS, 30 DAYS AFTER APPLICATION. DO NOT USE ABRASIVE TYPE CLEANING AGENTS AND BRISTLE BRUSHES TO AVOID SCRATCHING FILM. USE SYNTHETIC SPONGES OR SOFT CLOTHS. END OF SECTION SECTION 092900 - GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. METAL STUD WALL FRAMING. B. METAL CHANNEL CEILING FRAMING. C. ACOUSTIC INSULATION. D. GYPSUM SHEATHING. E. GYPSUM WALLBOARD. F. JOINT TREATMENT AND ACCESSORIES. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM C 36/C 36M - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR GYPSUM WALLBOARD, 2001. B. ASTM C 79/C 79M - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR TREATED CORE AND NONTREATED CORE GYPSUM SHEATHING BOARD, 2001. C. ASTM C 475/C 475M - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR JOINT COMPOUND AND JOINT TAPE FOR FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD, 2002. D. ASTM C 630/C 630M - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR WATER-RESISTANT GYPSUM BACKING BOARD, 2000. E. ASTM C 645 - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR NONSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING MEMBERS, 2000. F. ASTM C 665 - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR MINERAL -FIBER BLANKET THERMAL INSULATION FOR LIGHT FRAME CONSTRUCTION AND MANUFACTURED HOUSING, 2001. G. ASTM C 754 - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR INSTALLATION OF STEEL FRAMING MEMBERS TO RECEIVE SCREW -ATTACHED GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS, 2000. H. ASTM C 840 - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR APPLICATION AND FINISHING OF GYPSUM BOARD, 2002. I. ASTM C 1002 - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR STEEL SELF -PIERCING TAPPING SCREWS FOR THE APPLICATION OF GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS OR METAL PLASTER BASES TO WOOD STUDS OR STEEL STUDS, 2001. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. PERFORM IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C 840. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 METAL FRAMING MATERIALS A. NON-LOADBEARING FRAMING SYSTEM COMPONENTS: ASTM C 645, GALVANIZED SHEET STEEL, OF SIZE AND PROPERTIES NECESSARY TO COMPLY WITH ASTM C 754 FOR THE SPACING INDICATED, WITH MAXIMUM DEFLECTION OF WALL FRAMING OF U240 AT 5 PSF (240 PA). 1. STUDS: C SHAPED WITH KNURLED FACES. 2. RUNNERS: U SHAPED, SIZED TO MATCH STUDS. 3. CEILING CHANNELS: C SHAPED. B. CEILING HANGERS: TYPE AND SIZE AS SPECIFIED IN ASTM C 754 FOR SPACING REQUIRED. C. PARTITION HEAD TO STRUCTURE CONNECTIONS: PROVIDE TRACK FASTENED TO STRUCTURE WITH LEGS OF SUFFICIENT LENGTH TO ACCOMMODATE DEFLECTION, FOR FRICTION FIT OF STUDS CUT SHORT AND FASTENED AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. D. BOTTOM AND TOP TRACK OF CURVED CURTAIN WALL TO BE CONSTRUCTED WITH 3 5/8"'FLEXTRACK' OR EQUAL. SOURCE: FIVE STAR SUPPLY (216) 595-9525 2.02 GYPSUM BOARD MATERIALS A. GYPSUM WALLBOARD: ASTM C 36/C 36M AND ASTM C 1396/C 1396M. SIZES TO MINIMIZE JOINTS IN PLACE, ENDS SQUARE CUT. 1. EDGES: TAPERED. B. WATER-RESISTANT GYPSUM BACKING BOARD: ASTM C 630/C 630M AND ASTM C 1396/C 1396M, ENDS SQUARE CUT. C. EXTERIOR GYPSUM SHEATHING BOARD: GYPSUM SHEATHING MANUFACTURED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C 1177 WITH GLASS MATS BOTH SIDES AND LONG EDGES, WATER-RESISTANT TREATED CORE.. 1. EDGES: SQUARE, FOR VERTICAL APPLICATION. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. ACOUSTIC INSULATION: ASTM C 665, PREFORMED GLASS FIBER, FRICTION FIT TYPE, UNFACED. B. JOINT MATERIALS: ASTM C 475 AND AS RECOMMENDED BY GYPSUM BOARD MANUFACTURER FOR PROJECT CONDITIONS. 1. POWDER -TYPE VINYL -BASED JOINT COMPOUND. C. SCREWS: ASTM C 1002, SELF -PIERCING TAPPING TYPE. D. STAPLES: ASTM C 840. E. ANCHORAGE TO SUBSTRATE: TIE WIRE, NAILS, SCREWS, AND OTHER METAL SUPPORTS, OF TYPE AND SIZE TO SUIT APPLICATION, TO RIGIDLY SECURE MATERIALS IN PLACE. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. VERIFY THAT PROJECT CONDITIONS ARE APPROPRIATE FOR WORK OF THIS SECTION TO COMMENCE. 3.02 FRAMING INSTALLATION A. METAL FRAMING: COMPLY WITH ASTM C 754 AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. SUSPENDED CEILINGS AND SOFFITS: SPACE FRAMING AND FURRING MEMBERS AT 16 INCHES (400 MM) ON CENTER. 1. LEVEL CEILING SYSTEM TO A TOLERANCE OF 1/1200. 2. LATERALLY BRACE ENTIRE SUSPENSION SYSTEM. 3. INSTALL BRACING AS REQUIRED AT ENTRY VESTIBULE TO RESIST WIND UPLIFT. C. STUDS: SPACE STUDS AS INDICATED. 1. EXTEND PARTITION FRAMING TO STRUCTURE AND TO OTHER LOCATIONS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 2. PARTITIONS TERMINATING AT STRUCTURE: ATTACH EXTENDED LEG TOP RUNNER TO STRUCTURE, MAINTAIN CLEARANCE BETWEEN TOP OF STUDS AND STRUCTURE, AND BRACE BOTH FLANGES OF STUDS WITH CONTINUOUS BRIDGING. 3. SPACE STUD FRAMING AT RADIUS WALL TO PROVIDE UNIFORM GYPSUM BOARD FINISH. 4. SPACE STUDS & FRAMING TO ACCOMODATE THROUGH WALL AND RECESS EQUIPMENT IN WALL. D. OPENINGS: REINFORCE OPENINGS AS REQUIRED FOR WEIGHT OF DOORS OR OPERABLE PANELS, USING NOT LESS THAN DOUBLE STUDS AT JAMBS. E. BLOCKING: INSTALL BLOCKING FOR SUPPORT OF PLUMBING FIXTURES, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT. COMPLY WITH SECTION 061000 FOR WOOD BLOCKING. 3.03 ACOUSTIC ACCESSORIES INSTALLATION A. ACOUSTIC INSULATION: PLACE TIGHTLY WITHIN SPACES, AROUND CUT OPENINGS, BEHIND AND AROUND ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL ITEMS WITHIN PARTITIONS, AND TIGHT TO ITEMS PASSING THROUGH PARTITIONS. 3.04 GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLATION A. COMPLY WITH ASTM C 840 AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. INSTALL TO MINIMIZE BUTT END JOINTS, ESPECIALLY IN HIGHLY VISIBLE LOCATIONS. B. SINGLE -LAYER NON -RATED: INSTALL GYPSUM BOARD IN MOST ECONOMICAL DIRECTION, WITH ENDS AND EDGES OCCURRING OVER FIRM BEARING. C. GYPSUM SHEATHING: COMPLY WITH GA-253. INSTALL SHEATHING HORIZONTALLY, WITH EDGES BUTTED TIGHT AND ENDS OCCURRING OVER FIRM BEARING. D. INSTALLATION ON METAL FRAMING: USE SCREWS FOR ATTACHMENT OF ALL GYPSUM BOARD. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF TRIM AND ACCESSORIES A. CONTROL JOINTS: PLACE CONTROL JOINTS CONSISTENT WITH LINES OF BUILDING SPACES. B. CORNER BEADS: INSTALL AT EXTERNAL CORNERS, USING LONGEST PRACTICAL LENGTHS. 3.06 JOINT TREATMENT A. FINISH GYPSUM BOARD IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C 840. LEVEL 4 FINISH AT WALLS AND CEILINGS EXCEPT FOR LEVEL 4 FINISH AT CEILING LOCATIONS INDICATED ON PLANS AND LEVEL 1 ABOVE CEILINGS. 3.07 TOLERANCES A. MAXIMUM VARIATION OF FINISHED GYPSUM BOARD SURFACE FROM TRUE FLATNESS: 1/8 INCH IN 10 FEET (3 MM IN 3 M) IN ANY DIRECTION. 3.08 FINISH LEVEL SCHEDULE A. LEVEL 1: ABOVE FINISHED CEILINGS CONCEALED FROM VIEW. B. LEVEL 4: WALLS AND CEILINGS SCHEDULED TO RECEIVE PAINT FINISH. END OF SECTION Z O H d U W W 0 uw 4,11011. OF ISSUED FOR: PERMIT 03.14.19 BID 03.14.19 CONSTRUCTION 00.00.00 REVIEW SET 03.14.19 JOB NO. 18390 AS1 05 SECTION 093000 -TILING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. THIS SECTION INCLUDES THE FOLLOWING: 1. GLAZED WALL TILE. 2. QUARRY TILE AND BASE. 3. METAL EDGE STRIPS INSTALLED AS PART OF TILE INSTALLATIONS. 1.2 EXTRA MATERIALS A. FURNISH EXTRA MATERIALS DESCRIBED BELOW THAT MATCH PRODUCTS INSTALLED AND THAT ARE PACKAGED WITH PROTECTIVE COVERING FOR STORAGE AND IDENTIFIED WITH LABELS DESCRIBING CONTENTS. 1. TILE AND TRIM UNITS: FURNISH QUANTITY OF FULL-SIZE UNITS EQUAL TO 3 PERCENT OF AMOUNT INSTALLED, FOR EACH TYPE, COMPOSITION, COLOR, PATTERN, AND SIZE INDICATED. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. PROVIDE PRODUCTS FROM MANUFACTURERS AS SCHEDULED ON DRAWINGS. 2.2 TILE PRODUCTS A. MANUFACTURERS: AS SCHEDULED ON DRAWINGS. B. PROVIDE TRIM PIECES, BULLNOSE TILE, COVED BASEINSIDE AND OUTSIDE CORNERS NECESSARY FOR PROJECT INSTALLATION. 2.3 SETTING AND GROUTING MATERIALS A. AVAILABLE MANUFACTURERS: REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE. B. LATEX-PORTLAND CEMENT MORTAR (THIN SET): ANSI A118.4. 1. PREPACKAGED DRY -MORTAR MIX COMBINED WITH LIQUID -LATEX ADDITIVE. 2. FOR WALL APPLICATIONS, PROVIDE NONSAGGING MORTAR. C. POLYMER -MODIFIED TILE GROUT: ANSI A118.7, COLOR AS INDICATED. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. TRANSITION AND EDGE TRIMS. PROVIDE SCHLUTER TRIMS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. REMOVE COATINGS, INCLUDING CURING COMPOUNDS AND OTHER SUBSTANCES THAT CONTAIN SOAP, WAX, OIL, OR SILICONE, THAT ARE INCOMPATIBLE WITH TILE -SETTING MATERIALS. B. FILL CRACKS, HOLES, AND DEPRESSIONS WITH TROWELABLE LEVELING AND PATCHING COMPOUND ACCORDING TO TILE -SETTING MATERIAL MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. C. REMOVE PROTRUSIONS, BUMPS, AND RIDGES BY SANDING OR GRINDING. D. BLENDING: FOR TILE EXHIBITING COLOR VARIATIONS, USE FACTORY BLENDED TILE OR BLEND TILES AT PROJECT SITE BEFORE INSTALLING. E. FIELD -APPLIED TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COATING: WHERE INDICATED UNDER TILE TYPE OR NEEDED TO PREVENT GROUT FROM STAINING OR ADHERING TO EXPOSED TILE SURFACES, PRECOAT THEM WITH CONTINUOUS FILM OF TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COATING, TAKING CARE NOT TO COAT UNEXPOSED TILE SURFACES. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. ANSI TILE INSTALLATION STANDARDS: COMPLY WITH PARTS OF ANSI A108 SERIES "SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSTALLATION OF CERAMIC TILE" THAT APPLY TO TYPES OF SETTING AND GROUTING MATERIALS AND TO METHODS INDICATED IN CERAMIC TILE INSTALLATION SCHEDULES. B. TCA INSTALLATION GUIDELINES: TCA'S "HANDBOOK FOR CERAMIC TILE INSTALLATION." COMPLY WITH TCA INSTALLATION METHODS INDICATED IN CERAMIC TILE INSTALLATION SCHEDULES. C. EXTEND TILE WORK INTO RECESSES AND UNDER OR BEHIND EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES TO FORM COMPLETE COVERING WITHOUT INTERRUPTIONS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. TERMINATE WORK NEATLY AT OBSTRUCTIONS, EDGES, AND CORNERS WITHOUT DISRUPTING PATTERN OR JOINT ALIGNMENTS. D. ACCURATELY FORM INTERSECTIONS AND RETURNS. PERFORM CUTTING AND DRILLING OF TILE WITHOUT MARRING VISIBLE SURFACES. GRIND CUT EDGES OF TILE ABUTTING TRIM, FINISH, OR BUILT-IN ITEMS. FIT TILE CLOSELY TO ELECTRICAL OUTLETS, PIPING, FIXTURES, AND OTHER PENETRATIONS SO PLATES, COLLARS, OR COVERS OVERLAP TILE. E. JOINTING PATTERN: LAY TILE IN GRID PATTERN, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. ALIGN JOINTS WHEN ADJOINING TILES ON FLOOR, BASE, WALLS, AND TRIM ARE SAME SIZE. LAY OUT TILE WORK AND CENTER TILE FIELDS IN BOTH DIRECTIONS IN EACH SPACE OR ON EACH WALL AREA. ADJUST TO MINIMIZE TILE CUTTING. PROVIDE UNIFORM JOINT WIDTHS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. F. LAY OUT TILE WAINSCOTS TO NEXT FULL TILE BEYOND DIMENSIONS INDICATED. G. EXPANSION JOINTS: LOCATE EXPANSION JOINTS AND OTHER SEALANT -FILLED JOINTS DURING INSTALLATION OF SETTING MATERIALS, MORTAR BEDS, AND TILE. DO NOT SAW -CUT JOINTS AFTER INSTALLING TILES. 1. LOCATE JOINTS IN TILE SURFACES DIRECTLY ABOVE JOINTS IN CONCRETE SUBSTRATES. 2. PREPARE JOINTS AND APPLY SEALANTS TO COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS IN DIVISION 07 SECTION "JOINT SEALANTS." H. FOR INSTALLATIONS INDICATED BELOW, FOLLOW PROCEDURES IN ANSI A108 SERIES TILE INSTALLATION STANDARDS FOR PROVIDING 95 PERCENT MORTAR COVERAGE. 1. TILE FLOORS IN WET AREAS. 2. TILE FLOORS COMPOSED OF TILES 8 BY 8 INCHES (200 BY 200 MM) OR LARGER. 3. TILE FLOORS COMPOSED OF RIB -BACKED TILES. 1. INSTALL TILE ON FLOORS WITH THE FOLLOWING JOINT WIDTHS: 1. PORCELAIN CERAMIC: 1/4 INCH (6.35 MM). 2. QUARRY TILE: 318 INCH (6.35 MM). K. METAL EDGE STRIPS: INSTALL AT LOCATIONS INDICATED OR WHERE EXPOSED EDGE OF TILE FLOORING MEETS CARPET, WOOD, OR OTHER FLOORING THAT FINISHES FLUSH WITH TOP OF TILE. L. INSTALL TILE ON WALLS WITH THE FOLLOWING JOINT WIDTHS: 1. GLAZED WALL TILE: 1/16 INCH (1.6 MM). 3.3 WALL TILE INSTALLATION SCHEDULE A. INTERIOR WALL INSTALLATION, THIN -SET MORTAR, OVER GYPSUM BOARD, TCA W243. 1. THIN -SET MORTAR: LAYTEX-PORTLAND CEMENT MORTAR. 2. GROUT: POLYMER -MODIFIED SANDED GROUT. END OF SECTION SECTION 095113 - ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. SUSPENDED METAL GRID CEILING SYSTEM. B. ACOUSTICAL UNITS. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM C 635 - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR THE MANUFACTURE, PERFORMANCE, AND TESTING OF METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS FOR ACOUSTICAL TILE AND LAY -IN PANEL CEILINGS, 2000. B. ASTM C 636 - STANDARD PRACTICE FOR INSTALLATION OF METAL CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEMS FOR ACOUSTICAL TILE AND LAY -IN PANELS, 1996. C. ASTM E 1264 - STANDARD CLASSIFICATION FOR ACOUSTICAL CEILING PRODUCTS, 1998. D. LATEST EDITION OF CISCA - GUIDELINES FOR SEISMIC RESTRAINT FOR DIRECT HUNG SUSPENDED CEILING ASSEMBLIES. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ACOUSTICAL UNIT MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN MANUFACTURING THE PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM THREE YEARS DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. 1.04 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. MAINTAIN UNIFORM TEMPERATURE OF MINIMUM 60 DEGREES F (16 DEGREES C), AND MAXIMUM HUMIDITY OF 40 PERCENT PRIOR TO, DURING, AND AFTER ACOUSTICAL UNIT INSTALLATION. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. SEQUENCE WORK TO ENSURE ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS ARE NOT INSTALLED UNTIL BUILDING IS ENCLOSED, SUFFICIENT HEAT IS PROVIDED, DUST GENERATING ACTIVITIES HAVE TERMINATED, AND OVERHEAD WORK IS COMPLETED, TESTED, AND APPROVED. B. INSTALL ACOUSTICAL UNITS AFTER INTERIOR WET WORK IS DRY. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACOUSTICAL UNITS A. REFER TO DRAWING SCHEDULE. 2.02 SUSPENSION SYSTEM(S) A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE. 2. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. B. SUSPENSION SYSTEMS - GENERAL: ASTM C 635, DIE CUT AND INTERLOCKING COMPONENTS, WITH STABILIZER BARS, CLIPS, SPLICES, PERIMETER MOLDINGS, AND HOLD DOWN CLIPS AS REQUIRED. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. SUPPORT CHANNELS AND HANGERS: GALVANIZED STEEL, SIZE AND TYPE TO SUIT APPLICATION AND CEILING SYSTEM FLATNESS REQUIREMENT SPECIFIED. B. PERIMETER MOLDINGS: SAME MATERIAL AND FINISH AS GRID. C. TOUCH-UP PAINT: TYPE AND COLOR TO MATCH ACOUSTICAL AND GRID UNITS. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS BEFORE STARTING WORK. B. VERIFY THAT LAYOUT OF HANGERS WILL NOT INTERFERE WITH OTHER WORK. 3.02 INSTALLATION - SUSPENSION SYSTEM A. INSTALL SUSPENSION SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C 636 AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND AS SUPPLEMENTED IN THIS SECTION. B. RIGIDLY SECURE SYSTEM, INCLUDING INTEGRAL MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS, FOR MAXIMUM DEFLECTION OF 1:360. C. INSTALL AFTER MAJOR ABOVE -CEILING WORK IS COMPLETE. COORDINATE THE LOCATION OF HANGERS WITH OTHER WORK. D. HANG SUSPENSION SYSTEM INDEPENDENT OF WALLS, COLUMNS, DUCTS, PIPES AND CONDUIT. WHERE CARRYING MEMBERS ARE SPLICED, AVOID VISIBLE DISPLACEMENT OF FACE PLANE OF ADJACENT MEMBERS. E. WHERE DUCTS OR OTHER EQUIPMENT PREVENT THE REGULAR SPACING OF HANGERS, REINFORCE THE NEAREST AFFECTED HANGERS AND RELATED CARRYING CHANNELS TO SPAN THE EXTRA DISTANCE. F. DO NOT SUPPORT COMPONENTS ON MAIN RUNNERS OR CROSS RUNNERS IF WEIGHT CAUSES TOTAL DEAD LOAD TO EXCEED DEFLECTION CAPABILITY. G. SUPPORT FIXTURE LOADS USING SUPPLEMENTARY HANGERS LOCATED WITHIN 6 INCHES (150 MM) OF EACH CORNER, OR SUPPORT COMPONENTS INDEPENDENTLY. H. DO NOT ECCENTRICALLY LOAD SYSTEM OR INDUCE ROTATION OF RUNNERS. I. PERIMETER MOLDING: INSTALL AT INTERSECTION OF CEILING AND VERTICAL SURFACES AND AT JUNCTIONS WITH OTHER INTERRUPTIONS. 1. USE LONGEST PRACTICAL LENGTHS. 2. OVERLAP AND RIVET CORNERS. 3.03 INSTALLATION - ACOUSTICAL UNITS A. INSTALL ACOUSTICAL UNITS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. FIT ACOUSTICAL UNITS IN PLACE, FREE FROM DAMAGED EDGES OR OTHER DEFECTS DETRIMENTAL TO APPEARANCE AND FUNCTION. C. FIT BORDER TRIM NEATLY AGAINST ABUTTING SURFACES. D. INSTALL UNITS AFTER ABOVE -CEILING WORK IS COMPLETE. E. INSTALL ACOUSTICAL UNITS LEVEL, IN UNIFORM PLANE, AND FREE FROM TWIST, WARP, AND DENTS. F. CUTTING ACOUSTICAL UNITS: 1. CUT TO FIT IRREGULAR GRID AND PERIMETER EDGE TRIM. 2. MAKE FIELD CUT EDGES OF SAME PROFILE AS FACTORY EDGES. 3. DOUBLE CUT AND FIELD PAINT EXPOSED REVEAL EDGES. G. INSTALL HOLD-DOWN CLIPS ON PANELS WITHIN 20 FT (6 M) OF AN EXTERIOR DOOR. 3.04 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. MAXIMUM VARIATION FROM FLAT AND LEVEL SURFACE: 1/8 INCH IN 10 FEET (3 MM IN 3 M). B. MAXIMUM VARIATION FROM PLUMB OF GRID MEMBERS CAUSED BY ECCENTRIC LOADS: 2 DEGREES. END OF SECTION RESILIENT FLOORING - 096500 PART 1 GENERAL (NOT USED) PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 VCT MEETING FEDERAL SPECIFICATION SS-T-312B (1) TYPE IV, COMPOSITION 1 A. TILE: AS MANUFACTURED BY ARMSTRONG 1. SIZE: 12"X12"Xi/8" B. TEXTURES/COLORS: SEE FINISH SCHEDULE. C. VINYL BASE WITH COVE: AS MANUFACTURED BY ARMSTRONG 1. HEIGHT: AS INDICATED ON FINISH SCHEDULE. 2. THICKNESS: .080" 3. COLOR: REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE. D. ADHESIVE: PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATION E. INITIAL MAINTENANCE AFTER INSTALLATION: ARMSTRONG COMMERCIAL VINYL COMPOSITION TILES ARE COATED WITH FAST START FACTORY FINISH. IT DOES NOT REQUIRE REMOVAL AFTER INSTALLATION. IT IS COMPATIBLE WITH COMMERCIAL FLOOR POLISHES AND ELIMINATES THE NEED TO STRIP THE TILE. F. IMMEDIATELY AFTER VCT INSTALLATION, AND PRIOR TO STORE FIXTURE DELIVERY, G.C. SHALL TO DO THE FOLLOWING: 1. SWEEP OR VACUUM THE FLOOR THOROUGHLY. 2. DAMP -MOP THE FLOOR WITH A NEUTRAL DETERGENT SOLUTION SUCH AS ARMSTRONG S-485 FLOOR CLEANER, WHILE CAREFULLY REMOVING BLACK MARKS AND EXCESSIVE SOIL. DO NOT MACHINE SCRUB THE FLOOR FOR AT LEAST FOUR TO FIVE DAYS AFTER INSTALLATION, TO PREVENT EXCESS MOISTURE FROM INTERFERING WITH THE ADHESIVE BOND. 3. APPLY (2) COATS OF A HIGH -QUALITY COMMERCIAL FLOOR POLISH SUCH AS ARMSTRONG S-480 FLOOR POLISH OR A HIGH -QUALITY STAIN -RESISTANT SEALER SUCH AS ARMSTRONG S-495 FLOOR SEALER. ALLOW APPROPRIATE DRYING TIME BETWEEN APPLICATIONS. POLISH TO BE MOP APPLIED AS REQUIRED BY POLISH MANUFACTURER. 4. IN NO INSTANCE SHALL NEW VCT BE PLACED OVER EXISTING VCT. EXISTING VCT SHALL BE REMOVED AND SLAB PREPARED TO RECEIVE NEW VCT. END OF SECTION DECORATIVE FIBERGLASS REINFORCED WALL PANELS - 097200 PART 1 GENERAL (NOT USED) PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FIBERGLASS WALL PANELS A. MANUFACTURER: MARLITE 1. FIBERGLASS REINFORCED THERMOSETTING POLYESTER RESIN PANEL SHEETS COMPLYING WITH ASTM D 5319. 2. COATING: MULTI LAYER PRINT, PRIMER AND FINISH COATS. 3. DIMENSIONS: a. THICKNESS - 0.090 INCH (2.29MM) NOMINAL b. WIDTH - 4'-0- (1.22M) NOMINAL c. LENGTH -8'-0" (2.4M) NOMINAL 4. COLOR AND FINISH d. COLOR: AS INDICATED ON PLANS e. SURFACE PEBBLED (INDICATED BY "P" DESIGNATION) 5. MOLDINGS -PVC: EXTRUDED PVC TRIM PROFILES FOR .090 INCH THICK PANELS. a. M 350 INSIDE CORNER b. M 365 DIVISION c. M 370 EDGE c.1. COLOR: AS INDICATED ON PLANS 6. OUTSIDE CORNER GUARD; PROVIDE IMPACT SPECIALTIES OUTSIDE CORNER GUARDS REFER TO SECTION 102600 WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION 7. FASTENERS: NON -STAINING NYLON DRIVE RIVETS. a. MATCH WALL COLORS. b. LENGTH TO SUIT PROJECT CONDITIONS. 8. ADHESIVE: EITHER OF THE FOLLOWING CONSTRUCTION ADHESIVES COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 557. a. MARLITE C-551 FRP ADHESIVE - WATER- RESISTANT, NON-FLAMMABLE ADHESIVE PART 3: EXECUTION A. PREPARATION 1. LEVEL WALL SURFACES TO PANEL MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. REMOVE PROTRUSIONS AND FILL INDENTATIONS. 2. STORE PANELS AND TRIM LYING FLAT, UNDER COVER AND PROTECTED FROM THE ELEMENTS. ALLOW PANELS TO ACCLIMATE TO ROOM TEMPERATURE (70") FOR 48 HOURS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. B. INSTALLATION 1. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED PROCEDURES AND INSTALLATION SEQUENCE. 2. CAULK TOP AND BOTTOM OF WALL PANEL TRIM AT WALL. 3. CAULK TOP AND BOTTOM OF CORNER GUARD AT WALL. C. CLEANING 1. REFER TO MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFIC CLEANING RECOMMENDATIONS DO NOT USE ABRASIVE CLEANERS. END OF SECTION SECTION 099100 - PAINTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. SURFACE PREPARATION. B. FIELD APPLICATION OF PAINTS AND OTHER COATINGS. C. SEE SCHEDULE - SURFACES TO BE FINISHED, AT END OF SECTION. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM D 16 - STANDARD TERMINOLOGY FOR PAINT, RELATED COATINGS, MATERIALS, AND APPLICATIONS, 2000. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN MANUFACTURING THE PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM THREE YEARS DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. B. APPLICATOR QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN PERFORMING THE WORK OF THIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS EXPERIENCE. 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. CONFORM TO APPLICABLE CODE FOR FLAME AND SMOKE RATING REQUIREMENTS FOR PRODUCTS AND FINISHES. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. DELIVER PRODUCTS TO SITE IN SEALED AND LABELED CONTAINERS, INSPECT TO VERIFY ACCEPTABILITY. B. CONTAINER LABEL: INCLUDE MANUFACTURER'S NAME, TYPE OF PAINT, BRAND NAME, LOT NUMBER, BRAND CODE, COVERAGE, SURFACE PREPARATION, DRYING TIME, CLEANUP REQUIREMENTS, COLOR DESIGNATION, AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR MIXING AND REDUCING. C. PAINT MATERIALS: STORE AT MINIMUM AMBIENT TEMPERATURE OF 45 DEGREES F (7 DEGREES C) AND A MAXIMUM OF 90 DEGREES F (32 DEGREES C), IN VENTILATED AREA, AND AS REQUIRED BY MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. DO NOT APPLY MATERIALS WHEN SURFACE AND AMBIENT TEMPERATURES ARE OUTSIDE THE TEMPERATURE RANGES REQUIRED BY THE PAINT PRODUCT MANUFACTURER. B. DO NOT APPLY EXTERIOR COATINGS DURING RAIN OR SNOW, OR WHEN RELATIVE HUMIDITY IS OUTSIDE THE HUMIDITY RANGES REQUIRED BY THE PAINT PRODUCT MANUFACTURER. C. MINIMUM APPLICATION TEMPERATURES FOR LATEX PAINTS: 45 DEGREES F (7 DEGREES C) FOR INTERIORS, 50 DEGREES F (10 DEGREES C) FOR EXTERIOR, UNLESS REQUIRED OTHERWISE BY MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. D. PROVIDE LIGHTING LEVEL OF 80 FT CANDLES (860 LX) MEASURED MID -HEIGHT AT SUBSTRATE SURFACE. 1.07 EXTRA MATERIALS A. SEE SECTION 016000 -PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS, FOR ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS. B. SUPPLY 1 GALLON (4 L) OF EACH COLOR, STORE WHERE DIRECTED. C. LABEL EACH CONTAINER WITH COLOR IN ADDITION TO THE MANUFACTURER'S LABEL. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE. B. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 2.02 PAINTS AND COATINGS - GENERAL D. INTERIOR METAL DOORS, FRAMES, BOLLARDS, BUILDING COLUMNS A. PAINTS AND COATINGS: READY MIXED, EXCEPT FIELD -CATALYZED NOT AT ROOF STRUCTURE, - LOW-ODOR/LOW VOC, LATEX BASED COATINGS. PREPARE PIGMENTS: SEMI -GLOSS. 1. TO A SOFT PASTE CONSISTENCY, CAPABLE OF BEING READILY 1. COAT #1 SHERWIN-WILLIAMS PRO INDUSTRIAL PRO-CRYL AND UNIFORMLY DISPERSED TO A HOMOGENEOUS COATING. UNIVERSAL PRIMER, B66 SERIES (5-10 MILS WET, 1.8-3.6 MILS DRY). 2. FOR GOOD FLOW AND BRUSHING PROPERTIES. 2. COAT #2 SHERWIN-WILLIAMS PRO INDUSTRIAL ACRYLICSEMI-GLOSS, 3. CAPABLE OF DRYING OR CURING FREE OF STREAKS OR SAGS. B66 SERIES (6-12 MIL WET, 2.1-4.2 MIL DRY) 2.03 ACCESSORY MATERIALS 3. COAT #3 SHERWIN-WILLIAMS PRO INDUSTRIAL ACRYLIC A. ACCESSORY MATERIALS: LINSEED OIL, SHELLAC, TURPENTINE, PAINT SEMI -GLOSS, B66 SERIES (6-12 MIL WET, 2.1-4.2 MIL DRY) THINNERS AND OTHER MATERIALS NOT SPECIFICALLY INDICATED BUT E. EXTERIOR METAL DOORS, FRAMES AND BOLLARDS - SEMI -GLOSS REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE THE FINISHES SPECIFIED, COMMERCIAL ACRYLIC COATING. QUALITY. 1. COAT #1 SHERWIN-WILLIAMS PRO INDUSTRIAL PRO-CRYL B. PATCHING MATERIAL: LATEX FILLER. UNIVERSAL PRIMER, B66-310 SERIES (5-10 MILS WET, 2-4 C. FASTENER HEAD COVER MATERIAL: LATEX FILLER. MILS DRY). PART 3 EXECUTION 2. COAT #2 SHERWIN-WILLIAMS PRO INDUSTRIAL 3.01 EXAMINATION WATERBASED ALKYD URETHANE ENAMEL SEMI -GLOSS, A. VERIFY THAT SURFACES ARE READY TO RECEIVE WORK AS B53 SERIES (4-5 MIL WET, 1.4 -1.7 MIL DRY). INSTRUCTED BY THE PRODUCT MANUFACTURER. 3. COAT #3 SHERWIN-WILLIAMS PRO INDUSTRIAL B. EXAMINE SURFACES SCHEDULED TO BE FINISHED PRIOR TO WATERBASED ALKYD URETHANE ENAMEL SEMI -GLOSS, COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. REPORT ANY CONDITION THAT MAY B53 SERIES (4-5 MIL WET, 1.4 -1.7 MIL DRY). POTENTIALLY AFFECT PROPER APPLICATION. F. METAL ROOF DECK - DRYFALL WATERBORNE TOPCOATS C. TEST SHOP -APPLIED PRIMER FOR COMPATIBILITY WITH SUBSEQUENT 1. PRIME AS NEEDED PER MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS COVER MATERIALS. 2. COAT #1 SHERWIN-WILLIAMS WATERBORNE ACRYLIC 3.02 PREPARATION DRYFALL, FLAT, B42 SERIES (6-9 MILS WET, 1.5-2.3 MILS A. SURFACE APPURTENANCES: REMOVE OR MASK ELECTRICAL PLATES, DRY) HARDWARE, LIGHT FIXTURE TRIM, ESCUTCHEONS, AND FITTINGS 3. COAT #2 SHERWIN-WILLIAMS WATERBORNE ACRYLIC PRIOR TO PREPARING SURFACES OR FINISHING. DRYFALL, FLAT, B42 SERIES (6-9 MILS WET, 1.5-2.3 MILS B. SURFACES: CORRECT DEFECTS AND CLEAN SURFACES WHICH DRY) AFFECT WORK OF THIS SECTION. REMOVE OR REPAIR EXISTING COATINGS THAT EXHIBIT SURFACE DEFECTS. END OF SECTION C. MARKS: SEAL WITH SHELLAC THOSE WHICH MAY BLEED THROUGH SURFACE FINISHES. D. IMPERVIOUS SURFACES: REMOVE MILDEW BY SCRUBBING WITH SOLUTION OF TETRA -SODIUM PHOSPHATE AND BLEACH. RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER AND ALLOW SURFACE TO DRY. E. CONCRETE AND UNIT MASONRY SURFACES TO BE PAINTED: REMOVE DIRT, LOOSE MORTAR, SCALE, SALT OR ALKALI POWDER, AND OTHER FOREIGN MATTER. REMOVE OIL AND GREASE WITH A SOLUTION OF TRI-SODIUM PHOSPHATE, RINSE WELL AND ALLOW TO DRY. REMOVE STAINS CAUSED BY WEATHERING OF CORRODING METALS WITH A SOLUTION OF SODIUM METASILICATE AFTER THOROUGHLY WETTING WITH WATER. ALLOW TO DRY. F. GYPSUM BOARD SURFACES TO BE PAINTED: FILL MINOR DEFECTS WITH FILLER COMPOUND. SPOT PRIME DEFECTS AFTER REPAIR. G. GALVANIZED SURFACES TO BE PAINTED: REMOVE SURFACE CONTAMINATION AND OILS AND WASH WITH SOLVENT. APPLY COAT OF ETCHING PRIMER. H. UNCOATED STEEL AND IRON SURFACES TO BE PAINTED: REMOVE GREASE, MILL SCALE, WELD SPLATTER, DIRT, AND RUST. WHERE HEAVY COATINGS OF SCALE ARE EVIDENT, REMOVE BY HAND WIRE BRUSHING OR SANDBLASTING, CLEAN BY WASHING WITH SOLVENT. APPLY A TREATMENT OF PHOSPHORIC ACID SOLUTION, ENSURING WELD JOINTS, BOLTS, AND NUTS ARE SIMILARLY CLEANED. PRIME PAINT ENTIRE SURFACE, SPOT PRIME AFTER REPAIRS I. SHOP -PRIMED STEEL SURFACES TO BE FINISH PAINTED: SAND AND SCRAPE TO REMOVE LOOSE PRIMER AND RUST. FEATHER EDGES TO MAKE TOUCH-UP PATCHES INCONSPICUOUS. CLEAN SURFACES WITH SOLVENT. PRIME BARE STEEL SURFACES. RE -PRIME ENTIRE SHOP -PRIMED ITEM. J. METAL DOORS TO BE PAINTED: PRIME METAL DOOR TOP AND BOTTOM EDGE SURFACES. 3.03 APPLICATION A. APPLY PRODUCTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. DO NOT APPLY FINISHES TO SURFACES THAT ARE NOT DRY. ALLOW APPLIED COATS TO DRY BEFORE NEXT COAT IS APPLIED. C. APPLY EACH COAT TO UNIFORM APPEARANCE. APPLY EACH COAT OF PAINT SLIGHTLY DARKER THAN PRECEDING COAT UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED. D. VACUUM CLEAN SURFACES OF LOOSE PARTICLES. USE TACK CLOTH TO REMOVE DUST AND PARTICLES JUST PRIOR TO APPLYING NEXT COAT. 3.04 FINISHING MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT A. REFER TO SECTION 150500 FOR SCHEDULE OF COLOR CODING OF EQUIPMENT, DUCT WORK, PIPING, AND CONDUIT. B. PAINT SHOP -PRIMED EQUIPMENT, WHERE INDICATED. C. REMOVE UNFINISHED LOUVERS, GRILLES, COVERS, AND ACCESS PANELS ON MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS AND PAINT SEPARATELY. D. FINISH EQUIPMENT, PIPING, CONDUIT, AND EXPOSED DUCT WORK IN COLORS ACCORDING TO THE COLOR CODING SCHEME INDICATED. E. REINSTALL ELECTRICAL COVER PLATES, HARDWARE, LIGHT FIXTURE TRIM, ESCUTCHEONS, AND FITTINGS REMOVED PRIOR TO FINISHING. 3.05 CLEANING A. COLLECT WASTE MATERIAL WHICH MAY CONSTITUTE A FIRE HAZARD, PLACE IN CLOSED METAL CONTAINERS, AND REMOVE DAILY FROM SITE. 3.06 SCHEDULE - SURFACES TO BE FINISHED A. DO NOT PAINT OR FINISH THE FOLLOWING ITEMS: 1. ITEMS FULLY FACTORY -FINISHED UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED. 2. FIRE RATING LABELS, EQUIPMENT SERIAL NUMBER AND CAPACITY LABELS. B. PAINT THE SURFACES DESCRIBED BELOW UNDER SCHEDULE -PAINT SYSTEMS. C. MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL: USE PAINT SYSTEMS DEFINED FOR THE SUBSTRATES TO BE FINISHED. 1. PAINT ALL INSULATED AND EXPOSED PIPES OCCURRING IN FINISHED AREAS TO MATCH BACKGROUND SURFACES, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 2. PAINT SHOP -PRIMED ITEMS OCCURRING IN FINISHED AREAS. 3.07 SCHEDULE- PAINT SYSTEMS A. INTERIOR WALLS - LOW ODOR/ ZERO VOC, LATEX BASED EGGSHELL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE IN FINISH SCHEDULE. 1. COAT #1 SHERWIN-WILLIAMS PROMAR 200 ZERO VOC INTERIOR LATEX PRIMER, B28 SERIES (4 MIL WET, 1.0 MIL DRY). 2. COAT #2 SHERWIN-WILLIAMS PROMAR 200 ZERO VOC INTERIOR LATEX EG-SHELL, B20 SERIES (4 MIL WET, 1.7 MIL DRY). 3. COAT #3 SHERWIN-WILLIAMS PROMAR 200 ZERO VOC INTERIOR LATEX EG-SHELL, B20 SERIES (4 MIL WET, 1.7 MIL DRY). B. INTERIOR WALLS - TOILET ROOM, PET WASH, SEMI GLOSS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE IN FINISH SCHEDULE 1. COAT #1 SHERWIN-WILLIAMS PROMAR 200 ZERO VOC INTERIOR LATEX PRIMER, B28 SERIES (4 MIL WET, 1.0 MIL DRY). 2. COAT #2 SHERWIN-WILLIAMS PROMAR 200 ZERO VOC INTERIOR LATEX SEMI -GLOSS, B31 SERIES (4 MIL WET, 1.5 MIL DRY). 3. COAT #3 SHERWIN-WILLIAMS PROMAR 200 ZERO VOC INTERIOR LATEX SEMI -GLOSS, B31 SERIES (4 MIL WET, 1.5 MIL DRY). C. WOOD TRIM AND DOORS - LOW-ODOR/LOW VOC, LATEX BASED SEMI -GLOSS. 1. COAT #1 SHERWIN-WILLIAMS PREPRITE PROBLOCK LATEX, B51 SERIES (4 MIL WET, 1.4 MIL DRY). 2. COAT #2 SHERWIN-WILLIAMS PRO INDUSTRIAL ACRYLIC SEMI -GLOSS, B66 SERIES (6-12 MIL WET, 2.1-4.2 MIL DRY) 3. COAT #3 SHERWIN-WILLIAMS PRO INDUSTRIAL ACRYLIC SEMI -GLOSS, B66 SERIES (6-12 MIL WET, 2.1-4.2 MIL DRY) E Mo�8 r r N o er er E IF 4 inft d Lg Z O H a_ tY co W 0 W H Q W m a+w 'tea •r_�y, ss•sr• (V.` N Lo J Ju- 0 � -i ILL. ILL. W �- N2 N co Z D0 U� wv LL = CU Uw w ♦�a- VJ ISSUED FOR: PERMIT 03.14.19 BID 03.14.19 CONSTRUCTION 00.00.00 REVIEW SET 03.14.19 PROJECT MANAGER DESIGNER SS SS JOB NO. 18390 AS1 m6 SECTION 102600 - WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 PRODUCTS A. WALL GUARDS 1. PLASTIC CRASH RAIL WITH RETAINER CLIPS a. SURFACE MOUNTED 2. MANUFACTURER: a. CONSTRUCTION SPECIALTIES: SCR-50 ACROVYN 4000 CRASH RAIL. INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. COLOR: AS SPECIFIED ON DRAWINGS. CORNER GUARDS 1. SURFACE MOUNTED, RESILIENT, PLASTIC TYPE: 4 FEET HIGH, USING RETAINER CLIPS. 2. MANUFACTURER: a. CONSTRUCTION SPECIALTIES: VA-250 ACROVYN 4000 CORNER GUARD. ACROVYN 4000 CRASH RAIL, INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. COLOR: AS SPECIFIED ON DRAWINGS. B. CART STOP 1. MANUFACTURER: a. MCCUE CORPORATION, CART STOP SP (SUPER); PRODUCT #CSS-(LENGTH)-A-401. INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. LENGTH AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. COLOR: AS SPECIFIED ON DRAWINGS. C. CART CARAL 1. MANUFACTURER: a. MCCUE CORPORATION, CART STOP GR (GUIDANCE RAIL); INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. LENGTH AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. END OF SECTION SECTION 102800 - TOILET, BATH AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. GRAB BARS. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. SECTION 061000-FIRE RETARDANT WOOD BLOCKING AND CURBING: CONCEALED SUPPORTS FOR ACCESSORIES, INCLUDING IN WALL FRAMING AND PLATES. 1.03 REFERENCES 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. SEE SECTION 013000 - ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS, FOR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES. B. PRODUCT DATA: PROVIDE DATA ON ACCESSORIES DESCRIBING SIZE, FINISH, DETAILS OF FUNCTION, ATTACHMENT METHODS. 1.05 COORDINATION A. COORDINATE THE WORK WITH THE PLACEMENT OF INTERNAL WALL REINFORCEMENT TO RECEIVE ANCHOR ATTACHMENTS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. REFER TO SCHEDULE ON DRAWINGS. B. OTHER ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: 1. SUBSTITUTIONS: SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS BEFORE STARTING WORK. B. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF ACCESSORIES FOR INSTALLATION. C. VERIFY THAT FIELD MEASUREMENTS ARE AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 3.02 PREPARATION A. DELIVER INSERTS AND ROUGH -IN FRAMES TO SITE FOR TIMELY INSTALLATION. B. PROVIDE TEMPLATES AND ROUGH -IN MEASUREMENTS AS REQUIRED. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL ACCESSORIES IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS' INSTRUCTIONS. B. INSTALL PLUMB AND LEVEL, SECURELY AND RIGIDLY ANCHORED TO SUBSTRATE. C. MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND LOCATIONS: AS REQUIRED BY ACCESSIBILITY REGULATIONS AND AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS END OF SECTION SECTION 104416 - FIRE EXTINGUISHERS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. SECTION INCLUDES PORTABLE, HAND -CARRIED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND MOUNTING BRACKETS FOR FIRE EXTINGUISHERS. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NFPA COMPLIANCE: FABRICATE AND LABEL FIRE EXTINGUISHERS TO COMPLY WITH NFPA 10, "PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS." B. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS: LISTED AND LABELED FOR TYPE, RATING, AND CLASSIFICATION BY AN INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 1.3 WARRANTY A. SPECIAL WARRANTY: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD FORM IN WHICH MANUFACTURER AGREES TO REPAIR OR REPLACE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS THAT FAIL IN MATERIALS OR WORKMANSHIP WITHIN SPECIFIED WARRANTY PERIOD. 1. FAILURES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: a. FAILURE OF HYDROSTATIC TEST ACCORDING TO NFPA 10. b. FAULTY OPERATION OF VALVES OR RELEASE LEVERS. 2. WARRANTY PERIOD: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD FORM AND TERM. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PORTABLE, HAND -CARRIED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS: TYPE, SIZE, AND CAPACITY FOR EACH MOUNTING BRACKET INDICATED. 1. MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, AVAILABLE MANUFACTURERS OFFERING PRODUCTS THAT MAY BE INCORPORATED INTO THE WORK INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: a. ANSUL INCORPORATED, TYCO INTERNATIONAL LTD. b. BUCKEYE FIRE EQUIPMENT COMPANY. c. LARSEN'S MANUFACTURING COMPANY. d. MOON-AMERICAN. e. PYRO-CHEM, TYCO SAFETY PRODUCTS. 2. INSTRUCTION LABELS: INCLUDE PICTORIAL MARKING SYSTEM COMPLYING WITH NFPA 10, APPENDIX B. B. DRY -CHEMICAL TYPE: UL-RATED 10 LB. ABC, WITH MONOAMMONIUM PHOSPHATE BASED CHEMICAL IN STAINLESS -STEEL CONTAINER, WITH PRESSURE -INDICATING GAGE. 2.2 MOUNTING BRACKETS A. MOUNTING BRACKETS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD GALVANIZED STEEL, DESIGNED TO SECURE FIRE EXTINGUISHER TO WALL OR STRUCTURE, OF SIZES REQUIRED FOR TYPES AND CAPACITIES OF FIRE EXTINGUISHERS INDICATED, WITH PLATED OR RED BAKED -ENAMEL FINISH. B. IDENTIFICATION: LETTERING COMPLYING WITH AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION FOR LETTER STYLE, SIZE, SPACING, AND LOCATION. LOCATE AS INDICATED BY ARCHITECT. 1. IDENTIFY BRACKET -MOUNTED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS WITH THE WORDS "FIRE EXTINGUISHER" IN RED LETTER DECALS APPLIED TO MOUNTING SURFACE. a. ORIENTATION: VERTICAL. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. EXAMINE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS FOR PROPER CHARGING AND TAGGING. 1. REMOVE AND REPLACE DAMAGED, DEFECTIVE, OR UNDERCHARGED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS. B. INSTALL FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND MOUNTING BRACKETS IN LOCATIONS INDICATED AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF ZAUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 1. MOUNTING BRACKETS: 54 INCHES (1372 MM) ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR TO TOP OF FIRE EXTINGUISHER. C. MOUNTING BRACKETS: FASTEN MOUNTING BRACKZETS TO SURFACES, SQUARE AND PLUMB, AT LOCATIONS INDICATED. END OF SECTION SECTION 124813 - CARPET TILING PART1- GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. SECTION INCLUDES: CARPET TILING 1.02 REFERENCES A. STANDARDS LISTED BY REFERENCE, INCLUDING REVISIONS BY ISSUING AUTHORITY, FORM A PART OF THIS SPECIFICATION SECTION TO EXTENT INDICATED. THE STANDARDS LISTED HERE ARE IDENTIFIED WITH A DESIGNATION NUMBER, TITLE OR OTHER DESIGNATION ESTABLISHED BY THE ISSUING AUTHORITY. B. AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM): 1. ASTM C1028 STATIC COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: PROVIDE CARPET TILES, WHICH HAS BEEN MANUFACTURED AND INSTALLED TO MAINTAIN PERFORMANCE CRITERIA STATED BY MANUFACTURER WITHOUT DEFECTS, DAMAGE OR FAILURE. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. GENERAL: SUBMIT LISTED SUBMITTALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT AND DIVISION 1 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES SECTION. B. PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT PRODUCT DATA, INCLUDING MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION SHEET AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR SPECIFIED PRODUCTS. INCLUDE METHODS OF INSTALLATION AND SUBSTRATE PREPARATION FOR EACH TYPE OF SUBSTRATE. C. SHOP DRAWINGS: SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS SHOWING LAYOUT, ACCESSORIES, FINISH COLORS, PATTERNS AND TEXTURES. D. SAMPLES: SUBMIT SAMPLES FOR EACH TYPE AND COLOR OF EXPOSED CARPET TILE, THRESHOLD FRAME REDUCERS AND ACCESSORIES REQUIRED. E. CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS: (1) CLEANING & MAINTENANCE DATA (INCLUDE METHODS FOR MAINTAINING INSTALLED PRODUCTS AND PRECAUTIONS AGAINST CLEANING MATERIALS AND METHODS DETRIMENTAL TO FINISHES AND PERFORMANCE), AND (2) WARRANTY. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. INSTALLER: INSTALLER SHOULD BE HIGHLY EXPERIENCED IN PERFORMING WORK OF THIS SECTION, HAVING PREVIOUSLY DONE WORK SIMILAR TO THAT REQUIRED FOR THIS PROJECT. 1.06 SEQUENCING/SCHEDULING A. ORDERING: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S ORDERING INSTRUCTIONS AND LEAD-TIME REQUIREMENTS TO AVOID CONSTRUCTION DELAYS. B. DELIVERY: DELIVER MATERIALS IN MANUFACTURER'S ORIGINAL, UNOPENED, UNDAMAGED PACKAGING. C. STORAGE: STORE MATERIALS AT TEMPERATURE AND IN HUMIDITY CONDITIONS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER AND PROTECT FROM EXPOSURE TO HARMFUL WEATHER CONDITIONS. D. INSTALLATION: EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED HEREIN, SEQUENCING OR SCHEDULING FOR PERFORMANCE OF WORK OF THIS SECTION IN RELATION WITH OTHER WORK IS CONTRACTOR'S OPTION. DELAY INSTALLATION OF MATS UNTIL NEAR TIME OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION FOR THE PROJECT. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. TEMPERATURE: MAINTAIN TEMPERATURE WHERE PRODUCTS WILL BE INSTALLED BEFORE, DURING AND AFTER INSTALLATION AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CONSTRUCTION SPECIALTIES A. DESIGN STEP ENTRANCE CARPET: B. PATTERN: AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS. C. COLOR: AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS. 2.02 MATERIALS A. SURFACE MOUNTED APPLICATION WITH J" GLUE DOWN REDUCER. AS SPECIFIED ON DRAWINGS. 2.03 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS A. SUBSTITUTIONS: NO SUBSTITUTIONS PERMITTED. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SUBSTRATE PREPARATION A. EXAMINE SUBSTRATES AND CONDITIONS WHERE CARPET TILES WILL BE INSTALLED. DO NOT PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION UNTIL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS ARE CORRECTED. SUB FLOOR SHALL BE CLEAN AND DRY, AND WITHIN ACCEPTABLE TOLERANCES. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. ACCESSORIES: THRESHOLD FRAME OR REDUCER AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURES. AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS TO MEET ADA STANDARDS. C. GENERAL: STRICTLY COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH ADJACENT WORK TO ENSURE PROPER CLEARANCES AND TO PREVENT TRIPPING HAZARDS. 3.03 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. GENERAL CLEANING: REFER TO MANUFACTURER'S CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS. B. OWNER'S PERSONNEL: INSTRUCT OWNER'S PERSONNEL IN PROPER MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES. C. PROTECTION: PROTECT INSTALLED PRODUCT AND FINISH SURFACES FROM DAMAGE DURING CONSTRUCTION AND UNTIL ACCEPTANCE. END OF SECTION SECTION 033543 - SEALED AND POLISHED/DYED CONCRETE FINISHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. SECTION INCLUDES: 1. GRINDING OF THE SLAB SURFACE TO RECEIVE CLEAR REACTIVE, PENETRATING LIQUID HARDENER/DENSIFIER. 2. APPLICATION OF CLEAR REACTIVE, PENETRATING LIQUID HARDENER AND CONCRETE DYE. 3. PROGRESSIVELY POLISHING AND BURNISHING OF THE SLAB SURFACE TO ACHIEVE FINISH REQUIREMENTS. 4. APPLICATION OF STAIN RESISTANT SURFACE TREATMENT. B. RELATED REQUIREMENTS 1. SECTION 014000- QUALTITY REQUIREMENTS. 2. SECTIZN 016000- PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 3. SECTION 017300- EXECUTION. 4. SECTION 017700- CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS. 5. SECTION 033000- CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE. 6. SECTION 079200- JOINT SEALANTS 1.02 REFERENCES A. THE DATE OF THE STANDARD IS THAT IN EFFECT AS THE DATE OF RECEIPT OF BIDS FOR THE PROJECT. B. LIVING BUILDING CHALLENGE (LBC). C. SCIENTIFIC CERTIFICATION SYSTEM (SCS) INDOOR AIR QUALITY GOLD CERTIFICATION. D. NSF INTERNATIONAL/NONFOOD COMPOUND REGISTRATION. E. AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD INSTITUTE / NATIONAL FLOOR SAFETY INSTITUTE ANSI/NSFI B101.1 TEST METHOD FOR MEASURING WET SCOF OF COMMON HARD -SURFACE FLOOR MATERIALS F. ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM): 1. C1028 - STANDARD TEST METHOD FOR DETERMINING THE STATIC COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION OF CERAMIC TILE AND OTHER LIKE SURFACES BY THE HORIZONTAL DYNAMOMETER PULL -METER METHOD. 2. C1353 - STANDARD TEST METHOD FOR ABRASION RESISTANCE OF DIMENSION STONE SUBJECTED TO FOOT TRAFFIC USING A ROTARY PLATFORM, DOUBLE -HEAD ABRASER 3. D523- STANDARD TEST METHOD FOR SPECULAR GLOSS. 4. D1308 - STANDARD TEST METHOD FOR EFFECT OF HOUSEHOLD CHEMICALS ON CLEAR AND PIGMENTED ORGANIC FINISHES. 5. D4541 - STANDARD TEST METHOD FOR PULL -OFF STRENGTH OF COATINGS USING PORTABLE ADHESION TESTERS. 6. E96/96M METHOD B (WATER METHOD) - STANDARD TEST METHODS FOR WATER VAPOR TRANSMISSZION OF MATERIALS. 7. G154 -STANDARD PRACTICE FOR OPERATING FLUORESCENT ULTRAVIOLET (UV) LAMP APPARATUS FOR EXPOSURE OF NONMETALLIC MATERIALS. 1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. PRE -INSTALLATION MEETING: CONVENE BEFORE THE START OF WORK ON NEW CONCRETE SLABS, PATCHING OF EXISTING CONCRETE SLABS AND START OF APPLICATION OF CONCRETE FINISH SYSTEM. 1. REQUIRE ATTENDANCE OF PARTIES DIRECTLY AFFECTING WORK OF THIS SECTION, INCLUDING THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE, CONTRACTOR, ARCHITECT, CONCRETE INSTALLER, AND APPLICATOR. MEETING SHOULD ONLY CONVENE WHEN REQUIRED PARTIES ARE PRESENT. 2. REVIEW THE FOLLOWING: a. PHYSICAL REQUIREMENTS OF COMPLETED CZONCRETE SLAB AND SLAB FINISH. b. LOCATIONS AND TIME OF TEST AREAS. c. PROTECTION OF SURFACES NOT SCHEDULED FOR FINISH APPLICATION. d. SURFACE PREPARATION. e. APPLICATION PROCEDURE. f. FINAL APPEARANCE OF DYED CONCRETE. g. QUALITY CONTROL. h. CLEANING. I. PROTECTION OF FINISH SYSTEM. j. COORDINATION WITH OTHER WORK. 3. PRIOR TO ANY WORK, CONTRACTOR MUST CONDUCT A RH MOISTURE TEST. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. PRODUCT DATA: 1. SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT DATA SHEETS AND TESTED PHYSICAL AND PERFORMANCE PROPERTIES ON PRODUCTS TO BE USED FOR THE WORK. B. VOC CERTIFICATION: SUBMIT CERTIFICATION THAT PRODUCTS FURNISHED COMPLY WITH REGULATIONS CONTROLLING USE OF VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC). C. CERTIFICATES: 1. CERTIFICATES BY MANUFACTURER STATING THAT INSTALLER IS LISTED APPLICATOR OF SPECIAL CONCRETE FINISHES, AND HAS COMPLETED THE NECESSARY TRAINING PROGRAMS. D. FLOOR PROTECTION PLAN. E. PROVIDE DOCUMENTATION STATING CONCRETE MOISTURE CONTENT MEETS MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: 1. APPLICATOR TO BE FAMILIAR WITH THE SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS AND THE METHODS NEEDED FOR PROPER PERFORMANCE OF WORK OF THIS SECTION. APPLICATOR MUST HAVE AVAILABILITY OF PROPER EQUIPMENT TO PERFORM WORK WITHIN SCOPE OF THIS PROJECT ON A TIMELY BASIS. APPLICATOR SHOULD HAVE SUCCESSFULLY PERFORMED A MINIMUM OF 20 PROJECTS OF SIMILAR SCOPE AND COMPLEXITY. B. MOCK-UP: ON SITE, PRIOR TO THE START OF THE POLISHED CONCRETE FINISHING PROCESS. 1. REQUIRE ATTENDANCE OF PARTIES DIRECTLY AFFECTING WORK OF THIS SECTION, INCLUDING THE CONTRACTOR, ARCHITECT, APPLICATOR, AND OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. 2. NOTIFY THE ABOVE PARTIES ONE WEEK IN ADVANCE OF DATE AND TIME WHEN MOCK-UP WILL BE COMPLETED. 3. DEMONSTRATE THE MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND APPLICATION METHODS TO BE USED FOR WORK SPECIFIED HEREIN IN PRE -APPROVED LOCATION APPROXIMATELY 50 SQ. FT. IN AREA OR AS DIRECTED BY THE ARCHITECT OR OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. 4. RETAIN APPROVED MOCK-UP DURING CONSTRUCTION AS A STANDARD FOR JUDGING THE COMPLETED WORK. AREAS MAY REMAIN AS PART OF THE COMPLETED WORK. 1.02 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. DELIVER MATERIALS IN ORIGINAL CONTAINERS, WITH SEALS UNBROKEN, BEARING MANUFACTURER LABELS INDICATING BRAND NAME AND DIRECTIONS FOR STORAGE. B. STORE CONCRETE HARDENER/DENSIFIER AND SURFACE PROTECTANT TREATMENT IN ENVIRONMENT RECOMMENDED ON PUBLISHED MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT DATA SHEETS. 1. STORE CONTAINERS UPRIGHT IN A COOL, DRY, WELL -VENTILATED PLACE, OUT OF THE SUN WITH TEMPERATURE BETWEEN 40 AND 100 DEGREES F (4 AND 38 DEGREES C). 2. PROTECT FROM FREEZING. 3. STORE AWAY FROM OTHER CHEMICALS AND POTENTIAL SOURCES OF CONTAMINATION. 4. KEEP LIGHTS, FIRE, SPARKS AND HEAT AWAY FROM CONTAINERS. 5. DO NOT DROP CONTAINERS OR SLIDE ACROSS SHARP OBJECTS. 6. DO NOT STACK PALLETS MORE THAN THREE HIGH. 7. KEEP CONTAINERS TIGHTLY CLOSED WHEN NOT IN USE. 1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS A. ENVIRONMENTAL LIMITATIONS: 1. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR SUBSTRATE TEMPERATURE AND MOISTURE CONTENT, AMBIENT TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY, VENTILATION, AND OTHER CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE AND FINISHING REQUIREMENTS. B. CLOSE AREAS TO TRAFFIC DURING FLOOR APPLICATION AND AFTER APPLICATION FOR TIME PERIOD RECOMMENDED IN WRITING BY MANUFACTURER. C. PROTECT THE COMPLETED SLAB TO PREVENT DAMAGE BY THE OTHER TRADES DURING FLOOR COMPLETION. D. TEMPERATURE LIMITATIONS: PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. E. APPLY WHEN AIR CONDITIONS ARE CALM TO MINIMIZE SURFACE TREATMENT CONTACTING SURFACE NOT INTENDED TO BE FINISHED. F. DO NOT APPLY TO FROZEN SUBSTRATE. ALLOW ADEQUATE TIME FOR SUBSTRATE TO THAW, IF FREEZING CONDITIONS EXIST BEFORE APPLICATION. G. TEMPORARY HEAT: PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. H. VENTILATION: PROVIDE ADEQUATE VENTILATION IN CONFINED OR ENCLOSED AREAS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS: A. LATICRETE INTERNATIONAL, INC. B. PROSOCO C. FLOROCK D. METZER / MCGUIRE 2.02 FLOOR FINISH FT-1: LATICRETE L & M AQUAPEL A. GRIND FLOOR USING PLANETARY GRINDING MACHINE TO REMOVE ANY RESIDUAL FOREIGN MATERIALS THAT MAY BE PRESENT FROM PREVIOUS FLOOR FINISHES. B. IF NEW CONCRETE IS PRESENT, THEN NO GRINDING WILL BE REQUIRED, APPLY SEALER AS SPECIFIED. C. ONLY MINOR PREP WILL BE REQUIRED; FILLING DEEP CRACKS, GRINDING ANY LEADING EDGES IF ANY ARE EXPOSED OR PRESENT. D. PREPARE SURFACE PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION. 2.03 FLOOR FINISH FT-2: PROSOCO CONSOLIDECK SYSTEM A. GRIND SURFACE WITH #50-80 METAL BOND B. TOOLING PROGRESS TO #150 HYBRID C. TRANSITION INTO RESIN TOOLING FOR HONING STARTING AT #80 RESIN, PROGRESS TO #100 RESIN, THEN #200 RESIN D. APPLY PROSOCO GEMTONE STAIN. COLOR AS SPECIFIED IN FINISH SCHEDULE. 1. ONCE PROFILE HAS BEEN ESTABLISHED APPLY PROSOCO GEMTONE LIQUID DYE MIXING ONE (1) 12-OUNCE COLOR PACKET PER HALF- GALLON OF WATER USING A HVLP SPRAYER AT 500 SF PER GALLON. E. APPLY PROSOCO LS DENSIFIER UNTIL REJECTION AT AN AVERAGE RATE OF 650 SF PER GALLON, MAINTAIN A WET FLOOR FOR NO LESS THAN 15 MINUTES. ALLOW PRODUCT TO DRY BEFORE CONTINUING. F. CONTINUE SURFACE HONING WITH #400 RESIN, END POLISH WITH #800 RESIN. G. APPLY PROSOCO LS GUARD SEALER AT A RATE OF 2,000 - 3,000 SF A GALLON H. APPLY SECOND COAT AS NEEDED AFTER FIRST COAT IS TACK FREE. I. HIGH SPEED BURNISH WITH 1500 GRIT DIAMOND IMPREGNATED PAD OR AUTO SCRUB WITH WHITE PAD TO REMOVE HAZE J. LIGHT GRIND 250 SQUARE FEET FOLLOWED BY APPLYING PER PENETRATING CONCRETE SEALER WITH A HVLP SPRAYER K. ALL FLOOR PATCH TO BE COMPLETED WITH RAPID REFLOOR XP RHINO GRAY L CPAA RATING: CLASS C LEVEL 3 2.04 FLOOR FINISH FT-3: PROSOCO FLOROCK HYBRID SYSTEM A. PROJECT CONDITIONS: 1. MAINTAIN AMBIENT TEMPERATURE REQUIRED BY MANUFACTURER 3 DAYS DURING, PRIOR, AND FOR 24 HOURS AFTER INSTALLATION. 2. APPLICATION MAY PROCEED WHILE AIR, MATERIAL AND SUBSTRATE TEMPERATURES ARE BETWEEN 60 F AND 90 F PROVIDING THE SUBSTRATE TEMP IS ABOVE THE DEW POINT. 3. THE RH (RELATIVE HUMIDITY) IN THIS SPECIFIC LOCATION OF THE APPLICATION SHALL BE LESS THAN 75% AND THE SURFACE TEMPERATURE SHALL BE AT LEAST 5 F ABOVE THE DEW POINT. 4. THE APPLICATOR SHALL BE SUPPLIED WITH ADEQUATE LIGHTING EQUAL TO THE FINAL LIGHTING LEVEL DURING THE PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION OF THE SYSTEM. B. INSTALLATION PROCESS: SEE SPECIFICATION FOR APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS. NOTE EPDXY FINISH WILL BE CLEAR SO THAT THE STAIN PREVIOUSLY APPLIED PER THE SPECIFICATION WILL TRANSFER THROUGH. FT-3 CONTAINS THE SAME PRODUCTS AS FT-2 WITH THE ADDITION OF THE FLOROCK FLOROSPARTIC ZERO (AND #60 ALUM OXIDE / SHARKSKIN GRIP). 1. GRIND EXISTING -NEW CONCRETE WITH METAL BOND DIAMONDS #40 USING A PLANETARY GRINDER 2. COMPLETE ANY MINOR PREP; SPALLING, DIVOTS, AND SMALL CRACKS USING 100% SOLIDS MIXED WITH CABOSIL AND TINTED TO MATCH COLOR AS SCHEDULED. a. AS A SUBSTITUTE, A STRUCTURAL REPAIR PRODUCT WITH VERY HIGH ADHESIVE AND TENSILE PROPERTIES SUCH AS METZER / MCGUIRE RAPID REFLOOR MAY BE USED. 3. ONCE PROFILE HAS BEEN ESTABLISHED APPLY PROSOCO GEMTONE LIQUID DYE MIXING ONE (1) 12-OUNCE COLOR PACKET PER 1/2 GALLON OF WATER (COLOR AS SCHEDULED) USING A HVLP SPRAYER AT 500 SF PER GALLON. 4. START COATINGS ONCE DYE HAS COMPLETELY DRIED: a. MIX AND APPLY FLOROSPARTIC ZERO CLEAR (BASECOAT) WITH A FLAT OR 1/8" NOTCHED SQUEEGEE AND ROLL OUT AT 200-300 SF/GAL b. MIX AND APPLY FLOROSPARTIC ZERO CLEAR (TOPCOAT) WITH A FLAT OR 1/8" NOTCHED SQUEEGEE AND ROLL OUT AT 200-300 SF/GAL c. WHILE STILL WET, BROADCAST SIZE #46 ALUMINUM OXIDE AND SHARKSKIN AT A RATIO OF 1:1 FOR ADDED SLIP RESISTANCE C. WET AREA COATING APPLICATION PROJECT CONDITIONS: 1. MAINTAIN AMBIENT TEMPERATURE REQUIRED BY MANUFACTURER 3 DAYS DURING, PRIOR, AND FOR 24 HOURS AFTER INSTALLATION 2. APPLICATION MAY PROCEED WHILE AIR, MATERIAL AND SUBSTRATE TEMPERATURES ARE BETWEEN 60 F AND 90 F PROVIDING THE SUBSTRATE TEMP IS ABOVE THE DEW POINT 3. THE RH (RELATIVE HUMIDITY) IN THIS SPECIFIC LOCATION OF THE APPLICATION SHALL BE LESS THAN 75% AND THE SURFACE TEMPERATURE SHALL BE AT LEAST 5 F ABOVE THE DEW POINT. 4. THE APPLICATOR SHALL BE SUPPLIED WITH ADEQUATE LIGHTING EQUAL TO THE FINAL LIGHTING LEVEL DURING THE PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION OF THE SYSTEM. D. SAFETY REQUIREMENTS: 1. NON -RELATED PERSONNEL IN THE WORK AREA SHALL BE KEPT TO A MINIMUM. 2.05 CONTROL JOINTS A. CLEAN AND HONOR ALL CONTROL JOINTS THROUGHOUT WITH METZER SPAL-PRO RS 88 POLYURIA JOINT FILLER (COLOR TO MATCH FLOORING AS SCHEDULED). B. JOINTS WILL BE FILLED IN ONE PASS, FILLING FROM BOTTOM TO TOP, SLIGHTLY OVERFILLING THE JOINT TO LEAVE A CROWNED PROFILE THEN ALLOWED TO CURE. C. SHAVE OR RAZOR OFF ALL EXCESS NO SOONER THAN 2 HOURS AND NO LATER THAN 24 HOURS AFTER INSTALLATION. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. EXAMINE SUBSTRATE WITH INSTALLER PRESENT FOR CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE OF FINISH. CORRECT CONDITIONS DETRIMENTAL TO TIMELY AND PROPER WORK. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT AND OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE IN WRITING OF CONDITIONS DETRIMENTAL TO THE PROPER AND TIMELY COMPLETION OF THE WORK. B. DO NOT BEGIN INSTALLATION UNTIL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS ARE RESOLVED. BEGINNING WORK CONSTITUTES ACCEPTANCE OF SITE CONDITIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY FOR DEFECTIVE INSTALLATION CAUSED BY PRIOR OBSERVABLE CONDITIONS. 3.02 PREPARATION A. CLEAN DIRT, DUST, OIL, GREASE AND OTHER CONTAMINANTS THAT INTERFERE WITH PENETRATION OR PERFORMANCE OF SPECIFIED PRODUCT FROM SURFACES. USE APPROPRIATE CONCRETE CLEANERS APPROVED BY THE CONCRETE SURFACE TREATMENT MANUFACTURER WHERE NECESSARY. RINSE THOROUGHLY USING PRESSURE WATER SPRAY TO REMOVE CLEANER RESIDUES. ALLOW SURFACES TO DRY COMPLETELY BEFORE APPLICATION OF PRODUCT. B. REPAIR, PATCH AND FILL CRACKS, VOIDS, DEFECTS AND DAMAGED AREAS IN SURFACE AS APPROVED BY THE MANUFACTURER. ALLOW REPAIR MATERIALS TO CURE COMPLETELY BEFORE APPLICATION OF PRODUCT. C. VARIATIONS IN SUBSTRATE TEXTURE AND COLOR WILL AFFECT FINAL APPEARANCE AND SHOULD BE CORRECTED PRIOR TO APPLICATION OF SEALER/HARDENER SYSTEM AND THE POLISHING STEPS. D. PROTECT SURROUNDING AREAS PRIOR TO APPLICATION. IF PRODUCT IS ACCIDENTALLY MISAPPLIED TO ADJACENT SURFACES, FLUSH WITH WATER IMMEDIATELY BEFORE MATERIAL DRIES. E. AVOID CONTACT IN AREAS NOT TO BE TREATED. AVOID CONTACT WITH METAL, GLASS AND PAINTED SURFACES. F. APPLY SPECIFIED SEALANTS AND CAULKING AND ALLOW COMPLETE CURING BEFORE APPLICATION OF PENETRATING CONCRETE HARDENER/DENSIFIER. G. DO NOT PROCEED UNTIL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED. 3.03 SLAB PROTECTION A. PROTECT FINISHED FLOORS TO PREVENT DAMAGE INCLUDING STAINING, GOUGES AND SCRATCHING BY CONSTRUCTION TRAFFIC AND ACTIVITIES UNTIL POSSESSION. B. DO NOT DRAG OR DROP EQUIPMENT OR MATERIAL ACROSS THE SLAB WHICH WILL SCRATCH OR CHIP IT. C. INSPECT TIRES FOR DEBRIS PRIOR TO USE ON SLAB. REMOVE EMBEDDED ITEMS WHICH MAY CAUSE DAMAGE TO FLOOR SLAB. D. CLEAN UP SPILLS ON SLAB IMMEDIATELY. PROVIDE CLEANING CHEMICALS AND ABSORPTIVE MATERIALS. E. DEVELOP A CONCRETE PROTECTION PROCEDURE WHICH ADDRESSES THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURES: 1. COMMUNICATION OF PROTECTION PLAN TO SUBCONTRACTORS AND VENDORS. 2. PROCEDURES FOR CLEANING UP SLAB SPILLS, INCLUDING USE OF AND AVAILABILITY OF CLEANING CHEMICALS AND ABSORPTIVE MATERIALS AT SITE. F. PROVIDE A CLEAN SLAB USING CONCRETE MAINTENANCE CLEANER WITHIN AN AUTO SCRUBBER, EQUIPPED WITH SOFT NYLON BRUSHES, IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 3.04 WARRANTIES: A. FURNISH MANUFACTURERS STANDARD WARRANTY PROVIDING COVERAGE AGAINST FLOORING DELAMINATION FROM SUBSTRATE AND DEGRADATION OF SURFACE FINISH. END OF SECTION N f K E • N �a0 q � N o N N E b 14 b d Lg Z 0 a U W 0 W Q w st� • ISSUED FOR: PERMIT 03.14.19 BID 03.14.19 CONSTRUCTION 00.00.00 REVIEW SET 03.14.19 PROJECT MANAGER DESIGNER SS SS JOB NO. 18390 AS1 07 -- - -- - -. II - - I FINISH FLOOR 0'-0' (+-) A.F.F. 02 1 DEMOLITION PLAN - REAR ELEVATION CONTRACTOR TO DEMO EXISTING SECTION OF CMU WALL FOR NEW ROLL -UP DOCK DOOR. CONTRACTOR TO DEMO EXISTING ELECTRICAL PANELS AND TRANSFORMER. LOCATION OF NEW ROOFTOP — UNIT. CONTRACTOR TO DEMO OPENING IN ROOF FOR NEW UNIT DROP. HAIR � INTERCEPTOR - MOUNTED IN SLAB J CONTRACTOR TO DEMO EXISTING STEPS AND PREPARE AREA FOR LOADING DOCK EXTENSION AND NEW STAIR. CONTRACTOR TO TRENCH CONCRETE FLOOR FOR NEW UNDERGROUND ki SANITARY / PLUMBING LINES. CONTRACTOR MUST FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF EXISTING SEWER _ MAIN FOR FINAL CONNECTION. _F NEW 1I-RTU l LQ ATI IV II I CONTRACTOR TO DEMO I CONCRETE FLOOR IN UNISEX L _ TOILETS. NEW FLOOR TO BE �ON POURED TO SLOPE TOWARDS FLOOR DRAINS AS INDICATED F PLUMBING PLANS. H/I ,CXXt'X>4 xx X CONTRACTOR TO DEMO \ , CONCRETE FLOOR IN PUBLIC n PET WASH AND BATHING AREAS. NEW FLOOR BE POURED TO SLOPE TOWARDS FLOOR DRAINS AS INDICATED ON PLUMBING PLANS. CONTRACTOR TO DEMO EXISTING WALLS. PATCH AND �j REPAIR FLOOR AND DECK AS REQUIRED. �— CONTRACTOR TO DEMO EXISTING WALLS, SINKS AND RESTROOM FIXTURES. PATCH AND REPAIR FLOOR AND DECK AS REQUIRED. CONTRACTOR TO DEMO I EXISTING PEGBOARD / SLATWALL AND INSTALL NEW GYP. BOARD TO PERIMETER WALL. CONTRACTOR TO DEMO EXISTING LIGHTING, HVAC DUCTS AND LAY -IN CEILING THROUGHOUT NEW PSP SPACE. (STING RTU TO BE REMOVED & REPLACED WITH NEW UNIT. RTU CURB TO REMAIN (IF IN USABLE CONDITION) AND NEW CURB ADAPTOR TO BE INSTALLED. SEE CY'iTIN // MECHANICAL PLANS. RTU RTU tOCATIO" LOCATION L__J L__J CONTRACTOR TO DEMO EXISTING PEGBOARD / SLATWALL AND INSTALL NEWIGYP. BOARD TO PERIMETER WALL. CONTRACTOR TO DEMO EXISTING PEGBOARD / SLATWALL AND INSTALL NEW GYP. BOARD TO PERIMETER WALL. CONTRACTOR TO DEMO EXISTING —/ FLOOR COVERING THROUGHOUT NEW PSP SPACE. PATCH & REPAIR SLAB AS REQUIRED FOR SMOOTH & LEVEL FLOOR. CONTRACTOR TO DEMO EXISTING PEGBOARD / SLATWALL AND INSTALL NEW GYP. BOARD TO PERIMETER WALL. CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE EXISTING STOREFRONT DOORS & GLAZING; PREPARE SPACE FOR NEW SLIDER ENTRANCE DOORS. 51'-11" 23'-0" 41'-5" — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — _4` — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —,e- EXISTING CMU' WALL FOR NEW PSP ROLL -UP DOCK DOOR. TO DEMO EXISTING GENERAL NOTES SCALE: 3/16" =1'-0" a. ONCE DEMOLITION IS COMPLETE, GC TO VERIFY ALL OVERALL DIMENSIONS, COLUMN LOCATIONS, COLUMN SIZES, ETC. GC TO PROVIDE PLAN WITH DIMENSIONS SHOWING INFORMATION TO ARCHITECT & PSP PROJECT MANAGER. PSP TO RECEIVE CONFORMATION DIMENSIONS WEEK TWO OF CONSTRUCTION. b. GC IS TO VERIFY INTERIOR FLOOR FINISH ELEVATION TO EXTERIOR GRADE PRIOR TO DEMOLITION OF EXTERIOR WALLS FOR NEW DOORS, ETC. IF THEY ARE NOT FLUSH, NOTIFY ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY. OPENING MAY BE REVISED TO ACCOUNT FOR THIS DISCREPANCY. o a o 0 4LD 4 Lo I a0 er 0 cz Z O a U U) W W H Q W t} AR f N G�3� M J JLL ui J_ _NN L.L w� N 2 w N Z Q J Z O 1_ J O 2 W 0 ISSUED FOR: PERMIT 03.14.19 BID 03.14.19 CONSTRUCTION 00.00.00 REVIEW SET 03.14.19 PROJECT MANAGER DESIGNER ss Ss JOB NO. 18390 01 1 DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1/8" = V-0" Dl m0 GENERAL NOTES 11 1 11 1 1 11 -- I III ,..0 _ _. 1) CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL "OCCUPANCY MAXIMUM" SIGNAGE NEAR THE STOREFRONT ENTRANCE. 2) FIRE EXTINGUISHERS SHALL BE INSTALLED AT LOCATIONS PER THE FIRE MARSHAL. A MINIMUM OF 1 PER 1500 SF SHALL BE PROVIDED. 3) CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE FINAL WALK THROUGH WITH FIRE MARSHAL & BUILDING OFFICIAL AFTER FIXTURING AND MERCHANDISING TO VERIFY VISIBILITY TO EXIT SIGNS WITHIN 100' OF TRAVEL DISTANCE. CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED. 4) ALL EMERGENCY EGRESS LOCATIONS SHALL BE MAINTAINED AT ALL TIMES. 5) CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE THAT ALL INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING FINISHES (AS DESIGNATED ON SHEET A9.1) HAVE A FLAME SPREAD INDEX NOT GREATER THAN THAT SPECIFIED IN TABLE 803.3 (2012 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE). 6) CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE THAT MATERIAL, OTHER THAN FOAM PLASTIC, USED AS INTERIOR IN NEW AND EXISTING BUILDINGS HAS A MINIMUM CLASS C FLAME SPREAD AND SMOKE -DEVELOPED INDICES, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 84 OR UL 723, AS DESCRIBED IN SECTION 803 & SECTION 804 OF THE IFC. ADJACENT TENANT CODE REQUIREMENTS REFER TO SHEET T1.0 COVER SHEET FOR CURRENT BUILDING CODES r ,•, .. vo LJ 4'x31" 4'x31" 4'x31" 4'x31" 4'x31" 4'x31" 4'x31" 4'x31" 4'x31" 4'x31" FEa #3 141'-8" MAX. TRAVEL DISTANCE OFF1C M M �' M M M X X x X X sr st ti' X X X X X F1 FM M M M M X x X X X C J11 L— M M M x M X X X x O` c c c c c H/I en M M M x x x x _1 Hn M M M frl ❑ 0 x X x X o v HOLDING o u m m M M p v p v ® P� I'WA x x x x BATHING u � ou o x x x x x cNv o� _ " " 19" 19 WELCOME H 1 -.7 213Z331M I PSP FRDEU ESH PEfSAFE WN 6t0Z FREEZER q.TIFR FISH ■ 3- ■ )tom 1 ■ 1- ■ HH HH Hsi EXIT #1 ' 68" OF) i EGRESS WIDTH PROVIDED ----WOOD RAMP REPT z_ 70M1 EXIT #2 34" OF EGRESS WIDTH PROVIDED FE X N X x ;o x ONO X X co N N j�l 00 X X corq N x ' �— X ;o N " X = O x N N110 x Q' x ' x ;o N N �I Op X x ;o N N bo N N N N X ' x 9 Fw� 19" .A. x x x N og u91 " YCWF 0 4� VO FE #1 db\/08 0 ;I9VJ Sm IdS�T E"61 Q 11" ----------------51'----------------- ------ 23, w-----J`----------- 41'-5"— — — — — — — — — — — — ADJACENT TENANT A a o 0 NOTE - SEE SHEET A3.0 AND E2.0 FOR EMERGENCY / NIGHT LIGHT LOCATIONS. FE #x - FIRE EXTINGUISHER 1. NOTE - FIRE EXTINGUISHERS TO BE LOCATED SO THAT AN EXTINGUISHER IS WITHIN 75'-0" OF TRAVEL DISTANCE FROM ANY POINT IN THE STORE. IF ADDITIONAL EXTINGUISHERS ARE REQUIRED, COORDINATE LOCATIONS WITH LOCAL FIRE MARSHAL AND WITH PET SUPPLIES PLUS REPRESENTATIVE. PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS SHALL BE INSTALLED, MAINTAINED AND INSPECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 101. N E N 4 N N �A V� b E " 1 �r C. u: ti Z 0 a U) W W Q 0 W AR f V U N Lo M J JLL 0 � (L N 2 CL N Z J W LL v) W LL J ISSUED FOR: PERMIT 03.14.19 BID 03.14.19 CONSTRUCTION 00.00.00 REVIEW SET 03.14.19 PROJECT MANAGER DESIGNER SS SS JOB NO. 18390 01 1 LIFE SAFETY PLAN SCALE: 1 /8" = V-0" LS01 ROOF DECK OR FLOOR DECK EXISTING EXISTING WALL STOREFRONT EXISTING WALLS TO BE PATCHED & REPAIRED TO FINISH ENSURE A FLOOR LEVEL 4 FINISH. EXISTING PERIMETER WALL ONE SIDE: 5/8" GYP. BOARD OVER EXISTING METAL STUD FRAMING ABOVE STOREFRONT TO BOTTOM OF ROOF DECK / BELOW STOREFRONT TO FLOOR. G.0 TO CAULK ALL GYP. BD. TO NEW OR EXISTING STOREFRONT. EXISTING EXISTING ONE SIDE: ONE SIDE: PERIMETER PERIMETER 5/8" GYP. BOARD CEILING 5/8" GYP. WALL WALL OVER 3 5/8" WHERE BOARD OVER ONE SIDE: METAL STUD OCCURS 6" METAL STUD 5/8" GYP. ONE SIDE: FRAMING AT 16" (TYP.) FRAMING AT ONE SIDE: BOARD OVER 3 5/8" GYP. O.C. TO BOTTOM - 16" O.C. TO : 5/8" GYP. BOARD 5/8" METAL BOARD OF ROOF DECK. BOTTOM OF OVER 3 5/8" STUD FRAMING OVER 7/8" ROOF DECK. METAL STUD = AND BATT HAT ONE SIDE: FRAMING & BATT INSULATION CHANNEL BOTH SIDES: 5/8" GYP. INSULATION (STC 50) AT 16" AT 16" O.C. 5/8" GYP. BOARD OVER 3 (STC 50) AT 16" O.C. TO TO BOTTOM BOARD OVER 5/8" METAL BOTH SIDES: O.C. TO BOTTOM BOTTOM OF OF ROOF 3 5/8" METAL STUD FRAMING 5/8" GYP. BOARD OF ROOF DECK ROOF DECK OR DECK OR 6" STUD AT 16" O.C. TO OVER 3 5/8" = FOR FLUSH 6" ABOVE ABOVE FRAMING AT 6" ABOVE METAL STUD : FINISH OF CEILING CEILING 16 O.C. TO " CEILING I FRAMING AT 16" EXISTING = WHERE WHERE BOTTOM OF WHERE O.C. TO 6" ABOVE PERIMETER : CEILING CEILING ROOF DECK. CEILING CEILING WHERE WALL. OCCURS. OCCURS. OCCURS. CEILING OCCURS. C2 OD OB 61 62 <F> <e> 2-1/2" MTL C2 6" MTL STUD B3 STUD FRAMING FRAMING NOTE: GYPSUM BOARD MUST BE CUT TO FIT THE GROOVES OF THE ROOF DECKING METAL STUD FRAMING WITH TYPE "X" GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE METAL CHANNEL RUNNER AT METAL STUD WALL WITH 3/16" ANCHORS AT 4'-0" O.C. (RAMSET, I.C.B.O. #1639 OR APPROVED EQUAL) BASE MOLDING. SEE FINISH SCHEDULE FINISH FLOOR SLAB. REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE NOTES: 1. SEE FLOOR PLAN FOR LOCATION OF WALL INSULATION. 2. SEE FLOOR PLAN FOR LOCATION OF FIRE RATED WALLS. 02 1 PARTITION AT FLOOR �i ROOF DECK AND CONSTRUCTION SECURE TOP TRF ROOF DECK FLUT PERPENDI( TO METAL PROVIDE FIRE CAULK OVER FIRE SAFING INSULATION AT VOIDS AT DECK. ADHERE TO MANUFACTURER'S LIMITATIONS PROVIDE FIRE CAULK OVER WALL LEGEND EXISTING PERIMETER WALL CEILING WHERE CEILING WHERE OCCURS (TYP.) OCCURS (TYP.) ONE SIDE: 5/8" GYP. E SIDE: BOARD OVER " GYP. 6" METAL ARD OVER [FRAMING STUD METAL STUD FRAMING AT AT 16" O.C. TO 6" O.C. TO 6" ABOVE OVE CEILING CEILING WHERE WHERE CEILING CEILING OCCURS. OCCURS. TO MAINTAIN FIRE RATING. FIRE SAFING INSULATION AT OPEN SPACE MIN 1 1/4" VOIDS AT DECK. ADHERE TO 3"X6"X16 GA. TOP TRACK OR MANUFACTURER'S 3"X6" BENT METAL PLATE AS LIMITATIONS TO MAINTAIN INDICATED. FIRE RATING. 3/4" GAP IN GYPSUM BOARD SECURE TOP TRACK TO TO PERMIT FREE MOVEMENT ROOF DECK FLUTES OF ROOF DECK DO NOT TAPE TOGETHER. TOP TRACK OF STUD WALL SET PARALLEL TO TO ALLOW FREE MOVEMENT OF METAL DECK ROOF STRUCTURE AT WALL FRAMING AND FINISHES. TYPE'X' GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE. SCALE: 1 112" = 1 %8" 1 03 1 TYP. FULL HEIGHT PARTITION DETAIL AT ROOF DECK ROOF DECK AND CONSTRUCTION WALL LEGEND NOTES: 1. ALL DEMISING WALLS AND EXTERIOR PERIMETER WALLS ARE TO HAVE INSULATION WITH R-VALUE OF [ARCHITECT TO SPECIFY R-VALUE BASED ON BUILDING RATING AND EXISTING CONDITIONS] RATING NO LESS THAN STC 50. 2. GYPSUM BOARD TO BE CUT AROUND ROOF DECK ALONG DEMISING WALLS FOR TIGHT CLEAN FINISH 8'-0" A.F.F. AND TO MAINTAIN THE NECESSARY FIRE SEPARATION. T.O. WALL 3. MOISTURE RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD TO BE USED IN PUBLIC PET WASH, GROOMER'S BATHING, RESTROOMS AND BEHIND FRP PANELS. 5/8" THICK DENS -SHIELD BACKER TO BE USED IN LIEU OF BOTH SIDES: GYPSUM BOARD BEHIND WALL TILE. 5/8" GYP. BOARD 4. G.C. TO REFERENCE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR CEILING HEIGHTS. OVER 3 5/8" 5. SOUND WALL TO BE PROVIDED FROM FINISH FLOOR TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK WHERE GROOMING, BOTH SIDES: BOTH SIDES: METAL STUD GROOMING HOLDING, GROOMING BATHING AND PUBLIC PET WASH ARE LOCATED ALONG A DEMISING 5/8" GYP. 5/8" GYP. BOTH SIDES: FRAMING AT 16" WALL. SOUND WALL TO HAVE A STC RATING OF 50 UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. BOARD OVER BOARD OVER 5/8" GYP. BOARD O.C. TO BOTTOM 6. PROVIDE LEVEL 4 FINISH TO ALL EXPOSED WALLS. 3 5/8" 25 GA. 3 5/8" 25 GA. OVER 3 5/8" OF ROOF DECK 7. SEE DETAIL 05/A8.0 & 06/A8.0 FOR DETAIL AND SPACING OF CONTROL JOINTS IN GYPSUM BOARD METAL STUD METAL STUD METAL STUD WITH ALUMINUM WALLS. FRAMING TO FRAMING TO FRAMING AT 16" WINDOW AT T-0" 8. ALL WALLS TO BE TAPED, SANDED AND READY TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHES. T-0" A.F.F. 4'-0" A.F.F. O.C. TO 8'-0" A.F.F. TO T-2" 9. REFER TO METAL STUD SCHEDULE ON SHEET C4.0 FOR STUD GA. SEE NOTE 11 SEE NOTE 11 A.F.F. A.F.F. 10. REFER TO FLOOR PLAN FOR IN WALL STEAL POST BRACING. 11. REFER TO DETAILS ON SHEET A7.0 FOR SPECIFIC WALL FINISH DETAILS. E2 OF OH 12 PROVIDE NEW SEALANT AROUND INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR OF EXISTING STOREFRONT / WINDOW SYSTEM. 13. PROVIDE SEALANT WHERE STOREFRONT / WINDOW SYSTEM MEET GYPSUM BOARD. 14. EXTEND STUDS AND GYPSUM BOARD TO UNDERSIDE OF ROOF DECK WHERE NEEDED. GENERAL NOTES CODED NOTES OPEN SPACE MIN 1 114" 3"X6"X16 GA. TOP TRACK OR 3"X6" BENT METAL PLATE AS INDICATED. 3/4" GAP IN GYPSUM BOARD TO PERMIT FREE MOVEMENT OF ROOF DECK DO NOT TAPE TOGETHER. TOP TRACK OF STUD WALL SET TO ALLOW FREE MOVEMENT OF ROOF STRUCTURE AT WALL FRAMING AND FINISHES. TYPE W GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE. SCALE: 1 1/2" = V-0" 1. EXISTING SIDEWALK. A. NO COLUMN BUMP OUTS ARE PERMITTED ALONG PERIMETER SALES FLOOR WALL 2. NEW ACCESSIBLE CURB RAMP. REFER TO DETAIL 03/A8.0. DUE TO RACKING REQUIREMENTS. G.C. TO VERIFY ALL PERIMETER WALLS ARE 3. OVERHEAD DOOR. PROVIDE LINTEL AS NECESSARY. REFER TO HARDWARE FLUSH UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. G.C. TO NOTIFY ARCHITECT IF ADDITIONAL E SCHEDUFOR DETAILS. REFER TO LINTEL SCHEDULE ON SHEET C4.0 AND WALLS NEED TO BE CONSTRUCTION TO ACHIEVE FLUSH SALES FLOOR DETAIL 0LR . PERIMETER WALLS. 4. BOLLARD, REFER TO 07/ A 8.0 & 08/A8.0. B. G.C. TO VERIFY ALL OVERALL DIMENSIONS, COLUMN LOCATIONS, COLUMN SIZES, 5. VINYL CORNER GUARD 48" AFF. REFER TO DETAIL 10/A8.0. ETC. ONCE DEMOLITION IS COMPLETED. G.C. TO PROVIDE PLAN SHOWING 6. EXISTING BUILDING COLUMN. REMOVE ALL FURRING, HARDWARE, CLEAN, PREP GATHERED DIMENSIONS TO ARCHITECT OF RECORD AND PSP PROJECT AND PAINT P-1, SEMI GLOSS, TYP. MANAGER. PSP TO RECEIVE CONFIRMATION DIMENSIONS ON WEEK 2 OF 7. INSTALL FIRE RETARDANT 2x CLEATS TO WALL BEHIND PERIMETER RACKING. CONSTRUCTION. REFER TO ELEVATIONS FOR MOUNTING HTS. AND LENGTHS. C. G.C. TO PROVIDE ANY NECESSARY FLOOR LEVELING AND PATCHING AS g, 4-A:60-B:C MULTI -PURPOSE 10-LB. FIRE EXTINGUISHER. REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW FLOOR FINISHES. 9. 9. 02/A . 5'-0" x 12'-0" FROST SLAB. SEE DETAIL 02/A8.0. 12'-6'-0 D. G.C. TO REPAIR / REPLACE ANY GYP. BOARD AS NECESSARY FOR FLUSH 4'-0" x FROST SLAB. SEE DETAIL SURFACE ON ALL WALLS. 11. NEW CONCRETE FLOOR, SLOPED TOWARD DRAIN(S). E. CONTRACTOR TO EXTEND ANY EXISTING PERIMETER WALLS TO DECK AS 12. LOCATION FOR AQUARIUM FILTRATION EQUIPMENT. MOUNT 36" AFF. ON FIRE REQUIRED. WALL EXTENDED TO LEVEL 4 FINISH. RETARDANT PLYWOOD BOARD. 13. PHONE/DATA BOARD. 14. ELECTRICAL SERVICE PANELS. 15. NOT USED. 16. EXISTING LOADING PLATFORM - EXPANDED FOR NEW PSP RECEIVING.. 17. NOT USED. 18. NOT USED. 19. EXISTING ELECTRIC METER - PROTECT DURING DEMO / CONSTRUCTION.. 20. EXTERIOR 8" STEEL BOLLARDS. REFER TO DETAIL 01/A8.2. 21. FRP FROM FLOOR TO 48" A.F.F. BEHIND FISH/ANIMAL UNITS. SEE FIXTURE PLAN AND ELEVATIONS FOR EXTENT OF FRP. 22. EXISTING WOOD RAMP TO BE REPLACED - NEW RAMP TO FOLLOW SIZE / SLOPE OF EXISTING. E � � cm O �+ NIr E y 4 � E� Wr N cc O H n. U W W H Q 0 W z Q L.L O O J LL ISSUED FOR: PERMIT 03.14.19 BID 03.14.19 CONSTRUCTION 00.00.00 REVIEW SET 03.14.19 PROJECT MANAGER DESIGNER SS SS JOB NO. 18390 01 1 FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1/8" = V-0" Al 00 L CODED NOTES (D NORTH --A,---------------------------------AIL------------- #--------------------------A,— O B O O 1. INSTALL 2x FIRE RETARDANT CLEATS TO WALL BEHIND PERIMETER RACKING. REFER TO ELEVATIONS FOR MOUNTING HTS. AND LENGTHS. 2. MCCUE CARTSTOP, CS-1. LENGTHS AS NOTED. SEE SPECIFICATION ON SHEET A9.1. REFER TO DETAIL 09/A8.2. 3. WALL MOUNTED CRASH RAIL. CRA. SEE SECIFICATION ON SHEET A9.1. 4. CHROME CART CORRAL. REFER TO DETAIL 11/A8.0 & 12/A8.0. 5. TACTILE SIGNAGE. REFER TO DETAIL 09/A8.0. 6. WALL MOUNTED HAND SANITIZERS. 7. CHECKOUT COUNTERS. ANCHOR TO FLOOR WITH FIRE RETARDANT TREATED 2x CLEATS SECURED TO FLOOR SLAB. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR POWER REQUIREMENTS. 8. AQUARIUM EQUIPMENT. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND ELEVATIONS FOR POWER REQUIREMENTS. 9. 2" EMT POWER POLE. POLE TO EXTEND TO UNDERSIDE OF ROOF STRUCTURE. SECURE POLE TO CASH WRAP AND ROOF STRUCTURE. DO NOT PAINT, EMT TO REMAIN RAW STEEL. 10. FLOOR TRANSITION TO BE FLUSH. REFER TO DETAIL 14/A8.0. 11. REFER TO DETAIL 13/A8.0 FOR SALES FLOOR TO CPT-1 TRANSITION. 12. WELCOME BOARD PROVIDED BY PSP, INSTALLED BY PSP. 13. COMMUNITY BOARD PROVIDED BY PSP, INSTALLED BY PSP. 14. NON -SLIP FLOOR FINISH. REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 15. FIRE EXTINGUISHER - COORDINATE QUANTITY AND LOCATIONS WITH LOCAL FIRE MARSHAL AND PET SUPPLIES PLUS CONSTRUCTION MANAGER 16. LADDER STORAGE AREA.. 52 N i%y�^� h�l r r N M • q cm 4 f4 f4E� �hE N b b Z O H a U CD W W H Q 0 W N �jj Lo M J' oJLl- - J Rim_ w>_ NZ IZ N Z Z Q O� CL0� J Lu 0 J n� t.� LL w ~ C) = U) X Z Q Z LL LL ISSUED FOR: PERMIT 03.14.19 BID 03.14.19 CONSTRUCTION 00.00.00 REVIEW SET 03.14.19 PROJECT MANAGER DESIGNER SS SS E:JOB NO. 18390 FIXTURE PLAN SCALE: 1/8" = V-0" A200 05 1 NOT USED 05 1 NOT USED ROOF GENERAL NOTES A. PAINT ALL NEW AND EXISTING GAS PIPING ON ROOF. B. PROVIDE CRICKETS ON BACKWATER SIDE OF ALL NEW ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT CURBS. C. PATCH ALL RUSTED ROOF DECKING WITH NEW ROOF DECKING TO MATCH EXISTING. PREP DECKING FOR NEW PAINTED FINISH. D. PATCH ALL ABANDONED ROOF DECK OPENINGS (I.E. REMOVED RTU'S, EXHAUST SYSTEMS, ETC.) WITH NEW ROOF DECKING TO MATCH EXISTING. NO ROOF OPENINGS ARE PERMITTED. GENERAL NOTES A. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE. B. REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE FOR CEILING TYPES. C. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS CONCERNING SEISMIC BRACING AND LATERAL SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS. D. COORDINATE EXIT SIGNS LOCATIONS/HEIGHTS WITH LOCAL FIRE MARSHAL. G.C. TO VERIFY THAT EXIT SIGNS WILL NOT INTERFERE WITH TENANTS INTERIOR GRAPHICS OR LIGHTING. E. G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR STRAIGHTENING/RE-ALIGNING LIGHTING ROWS AFTER FIXTURES INSTALLATION IS COMPLETED. F. ROUTE ALL WATER, GAS, VENT PIPING IN JOIST SPACE OR TO IMMEDIATE UNDERSIDE OF JOIST. MODIFY ANY EXISTING UTILITIES AS REQUIRED.. G. CEILING, LIGHTING, ETC. SUPPORTING SYSTEMS SHALL ATTACH TO STRUCTURAL MEMBERS ONLY, ARE NOT PERMITTED TO BE ATTACHED TO ROOF DECKING, BRIDGING OR WIND BRACING, AND SHALL COMPLY WITH SEISMIC ZONING BRACING REQUIREMENTS. DESIGN OF THE SUPPORTING SYSTEM IS TO FOLLOW THE MANUFACTURERS INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS AND IS THE CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY. H. ANY EXISTING CEILING ITEMS THAT ARE TO REMAIN IN OPERATION (FOR EXAMPLE: EXISTING ROOF DRAINAGE PIPING, EXISTING GENERAL PIPING, EXISTING CONDUITS, EXISTING DUCT WORK OR ANY OTHER EXISTING BUILDING SYSTEM ELEMENTS) ARE TO BE RAISED AS REQUIRED FOR LIGHT FIXTURE INSTALLATION. G.C. TO COORDINATE AS REQUIRED. M/11114 1 CC JrLIIiC 4NNEL CODED NOTES 1. OPEN TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. PAINT EXPOSED STRUCTURE, CONDUIT, PIPING HANGERS, DUCTWORK, ETC. ACCORDING TO FINISH SCHEDULE. ALL NEW EXPOSED DUCTWORK TO BE PROVIDED WITH PAINT GRIP FINISH. 2. OPEN TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. 3. GYPSUM BOARD CEILING @ 8'-0" AFF. 5/8" MOISTURE RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD OVER DRYWALL SUSPENSION SYSTEM - USG OR EQUAL. PAINT ACCORDING TO FINISH SCHEDULE. 4. ACOUSTIC TILE CEILING & GRID ACT-1 @ 10'-0" A.F.F. 5. EXIT SIGN WITH EXTERIOR REMOTE EMERGENCY HEAD. 6. MOISTURE RESISTANT ACOUSTIC TILE CEILING & GRID ACT-2 @ 10'-0" A.F.F. 7. LED STRIP LIGHT SUSPENDED AT 1 V-6" A.F.F. USING GRIPPLE LOOP WITH EXPRESS FASTENER CABLE SYSTEM. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS. 8. LED STRIP LIGHT SUSPENDED AT 13'-0" A.F.F. USING GRIPPLE LOOP WITH EXPRESS FASTENER CABLE SYSTEM WITH WRAP AROUND LENS. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS. 9. SURFACE MOUNTED LED LIGHT FIXTURE INSTALLED WITH 2" SPACERS AND WRAP AROUND LENS. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS. 10. SURFACE MOUNTED LED LIGHT FIXTURE INSTALLED WITH 2" SPACERS. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS. 11. EXHAUST FAN. TYPICAL FOR BOTH RESTROOMS. 12. NOT USED. 13. APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF EXISTING ROOFTOP UNIT THAT WILL BE REPLACED WITH NEW RTU. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR SPECS ON NEW RTU'S. 14. NEW DUCTWORK INSTALLED AT MAX. HEIGHT IN SALES AND BACK ROOM. EXPOSED TO VIEW DUCTWORK TO BE FABRICATED WITH PAINT GRIP FINISH. PAINT ALL EXPOSED DUCTWORK INCLUDING SUPPLY AND RETURN DROPS PER THE FINISH SCHEDULE. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS. NEW DUCTWORK ABOVE LAY -IN CEILING IN ALL ROOMS WITH CEILINGS. COORDINATE DUCTWORK ON SHEET M1.0 WITH LIGHTING PLAN. 15. REFER TO GENERAL NOTES REGARDING EXISTING OR NEW SPRINKLER SYSTEM. 16. NOT USED. 17. 24"X24" ACCESS PANEL TO BE INSTALLED AT EXTERIOR SOFFIT TO GAIN ACCESS TO BUILDING SIGNAGE. COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD FOR EXACT LOCATION. 18. NOT USED. 19. VANITY LIGHTING REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS. 20. EXISTING LIGHTS UNDER CANOPY TO REMAIN - GC TO CONFIRM ALL ARE IN GOOD CONDITION AND OPERATING. 21. APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF NEW ROOFTOP UNIT. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR SPECS ON NEW RTU'S. SCALE: N.T.S. 04 NOT USED SCALE: N.T.S. 03 DRYWALL SUSPENSION SYSTEM CROSS CHANNEL DETAL SCALE: 1" = V-0" BOTTOM OF DUCT =12'-0" (+-) BOTTOM OF SPRINKLER =N/A :. ;.� .. �:''"•�"' ------------------------------ � BOTTOM OF LIGHTS IN SALES AREA =11'-6" = �•.! y' cl� --WOOD RAMP j 5 —� I 14 2 o 49i M 0 I- 4 OFFICE BACK ROOM r - -j 10 INEW I SALES RTU _ 4 7 iv LtATIO SCALE: N.T.S. I 3 11. 1 15 _yw1gl5 . EQ. 6'-0" EQ. - _ - 3 11 2;-0„ EQ. EQ. 2,_6„ iv T RT 19 ••� •:• L lhili RTU RTU t1NISEX �OCATIO" I[OCATIO" I6 6 ,3 13 J CROSS CHANNEL ANGLE MOLDING PUBLIC PET WASH O�O I 6 9 `J GROOMING W i GYPSUM BOAR SCREW INTO CEILING PANEL MOLDING AT I RH CAT-/ PERIMETER ADOPT I 17 20 I 0 I` 0 Z O H a U) w 0 W Q W Z Q _j 0- V Z W U 0 W U W J LL W w ISSUED FOR: PERMIT 03.14.19 BID 03.14.19 CONSTRUCTION 00.00.00 REVIEW SET 03.14.19 JOB NO. 18390 I OZ I DRYWALL SUSPENSION SYSTEM I SCALE:1"=1'-0" 101 I REFLECTED CEILING PLAN I SCALE: 1/8"=V-0" I PERIMETER DETAIL A300 N WALL MOUNTED MOU w GENERAL NOTES 7'-10" ABOV 2 (5) 2 1/2" DIAMETER 3 J HOLES IN COUNTERTOP 4'-5- O U A. REFER TO SHEET A1.0 FOR WALL TYPES. WITH GREY 2-PIECE V M B. G.C. TO PROVIDE ANY NECESSARY FLOOR LEVELING AND PATCHING AS REQUIRED FOR GROMMET cn L)INSTALLATION OF NEW FLOOR FINISHES. =) uj vi C. G.C. TO REPAIR /REPLACE ANY GYP. BOARD AS NECESSARY FOR FLUSH SURFACE ON ALL WALLS. G.C. TO FIELD DRILL (1) 2- W J OD. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TAKEN FROM FINISHED WALL TO FINISHED WALL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. \ 37 DIAMETER CABLE ACCESS z - \ 33 00 / IN EACH SUPPORT PANEL D E O O O O U) W 0 12 \ iv @ 12" AFF, = w O 40 \ \11 43 MELAMINE SUPPORT F t J cn PUBLIC PET WASH \ _ PANEL (BELOW) TO ih ' O _O co BE PREDRILLED FOR = / OFFICE a 3 05/A7.0 05/A7.0 `o o Ed ADJUST. SHELVES ~ m 0 2 Q I 2 I 09 QUO 07iA7.0 s 10 I DEH o • 32 1 20 = G 08 10 1 ti---------- 0 12" X 36" A6.1 - I ADJUSTABLE `' \ I / 06 \ I j.", N .• . SALES . 35 co PUBLIC ET WASH LAMINATE SHELVES OH 11 1" 5" 1- c ON 24" STANDARDS I 08 \ I - . °.: 45 35 I (ABOVE) DASHED LINE A6. .. : .� 2 I I 04 SALES MELAMINE END PANEL INDICATES n I - `t = o TO BE PREDRILLED FOR 2'-0- THERMOSTATS PAINTABLE , 05 �•. °.: i ° `� 32 o / I ADJUST. LAMINATE WOOD WALL I 5'-0" MIN. J07/A7.0 / 0'I 03 `' SHELVES (BELOW) TRIM ABOVE. 12 A6.1 18 ,I / .s.. ° / 36 I 1 REFER TO ELECTRICAL PAINTABLE WOOD _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ O EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE I 02 DRAWINGS FOR POWER / 03/ 7 0) A A. SILL CAP ON TOP OF °. DATA HEIGHTS AND _ t ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS 00 32 • REFER TO ELECTRICAL 9'-6" DRAWINGS FOR SWITCH 2 REQUIREMENTS. 35 11 REFER TO MECHANICAL I 2 DRAWINGS FOR THERMOSTAT &° REQUIREMENTS. 15 6'-11" `o PROVIDE FIRE RETARDANT ;n 40 / (5'-7" CLEAR MIN.) IN -WALL BLOCKING AT / 38 COUNTER AND WALL 2 / 1'-7" SHELVING / (18"CLEAR MIN.) N • ALL MELAMINE IN THE 12 21-0" OFFICE TO BE GREY. MAX. 36 18 33 Li � GROOMING PARTIAL HEIGHT / / 4 •y. WALL. RADIUS 4 • . CORNERS. PROVIDE E ❑ 8'-0" ,3'-8'. .' OVERSIZED & SCRIBE TO WALL : • M • •. r06"`� 1'-11" 3'-0" 6" SIM. 5'-5" n. 3 C 31 4 4 FE GROOMING 7 \ / 6 3 / \ 04 I--- -J A4.0 NOTE: REFER TO OFFICE ELEVATIONS FOR J,K AND L O, EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS. BACK ROOM � 05 ENLARGED PLAN AT O4 ENLARGED OFFICE PLAN 03 ENLARGED PLAN AT 3 - - SCALE 1/2" =1'-0" SCALE 1@" =1'-0" SCALE 1/2" =1'-0" PUBLIC PET WASH GROOMING CHECK -IN Cl Cl TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES AO TOILET PAPER DISPENSER; BOBRICK B-6857 BO GRAB BAR - 42" LONG; BOBRICK B-6806.99X42 O GRAB BAR - 36" LONG; BOBRICK B-6806.99X36 O VERTICAL GRAB BAR -18" LONG; BOBRICK B-5806.99X18 O MIRROR - 24"X36"; BOBRICK B-165 O30" X 30" X 12" HAMPTON WALL CABINET MODEL #: KW3030-SW COLOR: SATIN WHITE. WWW.HOMEDEPOT.COM O EXTREME AIR HAND DRYER - MODEL: EXT7 COLOR: WHITE BOTTOM OF HAND DRYER TO BE MOUNTED 40" A.F.F. O SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL - 7 1/2" X 10" X 3 13/16"; BOBRICK B-270 O COAT HOOK - BRAINERD SATIN NICKEL MODEL: B42306J-SN-C TAG ITEM OA AUTO DEPOSIT OB SAFE OC VERTICAL FILE CABINET OD MANAGER'S WORKSTATION & DOCK OE DESKTOP PC OF TELEPHONE GO (2) BLUEBIRD HANDHELD & DOCK HO PRINTER/FAX/SCANNER O CAMERA DVD / MONITOR O MUSIC SYSTEM O UPS / POWER SURGE OM SECURITY VIEWING MONITOR NO NETWORK VIDEO RECORDER (NVT) CODED NOTES Q - - OFFICE 1. FRP PANELS TO BE LOCATED AT RESTROOM FIXTURE LOCATIONS. I N 2. WALL -MOUNTED LEASH TIE DOWN: STAINLESS STEEL 1" x 800 LBS MOUNTING RING. I RT I _ MOUNTED 18" A.F.F. PROVIDE FIRE RETARDANT WOOD BLOCKING AS REQUIRED. 3. FIRE RETARDANT WOOD BASE AND PLYWOOD WALL PROTECTION. REFER TO DETAIL PCA10�04/A8.0. 4. BOLLARD, REFER TO 07/A8.0 & 08/A8.0. 5. MOP BASIN. REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS. 6. PHONE/DATA BOARD. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR I I 4D- DETAILS. L _1 I I NISEX 7. ELECTRICAL SERVICE PANELS. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS. 8. PROVIDE FRP PANEL ON EACH SIDE OF MOP SINK AT 48" A.F.F. AND BEHIND AND ON Cl SIDES OF DRINKING FOUNTAIN. CAULK FRP AT ALL THE TOPS AND TERMINATION 22 POINTS i C2 9. 3 3/4", 1/4" DIA. WIRE VINYL -COATED SCREW -IN TOOL HANGER. VERIFY MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH PSP PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. V 17 I - - - 10. G.C. TO SLOPE NEW CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB TO DRAIN, FLOOR SINK(S) OR TRENCH 14 13 8 DRAIN. A6.1 I 1 I 11. FLOOR DRAIN. REFER TO 01/A8.1. L 15 12. DRYER HOSE OUTLET. REFER TO ELEVATIONS FOR ROUGH -IN LOCATION. E v A6.1 I 13. CW HOSE BIBB REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT. 4 U- L - - D C1 14. PET WASH TUB. SET IN PLACE AND SECURE TO FLOOR SLAB. MAKE ALL FINAL 9 3 D I I \ REFER TO DETAIL 09/A8.0 FOR RESTROOM TACTILE SIGNAGE. PLUMBING CONNECTIONS. I IS I I PROVIDE FIRE RETARDANT BLOCKING AS REQUIRED AT TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES. 15. PET WASH SHOWER BASIN. CAST POLYMER REGULAR TEXTURE BASIN WITH 8 `--' - INTEGRAL RUBBER FLANGE. 1/4" PER FOOT SLOPE TO DRAIN. FINISH: #1920 PLATINUM in IRONSTONE. SET IN PLACE AND SECURE TO FRAMING. MAKE ALL PLUMBING 5 H/l WH CONNECTIONS. 16. PET WASH DRYERS UNDER SHOWER BASIN. 17. DAEWOO MICROWAVE COMBO FREE STANDING COMPACT REFRIGERATOR W/ T02 FREEZER. \ o Q \ 18. WHERE THE TWO DIFFERENT FLOOR FINISHES MEET PROVIDE FLUSH CONDITION. 4.0 \ C2 / °r° I 1 \ I REFER TO DETAIL 14/A8.0. 19 19. 4'-0" L. X 14" D. WHITE VENTILATED SHELVING MOUNTED ABOVE TUB. LEE/ROWAN. 10 B ING 30 C3 - - - f - _ J 1 \ I MAX -TRACK SYSTEM OR EQUAL. 14 H 20. DEHUMIDIFIER. N i UNISEX I 21. STEEL PIPE BRACING. REFER TO DETAILS 07/A8.1.Lu CODEO ET S APPLY I 22. LOCKER LOCATION. v SIMII ARLY TO THIS I 23. GROOMING STATION SUPPLIED BY PET SUPPLIES PLUS. z V V Z 39 = 24. GROOMING TABLE SUPPLIED BY PET SUPPLIES PLUS. a F) I � \\ i ROOM I cc / 25. RECEPTION DESK. REFER TO DETAIL 13&14/A6.2. O V 09 O V 0 / PU LIC 18 \ L - - - - - I / 26. TANKLESS WATER HEATERS. REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS. _ = 10 12 PH 27. FINISH FLOOR AND EXTERIOR GRADE TO BE FLUSH. 28. REFER TO SHEET A1.0 FOR SCISSOR LIFT NOTES. A6.2 29. STACKABLE WASHER /DRYER. 20 O 39lJ = 30. FLOOR TRENCH. SEE DETAIL 3/A8.1. DEH - = I N HIGH -LOW 31. EMPLOYEE TIME CLOCK TO BE MOUNTED AT 48" A.F.F. Z W 11 29 05 O WATER 32. SHAMPOO SHELF Q HO ING / H A4.0 _ _ _ _ _ FOUNTAIN 33. DRYER HOSE HOOK. SUGATSUNE PLAIN HOOK JF-70 MEDIUM, STAINLESS STEEL. -I 34. SHOWER BASIN WATER SUPPLY LINE WITH HIGH PRESSURE HOSE. 0 l.1 18 \ � 35. SHOWER BASIN WATER SUPPLY TEMPERATURE CONTROL LEVER. / O 051 36. RECESSED WATERPROOF DRYER SWITCH(S) 37. GARMENT HOOK. BRAINERD 3-HOOK IN SATIN NICKEL, 3.94"h X 2.78w X 2.24d o �-- B i = A6.01 38. TOWEL HAMPER. STERLITE WHEELED LAUNDRY HAMPER WITH RETRACTABLE 1'-6" A D H I I HANDLE, WHITE. C2 C2 I \ 04 I 39. THRESHOLD TRIM WALL CAP ih 03 25 ��- � ----- ---J 40. TILED STEP � 23 G 41. 10" DEEP LAMINATE SHELVING. THREE SHELVES PER SECTION. q N 42. 12" DEEP X 30" SHELF FOR SCISSOR LIFT POWER UNIT. r 2 F 43. TRASH RECEPTACLE. STERLITE 13 GAL. TOUCHTOP WASTEBASKET, WHITE. 02N V04 E2 \I H 44. IN -FLOOR HAIR INTERCEPTOR - SEE PLUMBING PLANS FOR SPEC. o GROOMING C I 07 I \ 45. DOCK BUMPER - FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. N 24 01 � A6.1 E2 v I -- 05 A6.1 I -- A6.1 I o 2 \ -T---F I - C1 213Z3: \ Q 23 UNISEk i W N 61 `° IL L - -I - 8'-7 3/4" 2'-0" 2'-3" E 7" 7'-8" 154 02 ENLARGED RESTROOM PLAN SCALE: 1/2"=V-0" 01 ENLARGED PET GROOMING SCALE: 1/4"=V-0" N r-suj E Vl r- C4 N cn er ey Qd v1N N b -A E • :i tr%- d L I Fla Z O H a U) w 0 W Q 0 W CV Lo M JLL ui E� N2 IL � N ISSUED FOR: PERMIT 03.14.19 BID 03.14.19 CONSTRUCTION 00.00.00 REVIEW SET 03.14.19 PROJECT MANAGER DESIGNER SS SS JOB NO. 18390 A4mO - - - - n 1 11 1 FINISH FLOOR ) A.F.F. *FTINIS H GRADES 02 1 REAR ELEVATION PLATFORM PLATFORM BOLL;:DS�SEE DETAIL 07/A8.0 NOTE: IF BUILDING SIGNAGE IS MOUNTED DIRECTLY TO THE EXTERIOR WALL, ALL SGNAGE ATTACHMENTS, ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS, ETC. TO BE CONCEALED FROM VIEW INSIDE THE TENANT SPACE. WHERE POSSIBLE SIGN POWER BOXES ARE TO BE INSTALLED AT THE UNDERSIDE OF THE ROOF DECK AND PAINTED TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACE. NO EXPOSED CONDUIT, RACEWAYS, ETC., ARE PERMITTED TO BE VIEWED FROM INSIDE THE TENANT SPACE. G.C., E.C. AND SIGN VENDOR TO MEET ON SITE TO COORDINATE ALL ASPECTS OF INSTALLATION PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION. A B C D TENANTS BUILDING SIGN. SIGNAGE IS FOR REPRESENTATION PURPOSES E ONLY FINAL SIZE, CONFIGURATION, LOCATION, ETC. TO BE COORDINATED WITH G.C., ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR, & SIGN VENDOR. GENERAL CONTRACTOR & ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE POWER REQUIREMENTS AND NEW FACADE BY EXACT LOCATION WITH SIGNAGE VENDOR IN FIELD PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. LANDLORD. FINAL SIGN WIRING BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. NEW BRICK WRAPPED AROUND EXISTING COLUMNS - BY LANDLORD. TYP. rT .. UU.. < :jl 7 y / / �/ / E Vi E E E E lllllllll IIIIIIIIII nlinmi �iuTuni FAA, No m NEW AUTOMATIC SIDE LISTING EXTERIOR WALL 3UNTED ELECTRICAL )NDUITS IN PIPING. :W AERGENCY 3HT BY G.C. NEW PSP ROLL -UP DOCK DOOR ING M SCALE: 3/16" = V-0" SIGNAGE BY OTHERS UNDER A SEPARATE PERMIT. SHOWN HERE FOR REFERENCE ONLY T=INDICATES NEW TEMPERED SAFETY GLASS E=INDICATES EXISTING STOREFRONT WINDOWS Z O H a U) w 0 w F- Q 0 w 'w ti• • i r L-�O"Q' «►xv W J W w 0 w W x W ISSUED FOR: PERMIT 03.14.19 BID 03.14.19 CONSTRUCTION 00.00.00 REVIEW SET 03.14.19 JOB NO. 18390 01 1 FRONT ELEVATION SCALE: 3/16" =1'-0" A500 B.O. DECK 5'-2" B.O. LIGHTS 1 V-6" P-1 7'-6 1/2" 44'-21/2" T.O. CAT ADOPT FRONT & SIDE EXTERIOR STORE FIXTURES SHOWN DASHED P-4 WALLS OF CAT ADOPTION P-1 o ROOM. 2 x 4 BLOCKING SECURED TO WALL in a I BEHIND STORE FIXTURES SALES AREA VB-1 co FINISH FLOOR o1_ON CS-1 VB-1 CG-1 CAT ADOPT. 04 INTERIOR ELEVATION -WEST ELEVATION SCALE: 3M6" =1'-0" 31'-5 3/4" 10'-10 314" B.O. DECK B.O. LIGHTS_ 1, 1 V-6" FIRE EXTINGUISHER FINISH FLOOR A, CORNER VB_1 P-1 P-5 P-5 P-1 CORNER CR-1 GUARD RP-1 GUARD CS-1 FIRE RETARDANT WOOD BLOCK TO BE CLEAN AND STRAIGHT PAINT CONCEALED IN WALL. INSTALL PER WITH MOISTURE RESISTANT MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. LINE TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK. GYPSUM BOARD ONLY BEHIND CS-1 REFER TO ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING DRAWINGS THE FRP PANELS FOR EXACT LOCATION OF FISH AND ANIMAL UNIT EQUIPMENT RECEPTACLES AND HOSE BIBBS IN THIS AREA. 03 INTERIOR ELEVATION - SOUTH ELEVATION SCALE: 3/16"=1'-0" B.O. DECK T.O. WINDOW 7'-2" 06 B.O. WINDOWSILL 3'-0' FINISH FLOOR P-1 P-1 P-1 52'-51/4" STORE FIXTURES SHOWN DASHED .. . .... (TYPBOTH SIDES 0 2 x 4 BLOCKING SECURED TO WALL in BEHIND STORE FIXTURES (TYP BOTH SIDES) °� SALES AREA 'v ............................. -.---.- .............................. ..:..:..:...::..:..:...........:.:.....:..:......::....:....-1'7/A8:0.-.-.•.-.•.•:.•.•:. •.•.•.•::.•.•.•.•........:...:....:......:::.......::.:.:::.:..........:.....::........ D- ...................................................................................................................... klqkw Eq sell INOM Jill N E 8 N C4 ! N O E4 FEN~E� wf Vf Z N Z% Z 0 a_ !Y W W H Q r,u>,j +/-15'-2" B.O. LIGHTS 1 V-6" COMMUNITY BOARD VB-1 `- C C FINISH FLOOR C 0'-0" r 0'-0" VB-1 CS-1 VB_1 CS-1 CS-1 CORNER GUARDI7/A8.0 VB-1 CS"1 CS-1 CG-1 DOUBLE ACTING CG-1 TYP. TYP. IMPACT DOOR 02 INTERIOR ELEVATION - EAST ELEVATION SCALE: 3/16" =1'-0" BRACE 2" EMT AT THE UNDERSIDE OF THE STRUCTURE EXIT SIGN - SUSPENDED AS REQUIRED. EMT TO REMAIN RAW STEEL WITH THREADED ROD FROM STRUCTURE 2 x 4 BLOCKING SECURED TO WALL BEHIND STORE FIXTURES TO ELECTRICAL OUTLET (TYBOTH EXISTING COLUMN - PAINT TO SIDES) (TYP.) MATCH STOREFRONT FRAME B.O. DECK ....•...•.. :• ..• .....•.....•...•. •..•.. .•. •.... .........•....... •........•...• ......... ............. :.::::.:.::: :::.::.:::::::::::::: .::. :::::::.::.::.:::::.:.::: :.:::::.:.::..::. ... ......•.......•......... .... ...•....... ...•.. ..• .::::::::::::::::::.:.:::. ......... ::. •. •. .•.. ........ .......•. :..:...•.... •...•....•....•.....•..•. ...• ::.. ..::.::: :..:::::......:. ................... ... .........•....• •. ......•.•... ....•.... ........................•..............•.. .... .... ..............•.. •.........•.. .... .... ... .............. .......... ........ ...............:.. :...:..:...: .... .::.:.......... ......... 1 N + - - NOTE: . .. .. .. .. .... ... .......... ................ ....... ... .... .. ......... ..... .... .. . . ... .. .... ...... ::.:.:.::::. ::. ::::: :•:. ......... .........•..•......•.-.•.•..•...•.•.:•.-.:•.•. •. .......... ... ...... . T IF BUILDING WALL SIGNAGE IS MOUNTED DIRECTLY TO THE ........................................... ...... 30-2 .. 12-0 ....... ............................ ............................ ...... P-4 . . ......•.•..-.'..•.-. •..•..•. .•.• :. t n •.•. •.•.•. •..•.•.•.. .•..... :.•.•.•.•.... ELECTRICAL EXTERIOR WALL ALL SIGNAGE ATTACHMENTS,C RICAL ... ............................ .::..:........ - .12-0 ................... 16-91/4 ...............:......:. ......................................................................................................:........... B.O. LIGHT " CONNECTIONS ETC. TO BE CONCEALED FROM VIEW INSIDE THE TENANT SPACE. WHERE POSSIBLE SIGN POWER BOXES t w :..::.:•. 1 w •.... ..::::.. . ...... ..... ::::... 6 -3 ..::..:::= 4 -2 ... . ..... __ ::I o ! ...... Ii i wEw / wEw / wEw / OE" ARE TO BE LOCATED ABOVE THE VESTIBULE CEILING OR _ TA E UNDERSIDE OF THE ROOF DECK AND • . � i INSTALLED AT THE ND .� - "' ' """"' •' """"""""' PAINTED TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACE. NO EXPOSED i RACEWAYS, ETC., ARE PERMITTED TO BE VIEWED i CONDUIT RACEWA E E R i FROM INSIDE THE TENANT SPACE. G.C. E.C. AND SIGN VENDOR T T T i TO MEET ON SITE TO COORDINATE ALL ASPECTS OF INSTALLATION PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION. --IF -IF ^E^ ^E^ ^�/ "E" "E" "E" VB-1 - ::�:::::}::::::::::: I I::::::: :::::::::: - i . II I GLASS II T INDICATES TEMPERED SAFETY S ... I I. ............. ..... ............................. :. TYP. N NEW GLASS TO MATCH ADJACENT EXISTING ............ .......... .......................... ........................... -- •---- ... .......................... a0 T T T ............... ..... .......................... ........................................................................................ E EXISTING GLASS TO REMAIN FINISH FLOOR CORNER CS-1 VB_1 IRE CS-1 VB-1 CS-1 CS-1 CHROME CART 0'-0" GUARD NOTABLE EXTINGUISHER CORRAL FROSTED WINDOW FILM TO BE BOARD PROVIDED AT THIS LOCATION 05 NOT USED SCALE: 3/16" = V-0" 01 INTERIOR ELEVATION - NORTH ELEVATION SCALE: 3/16" = V-0" Z N O d' c I— M Q co JL � � W J W O a ry N W F— Z ISSUED FOR: PERMIT 03.14.19 BID 03.14.19 CONSTRUCTION 00.00.00 REVIEW SET 03.14.19 'ROJECT MANAGER DESIGNER SS SS JOB NO. 18390 A600 B.O. DECK BETWEEN 15'-2" B.O. LIGHTS CMU WALL 11'-6" 3 3/4", 1/4" DIA. WIRE P-1 VINYL -COATED SCREW -IN TOOL HANGER. VERIFY MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH PSP PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 4'-0" PROVIDE FRP PANEL ON EACH SIDE OF MOP SINK AT 48" A.F.F. CAULK FRP AT ALL THE TOPS AND o TERMINATION POINTS m ANIMAL FREEZER -v MOP SINK FINISH FLOOR Ilk 0'-0" VB-1 AT FRP ONLY 16 NOT USED SCALE: 1/4" = V-0" 15 BACKROOM ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" =1'-0" 3/4" FIRE RETARDANT TREATED PLYWOOD TO 8'-0" AFF SCREW TO WALL FRAMING, REFER TO SCHEDULE FOR PAINT FINISH. PROVIDE IN WALL FIRE PROVIDE IN WALL FIRE RETARDANT BLOCKING IN RETARDANT BLOCKING IN OFFICE FOR COUNTERTOP OFFICE FOR COUNTERTOP AND WALL SHELVING AND WALL SHELVING CEILING CEILING P-1 10'-0" 10'-0" COORDINATE HOSE BIBB THERMOSTATS LOCATION FOR THE FISH FILTRATION SYSTEM WITH THE FISH UNIT MANUFACTURER 3/4" LAMINATE SHELVE: LIGHT SWITCHES ON STANDARDS L_2 WATER 1USIC VOLUME CONTROL HEATER LAMINATE COUNTERT( & 4" HIGH BACKSPLASt LAMINATE COUNTERTOP ox, L-2 L_2 & BACKSPLASH ��� ADJ. LAMINATE SHELVE f c INT F.R. 2x4 SUPPORT AT ' CUT SHORT OR NOTCH N BACK OF SHELVES FOF : EDGE OF COUNTERTOP CABLE ACCESS (TYP) LOOR HOSE G.C. TO PROVIDE HE SINK BIBS FINISH FLOOR FINISH FLOOR NECESSARY WALL FIRE RETARDANT BLOCKING FOR THE WOOD BASE ND PANEL TO ACCEPT AQUARIUM FILTRATION ADJUST. SHELVES SYSTEM PRIOR TO FINISHING WALL CONSTRUCTION. 14 AQUARIUM FILTRATION SYSTEM SCALE: 114" =11-0" 13 NOT USED SCALE: 3/4" =1'-0" 12 NOT USED SCALE: 3/4" = V-0" 11 OFFICE ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = V-0" 10 OFFICE ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = V-0" PROVIDE IN WALL FIRE PROVIDE IN WALL FIRE 'SEE SHEET A4.0 FOR TOILET ROOM *SEE SHEET A4.0 FOR TOILET ROOM `SEE SHEET A4.0 FOR TOILET ROOM RETARDANT BLOCKING IN ACCESSORIES' SCHEDULE ACCESSORIES' SCHEDULE ACCESSORIES' SCHEDULE RETARDANT BLOCKING FOR OFFICE FOR COUNTERTOP CAMERA DVD / COUNTERTOP, WALL SHELVING AND WALL SHELVING AND NVR MONITOR PROVIDE FIRE RETARDANT 4 CEILING MUSIC SYSTEM BLOCKING AS REQUIRED PROVIDE FIRE RETARDANT PROVIDE FIRE RETARDANT CEILING BLOCKING AS REQUIRED BLOCKING AS REQUIRED 10'-0" COORDINATE LOCATION OF 10'-0' 2 CAT 6 TO PATCH NVR WITH PSP g-0" PANEL AT TELEPHO EQ MOISTURE RESISTANT MIRROR. 39"-41" VANITY GYPSUM BOARD 3/4" LAMINATE SHELVES BOARD E ENTER ON STANDARDS O SECURITY MONITOR (2) BLUEBIRD HANDHELD &DOCK FINISH CEILING LIGHT. SEE OVER SINK L-2 P_1 3/4' LAMINATE FINISH CEILING FINISH CEILING OL PRINTER /FAX /SCANNER SHELVES 8'-0" AFF ELECTRICAL T-0" MIN 8'-0" AFF 8'-0" AFF SUPPORT PANEL STANDARD /Fl I ON STANDARDS CABINET F P-1 2 WALL RAWINGS. ( ) 6" jjN MOISTURE RESISTANT MOISTURE RESISTANT LAMINATE COUNTERTOP & 5'-0" L-2 eo GYPSUM BOARD. P-1 GYPSUM BOARD. P-1 MANAGER'S WORKSTATION 4" HIGH BACKSPLASH io D & DOCK, DESKTOP PC AND O LAMINATE COUNTERTOP 8 4" O Y-6" 5'-0" (HOLD), F G \ TELEPHONE L-2 L_2 HIGH BACKSPLASH P 1 D o PHONE B dN COUNTER AUTO DEPOSIT COUNTER co RP-1 B 2'-10" in c _ 2'-10" SAFE PANELS PREDRILLED FOR ADJUST. A c '� . C . � w ® SHELVES. G.C. TO PROVIDE VERT BC Q RP-1 M v 6" H. COVED VINYL :� ? o o H v m Q RP-1 / 6" H. COVED VINYL VERTICAL FILE SUPPORT AT PANELS AS REQ'D ao iv M BASE VB-1 N c� o BASE VB-1 a CABINET ,L FINISH FLOOR ug A z FINISH FLOOR ~ ~ FINISH FLOOR " - 0'-0" FINISH FLOOR FINISH FLOOR VB-1 UPS / POWER ACCESSIBLE 17/A8.0 " 17/A8.0 0'-0" 17/A8.0 0'-0" z 1-3 rn O 1-6" 6" H. COVED VINYL NOTE:8/A8.1 2'-0" 2'-6" SURGE WATER CLOSET � - 8" 2 CAT 6 TO PATCH PANEL ADJUSTABLE SHELVING 4 CAT 6 TO PATCH TOILET ACCESSORIES SHALL E ~ BASE VB-1 AT TELEPHONE BOARD PANEL AT BE INSTALLED AND SEALED TELEPHONE TO PROTECT STRUCTURAL BOARD ELEMENTS FROM MOISTURE. 09 OFFICE ELEVATION SCALE: 114" = V-0" 08 OFFICE ELEVATION SCALE: 114" =1'-00 07 RESTROOM ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = V-0" 06 RESTROOM ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = V-0" 05 RESTROOM ELEVATION SCALE: 114" =1'-0" TRANSFER GRILLE CHASED TO UNDERSIDE OF BASINS PROVIDE IN WALL FIRE MOISTURE RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD RETARDANT BLOCKING FOR ALL PET WASH ACCESSORIES. SHAMPOO SHELF, TYP. WATER SUPPLY LINE TO HOSE WITH HIGH PROVIDE IN WALL FIRE PRESSURE SPRAYER RETARDANT BLOCKING FOR LEASH TIE OL CEILING CEILING OL ALL PET WASH ACCESSORIES. DOWN, TYP. 3" x 12" CERAMIC BULLNOSE TILE, CT-2 • TYP. 3" x 12" CERAMIC J4CEILING ,� CEILING WATER TEMPERATURE CT-2 BULLNOSE TILE P-5 P_5 10'-0" 10'-0" 09/A8.1 TOP OF TILE 8 WINDOW P-5 3" x 12" CERAMIC (CT-2)REGULAR 26"D. x 38"W. GARMENT HOOKS BULLNOSE TILE TEXTURE iv PAINTED WOOD APRON/TRIM T-2' AFF SHOWER BASE WITH RECESSED WATERPROOF INTEGRAL RUBBER DRYER SWITCH P-3 / RECESSED WATERPROOF FLANGE WALL MOUNTED LEASH 04/A7.0 C -1 DRYER SWITCH TIE DOWN, TYP. r TRASH T" B.O. WINDOW uT� n WALL MOUNTED RECEPTACLE SILL LEASH TIE DOWN SHOWER BASIN 2" X 2" MOSAIC CT-1 PROVIDE IN WALL FIRE CT-3 TILE 2" X 2" MOSAIC TILE CT-3 OD RETARDANT BLOCKING FOR cv)„T„\ 6" HIGH TILE ALL PET WASH ACCESSORIES. U) `� `�' o CT-3 2" X 2" MOSAIC TILE -: ` .'- :; �; : •s•: • ;• .� • CB-1 BASE ao ti Y r: �,r, ,� _ = i ,, FINISH FLOOR } ' _ , 'n NOTE: FOR ADA ACCESSIBLE TUB *—,� 10 3/4" WALL MOUNTED 15/A8.0 WALL MOUNTED FINISH FLOOR , s o: r. SHOWER BASIN ALL ACCESSORIES AND CONTROLS TOWEL HAMPER dh ■ TO BE MOUNTED NO M CONTROLLEVER 2" 0 OUTLET FOR FORCED AIR DRYER HOSE w/ 1-1/2" PVC HOSE CONNECTOR, TYP. RECESSED DRYER SWITCH, TYP OF 2 26"D. x 62"W. REGULAR TEXTURE SHOWER BASE WITH INTEGRAL RUBBER FLANGE, TYP OF 2. THRESHOLD TRIM WALL CAP, TYP. 2" X 2" MOSAIC TILE CT-3 TILED STEP, TYP. CB-1 6" HIGH TILE BASE LEASH TIE DOWN LEASH TIE DOWN 0-0 ORE THAN 6" HIGH TILE WALL BASE CB-1 6" HIGH TILE BASE CB-1 T-10" A.F.F. AND WITHIN 24" REACH 15/A8.0 24" X 24" TILED, LOCKABLE FROM EDGE OF TUB WALL. 1'-4 3/4" FLOOR MOUNTED PET DRYERS ACCESS PANEL ACCESSIBLE THRU ACCESS PANEL RECESSED DRYER SWITCH PUBLIC PET WASH PUBLIC PET WASH PUBLIC PET WASH 04 SCALE: 114" = V-0" 03 SCALE: 1/4" = V-0" 02 SCALE: 114" = V-0" 01 PUBLIC PET WASH ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = V-0" ELEVATION I ELEVATION I ELEVATION ADA TUB a ON \\II��IA�%0■a NOW .::■��r. ��■���►*� (4 E 8 0,4 lil H r N o NNE QQ Q n d L z 0 a U (D W W H Q 0 W V ) Z N O d" L(� M Q J C� w J J W � OC O N2 _ CL uj N W I— Z ISSUED FOR: PERMIT 03.14.19 BID 03.14.19 CONSTRUCTION 00.00.00 REVIEW SET 03.14.19 PROJECT MANAGER DESIGNER SS SS JOB NO. 18390 A601 1 " 2'-0' WOOD WALL P-3 TRIM G.C. TO FIELD DRILL 2'0 HOLE FOR POWER & COMMUNICATION, INSTALL GRAY PLASTIC GROMMET LAMINATE L-2 COUNTERTOP WITH 1 1/2" EDGE FRONT & BACK LAMINATE L-2 ON ADJUSTABLE SHELVING c"> 0 SHELF PIN v HOLES @ 2" O.C.— LAMINATE 2'-0" N OVER EXPOSED , TO VIEW L-2 . CARCASS CONSTRUCTION VINYL C BASE VB_1 EXTEND FLOOR 2" FINISH UNDER CABINET 14 SECTION @ GROOMING DESK SCALE: 3/4"=V-0" PROVIDE FINISH TRIM PROVIDE FIRE RETARDANT 14/A8.2 FOR ALL WALL BLOCKING AS REQUIRED. PENETRATIONS. LAMINATE L-2 4'-0" L. x 14" D. WHITE VENTILATED COUNTERTOP SHELVING MOUNTED ABOVE TUB. WALL MOUNTED LEASH TIE DOWN: WITH RADIUSED LEE/ROWAN MAX -TRACK SYSTEM OR STAINLESS STEEL 1" x 800# MOUNTING CORNER EQUAL. PROVIDE CONCEALED FIRE RING. SECURE TO WALL &PROVIDE C�EILI_NG RETARDANT WOOD BLOCKING IN WALL 10'-0" FOR ATTACHMENT FIRE RETARDANT WOOD BLOCKING 3'-1" 4'_p" CEILING CEILIN CEILING AS REQUIRED. 11 1 qk 10'-0' 10'-0" IV 10'-0" 4'-0' OCCUPANCY STROBE LIGHT 2'-6" 59 1/2" P-1 RP-1 P_1 F.R.P. OVER MOISTURE TUB 1-6" _ , F.R.P. OVER MOISTURE RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD RESISTANT GYPSUM FORCED AIR DRYER. RP 1 HOLD v I I — BOARD G.C. TO PROVIDE c — — — — — I I , HOLDING CAGE THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE 2' DIA. GROMMET - I FRP- WITH TEMPERATURE CONTROL IN CENTER PANEL oOD\� I I I I I \ r" — — — — — — — — — — O WATER SUPPLY LINES. PRINTER a co I �/ HOSE BIBB. co _ I I i i I I I to _ B I `° PROVIDE REMOVABLE GRATE -- FINISH ( I I I I FOR ACCESS TO TRENCH JFL- FLOOR-WI-0 — ( I DRAIN OUTLET FOR CLEANING '-0" I d I FINISH QB-1 VB-1 VB-1 FINISH FLOOR FLOOR FINISH FLOOR F.R.P. OVER DEHUMIDIFIER VB-1 VB-1 QB-1 0'-0" 0'-0" 3'-0" MOISTURE RE WASHER DRYER HOLDING CAGE VB-1 QB-1 QB-1 M HAIR INTERCEPTOR 16/A8.0 GYPSUM BOARD STACKABLE TRENCH DRAIN WASHER DRYER 13 GROOMING RECEPTION DESK SCALE: 3/4 -1 -012 HOLDING ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4 =1"-0N N11 HOLDING ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4 -1-0N NN 10 HOLDING ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4 -1-009 BATHING ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = V-0" "" � N N— " — . ELEVATION - PROVIDE FINISH TRIM PROVIDE FIRE RETARDANT CEILING FOR ALL WALL BLOCKING AS REQUIRED. PENETRATIONS. CEILING OPEN J 10'-0" CEILING CEILING oL WOOD WALL TRIM P_2 OPEN WOOD WALL TRIM P_2 P BEYON� P-3 -3 10/A8.1 WOOD WALL TRIM T.O. WINDOW SILL 03/A7.0 P-3 7'-2 T.O. WALL TRIM 05/A7.0 M 03/A7.0 �. 4'-0 314" T.O. WALL TRIM r> / 05/A7.0 4'-0 3/4' � T.O. WALL TRIM �cll iv 4'-0 3/4" ° �� / 02/A71 T B.O. WINDOW SILL T-0" io /%TYP. FINISH FLOOR TYP.0-0 dh FINISH FLOORL-1 TYP. FINISH FLOORTYP `"FINISH FLOOR VB-1 TYP. TYP. VB-1 L-1 LAMINATEN\\—Z PARTIAL 11 HEIGHT WALL 08 GROOMING CHECK -IN ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = V-0" 07 NOT USED SCALE: 114" =1'-0" 06 GROOMING CHECK -IN ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" =1'-0" 05 GROOMING CHECK -IN ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" =1'-0" 04 GROOMING ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" =1'-0" REFER TO DETAILS 11, 12 & 13 REFER TO DETAILS ON A7.0 FOR L-1 WAINSCOTT 11, 12 & 13 ON A7.0 SEAM AND CORNER DETAILS FOR L-1 WAINSCOTT SEAM AND CORNER DETAILS CEILING CEILING Lo CEILING OIL 10'-0" LAMINATE 101-01 .:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.: 10'-0" COUNTERTOP GROOMING TABLE PROVIDED .. P-2 BY PET SUPPLIES PLUS. WALL MOUNTED LEASH TIE DOWN: STAINLESS P-2 L-2 TYPICAL OF 2. ..:;•:•:.:•:•:•:•:.:•:•:•:..........................: ... ............. p_3 STEEL 1" x 800# MOUNTING RING. SECURE TO • • • • • • . • • • • • • ........................ • • • • WALL & PROVIDE FIRE RETARDANT WOOD WOOD WALL TRIM WOOD ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' .. BLOCKING AS REQUIRED. 05/A7.0 WALL TRIM P-3 WOOD WALL TRIM WOOD WALL P-3 TRIM P-3 05/A7.iv P-3 M N 05/A7.0 T.O. WALL TRIM T.O. WALL TRIM TRIM ............. • • • • • OL T.O. WALL TRIM 4'-0 3/4" 4'-0 3/4' iv TYP. L-1 F_� TYP. TYP. o ' I VB-1 TYP. �, \\ VB-TYP. I _—I `+' TYP-1 M I- in I`1 ` FINISH FLOOR% FINISH FLOOR I FINISH FLOOR IA0'-0 11'-3 3/8" WALL MOUNTED LEASH TIE DOWN: STAINLESS GROOMING STATION L-1 STEEL 1" x 800# MOUNTING RING. SECURE TO PF OVIDED BY PET S PPLIES GROOMING STATION VB-1 RECEPTION DESK WALL & PROVIDE FIRE RETARDANT WOOD PLJS. TYPICAL OF PROVIDED BY PET SUPPLIES GROOMING TABLE BLOCKING AS REQUIRED. 4'-31/4" PLUS. TYPICAL OF 2. PROVIDED BY PET SUPPLIESPLUS. TYPICAL OF 2. 03 GROOMING ELEVATION SCALE: 114"=1 -0" 02 GROOMING ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = V-0" 01 GROOMING ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4"=V-0" N 1 en C E N 94 hhE N i� AW� A//w Z 0 (L_ W 0 W F_ Q LIJ VU) Z N O 4 ILo t �Z M J J JLL. W Jil J O N2 _ w N w z ISSUED FOR: PERMIT 03.14.19 BID 03.14.19 CONSTRUCTION 00.00.00 REVIEW SET 03.14.19 PROJECT MANAGER DESIGNER SS SS JOB NO. 18390 A602 I_ " — . -- - _ -- TRIM PIECE AT SEAM AND CORNERS TO TRIM PIECE AT SEAM AND CORNERS TO TRIM PIECE AT SEAM AND CORNERS TO START AT 4" A.F.F. (ABOVE WALL BASE) TO START AT 4" A.F.F. (ABOVE WALL BASE) TO START AT 4" A.F.F. (ABOVE WALL BASE) TO UNDERSIDE OF APRON. UNDERSIDE OF APRON. UNDERSIDE OF APRON. FIBER REINFORCED L-1 FIBER REINFORCED L-1 FIBER REINFORCED L-1 LAMINATE ADHERED LAMINATE ADHERED LAMINATE ADHERED TO GYP. BOARD 1-1/2" TO GYP. BOARD TO GYP. BOARD 1-1/2" OUTSIDE CORNER TRIM, 114" INSIDE CORNER TRIM, 1/4" °: WHERE SEAMS OCCUR, 1/4" THK. x 1-1/2" WOOD TRIM TO THK. x 1-1/2" WOOD TRIM TO THK. x 1-1/2" WOOD TRIM TO BE FASTENED TO WALL P_3 BE FASTENED TO WALL BE FASTENED TO WALL P-3 P_3 COUNTER SINK ALL FASTENERS, COUNTER SINK ALL FASTENERS, COUNTER SINK ALL FASTENERS, FILL HOLES AND PAINT P-3 FILL HOLES AND PAINT P-3 FILL HOLES AND PAINT P-3 13 WALL SECTION SCALE: 3" = V-0" 12 WALL DETAIL SCALE: 3" = V-0" 11 WALL DETAIL SCALE: 3" = V-0" AMI 6' w THRESHOLD TRIM REDGUARD INTERIOR WALLS AND PIECE AS WALL CAP. FINISH A5Of 5/8" BACKER BOARD BEHIND JOINTS OF COMPLETED TUB. #1920 PLATINUM IRONSTONE 3/8" CERAMIC TILE SIKAFLEX APPLIED TO CORNER OF WALL MEMBRANE INSIDE BRACE WALL BACK TO WALL MEMBRANE (ON RUBBER AND SHOWER PAN. SET CORNERS AND OVER WALL) ON STRUCTURE WITH 3 5/8" X 20 BACKER BOARD) 5/8" CEMENT BOARD IN BEAD OF GA. METAL STUDS a@ 48" O.C. IN SEALER, FILL ALL VOIDS, SMOOTH BACKER BOARD. ALTERNATING DIRECTIONS. TO BOARD SURFACE. REMOVE SIKAFLEX SEALER BETWEEN SIKAFLEX SEALER (BETWEEN ( tO REFER TO CEILING PLAN TILE AND SHOWER PAN) EXCESS. TILE AND SHOWER PAN) GROUT CAULK TO MATCH GROUT CAULK TO MATCH METAL STUD FRAMING PER GROUT COLOR 6" GROUT COLOR SCHEDULE CUSTOM CULTURED MARBLE CUSTOM CULTURED MARBLE 5/8" THICK GYPSUM WALL SHOWER PAN WITH INTEGRAL *_YkRLIES SHOWER PAN WITH INTEGRAL BOARD TO 6"ABOVE FINISHED RUBBER FLANGERUBBER FLANGE CEILING 1/2" THINSET MUD BED, LEVEL SHOT PINS AT 12"OC WITH 1/4" , , PAN ALL SIDES NEIGHBOR SIDE TUB SIDE HILT[ FASTENERS ICBO #2388 3/4" FIRE RETARDANT PLYWOOD ROOFDECK THINSET FLOOR SLAB j PAN ALL SIDES BED, LEVEL 15'-8" t VERIFY 3/4" FIRE RETARDANT EXISTING ROOF DECK PLYWOOD 5/8" THICK BACKER BOARD BEHIND 3/8" THICK CERAMIC TILE PROVIDE IN WALL FIRE RETARDANT BLOCKING FOR ALL PET WASH ACCESSORIES 10 WALL SECTION SCALE:1/2" = V-0" 09 WALL DETAIL SCALE: 1 112" =1%0" 08 WALL DETAIL SCALE: 1 1/2" =1'-0" NOTE: ALL PLUMBING TO BE CONCEALED IN WALL. NO EXPOSED PLUMBING IN PET WASH AREA IS PERMITTED. ACOUSTIC TILE SEALANT CEILING 3/4" THICK WOOD +10'-0" A.F. F TRIM AND WALL VENT TO ALLOW AIR FLOW TO THE APRON P_3 DRYERS UNDERNEATH SHOWER BASIN. 6" AMI 6"w THRESHOLD TRIM COUNTER SINK ALL MOISTURE RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD ON PIECE AS WALL CAP. FINISH / d FASTENERS, FILL HOLES PET WASH SIDE, PAINT. #1920 PLATINUM IRONSTONE, 5'-10"AFF TO MATCH SHOWER BASIN. 4'-0" AFF AND PAINT P-3 ACOUSTIC TILE CT-2 DENS-SHEILD (OR EQUAL) COATED GLASS ` • { CT-1 N ROUTE 1/4" CEILING AND GRID MAT BACKER BOARD BEHIND CERAMIC ROUND -OVER TOP TILE. CERAMIC WALL TILE SET IN SHORT TUB • TALL TUB 3/4" EDGE OF WALL TRIM LATEX-PORTLAND CEMENT MORTAR BOND COAT AND GROUT. SEALANT % TOP OF CERAMIC TILE EQUAL) COATED GLASS MAATT 5/8" THICK DENS -SHIELD (OR FIBER REINFORCED +7'-1" AFF 5 3/8" BACKER BOARD BEHIND LAMINATE ADHERED TO 1-1/2" PVC PIPE ADAPTER STUBBED PUBLIC CERAMIC TILE GYP. BOARD L_1 OUT OF WALL FOR PSP PROVIDED PET WASH THRESHOLD TRIM WALL CAP DRYER HOSE FLANGE CONNECTION. REFER TO ELEVATIONS FOR ESCUTCHEON WITH CHROME ROUGH -IN LOCATION. TYPICAL FOR FINISH BY PLUMBING CONTRACTOR EACH TUB. 2" DIAMETER OUTLET FOR FORCED AIR DRYER HOSE W/ 1-1/2" PVC 2" DRYER OUTLET HOSE CONNECTOR, TYP. 64" A.F.F. DRYER HOSE FLANGE SUPPLIED AND WATER SUPPLY LINE WITH INSTALLED BY P.C. SEAL PERIMETER, TYP. HIGH PRESSURE SPRAYER 07 WALL DETAIL SCALE: 1 1/2" = V-0" 06 NOT USED SCALE:1112" = V-0" 05 WALL DETAIL SCALE: 1 112" = V-0" SHAMPOO SHELF LEASH TIE DOWN 1'-6" MAX. if WATER TEMP. CONTROL LEVER WATER TEMPERATURE T-4" A.F.F. 08/A7.0 CONTROL LEVER Opp. COUNTER SINK ALL WALL VENT TO ALLOW AIR FASTENERS, FILL HOLES FLOW TO THE DRYERS NEW GLASS AND AND PAINT P-3 UNDERNEATH THE SHOWER PET WASH SHOWER BASIN ALUMINUM FRAMING 3/4" THICK WOOD COUNTER SINK ALL BASIN DRYER SUPPLIED BY PSP FASTENERS, FILL HOLES SYSTEM GROOMING COUNTER SINK ALL SILL CAP P_3 AND PAINT P-3 INSTALLED BY G.C. SECURE DRYER AREAS, I TO FLOOR. FASTENERS, FILL HOLES NEW GLASS AND SEALANT SCHEDULE 40 PIPE STUBBED AND PAINT P-3 3/4" THICK WOOD OUT OF WALL FOR POWER 3/4" THICK WOOD ALUMINUM FRAMING .062 ALUMINUM L CLOSURE WALL TRIM AND APRON ROUTE 1/4" DRYER HOSE CONNECTION. SEALANT P-3 6 7/8" SYSTEM PUBLIC PET AT JAMB, SILL AND HEAD. APRON, PAINT P-3. " EDGE OROUND-SILLVER TOP WASH AREAS J43/ PROVIDE PIPE SUPPORT. .062 ALUMINUM L CLOSURE 1/ EDGE OF SILL CAP MATCH WINDOW FRAMING TYPICAL FOR EACH TUB. FLOOR FINISH, REFER TO (ROUTE 1/4" ROUND AT JAMB, SILL AND HEAD. SEALANT— OVER1/ FINISH. FINISH SCHEDULE. TOP EDGE OF MATCH WINDOW FRAMING 4'-0"_AFF v " CONCRETE & FLOOR FINISH WALL TRIM) 7v FINISH. _ ' g CHECKINGROOMING 3'-0" AFF M TO SLOPE 1/4" PER FT. 1/4" " FINISH FLOOR GROOMING " " SALES � PET WASH%0'-0" , • . • `..• • . l...• _ AFF `n SALES 3/4 3/4 •., :.t'.:. FIBER REINFORCED• • : ' ,. SEALANT 3/4"4" REFER TO PLUMBING •• �:. •: ' • . �• '.:.• • :.* _ " LAMINATE ADHERED SILL WALL CONSTRUCTION. AS DRAWINGSFOR FLOORGROOMING 3/4" ` 3/4" TO GYP. BOARD L_1 SCHEDULED DRAIN DETAILS. SET TOP 15/A8.0 WALL AS SCHEDULED. OF DRAIN TROUGH 1/4" ' REFER TO SHEET A4.0 FIRE RETARDANT WOOD BELOW EXIST SLAB ELEV. WALL FINISH AS ' ; BLOCKING SCHEDULED.REFER TO SHEET A4.0 PROVIDE AN ADDITIONAL LAYER OF 518" THICK GYPSUM BOARD OVER SCHEDULED WALL 04 WALL DETAIL SCALE:1112" = V-0" 03 WALL DETAIL SCALE:1112" = V-8" 02 WALL DETAIL SCALE: 1 1/2" = V-0" 01 WALL SECTION SCALE: 314" = V-0" V/ Z O H a U On W W Q w it �LJ N t Q � Z (� - �7 J 29 J LL. J C w>_ N= IL LLI N ISSUED FOR: PERMIT 03.14.19 BID 03.14.19 CONSTRUCTION 00.00.00 REVIEW SET 03.14.19 PROJECT MANAGER DESIGNER SS SS JOB NO. 18390 A7mO r' ADHESIVE 1"x2" STEEL ALIGNMENT TRUSS NOTE: CAULK FRP AT ALL TOPS AND STRUCTURAL VARIES TO .', TERMINATION POINTS. UPRIGHTS FDCTURE ARM SECURING € SCREWS MOISTURE RESISTANT GYPSUM ROUGH -IN NOTE: CAULK FRP AT ALL 1A BOARD LOCATED BEHIND FRP PANELS CAPPED LEVELING TOPS & TERMINATION POINTS ONLY. SCREW FRP PANEL. FRP PANEL TO END AT CAST IRON QUARRY TILE BASE. CONCEALED ARM FRP PANEL(S) BEHIND FISH AND CERAMIC TILE o z ANIMAL UNITS. :a SCHLUTER TRIM TO BE TERMINATE FRP INTO J-CHANNEL. SCHEDULED GROUT TRANSITION BETWEEN PROVIDED BETWEEN TILE NON -SLIP LOCKING ISH/ANIMAL UNITS; r- AND CONCRETE FINISH. FLOOR FINISHES TO BE 3-1/2 DEVICE SALES FLOOR BOARD RE RESISTANT GYPSUM 't DENS -SHIELD BACKER GYP BOARD FLUSH. RECESS GROUT. 6" STUDS TO BE USED WHERE :; WRAP WATERPROOF MEMBRANE UP _ CONCRETE AS REQUIRED. TILE AS SCHEDULED LAVATORY ARM CARRIERS WALL MIN. 12" BEHIND NEW 6° HIGH WRAP WATERPROOF MEMBRANE UP WALL BASE AS SCHEDULED WALL MIN. 12" BEHIND TILED WALL FLOOR FINISH. REFER ARE LOCATED COVED QUARRY TILE BASE/-THINSET MORTER AREA AND BEHIND NEW 6" HIGH TO FINISH SCHEDULE. BED TERMINATE FRP PANEL(S) INTO PVC _ COVED TILE BASE SMOOTH TRANSITION SECURE TO CAST IRON SUPPORTING EDGE TRIM MOLDING WITH SEALANT SLIP RESISTANT FLOOR FINISH AS r -F WIOTIOiR1/2 BRACKETS AS RECOMMENDED BY FRP i SCHEDULED SET IN LATEX-PORTLAND SLIP RESISTANT FLOOR FINISH AS EXPANSION RECTANGULAR STEEL MANUFACTURER. EDGE TRIM CEMENT MORTAR :z SCHEDULED SET IN LATEX-PORTLAND CEMENT MORTAR BOLT a STRUCTURAL MOLDING COLOR TO MATCH FRP. UPRIGHTS NEW CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB t '• FOOT SUPPORTS ~ URETHANE SEALANT •• " ' .� ' :. .. ; • ; NEW CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB NEW SLOPED CONCRETE ....... , .-.. • .: •. "'. INFILL WATTS DRAINAGE PRODUCTS ca-411-wc FLOOR ; -•: .- :..: ' . ' SCHLUTER-KERDI WATERPROOF MEMBRANE SET IN /� MOUNTED CONCEALED ARM LAVATORY CARRIER _ FLOOR SLAB / 3-1/4" WITH HEAVY GUAGE STEEL UPRIGHTS WITH ' • _ '•: -' •r COMPATIBLE ADHESIVE. WRAP WATERPROOFING SCHLUTER-KERDI WATERPROOF MEMBRANE SET INTEGRAL WELDED FEET, ADJUSTABLE EPDXY f :..ti MEMBRANE UP WALL BEHIND WALL BASE. IN COMPATIBLE ADHESIVE. WRAP WATERPROOF COATED CAST IRON ARMS WITH LEVELING URETHANE SEALANT MEMBRANE UP WALL MIN. 12" BEHIND NEW 6" 1/2" SCREWS AND BASIN LOCKING DEVICE, UPPER TIE HIGH TILE WALL BASE 4- ROD AND PLATED HARDWARE. CLOSED CELL BACKER ROD LAVATORY ARM CARRIER BASE DETAIL @ FISH / ANIMAL UNITS _ , BASE DETAIL @ = BASE DETAIL @ PUBLIC 18 = 1'-0" 14 FLOOR TRANSITION SCALE: s" 1'-0" = DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. 17 / TOILET RM / DRINKING FOUNTAIN SCALE: 3"-1-0" 16 SCALE: 3" 1'-0" 15 SCALE: 3" GROOMING / BATHING PET WASH TACTILE SIGNAGE 17,-4" METAL STUD WALL 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD = • • 4'-4" 4' 4" 4'-4" 4-4'io z EXIT CLEAR SILICONE SEALANT �EASED FINISH EDGE RESTROOMS L N J U • -�rrf� INIF ?: IF a U? c Lo 2" DIAMETER STEEL 2" DIAMETER STEEL RAIL SIGNS SHALL CONFORM WITH APPLICABLE 1 1/4° RAIL WITH CHROME MCCUE CARTSTOP WITH CHROME FINISH. SECURE CORNER GUARD CODES SEE v TO WALL FRAMING WITH FINISH. MCCUE FINISH MCCUE CARTSTOP ill ON! SCHEDULE FOR FOAM TAPE fillui1111111 VIEW CARTSTOP GR GUIDANCE RAIL (GR) 1. CHARACTERS SHALL BE RAISED 1/32 IN. MINIMUM ABOVE THEIR o SPECIFICATION BACKGROUND. 2' v <> 2. CHARACTERS SHALL BE UPPERCASE AND SANS SERIF. 2 3/8" DIAMETER 2 1/2" VINYL WALL CORNER STEEL POST WITH GUARD, CG-1, TO 4'-0" AFF 3. CHARACTERS SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED BY GRADE II BRAILLE. #169 GLUE -DOWN VINYL ALUMINUM THRESHOLD FRAME (16A064XXX) CHROME FINISH. NOTE: A MINIMUM WIDTH OF T-O" CLEAR MOUNT BOTTOM OF CORNER 4. RAISED CHARACTERS SHALL BE AT LEAST 5/8 IN. HIGH, BUT NO REDUCER 1/4"; LONG FINISHED TRANSITION AT CPT-1 AND TAPERED IS NEEDED FOR EACH ROW OF CARTS GUARD AT TOP OF VINYL HIGHER THAN 2 IN. FLANGE, SMOOTH TAPER ENTRANCE THRESHOLD BASE. 5. PICTOGRAMS SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED BY THE EQUIVALENT SECURE TO SLAB o VERBAL DESCRIPTION PLACED DIRECTLY BELOW THE PICTOGRAM. FINISHED TRANSITION AT WITH 5/8"X31/2" N 6. CHARACTERS AND THEIR BACKGROUND SHALL HAVE A NON -GLARE CPT-1 TO CONCRETE FLOOR DOUBLE FACED TAPE EXPANSION FINISH. (90M003002) ANCHORS 7. CHARACTERS SHALL CONTRAST WITH THEIR BACKGROUND. 8. SIGNS SHALL BE MOUNTED TO THE LATCH SIDE OF THE DOOR AND HAVE A MOUNTING HEIGHT OF 60 IN. ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR TO d THE CENTERLINE OF THE SIGN. 13 THRESHOLD DETAILS SCALE: N.T.S. 12 CHROME RAIL SECTION SCALE 1"=V-0" 11 CHROME RAIL PLAN SCALE: 1/4"=V-8" 10 CORNER GUARD DETAIL SCALE: 6"=V-0" 09 TACTILE SIGNAGE DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. PLASTIC CAP % PLASTIC CAP BOLLARD SET BOLLARD SET IN NEW cd co IN EXISTING SHEETROCK ZINC SHEETROCK ZINC CONCRETE GYPSUM BOARD OVER METAL a g SLAB CONTROL JOINT NO.093 CONTROL JOINT NO. 093 0 0 5/8" FIRECODE STUD FRAME WALL. REFER BOTH SIDES. BOTH SIDES. TO WALL LEGEND. REFER TO 4' DIAMETER STEEL PIPE WITH 4" DIAMETER STEEL TYPE'X' GYPSUM 5/8"GYPSUM PANEL CONCRETE INFILL. PROVIDE PIPE, CONCRETE PANEL 5/8" 5/8" FIRECODE TYPE W 5/8" GYPSUM PANEL SCHEDULE FOR PAINT FINISH. PLASTIC CAP AT TOP. SET IN 3/4" ANCHOR BOLT 4" DIAMETER STEEL PIPE, GYPSUM PANEL CONCRETE FOOTING T-O" DEEP OR DRILL AND GROUT FILLED WITH CAP CONCRETE FILLED WITH INTO FLOOR SLAB TOP. SET IN CAP TOP. WELD TO BASE BELOW FROST DEPTH WITH 2 MIN. CONCRETE ...�: : ,: `.: ..; •....,•,. ..... .. ..•....•...: _ �, •-;: .:.{..:::.:.:::.::::. AROUND PIPE. PAINT "SAFETY WITH NON -SHRINK 3/4" FIRE RETARDANT FOOTING &-0" DEEP PLATE WITH CONT. WELD TREATED PLYWOOD TO 8'-0" YELLOW" GROUT. AT PERIMETER OF PIPE. WITH 2" MIN. AFF SCREW TO WALL EXTERIOR INTERIOR 1/2" STEEL BASE MING, REFER TO AROUND PIPE. PAINT "SAFETY YELLOW" SCHEDULE FOR PAINT FINISH. PLATE. PAINT "SAFETY rl 4" DIAMETER STEEL YELLOW" OVERHEAD DOOR PIPE CAP TOP. WELD ..._ .•s, .. - TO BASE PLATE WITH 2" MIN CONT. WELD AT NOTE: 1/2" 2 I I I PERIMETER OF PIPE. 4 MAX. SPACING TO BE 30'-0" MAX• 5/8" FIRECODE _ ; ; A.. , PROVIDE CLEAR SEALANT .. !r1 N N ZZ ••� VF-a� o .� N N E h N � Z ~ F d L4 a: Z O H a U W LW 1_ Q W D_ • FACE OF •OOR • . EN • -- ■ • �` ��` ` ��` �lz sc �` � -• • - . • 1 1 TTACHM NT ■ .FU EFTAWRADLAL •III>a • �� I �Q c ATTACHMENT REQUIREMENTS. V VgI tI cn a. (n Z p IL = io CONCRETE FOOTING FOR BOLLARD INTERIOR / EXTERIOR CONTROL JOINT FOR ONE -HOUR GYPSUM BOARD CONTROL STOCK ROOM BASE 08 BOLLARD SECTION SCALE: 1" =1'-0" 07 SCALE: 1" =1'-0" 06 SCALE: 3" =1'-0" 05 SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" 04 SCALE: 1 1/2" =1'-0" BOLLARD SECTION RATED PARTITION JOINT DETAIL #4x1'-0" INTO EXISTING SLAB @ 12" O.C. DRILL & EPDXY DOWEL W/ HILTI HIT-HY 150 MAX 4" MIN. THICK CONCRETE INFILL WITH 6X6-W2.1XW2.1 WWF VAPOR BARRIER AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL PLUMBING TRENCH 6" CODE EMBED. TYP. -- : I ti � 7 t --' - - ..,.. - - - —. - ................_ ....� .�.:: (' _ (�._i COMPACTED -- GRANULAR SUB -BASE 03 NOT USED SCALE: N.T.S. 02 NOT USED SCALE: 1/2"=V-0" 01 TYPICAL FLOOR PATCH DETAIL SCALE: 11/2"=V-0" CV L I M 2 J LL }J 11J N= � W N J Q H W 0 ISSUED FOR: PERMIT 03.14.19 BID 03.14.19 CONSTRUCTION 00.00.00 REVIEW SET 03.14.19 PROJECT MANAGER DESIGNER SS SS JOB NO. 18390 A800 — — ROOF DECK — — ROOF DECK VERIFY VERIFY BRACE WALL BACK BRACE WALL BACK TO STRUCTURE WITH TO STRUCTURE WITH 3 5/8" X 20 GA. METAL 3 5/8" X 20 GA. METAL STUDS @ 48" O.C. STUDS @ 48' O.C. CEILING AS SCHEDULED CEILING AS SCHEDULED REFER TO SHEET A3.0 REFER TO SHEET A3.0 WALL AS SCHEDULED WALL AS SCHEDULED REFER TO SHEET A4.0 REFER TO SHEET A4.0 METAL STUD METAL STUD FRAMING HEADER FRAMING HEADER RETURN GYPSUM RETURN GYPSUM WALL BOARD AT WALL BOARD AT HEAD AND JAMBS T.O. WINDOW HEAD AND JAMBS T.O. WINDOW .062 ALUMINUM L FRAMING .062 ALUMINUM L FRAMING CLOSURE AT +7-2" AFF CLOSURE AT +7-2" AFF JAMB, SILL AND JAMB, SILL AND HEAD. MATCH HEAD. MATCH WINDOW FRAMING WINDOW FRAMING FINISH. CAULK JOINT. FINISH. CAULK JOINT. 1/4" TEMPERED 1/4" TEMPERED SAFETY GLASS SALES AREA SAFETY GLASS PUBIC PET WASH SALES AREA GYPSUM BOARD, PAINT PER ALUMINUM ALUMINUM FINISH SCHEDULE STOREFRONT STOREFRONT FRAMING SYSTEM. FRAMING SYSTEM. LAMINATE OVER 3/4" x 4" BOARD BACKSPLASH. L-2 FASTEN STUD TO GROOMING LAMINATE COUNTERTOP WITH 1 EACH SIDE OF POST, 1/2" SOLID EDGE. REFER TO SECURE TOP TRACK FLOOR PLAN FO H OF 3 1/2" X 3 1/2" STEEL TUBE. 02 04 COUNTERTOP. L-2 WELD TO 12"x3 1/2"x1/4" OPP. STEEL PLATE WITH A7.0 A7.0 1"ut CONTINUOUS WELD AT WALL FINISH AS A.4 . REFER TO WALL PERIMETER. +V-0" AFF SCHEDULED WRAP WATERPROOF +3'-0" AFF WOOD CLEAT AT WALL TYPES FOR WALL CONSTRUCTION WALL FINISH AS MEMBRANE UP SCHEDULED WALL MIN. 6". WALL FINISH AS 3/4" GRAY PROVIDE ADDITIONAL LAYER OF 5/8' THICK GYPSUM BOARD OVER WALL FINISH AS SCHEDULED WALL MOUNTED LEASH TIE DOWN SCHEDULED STEEL POST IN WALL. REFER TO DETAIL 7/A8.1 MELAMINE c SHELVES - a SUPPORT LEGS: GRAY MELAMINE SCHEDULED WALL WALL BASE PER SCHEDULE ► 1 � % STEEL POST IN WALL. HILTI KWIK BOLT TZ EXP. REFER TO DETAIL 04/A8. WALL BASE AS SLIP RESISTANT WALL BASE AS _ WALL BASE PER ANCHOR WITH 2 3/8" SCHEDULED FLOOR FINISH AS SCHEDULED SCHEDULE EMBED. INTO EXIST. SLAB, SCHEDULED � FLOOR FINISH TYP. OF 4 FINISH REFER TO WALL LEGEND FOR FINISH FLOG FINISH FLOG FLOOR WALL CONSTRUCTION TYPE. 0'-0" 0'-0• 15/A8.0 10 WALL SECTION SCALE:314"=1'-0" 09 WALL SECTION SCALE:314"=1'-0" pg SECTION @ OFFICE DESK SCALE: 1"=1'-0" 07 STEEL PIPE BRACE DETAIL SCALE: 3"= 1'-0" 1/4" RADIUS EDGE 3/4" THICK WOOD JAMB, SILL CAP AND APRON ABOVE P-3 2 X BLOCKING 3/4" THICK WOOD WALL FINISH. REFER TO TRIM P-3 SHEET A1.0. U - DRILL 2 - 1" DIA. HOLES Q coTHRU TUBE STEEL FOR ?: • �:: - •: ; ' '' • ELECTRICAL CONDUIT w r .: o .31 z w g N a cc w w 0 3 1/2" X 31/2" X 3'4" STEEL TUBE. WELD TO 12"x3 . - "; 1/2"x1/4" STEEL PLATE WITH CONTINUOUS WELD AT PERIMETER. NOTE: LOCATION OF TUBE STEEL 1 3/8" GATE DOOR, FINISH AS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. REFER TO FLOOR SCHEDULED. REFER TO DOOR PLAN FOR FINAL LOCATION. SCHEDULE. 06 STEEL PIPE BRACE & GATE DETAIL (GROOMING n -0n 1n CHECK - IN) SCALE: 3 -05 NOT USED) SCALE: 3 =1. n .0 04 STEEL PIPE BRACE — y SCALE: 1" = 1.-0n ELEVATION SET TOP OF DRAIN 1/4" BELOW TRENCH DRAIN. SCHLUTER TRIM TO BE EXIST SLAB ELEV. PROVIDED AROUND TRENCH DRAIN REFER DOWEL & EPDXY #4 SCHEDULED FLOOR EXTEND WATERPROOF TO PLUMBING FOR DETAILS. DOWEL & EPDXY #4 DOWELS DOWELS 1'-0" LG @ 12" FINISH MEMBRANE INTO DRAIN DOWEL & EPDXY #4 V-0" LG @ 12" O.C. WITH HILTI O.C. WITH HILTI HY-150 TROUGH DOWELS V-0" LG @ 12" FLOOR GRATE TILE WALL FOR EXTEND WATERPROOF HY-150 MAX INTO EXISTING MAX INTO EXISTING O.C. WITH HILTI HY-150 CONCRETE SLAB (6" EMBED MOUNT DRAIN 1" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR CONCRETE SLAB (6" SHOWER BASIN FLOOR DRAIN. SCHLUTER TRIM MAX INTO EXISTING MEMBRANE INTO DRAIN TROUGH MIN.) FLOOR WHERE REQ'D BY I SEE FINISH EMBED MIN.) TO BE PROVIDED AROUND CONCRETE SLAB (6" CODE SCHEDULE CONCRETE & FLOOR FLOOR DRAIN. REFER TO CONCRETE & FLOOR EMBED MIN.) y SET TOP OF FLOOR SINK 1/4" SCHEDULED FINISH TO SLOPE PLUMBING FOR DETAILS. FINISH TO SLOPE FrFCONCRETE & FLOOR FLOOR EXISTING SLAB 1/4" PER FT. 1/4" PER FT. BELOW EXIST SLAB ELEV. FINISH TO SLOPE FINISH SILICONE BEAD 1/4" PER FT. o v o ° e M V o v •, •a e• d A. o If e v .d e a Ad OUT ALUMINUM d. a �. �. a' ° a o • a. e o - a, .. d •. SEDIMENT BUCKET a.. v v' a d' d, .. d A v a v d d q a, a'' a a d a' Q A a a °oo ovv° v G d., m a d a 0 o EXISTING SLAB NEW 6" COMPACTED EXISTING SLAB NEW 6" COMPACTED PIPE LIMESTONE AGGREGATE LIMESTONE AGGREGATE 1 2'-11 1/2" BASE UNDER NEW 11" BASE UNDER NEW PORTION (SLOPED AREA) PORTION OF SLAB. 4'-0" OF SLAB. 5'-6 1/2" (SLOPED AREA) NOTE: G.C. TO SLOPE FLOOR TO DRAIN. COORDINATE NOTE: G.C. TO SLOPE FLOOR TO TRENCH DRAIN. TRANSITION AT THE DOOR AND SLOPE AT THE CORNERS COORDINATE TRANSITION AT THE DOOR AND SLOPE AT THE OF ROOM AS REQUIRED. CORNERS OF ROOM AS REQUIRED. 03 TRENCH DRAIN DETAIL (HOLDING) SCALE: 1112"=V-0" 02 FLOOR SINK DETAIL SCALE: 3"=V-0" 01 FLOOR DRAIN DETAIL @ PET WASH SCALE: 11/2"=V-0" Z O a U 0) W 0 W H Q 0 w T_ .of ..... ISSUED FOR: PERMIT 03.14.19 BID 03.14.19 CONSTRUCTION 00.00.00 REVIEW SET 03.14.19 PROJECT MANAGER DESIGNER SS SS JOB NO. 18390 A801 V � !�• op � o A 4 WALL OR LIGHT E STOREFRONT 2" EMT POWER POLE TO BE CONSTRUCTION SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY E.C. 8" REIN EXTEND UP TO UNDERSIDE OF PAVEMI FLOOR MOUNTED STRUCTURE. BRACE AS (CENTE CART STOP. INSTALL REQUIRED PER SITE SPECIFIC 6" LIME STAINLESS STEEL CONDITIONS. EMT TO BE BASE SLEEVE PROVIDED BY POWER AND DATA OUTLETS SURFACE UNFINISHED. MANUFACTURER IN MOUNTED TO CABINET INTERIOR. COMPA FLOOR SLAB TO REFER TO ELECTRICAL RECEIVE BUMPER. + a' TIMERS FOR ' PETWASH DRYER 9" /FFF 0 SECURE TO SIDE v v v OF CASH WRAP cb- r ® ' CV N G.C. TO PROVIDE FIRE 3" RETARDANT TREATED WOOD CLEAT SECURED TO FLOOR SLAB 09 CART STOP DETAIL SCALE: 3" = V-0" 08 CASH WRAP SECTION SCALE: 1/2" = V-0" 07 CONCRETE PAD DETAIL 4'-6" Y-5 1/4" 4'-1 1/4" /06 1 1 " 9. 2'-0'LL- 03 CASH WRAP ENLARGED PLAN DOOR INSTALLER SHALL GENERAL NOTES SUPPLEMENTAL FRAMINGANpIDE DOOR SCHEDULE HARDWARE REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF DOOR TRACK A o NO. TYPE DOOR FRAME HARDWARE NOTES A. ALL DOOR HARDWARE SHALL ALLOW FREE ACCESS IN THE EGRESS DIRECTION 00 AT ALL TIMES. EXISITNG MASONRY WALL DOOR TRACK SUSPENDED FROM ROOF STRUCTURE o TEMPERED GLASS (12-0 AUTOMATIC BI-PART SLIDING ENTRY DOOR WITH REFER TO DRAWINGS SEE SPECIFICATIONS AND TOWA MUST BE ENGAGED IN PROGRAMMING. B. ALL DOOR HARDWARE SHALL BE A.D.A. ACCESSIBLE. ALL DOORS SHALL COMPLY O o 0 01 A "x7-7 1/4") INFO. ON THIS SHEET ALUMINUM REDUCED OPENING SIZE MUST BE PROGRAMMED. WITH ICC/ANSI 404 AND SHALL HAVE LEVER OR EQUAL HARDWARE. ALL CLOSERS REFER TO LINTEL SCHEDULE o REDUCED OPENING MUST BE SET ON THE SMART MUST BE ADJUSTED TO REQUIRE NO MORE THAN 5 LBF FOR INTERIOR DOORS ON SHEET C4.0 o DISPLAY. 0 AND 8.5 FOR EXTERIOR DOORS. 0 RELIABILT 300 SERIES CLEAR GLASS REVERSIBLE C. ALL DOORS AND FRAMES TO BE PAINTED SEMI -GLOSS & IN THE SAME COLOR OF THROUGH WALL FLASHING 02 B WHITE VINYL SLIDING PATIO DOOR, 60" WIDE x 80" PROVIDED WITH DOOR PROVIDED WITH DOOR ROUGH OPENING SIZE: 59.5" X 80" HEIGHT THE WALL IN WHICH THEY ARE IN, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. AND WEEP HOLES @16" O.C. A HEIGHT, KEYED LOCK SEE DETAILS #01 & 02 THIS SHEET D. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL HARDWARE KEYING WITH THE OWNER "`~ PROVIDE A MINIMUM jyl_ I AND OBTAIN OWNERS APPROVAL PRIOR TO PLACING HARDWARE ORDER. INFILL WITH SOLID MASONRY OF 18' CLEAR 45 DEG. LATERAL 3'-0" x 7'-0" GLASS AND ALUMINUM DOOR WITH ALUMINUM FINISH TO MATCH r 03 M TEMPERED SAFETY GLASS. ALUMINUM CLA, LSC, PPB, SL, FSTP EXISTING STOREFRONT E. ALL PRIVACY AND STOREROOM LOCKSETS SHALL HAVE PASS-THRU TYPE LOCKS ABOVE LINTEL, ADJUSTABLE '� VERTICAL LIFT ABOVE BR2.1 ACE REQUIRED OR EQUIVALENT ON THE ROOM SIDE (EGRESS OF THE DOOR). MASONRY ANCHORS AT �'' `' DOOR OPENING F. G.C. TO PROVIDE IN WALL FIRE RETARDANT BLOCKING FOR DOOR STOPS. EACH SIDE @ 2'-0" O.C. 3'-0" x T-0" GALV. H.M. DOOR GALV. H OW METAL. 8'-0" AFF O 0 04 L PAINT P-2 SEMI GLOSS PAINT P-2 SH, LSP, SL, FSTP TO BE LOCKABLE FROM GROOMING SIDE PAINT LINTEL AND HEADER O O PLATE MASONRY WALL AT NEW � 00 O SEMI -GLOSS. CONSTRUCTION, COLOR TO 05 G 3'-0" WIDE x 1 3/8" THICK SCREEN DOOR WOOD, PAINT P-3 SH, SL, FSTP ALL SIDES AND EDGES TO BE LAMINATE L-3. MATCH EXISTING. HORIZONTAL OD 0 SAW -CUT EXISTING MASONRY01 WALL FOR INSTALLATION OF TRACK O 3'-0"x7'-0" DOUBLE ACTING IMPACT DOORS. FLUSH HOLLOW METAL FRAME NEW OPENING INSULATED 06 J ELIASON EASY SWING LWP6 HPL: LAMINART #961 W/ REINFORCED PLATES SECTIONAL 0 FOG w/ 12" BASE PLATE & 1/4"x10"x30" CLEAR LOCATED AT EVERY PROVIDED WITH DOOR HARDWARE MOUNTING POINT. OVERHEAD O ACRYLIC WINDOWS PAINT P-2 REMOVE MASONRY TO DOOR BELOW GRADE OR FLOOR e e 07 M 3'-0" x T-0" GLASS AND ALUMINUM DOOR WITH ALUMINUM CLA, LSC, PPB, SL ALUMINUM FINISH TO MATCH AND POUR NEW SILL WITH SECTION "/V1" TEMPERED SAFETY GLASS. EXISTING STOREFRONT FINISH TO SHED WATER TO �a" THE EXTERIOR TYPICAL HANGER ANGLEASSEMBLY HOLLOW METAL. PAINT 08 F 3'-0" x 7'-0" H.M DOOR. PAINT P-2 SEMI -GLOSS. p_2 SEMI -GLOSS. SH, LKP, SL, WSTP 1/2" EXPANSION JOINT MATERIAL ----_,,_.PR. 3'-0"x7'-0" DOUBLE ACTING IMPACT DOORS. FLUSH HOLLOW METAL FRAME ELIASON EASY SWING SCP4 AL. w/ 18" BUMPER & W/ REINFORCED PLATES EXISTING 09 K 1/4"x10"x30" CLEAR ACRYLIC WINDOWS, ANODIZED LOCATED AT EVERY PROVIDED WITH DOOR PAVEMENT v ALUMINUM FINISH PAINT HARD HARDWARE-2 MOUNTING POINT. \--EXISTING FLOOR SLAB 8'-0" x 8'-0" INSULATED OVERHEAD SECTIONAL METAL. PAINT INTERIOR PAINT EXTERIOR SIDE OF DOOR & FRAME TO 10 D SERVICE DOOR SEMI -GLOSS. PROVIDED WITH DOOR MATCH EXISTING BUILDING STANDARD. PAD LOCK EXSITING FOUNDATION WALL P-1 TO BE PROVIDED. PAINT EXTERIOR SIDE OF DOOR & FRAME TO 3'-0" x 7'-0" INSULATED H.M. EGRESS HOLLOW METAL. PAINT MATCH EXISTING BUILDING STANDARD. WALL SECTION 11 C DOOR PAINT INTERIOR p-2 SEMI -GLOSS. P_2 SEMI -GLOSS. BH, CLA, THA, WS, DS, AL, DV, RDG REFER TO DRAWING DETAILS AND NOTES ON THIS SHEET SCHEDULED PARTITION ALL CORES WITH REINFORCEMENT 12 E 3'-0" x T-0" H.M DOOR. PAINT P-2 SEMI -GLOSS. HOLLOW METAL. PAINT BH, LSP, WSTP, SL, HCP DOOR TO HAVE 3/4" UNDERCUT HOLLOW METAL FRAME SHALL BE FILLED SOLID WITH GROUT. P_2 SEMI -GLOSS. GROUT BLOCK CORES SOLID ALL GROUT SHALL BE CONSOLIDATED IN PLACE BY VIBRATION TO INSURE ww AT NEW BEAM BEARING COMPLETE FILLING OF CELLS. HOLLOW METAL. PAINT a.SCHEDULED H.M. DOOR 13 E 3'-0" x 7'-0" H.M DOOR. PAINT P-2 SEMI -GLOSS. BH, LSP, WSTP, SL, HCP DOOR TO HAVE 3/4" UNDERCUT L O P_2 SEMI -GLOSS. K o S DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE 0 2" 5/8" AL ALARM LOCK BATTERY POWERED DETEX ECL-230D WITH KEYED EXTERIOR CYLINDER LOCK. 5/16" BENT STEEL PLATE. WRAP BH 1 1/2 PAIR BUTT HINGES HAGER SERIES 1279 PLAIN BEARING US26D FINISH. MASONRY JAMB ATTACH TO WALL WITH GALVANIZED ANCHORS @ 2'-0" O.C. SET INTO SECTIONAL DOOR TRACK CLA CLOSER LCN SMOOTHEE. SATIN ALUMINUM FINISH PARALLEL ARM CLOSER. GROUTED CORES. PAINT COLOR TO MATCH EXISTING ANCHOR TRACK, BRACKET TO DS DOOR SWEEP M-D BUILDING PRODUCTS DB006 COMMERCIAL GRADE DOOR SWEEP. CONCRETE DV DOOR VIEWER IVES U698-626D ONE WAY WIDE ANGLE VIEWER. JAMB DETAIL FSTP FLOOR STOP HAGER 243F DOME STOP -HIGH. TYPICAL H.M. DOOR HEAD AND HG HINGE ALUMINUM SPINE WITH INTERNAL XLP HINGE HARDWARE. XLP HINGE BRACKETS POWEDERCOAT: BLACK. PEMKO 1665A 08 JAMB DETAIL SCALE: 114" =1'-0" 07 OVERHEAD DOOR SECTION SCALE: 1" =1'-0" HCP HANDICAP SIGNAGE ADA COMPLIANT HANDICAP RESTROOM SIGN, 3" LETTER HEIGHT, ACCESSIBILITY SYMBOL. MOUNT ON ADJACENT WALL LATCH SIDE OF DOOR AT 60"AFF. REFER TO DETAIL 9/A8.0. T = INDICATES POWER LKP KEYPAD LOCK NEX TOUCH KEYPAD ACCESS LOCK BAU-NTB620-NR-626-LC TEMPERED SAFETY 15A, 60Hz,10 1� GLASS MOTION SENSOR MOTION 05/A8.0 LS PASSAGE LATCH LEVER HANDLE LATCHSET, BOTH SIDES ALWAYS UNLOCKED. SCHLAGE AL SERIES SATURN AL10S - 626 FINISH. SENSOR LSC CYLINDER LOCKING DEAD BOLT LOCK. KEYED EXTERIOR WITH INTERIOR THUMB TURN. A --c -n T T / / / suoe \ T T \ T 7 T suoe L F / T N E Lo Vl V��oo M o N N E a 2 z 0 H a U) w w F_ Q 0 LU Celli 11111 11 LSE ENTRANCE LOCKSET LEVER HANDLE LOCKSET, KEYED EXTERIOR ALWAYS UNLOCKED FROM INSIDE. SCHLAGE AL SERIES SATURN AL80PD - 626 FINISH. LSP PRIVACY LOCKSET LEVER HANDLE LOCKSET WITH PUSH-BUTTON LOCKING. SCHLAGE AL SERIES SATURN AL40S - 626 FINISH. = PPB PUSH/PULL KAWNEER PUSH BAR & PULL HANDLE, C-09, 11. MATCH STOREFRONT FINISH. z z EXTERIOR RDG RAIN DRIP GUARD HAGER 810S RAIN DRIP GUARD, ALUMINUM FINISH o x SH SPRING HINGES HAGER SERIES 1250 STEEL SPRING HINGE US26D FINISH. INTERIOR SL SILENCER PADS CLEAR OR BLACK VINYL SILENCERS. FRICTION FIT INTO HOLES IN FRAME. PUSH BAR ELEVATION PANIC EXTERIOR 0 TH TEE HINGE EVERBUILT SELF CLOSING TEE HINGE, MODEL 276-490 BLACK FINISH C OR NO. HARDWARE RECORD USA C SERIES 5400 rn THA THRESHOLD ADA ALUMINUM SADDLE THRESHOLD. NOTE: WS WEATHERSTRIPPING M-D BUILDING PRODUCTS ALL CLIMATE WEATHER STRIP. MOUNT TO FRAME. PACKAGE INCLUDES: THRESHOLD, PUSH BAR PANIC HARDWARE, 2-POINT LOCKING SYSTEM, S.M.A.R.T. CONTROL PANEL, SAFETY SENSORS, WATCHDOG LED, SAFETY SENSORS. WSTP WALL STOP HAGER 232W CONVEX WALL STOP US26D FINISH. FASTEN TO CONCEALED FIRE RETARDANT WOOD BACKER, PROVIDED BY G.C. STANDARD FINISH: C MATCH EXISTING EXTERIOR STOREFRONT FINISH. gag& r� DOOR PACKAGE MUST MEET HIGH WIND ZONE STANDARDS FOR RISK CATEGORY II: 138. C C AUTOMATIC ENTRY 06 ENTRY DOORS SCALE: 1/4" = V-0" 05 SCALE: NOT TO SCALE 04 NOT USED SCALE: 1 1/2" = V-0" DOOR TYPES DOOR DETAIL 60" r III— IN �A 10" ONE WAY GLAZING VIEW 1 / ® TOWARDS A RM °' } SALES FLOOR OCK o LL co LL DOOR TYPE DOOR TYPE DOOR TYPE DOOR TYPE DOOR TYPE DOOR TYPE A B C D E F 10" 101,101, \ N cp L=& in L L suoe 0 co (O N LL LL v IINJ AR I mow.. �'•�`. aey�•••� �� w J 0 W Q Uw U �0 0z OQ 0 ISSUED FOR: PERMIT 03.14.19 BID 03.14.19 CONSTRUCTION 00.00.00 REVIEW SET 03.14.19 N N / TEMPERED SAFETY N 04"� GLASS LL LL LL Q SPRING LL Q \ BUMPERS A l\dl N DOOR TYPE N DOOR TYPE DOOR TYPE DOOR TYPE DOOR TYPE G J K L M 03 NOT USED SCALE:1112" =1'-0" 03 NOT USED SCALE: 1 1/2" =1'-0" 01 NOT USED SCALE: NTS 1 11 PROJECT MANAGER DESIGNER SS SS JOB NO. 18390 A9mO NORTH 01 1 ROOM FINISH KEY PLAN FINISH SCHEDULE ROOM FLOOR BASE WALLS CEILING NORTH EAST SOUTH WEST SALES CPT-1 / FT-2 / FT-3 VB-1 P-4 P-1 P-2 P-1 / P-4 / P-5 / FRP-1 OPEN / P-6 SEE NOTE 1 & 8 OFFICE FT-2 VB-1 P-1 P-1 P-1 P-1 ACT-1 GROOMING FT-2 VB-1 P-2 / L-1 P-3/L-1 P-2/L-1 P-2/L-1 ACT-1 HOLDING/BATHING FT-2 / QT-1 VB-1 / QB-1 P-1 P-1 / FRP-1 P-1/FRP-1 P-1/FRP-1 ACT-2 SEE NOTE 2 & 7 PUBLIC PET WASH QT-1 CB-1 CT-1/CT-2/ CT-3/P-5 CT-1/CT-2/ CT-3/P-5 CT-1/CT-2/ CT-3/P-5 CT-1/CT-2/ CT-3/P-5 ACT-2 SEE NOTE 2 & 7 MEN'S FT-2 VB-1 P-1 P-1 P-1 P-1 GYP / P-6 SEE NOTE 2,12 WOMEN'S FT-2 VB-1 P-1 P-1 P-1 P-1 GYP / P-6 SEE NOTE 2,12 BACK ROOM FT-1 VB-1 / F.R. 2x4 P-1 P-1 P-1 P-1 OPEN SEE NOTE 6 CAT ADOPTION FT-2 VB-1 P-1 / FRP-1 P-1 / FRP-1 P-1 / FRP-1 P-1 / FRP-1 EGG CRATE 1 SEE NOTE 9 & 10 REMARKS CODED NOTES: CODED NOTES (CONTINUED): 1. ALL EXPOSED STRUCTURE, CONDUIT, PIPING HANGERS, DUCTWORK, SPRINKLER 13. PRIMER SPECIFICATION TO BE USED ON ALL WOOD TRIM IN PETWASH &/OR SYSTEM ETC. SHALL BE PAINTED P-6. GROOMING &/OR COMMUNITY ROOM: SHERWIN-WILLIAMS WALL & WOOD PRIMER, 2. SEMI -GLOSS PAINT FINISH REQUIRED. PRODUCT NUMBER: B28WO8111. PAINT SPECIFICATION TO BE USED ON ALL 3. REFER TO ENLARGED PLAN DETAILS AND ELEVATIONS FOR PARTIAL HEIGHT WALL WOOD TRIM IN PETWASH &/OR GROOMING &/OR COMMUNITY ROOM: CAP FINISH. SHERWIN-WILLIAMS PRO INDUSTRIAL PRE-CATALIZED WATER BASED EPDXY, 4. REFER TO ENLARGED PLAN DETAILS AND ELEVATIONS FOR WAINSCOT TRIM PRODUCT NUMBER: K45W00153. COLOR AS REFERENCED ON DRAWINGS. FINISH. 5. FRP-1 TO BE INSTALLED ON THREE SIDES AROUND DRINKING FOUNTAIN TO 4'-0" GENERAL NOTES: A.F.F. A. ALL PAINTING & SURFACE PREPARATION IS TO BE DONE BY PAINT CONTRACTOR. 6. FRP-1 TO BE INSTALLED AT MOP SINK TO 4'-0" A.F.F. B. ALL WALL SURFACES TO BE PAINTED AN EGGSHELL FINISH UNLESS NOTED 7. FRP-1 TO BE INSTALLED TO V-0" A.F.F. OTHERWISE. 8. FRP-1 TO BE INSTALLED BEHIND ANIMAL UNITS TO 4'-0" A.F.F. C. ALL METAL DOORS, FRAMES AND EXPOSED INTERIOR BUILDING COLUMNS TO BE 9. FRP-1 TO BE INSTALLED TO 4'-0" A.F.F. INSIDE OF CAT ADOPTION. PAINTED A SEMI -GLOSS FINISH. 10. PROVIDE CLIPS ON TOP OF THE EGG CRATE SO IT CANNOT BE PUSHED OUT. D. REFER TO ELEVATIONS FOR PAINT AND WALL FINISH LOCATIONS. 11. HIGH GLOSS SEALER TO BE USED ON THE ISOLATION ROOM FLOOR. E. SEALANT TO BE PROVIDED ALONG THE PERIMETER OF DOOR FRAMES. 12. SEE INTERIOR TOILET ROOM ELEVATIONS FOR FRP LOCATIONS. F. SEALANT TO BE USED ALONG PERIMETER OF FRP PANELS. FINISH LEGEND O SECTION ABBREVIATION PRODUCT MANUFACTURER MODEL NUMBER/COLOR REMARKS P-1 SHERWIN WILLIAMS SW 7648 BIG CHILL EGGSHELL, U.N.O. P-2 SHERWIN WILLIAMS SW 7066 GRAY MATTERS EGGSHELL, U.N.O. P-3 SHERWIN WILLIAMS SW 7068 GRIZZLE GRAY EGGSHELL, U.N.O. P-4 SHERWIN WILLIAMS SW 6935 STRAIGHT FORWARD GREEN EGGSHELL, U.N.O. P-5 SHERWIN WILLIAMS SW 6954 RESONANT BLUE EGGSHELL, U.N.O. P-6 SHERWIN WILLIAMS B42W2 WHITE DRY FALL BRILLIANT WHITE CEILING PAINT, EGGSHELL, U.N.O. FRP-1 MARLITE P-151 LIGHT GRAY WALLS CERAMIC WALL TILE GROUT: LATICRETE - PERMACOLOR CT-1 CERAMICS, INC. GRAY SKY 12"x12" SELECT. LATPCSAN25-2534-0025-2 GENESEE TILE COLOR: #34 SANDSTONE GROUT: LATICRETE - PERMACOLOR CT-2 CERAMIC BULL NOSE TILE CERAMICS, INC. GRAY SKY 3"x12" SELECT. LATPCSAN25-2534-0025-2 GENESEE TILE COLOR: #34 SANDSTONE GROUT: LATICRETE - PERMACOLOR CT-3 CERAMIC MOSAIC CERAMICS, INC. GRAY SKY 2"x2" SELECT. LATPCSAN25-2534-0025-2 GENESEE TILE COLOR: #34 SANDSTONE CR-1 CRASH RAIL SCR-50 ACROVYN 4000 CRASH RAIL. TO BE MOUNTED AT 0'-4" AFF. CONSTRUCTION SPECIALTIES COLOR: #162 CHARCOAL CRASH RAILS, CORNER GUARDS CG-1 CORNER GUARD VA-250 ACROVYN 4000 CORNER GUARD. TO BE MOUNTED AT 48" A.F.F. AND CART STOPS CONSTRUCTION SPECIALTIES COLOR: #162 CHARCOAL CART STOP CARTSTOP SUPER CSS-401 CS-1 McCUE CORPORATION COLOR: 401 BLACK (INSERT) LENGTHS VARY GROUT: LATICRETE - PERMACOLOR CB-1 CERAMIC WALL BASE TILE CERAMICS, INC. GRAY SKY 6"x12" SELECT. LATPCSAN25-2534-0025-2 GENESEE TILE COLOR: #34 SANDSTONE VB-1 ARMSTRONG INTEGRATED 12 SHADOW GRAY 4" HIGH VINYL COVED BASE 6" HIGH VINYL COVED AT RESTROOMS GROUT: LATICRETE - PERMACOLOR QB-1 QUARRY TILE BASE CERAMICS, INC. Q-24. 6"x8" COVE BASE SELECT. LATPCSAN25-2534-0025-2 GENESEE TILE COLOR: #34 SANDSTONE FT-1 CONCRETE, CLEAR SEALER LATICRETE L&M AQUAPEL INSTALL PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. PROSOCO CONSOLIDECK DYE SYSTEM INSTALL PER MANUFACTURERS FT-2 CONCRETE STAIN & POLISH SYSTEM COLOR: WELCH SLATE RECOMMENDATIONS. PROSOCO FLOROCK HYBRID ANTI SLIP CLEAR EPDXY APPLIED OVER STAINED FT-3 CONCRETE, NON -SLIP STAINED FINISH FT-2. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURERS FLOOR FLOOR SYSTEM. COLOR: TRANSLUCENT RECOMMENDATIONS. GROUT: LATICRETE - PERMACOLOR QT-1 QUARRY TILE CERAMICS, INC. Q-24-P. 8"x8" COVE BASE SELECT. LATPCSAN25-2534-0025-2 GENESEE TILE COLOR: #34 SANDSTONE CARPET TILE DESIGN STEP ENTRANCE CARPET THRESHOLD FRAME OR REDUCER CPT-1 CONSTRUCTION SPECIALTIES PATTERN: POWERPOINT REQUIRED. REFER TO DETAILS. COLOR: WROUGHT IRON 4'x8' SLATWALL PANEL, CUT TO SIZE. SLATS SLATWALL SW-1 3" O.C. WITH PLASTIC INSERTS TO MATCH 10"D. LAMINATE SHELVES TO BE L-3. LAMINATE. SLATWALL FINISH TO BE L-3 L-1 FIBER REINFORCED LAMINATE FRL CODE # NW104-SD WOOD GRAIN TO RUN HORIZONTALLY PANOLAM NEVEMAR CARAJILLO L-2 LAMINATE STANDARD LAMINATE MATTE FINISH. LAMINATE WILSONART 4843-60 MISTED ZEPHUR L-3 LAMINATE STANDARD LAMINATE MATTE FINISH. WILSONART D92-60 DOVE GREY FLOORING ALTERNATES TERRAIN II 20mil VINYL 6" X 48" PLANKS INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. VENDOR CONTACT USE OF THESE FT-4 SHAW CONTRACT PRODUCT: #0454V INFORMATION: PATRICK IMESCH, SHAW ALTERNATES REQUIRES LUXURY VINYL PLANK COLOR: #00572 TIMBER CONTRACT: (313) 300-0279 PSP APPROVAL AND ARE BRICK PATTERN INSTALLATION PATRICK.IMESCH@SHAWINC.COM USED ONLY IF EXISTING INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S CONDITIONS PREVENT USE OF STAINED FT-5 ARMSTRONG SLIP -RETARDANT VCT STYLE: SAFETY ZONE 12"x12" RECOMMENDATIONS. TO BE USED WITH CONCRETE FINISH. COLOR: SLATE BLACK 57004 FT-4 IN AREAS REQUIRING SLIP RESISTANCE. ACOUSTICAL CEILING FINISH SCHEDULE ITEM NO. GRID TILE MANUF. REMARKS ACT-1 PRELUDE PLUS XL FIRE GUARD. 15/16" SYSTEM. COLOR: WHITE. FINE FISSURED SQUARE LAY -IN MEDIUM TEXTURE #932-1729-WH 24" x 48" x 5/8" SQUARE EDGE. WHITE ARMSTRONG DO NOT INSTALL CEILING TILE UNTIL ALL ABOVE CEILING WORK BY GC AND OWNER'S VENDORS IS COMPLETE. ACT-1 DONN BRAND DX/DXL "F" FISSURED BASIC PANEL, MEDIUM TEXTURE APPROVED 15/16" T SYSTEM. #135-050 (WHITE) USG DO NOT INSTALL CEILING TILE UNTIL ALL ABOVE CEILING ALTERNATE FLAT WHITE #050 24" x 48" x 3/4" SQUARE EDGE. WORK BY GC AND OWNER'S VENDORS IS COMPLETE. PRELUDE PLUS XL FIRE CLEAN ROOM VL UNPERFORATED SQUARE LAY -IN SMOOTH ACT-2 GUARD. 15/16" SYSTEM. TEXTURE PANEL #870 ARMSTRONG DO NOT INSTALL CEILING TILE UNTIL ALL ABOVE CEILING COLOR: WHITE. 24" x 48" x 5/8" SQUARE EDGE. VINYL FACE, WHITE WORK BY GC AND OWNER'S VENDORS IS COMPLETE. ACT-2 DONN BRAND DX/DXL SHEET ROCK BRAND CLIMAPLUS PERFORMACE LAY -IN SMOOTH SCALE: N.T.S. APPROVED 15/16" T SYSTEM. TEXTURE PANEL #3270 USG DO NOT INSTALL CEILING TILE UNTIL ALL ABOVE CEILING ALTERNATE FLAT WHITE #050 24" x 48" x 5/8" SQUARE EDGE. VINYL FACE. WHITE WORK BY GC AND OWNER'S VENDORS IS COMPLETE. 5 Mo�s� E • M O CD Q e`!NE� .�, N E. b Lg u. Z O H a_ U) W W Q 0 W mma, m CV Lol �$ co M J J LL J � J W >_ N2 IZ W N Z LL ISSUED FOR: PERMIT 03.14.19 BID 03.14.19 CONSTRUCTION 00.00.00 REVIEW SET 03.14.19 PROJECT MANAGER DESIGNER SS SS JOB NO. 18390 A9ml 2: Ih `•� SECTION 150000 - BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS PART1 GENERAL n A. GENERAL CONDITIONS OTHER CONTRACT DOCUMENTS E 1. THE GENERAL CONDITIONS AND OTHER CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AS SET c FORTH HEREBY ARE TO BE INCORPORATED INTO AND BECOME A PART OF THE SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION. B. CODES AND PERMITS 1. COMPLY WITH RULES, REGULATIONS OF STATE, COUNTY, AND CITY AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THE PREMISES, INCLUDING SAFETY REQUIREMENTS OF OSHA. DO NOT CONSTRUE THIS AS RELIEVING CONTRACTOR FROM COMPLYING WITH SPECIFICATIONS L WHICH EXCEED CODE REQUIREMENTS AND NOT IN CONFLICT THEREWITH. Ln 2. SECURE AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTION REQUIRED. MAKE PAYMENTS TO ALL PUBLIC UTILITIES FOR WORK a PERFORMED BY THEM IN PROVIDING SERVICE CONNECTIONS. 4 C. LOCAL CONDITIONS L 1. VISIT SITE, BECOME FAMILIAR WITH CONDITIONS AFFECTING THIS WORK. L NO ADDITIONAL PAYMENT WILL BE MADE ON CLAIMS THAT ARISE FROM I LACK OF KNOWLEDGE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS. 2. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE HELD TO HAVE EXAMINED THE PREMISES >n AND SITE SO AS TO COMPARE THEM WITH THE DRAWINGS AND >n SPECIFICATIONS. NO ALLOWANCE SHALL BE MADE TO THE CONTRACTOR BY REASON OF HIS FAILURE TO HAVE MADE SUCH EXAMINATION OR OF ANY ERROR ON HIS PART. D. DRAWINGS 1. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE TO BE CONSIDERED AS SUPPLEMENTING EACH OTHER. WORK SPECIFIED SHALL BE PERFORMED OR FURNISHED AS THOUGH MENTIONED IN BOTH SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS. 2. THE DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC ONLY AND ARE INTENDED TO SHOW THE APPROXIMATE LOCATIONS. DO NOT SCALE. E. SHOP DRAWINGS 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS ON THE ITEMS OF EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS AS NECESSARY TO CLEARLY SHOW EQUIPMENT AND CONSTRUCTION. F. SUPERVISION 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE IN CHARGE OF THE WORK, A COMPETENT SUPERINTENDENT WITH EXPERIENCE IN THE WORK TO BE INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT. G. COORDINATION 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE HIS WORK AND COOPERATE WITH THE OTHER CONTRACTORS. HE SHALL ARRANGE HIS WORK WITH THEIRS SO THAT THERE WILL BE NO DELAY IN THE PROPER INSTALLATION. 2. EXAMINE WORK OF OTHER TRADES WHICH COMES IN CONTACT WITH OR IS COVERED BY THIS WORK. DO NOT ATTACH TO, COVER, OR FINISH AGAINST ANY DEFECTIVE WORK, OR INSTALL WORK OF THIS DIVISION IN A MANNER WHICH WILL PREVENT OTHER TRADES FROM PROPERLY INSTALLING THEIR WORK. CONSULT ALL DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAILS OF OTHER DIVISIONS OF THE WORK. H. GUARANTEE AND WARRANTIES 1. WARRANT THAT EQUIPMENT AND ALL WORK IS INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH GOOD ENGINEERING PRACTICE AND THAT ALL EQUIPMENT WILL MEET REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED. ANY EQUIPMENT FAILING TO PERFORM OR FUNCTION AS SPECIFIED SHALL BE REPLACED WITH COMPLYING EQUIPMENT, WITHOUT COST TO THE OWNER. 2. GUARANTEE AGAINST DEFECTS IN WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS; MAKE GOOD REPAIR OR REPLACE ANY DEFECTIVE WORK, MATERIAL OR EQUIPMENT WITHIN ONE YEAR FROM DATE OF ACCEPTANCE. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED c PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED s END OF SECTION 2: c SECTION 150500 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS °O PART1 GENERAL A. REFER TO INDIVIDUAL PIPING SYSTEM SPECIFICATION SECTIONS FOR PIPE, FITTING, JOINING MATERIALS AND METHODS. PIPE THREADS SHALL COMPLY WITH ASME 131.20.1 FOR FACTORY -THREADED PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS. B. FURNISH AND INSTALL MANUFACTURED ESCUTCHEONS FOR EXPOSED WALL AND CEILING PENETRATIONS. INSTALL DIELECTRIC UNIONS WHEREVER JOINING DISSIMILAR METALS TO PREVENT GALVANIC ACTION AND CORROSION. C. FURNISH AND INSTALL SLEEVES FOR WALL, FLOOR SLAB AND ROOF PENETRATIONS WITH A MIN. TWO SIZES LARGER THAN PIPE OR ' INSULATION: STEEL PIPE: ASTM A53, GRA, SCH. 40 GALV. PLAIN ENDS. PVC PLASTIC PIPE: ASTM D1785, SCH. 40. D. FURNISH AND INSTALL EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATES IDENTIFYING UNIT NUMBER AND AREA SERVICED BY UNIT. PIPING SYSTEMS SHALL HAVE SNAP -ON PLASTIC PIPE MARKERS TO INDICATE SERVICE AND FLOW DIRECTION. E. INSTALL PIPING FREE OF SAGS AND BENDS TIGHT TO SLABS, TRUSSES, JOISTS, COLUMNS, WALLS, AND OTHER BUILDING COMPONENTS. ALLOW SUFFICIENT SPACE ABOVE REMOVABLE LAY -IN CEILINGS FOR PANEL REMOVAL. F. REFER TO DIVISION 9 SECTION "PAINTING" FOR FIELD PAINTING REQUIREMENTS. G. VALVES: 1. BALL VALVES, 2" AND SMALLER: RATED FOR 400 PSI WOG - TWO PIECE CONSTRUCTION WITH TEFLON SEATS AND SEALS. VALVES SHALL BE NIBCO MODEL S-580-BR OR APPROVED EQUAL. 2. PLUG VALVES, 2 1/2" AND LARGER: RATED AT 175 PSI WOG, LUBRICATED PLUG TYPE, SEMI -STEEL BODY, WRENCH OPERATED WITH FLANGED ENDS. VALVES SHALL BE NORDSTROM 143 OR APPROVED EQUAL. 3. CHECK VALVES, 2" AND SMALLER: RATED AT 200 PSI WOG, CAST BRONZE BODY, HORIZONTAL SWING, Y-PATTERN AND BRONZE DISC. VALVES SHALL BE NIBCO MODEL S413 OR APPROVED EQUAL. 4. OTHER APPROVED MANUFACTURES: CRANE, HAMMOND, JAMESBURY, JENKINS, KEYSTONE, POWELL, STOCKHAM, AND WATTS. H. HANGERS AND SUPPORT COMPONENTS SHALL BE FACTORY FABRICATED OF MATERIALS, DESIGN AND MANUFACTURER COMPLYING WITH MSS SP-58. 1. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 2 1/2" DIA. AND SMALLER: GRINNELL FIG. NO. CT-69 TUBING HANGER WITH FIG NO. 167 PROTECTION SHIELD. 2. STORM/SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING: GRINNELL FIG. NO.260 ADJ STEEL CLEVIS HANGER FOR HORIZONTAL PIPING, GRINNEL FIG. NO. 261 STEEL RISER CLAMP FOR VERTICAL PIPING WHERE PIPING IS SUPPORTED FORM OVERHEAD WOOD TRUSSES, USE GRINNELL FIG. NO. 153 PIPE HANGER FLANGE. 3. HANGER RODS SHALL BE ASTM A-107 CONTINUOUS THREADED WITH THE FOLLOWING LOADING: 3/8" - 610 LBS., 1/2" - 1130 LBS., 5/8" -1810 LBS. AND 3/4" - 2710 LBS. 4. HANGER SPACING AS FOLLOWS: a. STEEL PIPE - AT INTERVALS NOT EXCEEDING 12'-0". b. COPPER PIPE - 1 1/4" AND SMALLER 6'-0" INTERVALS 1 1/2" AND LARGER 10'-0" INTERVALS. c. CAST IRON PIPE -AT INTERVALS NOT EXCEEDING 10'-0". d. PLASTIC SCH. 40 PIPE - AT INTERVALS NOT EXCEEDING 4'-0". 5. HANGERS MANUFACTURED BY FEE AND MASON, B LINE AND HYDRA-ZORB ARE ALSO ACCEPTABLE. 6. MISCELLANEOUS STEEL PLATES, SHAPES AND BARS: ASTM A36. I. PIPE SUPPORTS: 1. COPPER TUBING: ADJUSTABLE STEEL CLEVIS HANGER, B-LINE B3104CT. 2. UNINSULATED PIPING: ADJUSTABLE STEEL CLEVIS HANGER, B-LINE B3104 OR B3100. 3. INSULATED HOT PIPING (2 INCH AND SMALLER): ADJUSTABLE STEEL CLEVIS HANGER WITH GALVANIZED SHEET METAL SHIELD, B-LINE B3100 WITH B3151 SERIES. 4. INSULATED COLD PIPING (4 INCH AND SMALLER): ADJUSTABLE STEEL CLEVIS HANGER WITH GALVANIZED SHEET METAL SHIELD, B-LINE B3100 WITH B3151 SERIES. 5. PLASTIC PIPING: ADJUSTABLE V-BOTTOM STEEL CLEVIS HANGER WITH GALVANIZED 18 GAUGE CONTINUOUS SUPPORT CHANNEL, B-LINE B3106 WITH B3106V SERIES. MANUFACTURERS: B-LINE, ANVIL (GRINNELL), MICHIGAN, PHD, HILTI, HOLDRITE OR APPROVED EQUAL. J. MULTIPLE OR TRAPEZE HANGERS: 12 GAUGE, ROLL FORMED, ASTM A570 GRADE 33 STRUCTURAL STEEL CHANNEL, 1 518 INCH X 1 5/8 INCH COATED STEEL CHANNELS WITH SPACERS AND HANGER RODS, B-LINE B22 STRUT OR STRONGER AS REQUIRED. MOUNT PIPES TO TRAPEZE WITH TWO-PIECE PIPE STRAPS SIZED FOR OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF PIPE/INSULATION, B-LINE B2000 SERIES. MANUFACTURERS: B-LINE, UNISTRUT, SUPERSTRUT OR APPROVED EQUAL. K. WALL SUPPORT: (PIPE SIZES TO 3 INCH): CARBON STEEL HOOK, B-LINE B3191, MICHIGAN, PHD, HILTI, HOLDRITE OR APPROVED EQUAL. L. VERTICAL SUPPORT: STEEL RISER CLAMP SIZED TO FIT OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF PIPE, B-LINE B3373, MICHIGAN, PHD, HILTI, HOLDRITE OR APPROVED EQUAL. M. FLOOR SUPPORT (HOT PIPE SIZES TO 6 INCH AND ALL COLD PIPE SIZES): CARBON STEEL ADJUSTABLE PIPE SADDLE (SCREWED OR WELDED TO APPROPRIATE BASE STAND) AND NIPPLE ATTACHED TO STEEL BASE STAND SIZED FOR PIPE ELEVATION, B-LINE B3093, B3088T, B3090 OR B3088, MICHIGAN, PHD, HILTI, HOLDRITE OR APPROVED EQUAL. N. HANGERS SHALL BE DESIGNED TO IMPEDE DISENGAGEMENT BY MOVEMENT OF SUPPORTED PIPE. 0. PROVIDE STONEMAN TRISOLATORS OR EQUIVALENT OR 1/4 INCH THICK HAIR FELT AT ALL COPPER PIPE HANGERS OR SUPPORTS, EXCEPT NONE REQUIRED FOR INSULATED HOT PIPES. P. HANGERS AND CLAMPS FOR SUPPORT OF BARE COPPER TUBING SHALL BE COATED WITH COPPER -COLORED EPDXY PAINT. AN ADDITIONAL PVC COATING OF THE EXPOY-COATED HANGER SHALL BE APPLIED WHERE REQUIRED BY THE TENANTS AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE Q. HANGERS FOR OTHER THAN BARE COPPER PIPING SHALL BE ZINC PLATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM B633-SC3 OR SHALL HAVE AN ELECTRO-DEPOSITED GREEN EPDXY FINISH. R. STRUT CHANNELS SHALL BE PRE -GALVANIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM A653-G90 OR HAVE AN ELECTRO-DEPOSITED EPDXY FINISH. S. ROOF SUPPORTS FOR PIPE SIZES TO 3 INCH: POLYCARBONATE RESIN ROLLER AND NYLON ROD SITUATED IN A POLYCARBONATE RESIN BASE, "U" SHAPED CRADLE, GUIDE HOLES PROVIDED FOR MOUNTING STRAP (USING 1/2 INCH #10 SCREWS) AND SPACERS AS REQUIRED, SPACED MAXIMUM 10'-0" ON CENTER, MIRO 24-R OR APPROVED EQUAL. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION SECTION 152500 - MECHANICAL INSULATION PART1 GENERAL 1. FURNISH AND INSTALL INSULATION FOR DUCTWORK AND PIPING AS DESCRIBED IN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. SUBMIT PRODUCT DATA FOR EACH TYPE OF MECHANICAL INSULATION FOR THE DATA FOR EACH TYPE OF MECHANICAL INSULATION FOR THE PROJECT, IDENTIFYING R-VALUE, THICKNESS, AND ACCESSORIES. 1. INSULATION SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD RATING OF 25 OR LESS AND A SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING OF 50 OR LESS. 2. SCHEDULE INSULATION APPLICATION AFTER DUCT AND PIPING TESTS HAVE BEEN COMPLETED. PART 2 PRODUCTS 1. GLASS FIBER: INORGANIC GLASS FIVERS, BONDED WITH A THERMOSETTING RESIN. a. BLANKET: 1-1/2" THICK WITH ALUMINUM FOIL SCRIM KRAFT FACING AND 1 LB/CU. FT. DENSITY. OWENS-CORNING FRK. b. PREFORMED PIPE INSULATION: 1" THICK WITH REINFORCED ALL SERVICE VAPOR RETARDER JACKETING. OWENS-CORNING FIBERGLASS ASJ. c. DUCT LINER: 1" THICK COATED WITH A BLACK PIGMENTED FIRE-RESISTANT COATING ON THE AIRSTREAM SIDE AND 1-1/2 LB./CU. FT. DENSITY. OWENS-CORNING AEROFLEX. d. OTHER APPROVED MANUFACTURES: CERTAINTEED, KNAUF, AND MANVILLE. PART 3 EXECUTION 1. SELECT ACCESSORIES COMPATIBLE WITH MATERIALS SUITABLE FOR THE SERVICE THAT DO NOT CORRODE, SOFTEN, OR OTHERWISE ATTACK THE INSULATION OR JACKET. 2. SLIP INSULATION ON THE COLD AND HOT WATER PIPE AND SEAL JOINTS WITH ADHESIVE. WHERE THE SLIP ON TECHNIQUE IS NOT POSSIBLE, CUT ONE SIDE LONGITUDINALLY AND APPLY TO THE PIPE. SEAL SEAMS AND JOINTS WITH ADHESIVE. 3. INSULATE FINISHED PLUMBING LINES TO FIXTURES ACCESSIBLE TO THE DISABLED WITH 3/8" ARMSTRONG ARMAFLEX OR EQUAL. 4. DUCTWORK APPLICATION: a. ALL RETURN AIR DUCTWORK IS TO BE LINED WITH DUCT LINER. b. ALL SUPPLY DUCTWORK LOCATED IN CONCEALED AREAS OR ABOVE THE CEILING IS TO BE WRAPPED WITH BLANKET INSULATION. THE FIRST 15'-0" OF THE SUPPLY DUCTWORK FROM THE ROOFTOP UNIT IS TO BE LINED WITH DUCT LINER. WRAP INSULATION CAN BE OMITTED ON SECTIONS OF DUCTWORK INSTALLED WITH DUCT LINER. c. ALL SUPPLY DUCTWORK IN STOCKROOM IS TO BE UN -INSULATED. d. FOR THE EXPOSED DUCTWORK IN THE SALES AREA, THE FIRST 15'-0" OF THE SUPPLY DUCTWORK FROM THE ROOFTOP UNIT IS TO BE LINED WITH DUCT LINER. IF CONCENTRIC DIFFUSERS ARE MOUNTED DIRECTLY BELOW THE ROOFTOP UNIT, ALL OF THE SUPPLY DUCTWORK SHOULD BE LINED TO THE CONCENTRIC DIFFUSERS. 5. DOMESTIC COLD AND HOT WATER PIPING IS TO BE INSULATED WITH 1" PREFORMED PIPE INSULATION. END OF SECTION SECTION 154100 - PLUMBING PIPING PART1 GENERAL 1. FURNISH AND INSTALL PLUMBING PIPING AS SHOWN ON DWGS. 2. FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER METER (IF REQUIRED) IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE LOCAL WATER UTILITY COMPANY'S STANDARDS. A. SUMMARY 1. THIS SECTION INCLUDES PLUMBING PIPING SYSTEMS AS SHOWN ON DWGS. AND CONNECTING INTO SYSTEMS AS REQUIRED. SYSTEMS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: a. POTABLE WATER DISTRIBUTION, INCLUDING COLD AND HOT WATER SUPPLY. b. DRAINAGE AND VENT SYSTEMS, INCLUDING SANITARY AND STORM. PART 2 PRODUCTS A. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SYSTEMS 1. ALL ABOVE -GROUND PIPING SHALL BE TYPE "L" HARD DRAWN COPPER WITH WROUGHT COPPER FITTINGS. 2. SWEAT COPPER JOINTS WITH 95/5 TIN -ANTIMONY SOLDER FOR ABOVE GROUND PIPING. B. SOIL, WASTE, AND VENT PIPING 1. PIPE AND FITTINGS a. ABS (ASTM D266) OR PVC (ASTM D2665) PLASTIC PIPE & FITTINGS. PROVIDE APPROVED CLEANER & GLUE FOR ABS OR PVC FITTINGS. b. VENT PIPING SHALL BE TYPE "L" HARD COPPER WITH WROUGHT COPPER FITTINGS OR STEEL PIPING WITH NO HUB CONNECTIONS WHERE RETURN AIR PLENUM IS UTILIZED. PART 3 EXECUTION A. VALVES 1. SECTIONAL VALVES: INSTALL SECTIONAL VALVES CLOSE TO MAIN ON EACH BRANCH OR EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS AND WHERE INDICATED. USE BALL VALVES FOR SECTIONAL VALVES 2 INCHES AND SMALLER. 2. SHUTOFF VALVES: INSTALL SHUTOFF VALVES ON INLET TO EACH PLUMBING EQUIPMENT ITEM, ON EACH SUPPLY TO EACH PLUMBING FIXTURE NOT HAVING STOPS ON SUPPLIES, AND ELSEWHERE AS INDICATED. FOR SHUTOFF VALVES 2 INCHES AND SMALLER, USE BALL VALVES, B. CONNECTIONS 1. SUPPLY RUNOUTS TO FIXTURES: INSTALL HOT AND COLD WATER SUPPLY PIPING RUNOUTS OF SIZES INDICATED, BUT NOT SMALLER THAN REQUIRED BY PLUMBING CODE TO FIXTURES. 2. DRAINAGE RUNOUTS TO FIXTURES: PROVIDE DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING RUNOUTS, WITH APPROVED TRAP, OF SIZES INDICATED, BUT NOT SMALLER THAN REQUIRED BY PLUMBING CODE, TO PLUMBING FIXTURES AND DRAINS. C. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 1. INSPECT WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING AND DRAINAGE PIPING. a. DO NOT ENCLOSE, COVER, OR PUT INTO OPERATION WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING SYSTEM UNTIL IT HAS BEEN INSPECTED AND APPROVED BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 2. TEST WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING AS FOLLOWS: a. TEST FOR LEAKS AND DEFECTS IN NEW WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING SYSTEM. b. CAP AND SUBJECT THE PIPING SYSTEM TO A STATIC WATER PRESSURE TWICE THE OPERATING PRESSURE WITHOUT EXCEEDING PRESSURE RATING OF PIPING SYSTEM MATERIALS. i in ISOLATE TEST SOURCE AND ALLOW TO STAND FOR 4 HOURS. LEAKS AND LOSS IN TEST PRESSURE CONSTITUTE DEFECTS THAT MUST BE REPAIRED. c. REPAIR LEAKS AND DEFECTS WITH NEW MATERIALS AND RETEST SYSTEM OR PORTION THEREOF UNTIL SATISFACTORY RESULTS ARE OBTAINED. 3. DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING TEST: a. TEST DRAINAGE AND VENT SYSTEM ACCORDING TO PROCEDURES OF AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. END OF SECTION PART1 GENERAL 1. PROVIDE PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM, FITTINGS, OTHER COMPONENTS AND SUPPORTS AS SPECIFIED ON THE DRAWINGS IN THE PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE. 2. FAUCETS: UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, PROVIDE FAUCETS THAT ARE CAST BRASS WITH POLISHED CHROME -PLATED FINISH. 3. FURNISH WALL CARRIERS FOR THE FOLLOWING FIXTURES: a. WALL HUNG LAVATORIES AND SINKS PART 2 PRODUCTS 1. ORDER PRODUCTS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 2. INSPECT EACH INSTALLED FIXTURE FOR DAMAGE. REPLACE DAMAGED FIXTURES AND COMPONENTS. 3. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS TO DESIGNER FOR SUBSTITUTION APPROVAL. PART 3 EXECUTION 1. OPERATE AND ADJUST FAUCETS AND CONTROLS. REPLACE DAMAGED AND MALFUNCTIONING FIXTURES, FITTINGS, AND CONTROLS. 2. ADJUST WATER PRESSURE AT FAUCETS, AND FLUSHOMETERS HAVING CONTROLS, TO PROVIDE PROPER FLOW AND STREAM. 3. REPLACE WASHERS OF LEAKING AND DRIPPING FAUCETS AND STOPS. 4. CLEAN FIXTURES, FITTINGS, AND SPOUT AND DRAIN STRAINERS WITH MANUFACTURERS' RECOMMENDED CLEANING METHODS AND MATERIALS. 5. PROVIDE PROTECTIVE COVERING FOR INSTALLED FIXTURES AND FITTINGS. 6. DO NOT ALLOW USE OF FIXTURES AS TEMPORARY FACILITIES. END OF SECTION SECTION 154600 - PLUMBING EQUIPMENT 911aal<e7: 21:1:711 A. THIS SECTION INCLUDES DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS 1. TANKLESS RACK SYSTEM WALL MOUNTED GAS WATER HEATER. 2. SMALL ELECTRIC DOMESTIC WATER HEATER. PART 2 PRODUCTS A. TANKLESS RACK SYSTEM: NAVIEN MODEL NPE240A. 1. PROVIDE TANKLESS RACK SYSTEM OF SIZE, FLOW RATE AND TEMPERATURE RISE AS SPECIFIED ON THE DRAWINGS. 2. TO BE CONSTRUCTED OF MARINE GRADE POWDER COATED ALUMINUM. 3. WATER AND GAS PIPING MANIFOLD ASSEMBLED AT MANUFATURER'S FACTORY AND DELIVERED TO THE JOBSITE SUCH THAT ONLY FINAL CONNECTIONS ARE REQUIRED ONSITE. 4. UNITS WATER TRUNK LINES ARE CONSTRUCTED OF TWO (2) 2-1/2- DIAMETER RIGID COPPER. UNITS GAS LINE IS 1-1/4"-1-1/2" DIA NPT POWDER COATED SCHEDULE 40 STEEL. SPECIFY SIZE WHEN ORDERING. 5. CONCENTRIC VENTING SYSTEM IS PROVIDED BY THE MANUFACTURER AND SNIPED LOOSE TO BE INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR ON SITE. SPECIFY LENGTH WHEN ORDERING. 6. APPROVED ALTERNATE MANUFACTURERS 6.1. RINNAI MODEL: C1991 6.2. AO SMITH MODEL: ATI-CRS2WN-N 6.3. STATE MODEL: GTS-CRS-2WM-MI B. INSTA HOT WATER HEATER 1. STORES WITH ONLY PET WASH PROVIDE TANKLESS WATER HEATER BELOW LAVATORY IN RESTROOMS. PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION SECTION 154900 - NATURAL GAS SYSTEMS wz4illEcl:04:101 1. FURNISH AND INSTALL GAS PIPING AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS, AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH NFPA 54. 2. PURCHASE GAS METER (IF REQUIRED) IN COMPLIANCE WITH GAS COMPANY'S STANDARDS. LOCATE AS SHOWN ON DWGS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 1. PIPING SHALL BE ASTM A53, SCHEDULE 40 BLACK STEEL PIPE. PROVIDE THREADED PIPE FOR 2" AND UNDER PIPING, PROVIDE PLAIN END PIPE FOR 2-1/2" AND OVER PIPING. 2. FITTINGS SHALL BE 150# MALLEABLE IRON FOR 2" AND UNDER. FITTINGS SHALL BE ASTM A-234 BUTT WELD FOR 2-1/2" AND OVER. 3. USE AN APPROVED PIPE DOPE AT CONNECTIONS. 4. PROVIDE A DRIP LEG, GAS COCK, AND UNION WITHIN 72 INCHES OF EACH CONNECTION TO EQUIPMENT. B. VALVES - SEE SECTION 150500 PART 3 EXECUTION 1. COMPLY WITH NFPA 54 "NATIONAL FUEL GAS CODE" FOR GAS PIPING MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS, INSTALLATIONS, AND INSPECTION TESTING AND PURGING. 2. LISTING AND LABELING: PROVIDE EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES THAT ARE LISTED AND LABELED. A. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 1. INSPECT, LEAK TEST, AND PURGE NATURAL GAS SYSTEMS ACCORDING TO LOCAL GAS COMPANY STANDARDS. 2. REPAIR LEAKS AND DEFECTS WITH NEW MATERIALS, AND RETEST SYSTEM UNTIL SATISFACTORY RESULTS ARE OBTAINED. 3. REPORT TEST RESULTS PROMPTLY AND IN WRITING TO THE ARCHITECT AND THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 4. VERIFY CAPACITIES AND PRESSURE RATINGS OF GAS METERS, REGULATORS, VALVES, AND SPECIALTIES. 5. VERIFY CORRECT PRESSURE SETTINGS FOR PRESSURE REGULATORS. 6. VERIFY THAT SPECIFIED PIPING TESTS ARE COMPLETE. 7. INSTALL SHUT-OFF VALVE, UPSTREAM FROM GAS METER, OUTSIDE BUILDING AT GAS SERVICE ENTRANCE. END OF SECTION SECTION 156000 - ROOFTOP HEATING AND COOLING UNITS PART1 GENERAL 1. INSTALL ROOFTOP HEATING AND COOLING UNITS AS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS. UNITS SHALL BE RATED BY ARI STANDARD 240 FOR CAPACITY AND ARI STANDARD 270 FOR SOUND. UNITS SHALL BE DESIGNED, MANUFACTURED AND TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL REQUIREMENTS AND HAVE THE UL LABEL. UNITS SHALL CARRY A 5-YEAR WARRANTY ON COMPRESSORS, A 10-YEAR WARRANTY ON HEAT EXCHANGERS, AND A 1-YEAR WARRANTY ON ALL OTHER PARTS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 1. EQUIPMENT SHALL BE YORK MANUFACTURED BY JOHNSON CONTROLS - NO EXCEPTIONS. UNITS SHALL BE COMPLETELY FACTORY ASSEMBLED AND TESTED. UNITS SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: CONDENSER FANS, COILS AND MOTOR, INTERCONNECTING WIRING AND CONTROL PANEL, FILTER SECTION, COMPRESSORS AND COMPLETE REFRIGERATION SYSTEM, CENTRIFUGAL EVAPORATOR FAN AND MOTOR, GAS -FIRED FURNACE SECTION, AND AUTOMATIC CONTROLS AS SCHEDULED ON DRAWINGS. 2. FACTORY -INSTALLED OPTIONS SHALL INCLUDE INTELLISPEED VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE (VFD), INTELLISPEED CONTROL OF THE VFD BASED ON STAGES OF COOLING (PROVIDES SINGLE ZONE VAV FAN OPERATION AS DEFINED BY ASHRAE 90.1 SECTION 6.4.3.10), DRY BULB LOW LEAK ECONOMIZER W/BAROMETRIC RELIEF AND WITH ECONOMIZER FAULT DETECTION & DIAGNOSTIC (MEETS ASHRAE 90.1-2013, IECC 2015, CALIFORNIA TITLE 24, AMCA 511),3 HP HIGH STATIC BELT DRIVE BLOWER, STANDARD 2" THROWAWAY FILTERS, SIMPLICITY® SE CONTROLLER INCLUDING DISCHARGE AIR, RETURN AIR, AND OUTDOOR AIR TEMPERATURE SENSORS, POWERED CONVENIENCE OUTLET (110 VAC / 15 AMP), HACR CIRCUIT BREAKER/DISCONNECT, RETURN AIR SMOKE DETECTOR (BOTTOM RETURN ONLY), PHASE MONITOR, MICRO -CHANNEL "ALL -ALUMINUM" CONDENSER COIL, COPPER TUBE/ALUMINUM FIN EVAPORATOR COIL, AND COMPOSITE DRAIN PAN. 3. FIELD -INSTALLED ACCESSORIES SHALL INCLUDE 14" HIGH ROOF CURB, CO2 SPACE/WALL MOUNT SENSOR, AND YORK PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTAT. PART 3 EXECUTION 1. INSTALL UNITS ON ROOF CURBS WITH 3/4" X 1-3/4" WIDE GASKETING MATERIAL SUPPLIED BY UNIT MANUFACTURER. END OF SECTION SECTION 158000 - POWER VENTILATORS PART1 GENERAL 1. INSTALL YORK (PENNBARRY) VENTILATORS AS DESCRIBED IN CONTRACT DRAWINGS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 1. AS SCHEDULED ON DRAWINGS. OTHER APPROVED MANUFACTURERS INCLUDE BROAN, CARNES, GREENHECK, AND PENN. 2. CEILING MOUNTED EXHAUST FANS SHALL BE ACOUSTICALLY INSULATED WITH A SOUND LEVEL RATING OF 4.6 SONES MAXIMUM. PROVIDE EXHAUST GRILLE, SHATTERPROOF BACK DRAFT DAMPER, ROOF CAP AND RUBBER - IN SHEAR VIBRATION ISOLATORS. PART 3 EXECUTION 1. INSTALL FANS LEVEL AND PLUMB, IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. SECURE UNITS TO STRUCTURE OR CURB. 2. CHECK EXHAUST FANS FOR ANYTHING THAT WILL AFFECT ITS OPERATION AND TAKE CORRECTIVE ACTION BEFORE START-UP. END OF SECTION SECTION 159000 - METAL DUCTWORK PART1 GENERAL 1. FURNISH AND INSTALL RECTANGULAR AND ROUND METAL DUCTS AND PLENUMS FOR HVAC SYSTEMS PER THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 2. FURNISH AND INSTALL DUCT LINER IN ALL RETURN AIR DUCTWORK. MAINTAIN AIR WAY DIMENSIONS ON DRAWINGS. 3. COMPLY WITH NFPA 90A, "STANDARD FOR THE INSTALLATION OF AIR CONDITIONING AND VENTILATING SYSTEM." PART PRODUCTS 1. FABRICATE DUCTS OF LOCK FORMING QUALITY, ASTM A 527, COATING DESIGNATION G90, IN CONFORMANCE WITH ALL "SMACNA" STANDARDS. PROVIDE MILL PHOSPHATIZED FINISH FOR EXPOSED SURFACES OF DUCTS EXPOSED TO VIEW. SEAL JOINTS AND SEAMS WITH UNITED DUCT SEAL OR EQUAL. 2. SEE SECTION 152500 FOR DUCT LINER SPECIFICATION. 3. VOLUME DAMPERS IN MAIN AND BRANCH DUCTS SHALL BE FACTORY FABRICATED MULTIPLE OPPOSED BLADE DESIGN WITH STANDARD LEAKAGE RATING, LOCKING QUADRANT AS MANUFACTURED BY AIR CONTROL PRODUCTS TCD-OB OR EQUAL. 4. FIRE DAMPERS SHALL BE "RUSKIN" IBD2 TYPE B, 165°F FUSIBLE LINK, 1 1/2" HOUR RATED, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS OR AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL BUILDING CODE. REGULATIONS. 5. DUCT HANGERS SHALL BE 1" X 18 GA. GALV. STEEL STRAPS SPACED NOT MORE THAN 8 FT. APART. 6. PROVIDE TURNING VANES IN ALL S.A. AND R.A. ELBOWS. TURNING VANES SHALL BE SINGLE BLADE VANES WITH TRAILING EDGE, 1-1/4" WIDE VANE RAIL. 7. FLEXIBLE DUCTS SHALL COMPLY WITH U.L. 181, CLASS I, FACTORY - FABRICATED, INSULATED ROUND DUCT WITH AN OUTER GLASS -REINFORCED SILVER MYLAR JACKET ENCLOSING 1-1/2" THICK GLASS FIBER INSULATION AROUND A CONTINUOUS INNER LINER. REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE A STEEL -WIRE HELIX ENCAPSULATED IN THE POLYETHYLENE FILM INNER LINER. 8. MAXIMUM FLEXIBLE DUCT RUN TO BE 5'-0". PART 3 EXECUTION 1. CONSTRUCT AND INSTALL EACH DUCT SYSTEM FOR THE SPECIFIC DUCT PRESSURE CLASSIFICATION INDICATED PER SMACNA AND LOCAL CODE. INSTALL DUCTS CLOSE TO WALLS, OVERHEAD CONSTRUCTION, COLUMNS, AND OTHER PERMANENT ELEMENTS OF THE BUILDING. 2. ADJUST VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS AS REQUIRED BY THE TESTING AND BALANCING PROCEDURES. VACUUM DUCT SYSTEMS PRIOR TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE. 3. ALL SUPPORTS FOR FLEXIBLE DUCT SHALL INCORPORATE A 1" WIDE BAND CLAMP. SUPPORT SYSTEM MUST NOT DAMAGE NEW DUCT OR CAUSE OUT OF ROUND SHAPE. MAXIMUM LENGTH OF FLEXIBLE DUCTS SHALL BE V-0" 4. INSTALL ONLY RIGID METAL DUCTWORK WHERE IT IS EXPOSED TO VIEW. END OF SECTION SECTION 159500 - AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS PART1 GENERAL 1. INSTALL TUTTLE AND BAILEY CEILING AIR DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES AS DESCRIBED IN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS SHALL COMPLY WITH ARI 650 STANDARD. PART 2 PRODUCTS 1. AS SCHEDULED ON DRAWINGS. OTHER APPROVED MANUFACTURER'S INCLUDE: ANEMOSTAT, CARNES, KRUEGER, TUTTLE AND BAILEY. 2. ALL DIFFUSERS SHALL HAVE BORDER STYLES COMPATIBLE WITH ADJACENT CEILING SYSTEMS. 3. REGISTERS, DIFFUSERS, AND GRILLES SHALL HAVE A SEMI -GLOSS WHITE ENAMEL FACTORY FINISH UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. PART 3 EXECUTION 1. INSTALL AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. COORDINATE LOCATION OF CEILING DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES WITH THE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. ANCHOR SECURELY INTO OPENINGS. 2. CONTRACTOR TO TEMPORARILY INSTALL MERV-8 FILTER ON RETURN AIR INLET DURING CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. FILTER SHALL BE CHANGED WEEKLY DURING CONSTRUCTION. AvlZ*Im_&*f4&t ►1 SECTION 159900 - TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING PART1 GENERAL A. GENERAL 1. FURNISH TESTING, BALANCING, AND ADJUSTING OF HEATING, COOLING AND EXHAUST SYSTEMS. TESTING AGENCY SHALL HAVE FIVE YEARS EXPERIENCE WITH PROJECTS OF SIMILAR SIZE AND SCOPE. 2. SUBMIT FOUR COPIES OF COMPLETE TEST DATA FOR EVALUATION AND APPROVAL. SUBMIT FORMS PREPARED BY AABC. 3. TEST, ADJUST, AND BALANCE THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM DURING THE SUMMER SEASON AND HEATING SYSTEM DURING THE WINTER SEASON. 4. HVAC CONTRACTOR TO PERFORM COMPLETE TEST AND BALANCE ON NEW OR UPDATED HVAC SYSTEM AND SUBMIT TO GC AND BUILDING OFFICIAL IF REQUIRED. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 1. PERFORM TESTING AND BALANCING IN COMPLETE ACCORDANCE WITH THE ASSOCIATED AIR BALANCE COUNCIL "STANDARDS FOR FIELD MEASUREMENTS AND INSTRUCTIONS." 2. INSTRUMENTS USED BY AGENCY SHALL BE ACCURATELY CALIBRATED AND MAINTAINED IN GOOD WORKING ORDER. 3. AIR TESTING AND BALANCING PROCEDURE a. CHECK FILTERS. DO NOT PROCEED WITHOUT CORRECT, CLEAN FILTERS. b. TEST AND ADJUST BLOWER RPM TO DESIGN REQUIREMENTS. c. TEST AND RECORD MOTOR FULL LOAD AMPS. d. TEST AND RECORD SUPPLY AIR, RETURN AIR AND EXHAUST AIR CFM, STATIC PRESSURES, SUCTION AND DISCHARGE. e. TEST AND RECORD ENTERING AND LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURES. BOTH HEATING AND COOLING. f. TEST AND ADJUST EACH DIFFUSER, GRILLE, AND REGISTER TO WITHIN 10% OF DESIGN REQUIREMENTS. IDENTIFY EACH DIFFUSER, GRILLE, AND REGISTER BY MANUFACTURER, TYPE, SIZE, AND COMPARISON BETWEEN REQUIRED CFM AND TESTED. B. REPORT IS PART OF THE REQUIRED CLOSEOUT PACKAGE AND MUST BE POSTED TO NATIONAL ACCOUNT VENDOR. END OF SECTION ENTECH ENGINEERING INC. 5301 VIRGINIA WAY SUITE 140 BRENTWOOD, TN 37027 v. 615.373.2640 f. 615.373.4837ch emaii®entem.com entechtn.com O F- a U W 0 w Q 0 w aA Cf Osman 6s 3�1519 N LO CM J ILL N 2 m N 0 Z Q C) Z 0 W 2 �•J V Z ISSUED FOR: PERMIT 03.14.19 BID 03.14.19 CONSTRUCTION - REVIEW SET - PROJECT MANAGER DESIGNER JOB NO. 18390 mpsi 00 MECHANICAL SYMBOL LEGEND CODED NOTES Q GENERAL NOTES TURNING VANES AIR EXTRACTOR OPPOSED BLADE VOLUME DAMPER SUPPLY DUCT RETURN OR EXHAUST DUCT FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTION LINED DUCTWORK DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR TO SHUT - DOWN UNIT UNDER ALARM. I: LOUVERED DOOR (BY G.C.) UCD UNDERCUT DOOR (BY G.C.) ® CONNECT TO EXISTING SUPPLY DUCTWORK - — - — - — - — RETURN DUCTWORK - — — — — EXHAUST DUCTWORK SR RG SA RA VD FD GC MC PC EC A.F.F. (EX) N SUPPLY REGISTER RETURN GRILLE SUPPLY AIR RETURN AIR VOLUME DAMPER FIRE DAMER GENERAL CONTRACTOR MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR PLUMBING CONTRACTOR ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR ABOVE FINSHED FLOOR EXISTING TO REMAIN THERMOSTAT SENSOR SMOKE DETECTOR TEST STATION SMOKE DETECTOR TEST STATION 1. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE, INSTALL AND WIRE NEW 7-DAY PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTAT WITH REMOTE SENSOR FOR EACH HVAC UNIT. SENSOR SHALL BE LOCATED ON COLUMN OR CORNER OF WALL AND THERMOSTAT TO BE LOCATED IN OFFICE. MOUNT TEMPERATURE SENSOR ON COLUMN OR WALL AT 8'-0" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR WITH LOCKED, VENTED, METAL OR PLASTIC ENCLOSURE. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL LABEL ALL THERMOSTATS AND SENSOR WITH RESPECTIVE RTU. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT AND OWNER PRIOR TO ROUGH —IN. PROVIDE CONTROL WIRING AS REQUIRED. 2. FACTORY MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR IN RETURN AIR. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE FINAL CONNECTION HVAC UNIT WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. WIRING BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO SHUT DOWN CORRESPONDING AIR HANDLING UNIT UNDER ALARM CONDITIONS. ALL WIRING SHALL BE IN CONDUIT PER N.E.C. SMOKE DETECTOR SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH FIRE ALARM SYSTEM (VERIFY WITH E.C. PRIOR TO ORDERING). 3. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND MOUNT SMOKE DETECTOR REMOTE KEY STATUS AND TEST STATIONS (WITH AUDIO AND VISUAL ALARM) NEXT TO UNIT THERMOSTAT. M.C. TO LABEL DETECTOR SERVING RESPECTIVE ROOFTOP UNIT. ALL WIRING SHALL BE BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IN CONDUIT PER N.E.C. REMOTE STATION SHALL BE A SYSTEM SENSOR MODEL SSK451 OR EQUAL. 4. ROOF MOUNTED EXHAUST FAN. SEE DETAIL AND SCHEDULE FOR REQUIREMENTS. 5. NOT USED. 6. UNDERCUT DOOR 3/4" FOR MAKE UP AIR. COORDINATE WITH DOOR SCHEDULE ON SHEET A9.0. 7. MANUAL VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS SHALL BE LOCK —TYPE (TYPICAL FOR ALL). 8. EXHAUST FAN LOCATED ON CEILING. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATION. 9. 8"0 EXHAUST AIR DUCT UP THRU ROOF. TERMINATE ON ROOF WITH GOOSE NECK AND BIRD SCREEN. 10. 26x20 RETURN AIR OPENING ON TOP OF RETURN AIR DUCT. SEE DETAIL ON M2.0 FOR MORE INFO. 11. 14x14 RETURN AIR OPENING ON TOP OF RETURN AIR DUCT. SEE DETAIL ON M2.0 FOR MORE INFO. 12. NOT USED. 13. MOUNT CARBON DIOXIDE SENSOR AT 5'-0" A.F.F. ONE SENSOR SHALL CONTROL OUTDOOR AIR FLOW FROM RTU-1 AND RTU-2. 14. NOT USED. 15. DUCT MOUNTED EXHAUST GRILLE SHALL BE CENTERED ABOVE SHELVING UNIT FOR FEEDER MICE. 16. PROVIDE TRANSFER DUCT THRU WALL FROM RETURN AIR PLENUM. PROVIDE GRILLE ON FINISHED SIDE. TRANSFER GRILLE SHALL BE INSTALLED 13'-0" A.F.F. 17. DUCTWORK SHALL BE CENTERED BETWEEN SALES FLOOR LIGHT FIXTURES. 18. ROUTE RIGID ALUMINUM DRYER VENT FROM DRYER UP WALL AND TERMINATE THRU ROOF WITH DRYER VENT HOOD. PROVIDE DRYER VENT HOOD WITH BIRD SCREEN AT TERMINATION. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM OF 10'-0" FROM ANY FRESH AIR OPENINGS. 19. PROVIDE 2 TRANSFER GRILLES ON PUBLIC PET WASH SIDE OF WALL. MOUNT 1 GRILLE AT 12" AFF, AND 1 AT 13'— 6" AFF W/BLADES POINTED UP. GRILLES ARE TO BE LOCATED IN THE SPACE BETWEEN 2 WALL STUDS, SUCH THAT AIR MAY BE TRANSFERRED BETWEEN THEM. FIELD COORDINATE THE EXACT LOCATION OF THE GRILLES AND ENSURE THAT THERE IS TO BE NO HORIZONTAL FRAMING, OR OTHER OBSTRUCTIONS IN THE STUD SPACE. k k E t 1 i i k r---— i i It 7 t � fI n c��l'l t'\'[ 1[1�t/ �. L a\ua qua♦u a..a\yf♦� r\1 C\'{C\ f♦ r'l'C\� 1�\'�'l'�r\S [\�\'\C\'�C'�C Z�\r♦'lC\t\�c\Z'n�♦ZC♦�\'lc♦tC1C\tcA'[�'lc♦�rr\�t1!\'l [1�C�r\'['f1!\'t n'C \'�r\'[t'\c ZC\�\"lC'♦�'C\C\'[l\�\'lC♦`KX'\C\�c�.�\'lC♦T\'1C\'C'C'♦r\"lC'\'C♦1 C�"C C'♦ce^l C\Ct-1 Y\'[\'l C\'l T\ 460OFt- 600R, D s 00f ea E- Ca 24X12 200 8?i C' �E � RTU-3 , ` F I B 8"0 low 200 15 _ �a 8X10 ;E i, ( ,1 I I 3 1 t� 24X12. �E ; -�- I6 8 C 610 i F 8.0 v 1 50 120 "' 18X12 ! I - P'f A I 8"ti Y/— C 6"0 Aa 12 eE D s "t ! 8 ¢ s 3400 s ADJACENT 300 ^i EF-3 _ _ I 6 TENAN 18 4H/ I 6 9 F 6"0 2 "a 16 1 1 X i F 6'0 100 17 RTU-2 17 RTU-1 t: 75 Wl I 1 8.0 0 B 8"0 m co A i i D'cH a B 0" �; �w 12X10 _ 200 0 cn 0 OL n i 200 p v BATHIN plv P UA F 8"� 17 Ca hE 80r 19 - - 100 F o" 1� yj o I€ I --- 13 10 10 w "0 i I X/ ny $0_= S � i a R TU- - - RTU-2 ,10" E 1fi 0"0 I 7 l a 1 er U J E E =� -- -- - - - - -- --- - -' _� - _ - _ _-\�\te♦cl r♦trc\ e♦c\1e src♦t r\e♦�e\e ♦�e♦t c\-�e\t \ti c♦ c\c♦-r r♦c \Z c♦e r♦c\-e c�c \�c\c _ - _,. _=�=,= - -c\-♦ _ ` .. E ate... ....�......a.�...a.��.aua.�...a....L...,.a................,.a..,...a...�.i.... E t - ' I F O' AC-1 I E E E E I i I i EE I I I E t I _________________________________________L-_}'. 3____________-_______.___________________-______I":c...�1___________________-___________________________l_..-,•1______________-________________________________!:a•.. _____-___-_ .� ____ _____ _ _______________________________________________t_ IE 3 E r'--------y 1 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------!-----------------------------__!_ __ _-------------------- 01 1 MECHANICAL PLAN A. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING PROCESS AND BE FAMILIAR WITH THE SCOPE OF WORK. B. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL DISCONNECT, DISASSEMBLE, AND REMOVE EXISTING EQUIPMENT, ASSOCIATED DUCTWORK, DIFFUSERS, GRILLES, SUPPORTS, PIPING, AND ASSOCIATED CONTROLS, ETC., NOT OTHERWISE INDICATED TO BE REUSED ON DRAWINGS. ALL OPENINGS IN PIPING AND DUCTS THAT REMAIN SHALL BE PLUGGED/CAPPED AND PROPERLY SECURED. ANY EQUIPMENT DESIGNATED BY OWNER TO BE SALVAGED SHALL BE PROTECTED DURING DEMOLITION AND DELIVERED TO OWNER ON SITE; OTHERWISE, CONTRACTOR SHALL DISPOSE OF LEGALLY AS DIRECTED BY OWNER. C. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE ALL INTERFERENCES INTO CONSIDERATION. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY OFFSETS OR TRANSITIONS WITH EQUIVALENT AREAS TO MATCH DUCT SIZES AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. D. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE FAMILIAR WITH OWNER'S STANDARDS, RULES AND REGULATIONS. ALL OWNER'S CRITERIA SHALL BE COMPLIED WITH AND INCLUDED IN THIS BID. E. ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE INSTALLED TIGHT TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE OR AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE ABOVE FINISHED CEILING TO AVOID OBSTRUCTIONS. F. MAINTAIN ALL MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED SERVICE CLEARANCES FOR ALL EQUIPMENT. G. HVAC DUCTWORK SHALL BE FABRICATED AND ERECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASHRAE AND LATEST SMACNA STANDARDS. PROVIDE TURNING VANES ON ALL ELBOWS. H. ALL SUPPLY AND EXHAUST BRANCH DUCTWORK SHALL HAVE MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS IN CORRESPONDING RUNOUTS NEAR CONNECTION TO MAIN DUCT. I. NO THERMOSTATS OR SENSOR ARE TO BE LOCATED OVER HEAT PRODUCING EQUIPMENT. J. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS, LICENSES, DOCUMENTS AND SERVICES RELATED TO INSTALLATION OF WORK. K. CONDUIT IN EXPOSED TO VIEW AREAS TO BE PAINTED TO MATCH ROOF DECK AND/OR WALL COLOR. L. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PATCH ALL OPENINGS IN EXISTING WALLS, FLOORS, AND CEILINGS REMAINING AFTER COMPLETION OF ALL DEMOLITION WORK FOR PROJECT. CONTRACTOR SHALL PATCH ALL OPENINGS TO MATCH SURROUNDING SURFACE FINISHES. M. FILTERS FOR ALL HVAC UNITS ARE TO BE REPLACED AT THE END OF CONSTRUCTION, CONTRACTOR SHALL SUPPLY (1) ADDITIONAL SET OF FILTERS LABELED FOR THE RESPECTIVE HVAC UNIT TO OWNER AT THE END OF CONSTRUCTION. N. ALL ROOF WORK TO BE DONE BY LANDLORD APPROVED ROOFING CONTRACTOR TO MAINTAIN ROOF WARRANTY. O. ANY EXISTING CEILING ITEMS THAT ARE TO REMAIN (FOR EXAMPLE: EXISTING DUCTWORK OR ANY OTHER EXISTING BUILDING SYSTEM ELEMENTS) ARE TO BE RAISED AS REQUIRED FOR LIGHT FIXTURE INSTALLATION. G.C. TO COORDINATE AS REQUIRED. P. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO PERFORM COMPLETE TEST AND BALANCE OF NEW OR UPDATED HVAC SYSTEM AND SUBMIT TO GC AND BUILDING OFFICIAL IF REQUIRED. Q. COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF THE FLORIDA ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE. i � t SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0" Aoe=lk -AM00,011 ENTECH ENGINEERING INC. 5301'ARGINIA WAY SUITE 140 BRENTWOOD, TN 37027 v.615.373.2640 f.615.373.4837 email®entechtn.com entechtn.com Z O H U) W 0 W H Q W N LO tM CIO LL 5. J_ W� NZ W N U_ Z Z a� U� W 2 ISSUED FOR: PERMIT 03.14.19 BID 03.14.19 CONSTRUCTION - REVIEW SET - PROJECT MANAGER DESIGNER JOB NO. 18390 mi 00 wl PREFERRED TAKE -OFF DETAIL BELLMOUTH CONNECTION SIMILAR TO "BUCKLEY" MODEL BMD (SEAMLESS) VANED ELBOWS TO VD BE CONSTRUCTED DUCT SIZE AND INSTALLED AS (SEE PLANS) DETAILED BY SMACNA A TERNATE TAKE -OFF DETAIL MINI-BELLMOUTH CONNECTION SIMILAR TO "BUCKLEY" MODEL MBMD (SEAMLESS) VD ALTERNATE ALTERNATE TAKE -OFF DETAIL TAKE -OFF DETAIL STANDARD 90• RECTANGULAR TO ROUND BOOT CONNECTION MAIN DUCT "BUCKLEY* MODEL 33000 AIR FLOW (CONTINUOUSLY WELDED) VD rl (ONLY WHEN OTHERS HOLE SIZE DO NOT FIT) VD (SEE BELOW-TYP.) THIS DETAIL APPLIES TO SINGLE TAKEOFFS TO DIFFUSER AS WELL AS BRANCH TAKEOFFS. IT ALSO APPLIES TO TAKEOFFS IN THE HORIZONTAL AS WELL AS VERTICAL DIRECTION. STANDARD RECTANGULAR CONNECTION NOTE: ALTERNATE FITTINGS SHALL BE USED WHEN DUCT HEIGHTS DOES NOT PERMIT THE USE OF THE PREFERRED FULL SIZE BELLMOUTH SUBMIT FITTINGS FOR REVIEW BY ENGINEER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. nnnr nrnv L;tiUNU JUIW ROOF DECK CEILING JOIST UNISTRU JOIST WEBBING 2" WIDE METAL STRAPPING IUCTWORK SUPPORTED WITH UNISTRUT GENERAL NOTES: A. DUCTWORK CANNOT BE SUPPORTED FROM ROOF DECK B. SECURE UNISTRUT SUPPORTS TO CEILING JOIST WITH BEAM CLAPS. 07 DUCT ROUTING BETWEEN CEILING JOIST DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. r 4; J SET ROOF CURB ON �-6" MIN. STRUCTURAL STEEL - SHIM DEAD LEVEL. ABOVE SECURE ROOF CURB OBD ( TO METAL DECK & 12" IN DEPTH) FAN TO ROOF CURB. - ROOF FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTION INSULATED ROOF CURB. FLASH AND COUNTERFLASH TO ROOF. LEVELING & SEALING BY ROOF MANUFACTURER. GRAVITY BACKDRAFT DAMPER SUPPLY DROP BOX 09 1 INLINE FAN INSTALLATION DETAIL 06 1 NOT USED 5 FEET MAXIMUM DIFFUSER TYPE 10 WIND RESTRAINT BRACKETS DESIGNED BY MANUFACTURER FOR WINDLOADS IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL BUILDING CODES 1. SET ROOF CURB ON STRUCTURAL STEEL - SHIM DEAD LEVEL. SECURE ROOF CURB TO METAL DECK AND RTU TO ROOF CURB. 2. TRANSITION TO CONNECTION SIZES IN DUCT RISE, REFER TO PLANS FOR SIZES. 3. 1" ACOUSTIC LINER IN ENTIRE RETURN DUCTWORK SYSTEM. DUCT SIZES INDICATED ON PLAN ARE INTERIOR DIMENSIONS AND DO NOT INCLUDE LINING. PAINT DUCTWORK TO MATCH CEILING. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR PAINT SPEC. 4. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR JOIST LOCATIONS, SIZES, AND z DIRECTION. \ 5. INSULATED ROOF CURB. 10 ao 6. PVC CONDENSATE DRAIN WITH CLEAN OUT AND 4" DEEP SEAL TRAP. DISCHARGE TO SPLASH PAD ON ROOF. 7. GAS CONNECTION WITH GAS COCK, UNION AND DIRT LEG. REFER TO PLAN FOR GAS PIPE SIZES. 8. FLEXIBLE CONNECTION - TYPICAL. 9. SUPPLY DROP BOX DIFFUSER. 3 10. RETURN OPENING ON TOP OF RETURN AIR DUCT WITH 1/2- EXPANDED MESH SCREEN OVER OPENING, SEE PLAN SHEET FOR SIZING. ADJUST RETURN DUCT SIZE (MAINTAIN EQUIVALENT AREA) AS REQUIRED TO FIT IN JOIST SPACE. RETURN AIR DUCT SHALL BE �... INSTALLED A MINIMUM OF 18" BELOW ROOF DECKING TO ALLOW FOR U-L LISTED DUCT AIR FLOW. IN NO CASE SHALL RETURN AIR DUCT BLOCK AIRFLOW LINER FROM SUPPLY AIR REGISTERS. IF IT IS NOT POSSIBLE TO INSTALL RETURN DUCT BETWEEN JOISTS, THEN INSTALL BELOW JOISTS. SCALE: N.T.S. SUPPORT END OF METAL DUCT VD FLEXIBLE DUCT (USE AS REQUIRED FOR DIFFUSER ALIGNMENT `CEILING NECK SIZE / GRILLE SIZE R FLOW - CFM PREFABRICATED INSULATED CURB. SCALE: N.T.S. NON -CORROSIVE FASTENERS @ 16" O.C. COUNTER FLASHING WITH HOLD-DOWN CLIP. ROOFING FLASHING MEMBRANE. NG MEMBRANE. RIGID INSULATION OVER STEEL DECK. ANGLE FRAMING. NOTES: 1. ALL CURBS FURNISHED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. CURB SHALL BEAR DIRECTLY ON STRUCTURAL STEEL NOT ON METAL DECK. MECHANICAL UNIT MUST SIT LEVEL. 2. COORDINATE FLASHING & SEALANT MATERIALS WITH ROOF SYSTEM MEMBRANE & APPLICABLE WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS. 05 1 ROOF CURB DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. BRANCH DUCT MAIN SUPPLY AIR DUCT 45• TAKE -OFF PROVIDE MANUAL BALANCING DAMPER (SEE SPECIFICATIONS) IF INSTALLED ABOVE HARD CEILING, PROVIDE CONCEALED REMOTE DAMPER ADJUSTER. 1 /4 WIDTH OF BRANCH DUCT ENTECH ENGINEERING INC. 5301 VIRGINIA WAY SUITE 140 BRENTWOOD, TN 37027 v. 615.3 73.2 640 1. 615.3 73.483 7 email®entechtn.com entechtn.com O F- a. w W 0 W H Q 0 W N d' Lo Q co Z M J JLL _ _ W >- N= W N Q VJ U - W J - Q Z�W = W U=p LJJ 0 Z 2U)Q ISSUED FOR: PERMIT 03.14.19 BID 03.14.19 CONSTRUCTION - REVIEW SET - PROJECT MANAGER DESIGNER JOB NO. 18390 t.� 04 1 DUCT TAKEOFFS AND ELBOW SCALE: N.T.S. 03 I ROOF MOUNTED EXHAUST FAN DETAIL I SCALE: N.T.S. I 02 SCALE: N.T.S.01 I CEILING DIFFUSER BRANCH DUCTS I I I LOW PRESSURE END OF SUPPLY AIR SCALE: N.T.S. WITH FLEX CONNECTION DUCT DETAIL M200 MECHANICAL VENTILATION SCHEDULE ROOM NAME OCCUPANCY CATEGORY FLOOR AREA Az(FT2) AREA OUTDOOR AIRFLOW RATE Ra(CFM/FT2) PEOPLE OUTDOOR AIRFLOW RATE Rp (CFMJP) OCCUPANCY DENSITY (#%1000FT2) PEOPLE Pz (PEOPLE) EFFECTIVE- NESS REQUIRED OUTDOOR AIRFLOW Vbz(CFM) EXHAUST RATE (CFM/FT2) REQUIRED EXHAUST AIRFLOW (CFM} ACTUAL PROVIDED OUTDOOR AIRFLOW (CFM) ACTUAL PROVIDED EXHAUST AIRFLOW CFM MECHANICAL UNIT SALES SALES 5903 0.12 7.5 15 89 0.8 1716 0 0 1400 0 RTU-1,RTU-2 GROOMING PET SHOPS 193 0.18 7.5 10 2 0.8 62 0.9 174 75 300 RTU-3,EF-3 GROOMING ENT. OTHER 39 0 0 0 0 0.8 0 0 0 - - RTU-3,EF-3 HOLDING PET SHOPS 147 0.18 7.5 10 1 0.8 47 0.9 132 50 200 RTU-3,EF-3 PUB.PET WASH PET SHOPS 133 0.18 7.5 10 1 0.8 42 0.9 120 50 200 RTU-3,EF-3 OFFICE OFFICE SPACE 61 0.06 5 5 0 0.8 6 0 0 50 - RTU-3 BACK ROOM OCC.STORAGE 450 0.06 5 2 1 0.8 39 0 0 150 120 RTU-3 CORRIDOR CORRIDORS 0 0.06 0 0 0 0.8 0 0 0 0 - RTU-3 TLT PUBLICTOILET 55 0 0 0 0 0.8 0 50 50 12.5 75 RTU-3,EF-1 TLT PUBLICTOILET 55 0 1 0 1 0 10 0.8 0 1 50 1 50 1 12.5 1 75 1 RTU-3,EF-2 TOTAL I I I 1 1 1912 1 1 525.7 1 1800 1 970 REMARKS: 1. SALES AREA UTILIZES CO2 SENSING TO REDUCE OUTDOOR AIR REQUIREMENT. VALUE LISTED IS CODE REQUIRED MAXIMUM. ROOFTOP UNIT SCHEDULE SUPPLY AIR O.A. COOLING CAPACITY HEATING CAPACITY SEER/EER MANUFACTURER WEIGHT MARK SERVICE (CFM) (CFM) E.S.P. VOLTAGE / PHASE MCA MOCP HSPF & MODEL NO. (LBS) REMARKS TOTAL SENSIBLE HP MBH AUX. KW RTU-1 SALES 3400 700 0.8(HI) 460V-30 37.1 40 104.1 77.4 94.0 9 11.2/12.4 YORK 1300 1,2 7.9 XP102E RTU-2 SALES 3400 700 0.8(HI) 460V-30 37.1 40 104.1 77.4 94.0 9 11.2/12.4 YORK 1300 1,2 7.9 XP102E RTU-3 BACK OF 1600 400 1.0(LOW) 460V-30 21.2 25 46.2 33.4 41.0 6.8 14.0 (SEER) YORK 750 1 HOUSE 7.7 XP048E REMARKS: 1. PROVIDE WITH 14" HIGH ROOF CURB, INTELLISPEED VFD FOR UNITS 6.5 TONS AND OVER, ECONOMIZER, BAROMETRIC RELIEF, RETURN AIR SMOKE DETECTOR, DISCONNECT SWITCH, NON -POWERED CONVENIENCE OUTLET, PHASE MONITOR, 2-STAGE GAS HEAT AND THRU THE CURB CONNECTION FOR GAS PIPING, SEACOAST CORROSION PROTECTIVE COATING. 2. PROVIDE WITH CO2 CONTROL FOR OUTDOOR AIR OPERATION. MINIMUM 5% OUTDOOR AIR DURING OCCUPIED MODE WITH 1100 PPM MAX BUILDUP IN SPACE. ECONOMIZER SHALL MODULATE OPEN AS CO2 LEVELS RISE ABOVE 1100 PPM. GENERAL NOTES GRILLE & DIFFUSER SCHEDULE A. PET SUPPLIES PLUS HAS A NATIONAL HVAC AGREEMENT WITH YORK MARK MANUFACTURER DAMPER FRAME/ CFM MODULE SIZE PATTERN FINISH REMARKS INTERNATIONAL THE HVAC MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE & MODEL NO. NUMBER BORDER RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING AND ACCEPTING THE EQUIPMENT, VERIFYING PROPER QUANTITIES, PROVIDING TEMPORARY STORAGE, LABOR, RUSKIN ROOFTOP SYSTEMS 4-WAY/DBLE DEF AND FIRST YEAR LABOR WARRANTY. A 01-570-36 _ DUCT MOUNT AS NOTED 30"x3O" DIFFUSER WHITE B. YORK NATIONAL ACCOUNTS WILL BE PROVIDING THE FOLLOWING TITUS EQUIPMENT: B TMS-AA OBD LAYIN/DUCT AS NOTED 24"x24" 4-WAY WHITE 1. ALL ROOFTOP HVAC UNITS INCLUDING ALL ACCESSORIES: a. FACTORY -INSTALLED INTELLISPEED VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE (VFD) C TITUS OBD SURFACE AS NOTED 12"x12" 4-WAY WHITE b. FACTORY -INSTALLED ECONOMIZER WITH BAROMETRIC RELIEF TMS-AA C. FACTORY -INSTALLED DISCONNECT SWITCH d. FACTORY -INSTALLED NON -POWERED CONVENIENCE OUTLET D TITUS OBD DUCT MOUNT AS NOTED AS NOTED DOUBLE DEFLECTION WHITE e. FACTORY -INSTALLED PHASE MONITOR 30ORL f. FACTORY -INSTALLED HIGH -STATIC DRIVE g. FACTORY -INSTALLED RETURN AIR SMOKE DETECTOR E TITUS - LAY-IN/WALL AS NOTED 24"x12" 350 FIXED WHITE h. 2" STANDARD FILTERS 350RL i. 14" HIGH ROOF CURB TITUS SURFACE/ j. CO2 SPACEIWALL MOUNT SENSOR F 350RL _ DUCT AS NOTED 12"x12" 350 FIXED WHITE k. PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTAT WITH WALL PLATE AND LOCKING COVER TITUS SURFACE/ 2. ALL GRILLES, REGISTERS AND DIFFUSERS AS SPECIFIED (GRD'S) AND ALL CONCENTRIC DIFFUSERS AS SPECIFIED. G 350RL _ DUCT AS NOTED 24"x24" 350 FIXED WHITE 3. ALL EXHAUST FANS AND REQUIRED ACCESSORIES H TITUS 350RL _ LAY-IN/WALL AS NOTED 12"x6" 350 FIXED WHITE ALL OTHER EQUIPMENT, ACCESSORIES, ETC. ARE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE SUPPLY SUPPLY SUPPLY SUPPLY WITH O.B.D. RETURN EXHAUST EXHAUST EXHAUST NO. SERVICE CFM S.P. RPM/MOTOR HP ELECT. MANUR & REMARKS MODEL NO. EF-1 MENS 75 0.35 950/10OW 120V - 10 YORK (PENNBARRr, MODEL CIJ1 1 EF-2 WOMENS 75 0.35 950/100W 120V - 10 YORK (PENNBARRY, 1 MODEL CIJ1 EF-3 PET AREAS 820 0.35 1725/0.25 120V -10 YORK (PENNBARR 2 EVD16R REMARKS: 12. 1. DISCONNECT SWITCH, GRAVITY BACKDRAFT DAMPER, FLEXIBLE DUCT COLLAR CONNECTION AND VIBRATION ISOLATION KIT. DISCONNECT SWITCH, GRAVITY BACKDRAFT DAMPER, ROOF CURB. ENTECH ENGINEERING INC. 5301 VIRGINIA WAY SUITE 140 BRENTWOOD, TN 37027 v.615.373.2640 f.615.373.4837 emailmentechtn.com entechtn.com O H a U U) w 0 w H w �• ; • '% ar ••.RCORIOR• ��IIIAL .3115119 vJ 04 Lo QU M w LL z l� �� 0 - O a. J UJ a� 5(no w� W W 0 NZ F- w UW N Li J W ISSUED FOR: PERMIT 03.14.19 BID 03.14.19 CONSTRUCTION - REVIEW SET - PROJECT MANAGER DESIGNER JOB NO. 18390 M300 LeV N n PLUMBING SYMBOL LEGEND v J V i 3 a J L - n , i. z a J L n L n n i n v t to • lt Y F11 — — — — — — — —V— — — — — — — — — F - --------CD-------- (E) Z VTR CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY ALL CLEARANCES AND DIMENSIONS IN FIELD EXISTING UTILITY AS INDICATED SANITARY ABOVE GROUND SANITARY BELOW GROUND COLD WATER HOT WATER HOT WATER RETURN TEMPERED WATER FILTERED WATER VENT FIRE PROTECTION CONDENSATE DRAIN SHUT OFF VALVE EXISTING CONNECT TO EXISTING VENT THRU ROOF NOTE: REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR PLUMBING ROUGH -IN DIMENSIONS. ccc r `t INSTALL PLUMBING PIPING ON INTERIOR SIDE OF BUILDING INSULATION ENVELOPE a i a I! I c- e FCO 0 � t ii t 11 4 x31 4 x31 t tt 4 x31 ► tf 4 x31 t 11 4 x31 t tt 4 x31 t tt 4 x31 t fi 4 x31 i ti 4 x31 i It 4 x31 / tt 4 x31 1 4 x31it — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — SS — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — NOTE: REFER TO PLUMBING SYMBOL LEGEND FOR PIPE IDENTIFICATION & SHEET P1.1 FOR CODED & GENERAL NOTES. 3"VUPTO 3" VTR i i 1 c\-\-\-w-\-\ -\ -e c e e e c w-\-\-.-w ti e ....... FS-1 �^ D BBC II FE fIERFISH 1nca4,3; ;1et:434 i a11en4,a.4 - 4.4,a 4-TIER COMBlD2/2/2 TROP TROP ! GLO FOOD 1 REPT 2/4t2 <1 u i 1 - Q IL _ .........._-_._. .-..--.-. 1 �y I© bFFIC Ji M M M M M i ; 00 X X x x x i .. Nil lt � x. 4] -L-+ - X X ( X X x I _ I i Ep I _ � � �- tFD-1 t , I d' ,d.. i It .b., d- i _ --- [ X rlt - - - - }. 32" CW UP TO I - G M M M M M 00 �4� TRAP PRIMER W t 0 x X X X X VALVE I _ - t - - - - I fit d' fit 1 fit" k 4 (TYP.) 4 a I I x — DF-1 r— r 1 FS-1 W� _I M M M M M 00 r; <W - - ram; x X X X X ; - r FD-1 ' 1 I d' d' I d- d' cfi , '— IFD-1 1 , d i : t -- t MS-1 FCO_-t-_-L :— i— X O� SI-1 �O i• I � 1 M M M i M M i y A WH b`� _ i I x x 11 X 1 X x I i CIL "t- r x 1 E \ j TD-1 FD-1 m M M M M i I 00 L4 PWT-3 _ _ _ _ _ I ' v 1 i— — .:.,�,,, , X X i X j X F-X tie 1 PWT- A Y o HOLDING <o v' I t-=� ----- m m M m I 0000 i °o BATHING o uj P A Ll I x x x' x x I i J _ _ I -- WT-2 I d' d- k'j- —T _ ' x k -v WCO , . ,D I - - - M M M ' M M 1911 1 191f 1 Ott EH< I PWT-1 - t i SEE SHEET I00 i 'Z'' _— x x x x P2.1 FOR x r I i DW&V RISER I FD d- d' I d' d- d' E .O v DIAGRAM - - x l J < WB-1 WELCOME J •S E I I BOARD 5' 00 " a. ti 3 VTR I �. . \ , __� t., , 1 . co I[] 00 li J 4 _ I /1[(j jJj --- GROOMING _._._.---..___. - - - - - -- k1l k V l ti -" I Ii9I ° �c�wF z ..� t.l I I I "'• 0 { 0��+ , i t s I a [ } i a : y t \ w 1./ CL , 2i3Z332i3 PSR � DELI PETSAFE I 1 } A'N 61OZ FREEZER FRESH ( I ° C1i: V0 G jp - - - - ----_..._._. - •• - - - ` `� -- - - -_.—_- \\Z\\w\\\ww\\\\\\\w\\\\ww\\\w\\\ww\\w\w\\\\\\\\\\\\_\\\\\\\\\\\\\w\\\\\\\\\\ -- - -- ♦\w\\\ww\\\w\\\ww^\\\\ww\\\-www\www\\www\\\w\\------- I------------------------------------------------------ L------------------------------------------------- -I ENTECH ENGINEERING INC. 5301 VIRGINIA WAY SUITE 140 BRENTWOOD, TN 37027 v. 615.373.2640 f. 615.373.4837 email®entechtn.com entechtn.com z 0 a U W 0 W 0 W G� V► •% • i a • R I.O '••. �CIVAL�•• 3�15�19 N Y M J �O a LL J 22 W N2 w N t>• V ZOz Q CL0 Z Z) ISSUED FOR: PERMIT 03.14.19 BID 03.14.19 CONSTRUCTION - REVIEW SET - PROJECT MANAGER DESIGNER JOB NO. 18390 01 1 PLUMBING UNDERGROUND PLAN SCALE: 3116" = V-0" Pi 00 PLUMBING SYMBOL LEGEND CODED NOTES GENERAL NOTES 2-% y J n L n L n D n i n D v D 1. NOT USED. 16. ROUTE 1/2" HOT AND COLD DOWN IN WALL AND CONNECT TO 2. NOT USED. LAVATORY. PROVIDE ASSE 1070 COMPLIANT POINT OF USE MIXING A. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL ABIDE BY ALL STATE AND LOCAL CODES AND REGULATIONS. - - - - - - - - - - - - EXISTING UTILITY AS INDICATED 3. NOT USED. VALVE ON HOT WATER SUPPLY. SEE DETAIL ON P2.0. B. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY THE EXACT LOCATIONS AND SIZES OF ALL UTILITIES, 4. NOT USED. INCLUDING THE DEPTHS OF ALL BELOW GRADE SANITARY SEWERS, PRIOR TO START OF WORK. THIS SANITARY ABOVE GROUND 5. PROVIDE NEW ELECTRIC TANK TYPE WATER HEATER. SEE SHEET P2.0 17. ROUTE 1/2" COLD WATER DOWN IN WALL AND CONNECT TO WATER DRAWING IS NOT INTENDED TO INDICATE ALL EXISTING UTILITIES. FOR DETAIL AND SHEET P3.0 FOR SCHEDULE. INSTALL PER CLOSET. SUPPLY LINE THROUGH WALL ABOVE WALL BASE. C. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE FAMILIAR WITH OWNER'S STANDARDS, RULES AND REGULATIONS. ALL - SANITARY BELOW GROUND MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. PROVIDE, CLEARANCE 18. CONNECT TO EXISTING C.W. SUPPLY. ENSURE EX. CW IS MINIMUM 1-1/2". OWNER'S CRITERIA SHALL BE COMPLIED WITH AND INCLUDED IN THIS BID. - - COLD WATER AROUND WATER HEATER AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES. IF C.W. LINE IS NOT MINIMUM 1-1/2" CONTACT ARCHITECT/ENGINEER D. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT SITE PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID AND FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS TO 6. EXTEND AND CONNECT TO EXISTING SANITARY SEWER. FIELD VERIFY IMMEDIATELY. ENSURE THAT THE WORK REPRESENTED ON THE DRAWINGS AND IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS CAN BE - - - - HOT WATER EXACT LOCATION, ELEVATION AND DIRECTION OF FLOW PRIOR TO 19. ENSURE ALL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS FOR THE FISH UNITS INSTALLED AS INDICATED. CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE ALL INTERFERENCES INTO CONSIDERATION. START OF ANY WORK. HAVE BEEN COORDINATED WITH CASCO. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY OFFSETS TO SUIT FIELD CONDITIONS AS REQUIRED. - - - - - - HOT WATER RETURN 7. PET WASH SHOWER BASINS ARE PROVIDED BY G.C. P.C. SHALL 20. PROVIDE 1-1/2" SCHEDULE 40 PVC FOR DRYER BELOW WASH TUB BASIN E. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY AND COORDINATE ALL UTILITY CONNECTION POINTS, INCLUDING SIZES AND PROVIDE AND INSTALL WASTE PIPING AS SHOWN ON PLAN AND IN TO THE PET WASH BASINS. SEE DETAIL ON A6.1 FOR EXACT INVERTS WITH EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS PRIOR TO START OF WORK. - - - - - - TEMPERED WATER RISER DIAGRAM. REFER TO DETAIL 1/P2.0. ROUTE WASTE TO IN FLOOR REQUIREMENTS. COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR F. MAKE ALL UTILITY CONNECTIONS AND INSTALLATIONS IN FULL ACCORDANCE WITH ALL UTILITY RECESSED HAIR INTERCEPTOR AS SCHEDULED ON SHEET P3.0 AND AS EXACT LOCATION OF PIPING INLETS AND OUTLETS. REGULATIONS. PROVIDE ALL ADDITIONAL APPURTENANCES AS REQUIRED BY UTILITY COMPANY. THE - FW - FILTERED WATER SHOWN ON PLAN AND RISER DIAGRAM. PROVIDE AND INSTALL 21. ROUTE 1/2" HW AND CW PIPING DOWN IN WALL AND CONNECT TO COMPLETED INSTALLATION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE INDUSTRY STANDARDS OF PETLIFT.COM MODEL 660C WIDE MOUTH HAIR INTERCEPTOR(WMH-1) AT GOOD PRACTICE AND SAFETY, AND THE MANUFACTURER'S STRICTEST RECOMMENDATIONS FOR - - - - - - - - V - - - - - - - - VENT TUB DRAIN DISCHARGE. SEE DRAINS/CLEANOUTS SCHEDULE P3.0. THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE(TMV-2) ADJACENT TO PET WASH TUB IN EQUIPMENT AND PRODUCT APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION. COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL PLANS AND G.C. PRIOR TO ANY HOLDING ROOM. ROUTE FLEXIBLE HOSE FROM THERMOSTATIC MIXING G. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS RELATED THE - F - FIRE PROTECTION WORK. VALVE AND CONNECT TO HOSE WITH SEFL-CONTROLLED SPRAY - - - - - - - -CD- - - - - - - - CONDENSATE DRAIN 8. ROUTE 1/2" COLD WATER FROM TRAP PRIMER DOWN IN WALL AND NOZZLE. SET MAXIMUM DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE TO 90F. REFER TO DETAIL 4/P20 H. INSTALLATION OF THE WORK. ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL CODES, LAWS, ACTS AND CONNECT TO EACH FLOOR DRAIN .SEE DETAIL 07/ P2.0 .. ALL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION AND LANDLORD'S CRITERIA. - - - SHUT OFF VALVE 9. THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE(TMV-1) FOR WASH TUBS, SET AT 90 DEG 22• PROVIDE QUARTER TURN BALL VALVE TERMINATING WITH 3/4" FEMALE I. MAINTAIN ALL MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED SERVICE CLEARANCES FOR ALL FIXTURES AND F MOUNTED IN PET WASH SHOWER BASIN WALL WITH INTEGRAL THREADS LOCATED AT 12" AFF TURNED DOWN. REFER TO DETAIL EQUIPMENT. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS OF PLUMBING FIXTURES. (E) EXISTING CHECK/STOPS AND SCREW DRIVER ADJUSTMENT. CONFIRM 2/P2.0• J. ALL HORIZONTAL FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER PIPING AND ALL ABOVE GRADE EXPOSED HORIZONTAL TEMPERATURE SETTINGS WITH TENANT. (WALL MOUNTING NOT SHOWN 23. PET WASH TUB (PWT-3) PROVIDED BY OWNER. P.C. SHALL PROVIDE PIPING IS TO BE INSTALLED AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. CONNECT TO EXISTING FOR CLARITY) AND INSTALL INDIVIDUAL SOLIDS INTERCEPTOR FOR PET WASH TUB. K. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND SHALL NOTIFY THE ENGINEER OF ANY 10. ROUTE 3/4" CW DOWN WALL TO HOSE BIBB AND 3/4" FILTERED SOLIDS INTERCEPTORS (SI-2) SHALL BE INSTALLED ON FLOOR, NEAR DISCREPANCIES WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS BEFORE COMMENCING ANY WORK. VTR VENT THRU ROOF WATER FROM OUTLET SIDE OF WATER FILTER. HOSE BIBB MOUNTING PET WASH TUB (PWT-3), REFER TO DETAIL P2.0. INTERCEPTOR SHALL L. SLEEVE AND SEAL ALL PIPE PENETRATIONS OF WALLS AND FLOORS. APPLY INTUMESCENT FIRE SAFING HEIGHT: 24" AFF. EXTEND FILTER WATER PIPING AS SHOWN. INDIRECTLY DISCHARGE INTO TRENCH DRAIN BELOW PET WASH TUB. COMPOUND AT PENETRATIONS AT FIRE RATED WALLS AND FLOORS, MAINTAINING INTEGRITY AND 11. ROUTE 1/2" HW AND CW IN WALL AND CONNECT TO TMV-1 AND SOLIDS INTERCEPTORS (SI-2) MUST BE INSTALLED IN SERVICEABLE RATING OF FIRE SEPARATION. SLEEVES THROUGH FLOORS SHALL EXTEND 2" ABOVE FLOOR, BE TERMINATE THROUGH WALL WITH HOSE END VALVE. SEE DETAIL ON AND ACCESSIBLE LOCATION. COORDINATE SI PIPING AND ACCESS WITH GROUTED INTO PLACE AND WATERPROOFED. PIPING THROUGH EXTERIOR WALLS SHALL BE SLEEVED P2.0. FIXTURES AND ACCESS BELOW PW7-3. SEE ARCHITECTURAL AND SEALED WEATHER TIGHT WITH SILICONE CAULK. 12. LOCATION FOR AQUARIUM FILTRATION EQUIPMENT. WATER FILTRATION DRAWINGS AND COORDINATE WITH G.C. M. ALL DOMESTIC COLD, HOT AND TEMPERED WATER PIPING TO BE INSULATED WITH RIGID FIBERGLASS EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY AQUARIUM VENDOR. MOUNT 36" A.F.F. SEE 24. PROVIDE DOUBLE CHECK VALLE BACKFLOW PREVENTOR BEFORE INSULATION WITH TYPE'ASJ' JACKET. COLD WATER PIPES TO HAVE 1/2" THICK INSULATION. DOMESTIC DETAIL P2.0. AQUARIUM FILTRATION EQUIPMENT. ROUTE DRAIN TO FLOOR SINK HOT AND TEMPERED WATER PIPES TO HAVE 1" THICK INSULATION. 13. ROUTE 3/4" COLD WATER DOWN IN WALL AND CONNECT TO HB-1. HB-1 WITH APPROVE AIR GAP. SEE DETAIL 03/P2.0 N. ANY EXISTING CEILING ITEMS THAT ARE TO REMAIN IN OPERATION FOR EXAMPLE: EXISTING ROOF SHALL BE MOUNTED AT 15" A.F.F. DRAINAGE PIPING, EXISTING GENERAL PIPING OR ANY OTHER EXISTING BUILDING SYSTEM ELEMENTS 14. ROUTE 3/4" HOT AND COLD WATER DOWN IN WALL AND CONNECT TO 25• 3/4" FW FROM PRETREATMENT ASSEMBLY FOR CONNECTION TO AQUARIUMS. ARE TO RAISED AS REQUIRED FOR LIGHT FIXTURE INSTALLATION. G.C. TO COORDINATE AS REQUIRED. MOP BASIN. 26. PROVIDE RPBP TYPE BACKFLOW PREVENTER AND METERING PER LOCAL 0. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL CHROME COVER PLATE TO ACCESS VALVES IN BOTH 15. ROUTE 1/2" COLD WATER DOWN IN WALL AND CONNECT TO DRINKING UTILITY REQUIREMENTS. MAKE AS COMPACT AS POSSIBLE. ROUTE DRAIN MEN'S AND WOMEN'S RESTROOMS. FOUNTAIN. LINE TO ADJACENT MOP SINK. PROVIDE AIR GAP 2" ABOVE FLOOD RIM. NOTE: REFER TO PLUMBING SYMBOL LEGEND FOR PIPE IDENTIFICATION. CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY ALL CLEARANCES AND DIMENSIONS IN FIELD NOTE: REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR PLUMBING ROUGH -IN DIMENSIONS. 02 1 PLUMBING PLAN { € ! € l 1 I ' -WOOD RAMP { l r.-�-\-\-\ �c c c\�r\-l-\-\��cccccr�-\-\-��teccccrr\-\cr\-\��-\ltcccerr�-\-\-\-\tccccerr\-\-����c-c-c-+-'-- ♦ s \ \ \ \ \ \ \ ♦ ♦ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ ♦ \ \ \ ♦ ♦ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ ♦ - - - - - \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ ♦ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ � \ \ \ � \ \ \ \ � \ \ \ \ � \ \ \ � \ \ \ � � \ \ \ �� ♦ � � V -------mac Z-------------"-- r-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------- -- Pcr 4t it I t ti x31 14 x31 t tt 4 x31 1 fl 4 x31 t fi 4 x31 1 tt 4 x31 t t1 4 x31 I it 4 x31 ! ff 4 x31 f ft 1 1t 4 x31 4 x31 F t 4 x31t 5 FS-1 __ ----- e J FE v, I'l 3-TIERF€SH 3'€'kR4.:iR :?iERb.},4 i[lT`En4,3,4-16 �OLD2i2, 2 TTROP I GAO ' FO D KEPT § z€Js Canneo iif FW - FW !• - i l o i 19 L 1 O v \' Q Q 00 , I bFFIC I� m m M rm cm i 02 {i l ! 1 I ,tl x x X x x I - 4] , Li COq .o I 1, -f I X X x , X X 1 I j it I d LP-3 , i REFER TO DETAIL ' ` ' TPV-1 m M m rn M ; {� j , J 03/P2.0 HB-1 C I o 8 x x x i X X d" .--- -- i 1 � 15 , _ _ _ x „ {{ 14 ®C _ DF-1 -� M M M M M 100 WH-1 Ij� x x X x x - ,{ - Ll 94A j I {t i,, RPBBP-1 MS-1 H 16 , TPV-1 M M fn "; rn M I I ( 00 ' 14 C- 1 8 x x X x x I €= n , it HB-1 O I =_ _ __ _ = X j TD-1 13 MV-1 uI M M M M M 1 TMV-2 € I " Imo- FDA X X X i x x j i 1 I I" PWT-3 11 O I i23 PWT-1 9 -_ --...- -- -- - X 3{ _ { �o i Z v L 1N( 7 --, TMV-� ,--- -ao- c i rill m i m m � y0 u BATH NC 0 11, x x x x x �I y " PWT-2 �9 1 I X I i- r. <v 7 TIMV-ti ! M i m SEE SHEET M g j � 9 19 19 ONO F P.i Z w 11 y F x X { X x P2.1 FOR x i ^O V ' WB-1 - - d- d' d- d' WATER RISER d- DIAGRAM _........... 1 J x I 11 1tWELCOME I II BOARD 5' N u �. ._..-- _lJ1 - - - 00 if 1.1 _ \� I kl {{ {3 X li 1 u u, vt EI �� '... �L" 00 € EI GROOMING ON 18 1 I 2i3Z332H 1 PSP DELI SAFE I 1 L- - - - - -- 1FREEZER I li 1 + 1 {{ I1'N 610Z FRESH ��V011 idSPOT rt I' ,' I 318VION b Q 1 __ - - \\\'c ccrrr.\\tzteecrr\\- \tcccer.-\-\-\ teececrr.- \ceeecr.-\-\- \tcccec.-.-\r----------------------------------- -- - ------ CL- ----- -------_----------------- _ fC - - - -- ccrr\ \�[ecrc=t\=\= i��cc�rt\� \ccccecr- \\ SCALE: 3/16" = V-0" /-. �O** km0000,` ENTECH ENGINEERING INC. 5301 VIRGINIA WAY SUITE 140 BRENTWOOD, TN 37027 v. 615.373.2640 f. 615.373.4837 emaileentechtn.com entechtn.com z 0 a 0 W W Q 0 NW�/ N �4 LO Z M J o a u- J _J W � N = M N V ZZ W 2j D _j a - ISSUED FOR: PERMIT 03.14.19 BID 03.14.19 CONSTRUCTION - REVIEW SET - PROJECT MANAGER DESIGNER JOB NO. 18390 REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTER SCHEDULE DESIGNATION QUANTITY SERVING G.P.M. P.D. (psig) MANUFACTURER MODEL NUMBER REMARKS RPBP-1 1 PSP 27 10 WATTS LF909QT 1Y2" SIZE ENTECH ENGINEERING INC. v '= s ya e- IN NOTE: ALL PIPING TO BE RIGIDLY SUPPORTED. 1l/" WATER SERVICE —i SEE SHEEP P1.1 FOR CONT. PRESSURE GAUG (TYP.) FULL LINE SIZE WYE STRAINER WITH l2" BLOWDOWN FINISHED FLOOR 4'- 6" MAX. ABOVE FLOOR 1 S2" C.W. TO BLDG. DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM I X" REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTER FULL SIZE DRAIN PORT CONNECTION RPBP-1 DRAIN SPILL TO MOP BASIN NOTE: RPBP-1 MANUFACTURER AND INSTALLATION SHALL BE AS APPROVED BY LOCAL & STATE AUTHORITIES. 10 1 REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTER DETAIL (RPBP-1) QUARTER TURN SHUT OFF VALVE. LOCATE IN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION. TYPICAL CLOSE UP PARTS & INSTALLATION 1/2" X 1/2" DROP-EARRED • ELBOW FASTENED TO A I WOODEN SUPPORT IN WALL • CONNECT THE DROP-EARRED ELBOW IN WALL TO A 4" 1/2" BRASS NIPPLE. PROVIDE A CHROME PIPE 0 ESCUTCHEON, TIGHT TO WALL CONNECT THE BRASS NIPPLE TO A 900 BRASS STREET ELBOW. CONNECT STREET ELBOW TO A 1/2" X 3/4" BRASS BUSHING CONNECT BRASS BUSHING TO Q A CHROME PLATED VACUUM BREAKER CONNECT VACUUM BREAKER TO HIGH PRESSURE PET WASH HOSE & SPRAYER ASSEMBLY SELF -SERVE PET WASH WATER SUPPLY LINE OUTLET TO HIGH PRESSURE SPRAYER. SEE CLOSE UP OF PARTS & INSTALLATION FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION WATER TEMPERATURE CONTROL LEVER(TMV-1). SET DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE AT 900F. FLOW FRI POTABLE WATER RISER TRAP — PRIMER 12" MINIMUM TO HORIZONTAL RUN IN PIPE SCALE: N.T.S. WALL KARP ACCESS DOOR CHROME ESCUTCHEON PLATE FLOW TO FIXTURE AIR GAP VACUUM FLOOR DRAIN BREAKER POINTS VACUUM RELIEF VALVE OR DIP TUBE CONNECTION THERMOMETER HOT WATER TO SYSTEM---\ A.S.M.E. RELIEF VALVE PIPE FULL SIZE TO JAN SINK OR F.D. GALVANIZED NIPPLE (TYPICAL)---,. CHECK VALVE (TYP.) INSTALL IN HORIZONTAL POSITION TYPICAL BALL VALVE COLD WATER TO HEATER AMTROL ST-5 EXPANSION TANK ch I COORDINATE ELECTRICAL CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS WITH ELECTRICIAN WATER DIELECT. UNION (TYPICAL) HEATER DRAIN VALVE, PIPE CONNECTION FINISH FLOOR LINE SIZE TO FLOOR DRAIN NOTE: COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH WATER HEATER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS, STATE AND LOCAL CODES. 09 1 ELECTRIC WATER HEATER No.1 DETAIL (WH-1) VENT IN WALL UP TO OVERHEAD VENT. REFER TO 2/P2.1 FOR ROUTING. WALL I HOLDING/BATHING TUB WASH TUB LEG DISCHARGE FROM INTERCEPTOR TO BE CUT AT 45° ANGLE FINISH FLOOR LAVATORY SINK TEMPERED HW SUPPLY THERMOSTATIC TEMPERING VALVE, POWER HYDROGUARD SERIE' LFLM495, ASSE 10A HW SUPPLN SCALE: N.T.S. V SUPPLY I'OP VALVE FINISH FLOOR SOLIDS II III ` INTERCEPTOR NOTE: ,:: ; :• __ t. TRAP PRIMER TRENCH DRAIN A. INSULATE ALL EXPOSED WASTE AND SUPPLY PIPING . '` ''"• +. •' CONNECTION UNDER LAVATORIES WITH THE HANDI-LAV GUARD •. , '' SANITARY WASTE INSULATION KIT BY TRUEBRO OR EQUAL. PIPING 08 PUBLIC PET WASH PIPING DETAIL IN HALF HEIGHT WALL SCALE: N.T.S. 07 TRAP PRIMER DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. 06 HOLDING/BATHING TUB WITH HAIR SCALE: N.T.S. 05 LAVATORY TEMPERING SCALE: N.T.S. INTERCEPTOR DETAIL VALVE DETAIL r-------------------------- I ---- FILTER BY AQUARIUM t VENDOR. ALL OTHER WOOD RAMP WORK BY P.C. ' TEMPERED WATER SUPPLY VENT IN WALL UP TO OVERHEAD VENT. FULL PORT BALL ..... �cr�e�ce�e�l csc- - - --X� ..cr...... �- - - - c�D � PIPING WITH VACUUM REFER TO 2/P2.1 FOR ROUTING. VALVE 4' x 31" 4' x 31" E t, 3m. 3ma "" '^ F R TIERIs coM ,+�+ BREAKER TO THREADED FO D REPT 2/4i2i1 0 HOSE CONNECTION FOR U HOSE WITH HIGH v WATER TEMPERATURE CONTROL �,,) � � PRESSURE SPRAYER. VALVE WITH CHROME TRIM TEMPERED WATER IN FLEXIBLE WATTS MODEL FS-1 REFER TO PLUMBING RISER HOSE TO GROOMING BATHING LF007 DOUBLE M DRAIN MUST BE DIAGRAM FOR PIPING LEVER TUB. CONNECT TO TUB HOSE CHECK VALVE CLOSE TO WALL, SIZES. 2" 0 OUTLET FOR FORCED AIR WITH SELF CONTAINED SPRAY WITH STRAINER LOCATION CRITICAL DRYER HOSE W/ 1-1/2" PVC HOSE NOZZLE AND ANTI -SIPHON WIDE MOUTH CONNECTOR, TYP. REFER TO 3 v DEVICE. BY P.C. 8"x8" FLOOR SINK INTERCEPTOR LOCATED ARCHITECTURAL DETAIL 1/A7.0 _ ® TOP OF FLOOR SINK LEVEL IN TUB DISCHARGE. FOR ADDITIONAL INSTALLATION IN BACK ROOM TYPICAL OF 3. o o INFORMATION. MANUAL SHUT OFF BY P.C. WITH FINISHED FLOOR. VALVE, TYPICAL. TYPICAL OF (1) RECESSED DRYER �O QUARTER TURN VALVE TERMINATING SWITCH, TYP. WALL MOUNTED THERMOSTATIC HB-1 MOUNTING IN 3/4" FEMALE THREADS LOCATED PET WASH BASIN. 12" AFF CLOSE TO WALL TURNED TYPICAL OF 3, SANITARY WASTE PIPING MIXING VALVE(TMV-2). SET HEIGHT: 24" AFF DOWN (HEIGHT VARIES) 4"1 y DISCHARGE TO 90•F. VALVE CONNECTION FROM MUST BE LOCATED TO HOSE BIBB OUTLET NIBCO MTT-585-70 PLUMBED FROM WATER FILTER. FACILITATE ACCESS FOR BY OTHERS TWO PIECE FULL TYPICAL OF (1). FINISH FLOOR FCO TEMPERATURE ADJUSTMENT PORT BALL VALVE, " AND SERVICING. AQUARIUM VENDOR PROVIDE FEMALE WITH FEMALE T STANDARD HOSE BIB 2' AFF CAPABLE 0 0 IN -FLOOR PET WASH SANITARY FILTER EQUIPMENT THREAD ADAPTOR THREAD OF ACCEPTING STANDARD GARDEN HAIR PIPING LOCATED UNDER AND CONNECTIONS TERMINATION. WATER HOSE. PLUMBED FROM CITY COLD FLOOR MOUNTED PET INTERCEPTOR MOUNTING HEIGHT: TO PIPING BY WATER SUPPLY IN BACK ROOM. BACK ROOM FLOOR DRYERS. ACCESSIBLE INTERCEPTOR LOCATED OTHERS 12" AFF TYPICAL OF (1). THRU ACCESS PANEL, TYP. IN BACK ROOM FLOOR 04 HOLDING /BATHING AREA VALVE DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. 03 1 AQUARIUM FILTERED WATER BACKFLOW PREVENTION DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. 02 DETAIL AQUARIUM PLUMBING PLAN SCALE: N.T.S. 01 PET WASH PLUMBING DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. 5301 VIRGINIA WAY SUITE 140 BRENTWOOD, TN 37027 v.615.373.2640 f.615.373.4837 email®entechtn.com entechtn.com Z _O H a w 0 w a 0 w N d' G�3Lo � M J J LL ~�J 2= W>- N= w N () v, r I� v w Z J Q m � w J Z 0 U 0. Z u) Q ISSUED FOR: PERMIT 03.14.19 BID 03.14.19 CONSTRUCTION - REVIEW SET - PROJECT MANAGER DESIGNER JOB NO. 18390 P200 D PLUMBING SYMBOL LEGEND FW - - — — — — — — —V— — — — — — — — — F - --------CD-------- (E) VTR EXISTING UTILITY AS INDICATED SANITARY ABOVE GROUND SANITARY BELOW GROUND COLD WATER HOT WATER HOT WATER RETURN TEMPERED WATER FILTERED WATER VENT FIRE PROTECTION CONDENSATE DRAIN SHUT OFF VALVE EXISTING CONNECT TO EXISTING VENT THRU ROOF NO TO CONN 16 RIf C� N .O wo"i 2� i\ \ I I \ / < I I \ \ I I2\/��� � I I I 1 11 05-1 I I 2 `I I I SS I fco r/ I 1 2 I I I I I I J I r 10 RAP I 3'Fp\, I r r I I pRl 4' I I I I17 4�1�1�1 ��' �4\ �`1 I I.-' I ..I I 1 I V`'-,1p I pRI��R $$ 3r �10 ''wP pRl 02 I SANITARY SEWER DIAGRAM Q .01 Df'' 1' 3/4% pw I I I I I I I 3r' I I I I I I I SS 4' SCALE: N.T.S. vV r—= kmw000e ENTECH ENGINEERING INC. 5301 VIRGINIA WAY SUITE 140 BRENTWOOD, TN 37027 v. 615.373.2640 1. 615.373.4837 email®entechtn.com entechtn.com z 0 F- a W 0 W Q W !Y n N co c')o J JLL 5. J_ 22 w� NM W N ISSUED FOR: PERMIT 03.14.19 BID 03.14.19 CONSTRUCTION - REVIEW SET - PROJECT MANAGER DESIGNER L- - JOB NO. 18390 SCALE: N.T.S. 011 WATER RISER DIAGRAM ZQ REFER TO PLUMBING SYMBOL LEGEND FOR PIPE INDENTIFICATION. SCALE: N.T.S. P2.1 MARK I ITEM I MAKE DRAINS, CLEANOUTS & MISC. ITEMS MODEL I LOCATION I SIZE BODY I TOP I REMARKS ENTECH ENGINEERING INC. FDA FLOOR DRAIN J.R. SMITH 2O05 SERIES SEE PLANS AS NOTED CAST IRON NICKEL BRONZE FLAT STRAINER WITH P050 1/2" TRAP PRIMER FCO CLEANOUT FLOOR TYPE J.R. SMITH 4020 SERIES SEE PLANS AS NOTED CAST IRON NICKEL BRONZE WCO CLEANOUT WALL TYPE J.R. SMITH 4710 SERIES SEE PLANS AS NOTED CAST IRON STAINLESS STEEL FS-1 FLOOR SINIK ZURN FD-2370 SEE PLANS 4" PVC PVC 1/2 GRATE AND SEDIMENT BUCKET HB-1 HOSE BIBB WOODFORD MODEL 24 CP SEE PLANS 3/4" BRASS CHROME PLATED WITH VACUUM BREAKER, AND 3/4" HOSE THREADS. MOUNT 15" A.F.F. SI-1 SOLIDS STRIEM AARDVARK SEE PLANS 33"X25" SEAMLESS MIN. BELOW GRADE INSTALLATION, WATER/GAS TIGHT COVER, REMOVABLE FILTER BASKET INTERCEPTOR SERIES POLYETHYLENN E LOAD CAPACITY APACITY SI-2 SOLIDS ZURN Z1180 BATHING TUB 2" ACID RESISTANT _ INSTALLS ON FLOOR, REMOVABLE SEDIMENT BUCKET W/ REMOVABLE PERFORATED SCREEN. INTERCEPTOR COMPOSITE PRECISION PROVIDE 1/4 TURN BALL VALVES FOR ISOLATION, CONNECTION: 1/2" CW INLET, 3/8" COMPRESSION TPV-1 TRAP PRIMER PLUMBING PROl-ULP500 SEE PLANS 1/2" CHROME PLATED _ OUTLET TO LAVATORY, 1/2" OUTLET TO FD. INCLUDES ESCUTCHEON, SS SCREEN, CHECK VALVE Z-866 NICKLE PERMA-TRENCH WITH ADA COMPLIANT GRATE. INSTALL CENTERLINE OF DRAAN 11" AWAY FROM TD-1 TRENCH DRAIN ZURN SERIES SEE PLANS AS NOTED CAST IRON BRONZE WALLS AND 1/4" B.F.F. TO ALLOW TILE SLOPE TO DRAIN. TMV-1 THERMOSTATIC MOEN 2520 - BODY PUBLIC PET WASH 1/2" BRASS CLASSIC BRUSHED WALL MOUNTED, PROVIDE WITH INTEGRAL CHECK/STOPS AND SCREWDRIVER ADJUSTMENT, SET MIXING VALVE T8370CBN - TRIM NICKEL DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE AT 90'F. CONFIRM TEMPERATURE SETTING WITH OWNER 1/4 TURN BALL VALVE, CONNECTIONS: 1/2" WATER, DOUBLE HOSE BIBS, 2" DRAIN ASSE 1010 WB-1 WASHER BOX SIOUX CHIEF 696-2413MF SEE PLANS - ABS _ CERTIFIED SHOCK ARRESTORS, MAXIMUM WATER TEMP/PRESSURE 250-F/100PSIG WMH-1 WIDE MOUTH HAIR PETLIFT.COM MODEL 660C PUBLIC PET WASH 2" WASTE PVC WITH _ PROVIDE WIDE MOUTH HAIR INTERCEPTOR, IAPMO CERTIFIED, ACCESSIBLE INSIDE TUB STRAINER. INTERCEPTOR STRAINER THERMOSTATIC I IN -LINE MOUNTED, PROVIDE WITH INTEGRAL CHECK/STOPS AND SCREWDRIVER ADJUSTMENT, SET TMV-2 MIXING VALVE WATTS LFMMV HOLDING / BATHING AS NOTED BRONZE _ DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE AT 90°F. CONFIRM TEMPERATURE SETTING WITH OWNER ELECTRIC WATER HEATER NO. OF TEMP RECOVERY STORAGE TANK TANK MANUFACTURER MODEL NUMBER LOCATION MARK K.W. VOLTAGE ELEMENTS RISE G.P.H. CAP.(GAL.) DIA. HEIGHT WH-1 36 480/3/60 6 60 245 119 30" 63" LOCHINVAR HS(X)36-119 BACK ROOM NOTE: COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH WATER HEATER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS, STATE AND LOCAL CODES. DRINKING FOUNTAIN MARK ITEM MAKE MODEL TYPE MARK CAPACITY COMPRESS. CONDENSER HORSE ELECTRIC REMARKS POWER DF-1 DRINKING OASIS PACSL WALL HI-LO - - _ _ _ BARRIER FREE ADA COMPLIANT WITH WALL HANGER PLATE FOUNTAIN STANDARD STAINLESS STEEL FINISH. FOUNTAIN ONLY PLUMBING FIXTURES CONNECTIONS MARK ITEM MAKE NAME MODEL TRIM TRAP STOPS REMARKS SAN VENT HW CW FLOOR MOUNTED TANK TYPE WITH FLUSH RIGHT SYSTEM FLUSH WC-1 WATER CLOSET AMERIC CADET 3 2386.012 WITH UNIT INTEGRAL NOTE #4 4" 2" - 1/2" HANDLE ON WIDE� SIDE OF STALL. SEAT: CHURCH NO. 9500C WHITE STANDARRD 1.6 GPF WITH CONCEALED CHECK. L-1 LAVATORY AMERICAN LUCERNE 0355.012 2385.003 NOTE #3 NOTE #4 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" WITH FLOOR MOUNTED CONCEALED ARM WALL CARRIER, GRID STANDARD 4" CENTERS (0.5 GPM) DRAIN 81 SINGLE HANDLE FAUCET MS-1 MOP SINK FIAT MOLDED STONE MSB-2424 CHIC 3" 1/2" VALVES 3" 1 1/2" 3/4" 3/4" REFER TO NOTE #6 7GO CUSTOM A T POLYMER REGULAR UBASE WITH PWT-1/ PET WASH AMERICAN - INTEGRAL RUBBER FLANGE, 1/4" PER FOOT SLOPE TO END DRAIN. PWT-2 BASIN MARBLE CAST POLYMER SEE REMARKS 3" _ 2" 1 1/2" - - REFER TO TO DRAWINGS FOR ROUGH OPENING AND BASE FINISH INDUSTRIES SIZE. FINISH: #1920 PLATINUM IRONSTONE. PWT-3 PET WASH GROOMER'S STAINLESS SEE REMARKS N/A 3" - 2" 1 1/2" - - PROVIDED BY OWNER TUB CHOICE STEEL NOTES: 1. INSTALL SERVICE SHUTOFF 81 CHECK VALVES, COCKS, STOPS, AIR CUSHIONS, VACUUM BREAKERS, AND SAFETY DEVICES WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE, SPECIFICATIONS, OR DRAWINGS. 2. ALL CATALOG NOS. REFER TO AMERICAN STANDARD UNLESS NOTED AND ALL FIXTURES IN WHITE UNLESS NOTED. 3. EXPOSED P-TRAPS TO BE 17 GA. CHROME PLATE WITH CLEANOUT AND ESCUTCHEON PLATE. 4. STOPS TO BE CHROME PLATED 1/2" ANGLE VALVE WITH CHROME PLATED 12" LONG, 1/2" O.D. FLEXIBLE RISER AND ESKUTCHEON PLATE. 5. ALL DRAINS AND WATER SUPPLY PIPING TO LAVATORIES TO BE INSULATED WITH "HANDI LAV-GUARD" INSULATION KIT BY TRUEBRO. 6. WITH FIAT HOSE AND BRACKET, MOP HOOK, BUMPER GUARD AND 12" HIGH STAINLESS STEEL GUARD. 7. SINK TO BE MOUNTED FLUSH WITH WALLSAND SILICONE SEALANT APPLIED WHERE SINK MEETS WALL. 8. AN "H" AT THE FIXTURE DESIGNATION INDICATES A HANDICAPPED FIXTURE. 9. FLUSH VALVES HANDLES FOR ADA FIXTURES SHALL BE MOUNTED ON WIDE SIDE OF TOILET AREA. WATER SUPPLY FIXTURE UNITS (WSFU) SANITARY DRAINAGE FIXTURE UNITS (DFU) MARK DESCRIPTION FIXTURE QUANTITY TOTAL F.U. MARK DESCRIPTION FIXTURE QUANTITY TOTAL F.U. UNITS UNITS WC-1 HANDICAPPED WATER CLOSET 5 2 10 WC-1 HANDICAPPED WATER CLOSET 4 2 8 L-1 HANDICAPPED LAVATORY 2 2 4 L-1 HANDICAPPED LAVATORY 1 2 2 MS-1 MOP SINK 3 1 3 MS-1 SERVICE SINK 3 1 3 DF-1 DRINKING FOUNTAIN 0.25 2 0.5 DF-1 DRINKING FOUNTAIN 0.25 2 0.5 HB-1 HOSE BIBB 3 2 6 PWT PET WASH TUB 2 4 8 PWT PET WASH TUB 1.4 4 5.6 TOTAL 21.5 TOTAL 29.1 NOTE: NOTE: 1. 1-1/2" WATER CONNECTION REQUIRED. 1. 4" SANITARY REQUIRED. 2. PET WASH TUBS (PTW-#) ARE PROVIDED BY OWNER. P.C. SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL A HAIR INTERCEPTOR, J.R. SMITH MODEL 8710 OR EQUAL. HAIR INTERCEPTOR SHALL BE INSTALLED WHERE IT IS ACCESSIBLE FOR CLEANING. 5301 VIRGINIA WAY SUITE 140 BRENTWOOD, TN 37027 v. 615.3 73.2 640 1. 615.3 73.483 7 email®entechtn.com entechtn.com 0 a w 0 w a w a� cr • � ••••�LOR10. f; �••. TONAL •• •• ■•■ •• 3�1519 N d' Lo M J J LL n. Uj 5 J n W W }- N = a_ N V w Z J mn 20 11J _I = CU W ISSUED FOR: PERMIT 03.14.19 BID 03.14.19 CONSTRUCTION - REVIEW SET - PROJECT MANAGER DESIGNER JOB NO. 18390 P3mO D in SECTION 260100 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS A. THE PROVISIONS OF THE INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS, GENERAL CONDITIONS, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS, ALTERNATES, ADDENDA, AND DIVISION 1 ARE A PART OF THIS SPECIFICATION. A REQUIREMENT OCCURRING IN ONE IS AS BINDING AS THOUGH OCCURRING IN ALL. THEY ARE INTENDED TO BE COMPLEMENTARY AND TO DESCRIBE AND PROVIDE FOR A COMPLETE WORK. CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL EXAMINE SAME AS WELL AS OTHER DIVISIONS OF THE SPECIFICATIONS WHICH AFFECT WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION. B. MATERIAL OR LABOR WHICH IS NOT INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATION BUT WHICH IS OBVIOUSLY NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE WORK (AND IS USUALLY INCLUDED IN SIMILAR WORK) SHALL BE PROVIDED. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE TO BE CONSIDERED AS SUPPLEMENTING EACH OTHER. WORK SPECIFIED BUT NOT INDICATED, OR INDICATED BUT NOT SPECIFIED, SHALL BE PROVIDED AS THOUGH MENTIONED IN BOTH SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS. C. IN THE EVENT OF DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS (DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS), THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ADHERE TO THE MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENT. D. VISIT THE SITE OF THE WORK AND BECOME FAMILIAR WITH CONDITIONS AFFECTING THE INSTALLATION. SUBMISSION OF A PROPOSAL SHALL PRESUPPOSE KNOWLEDGE OF SUCH CONDITIONS AND NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION SHALL BE ALLOWED WHERE EXTRA LABOR OR MATERIALS ARE REQUIRED BECAUSE OF IGNORANCE OF THESE CONDITIONS. E. DEFINITIONS 1. "CONTRACTOR" AS USED WITHIN THE ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS SHALL REFER TO THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 2. "EQUAL" OR "EQUIVALENT" SHALL BE UNDERSTOOD TO MEAN OF THE SAME QUANTITY, SIZE, NUMBER, VALUE, DEGREE, INTENSITY AND THE ITEMS ARE SIMILAR IN ALL RESPECTS. THE ENGINEER WILL MAKE THE FINAL DECISION OF ACCEPTANCE OF THESE ITEMS. 3. "CONTRACT DOCUMENTS" SHALL BE UNDERSTOOD TO ENCOMPASS DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, CIVIL, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND ALL OTHER PERTINENT DISCIPLINES. 4. "PROVIDE" SHALL BE INTERPRETED TO MEAN THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES INCLUDING TESTS AND INSPECTIONS NECESSARY TO INSTALL, CONNECT, APPLY, ERECT, CONSTRUCT, AND PLACE IN OPERATING CONDITION. 5. "FURNISH" SHALL BE INTERPRETED TO MEAN THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUPPLY AND DELIVER TO THE JOB SITE SPECIFIED MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, AND SUPPLIES. 6. "INSTALL" SHALL BE INTERPRETED TO MEAN ASSEMBLING, PLACING, ERECTING, WIRING AND TO MAKE FULLY OPERATIONAL. F. INCLUDE ALL LABOR, MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, TOOLS, TRANSPORTATION, INSURANCE, TEMPORARY PROTECTION, SUPERVISION, SERVICES FOR THE PROPER COMPLETION OF ALL ELECTRICAL WORK. ITEMS OMITTED, BUT NECESSARY TO MAKE THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM COMPLETE AND WORKABLE, SHALL BE UNDERSTOOD TO FORM PART OF THE WORK. SECURE AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS REQUIRED AND TURN OVER ALL CERTIFICATES OF APPROVAL TO THE OWNER. G. TEMPERATURE CONTROLS ARE PROVIDED AND WIRED BY A CONTROLS CONTRACTOR PER MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS. LINE VOLTAGE (120 VOLT) CONTROL DEVICES SUCH AS THERMOSTATS AND AQUA STATS THAT CONTROL FRACTIONAL HORSEPOWER, 120V MOTOR SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AND SHALL BE WIRED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. H. WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF LOCAL AND STATE CODES AS WELL AS THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (NEC), AS INTERPRETED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 1. AFTER INSTALLATION BUT PRIOR TO ENERGIZATION, PERFORM TESTS FOR GROUNDS, SHORT CIRCUITS AND PROPER FUNCTION. FAULTS IN THE INSTALLATION SHALL BE CORRECTED. J. PROVIDE NAMEPLATES ON PANEL BOARDS, DISTRIBUTION PANELS, MOTOR STARTERS, SAFETY SWITCHES, CONTROL PANELS, CONTROL DEVICES, JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES. LETTERING SHALL INCLUDE NAME OF EQUIPMENT, HORSEPOWER, VOLTAGE RATING AND SERVICE DESIGNATION. NAMEPLATES SHALL BE LAMINATED PHENOLIC WITH A BLACK SURFACE AND WHITE CORE. NAMEPLATES MAY BE ATTACHED TO WALL ADJACENT TO EQUIPMENT IF AREA FOR ATTACHMENT IS TOO SMALL. IDENTIFICATION WITH A DYMO TYPE INSTRUMENT IS NOT PERMISSIBLE. K. BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT, DEMONSTRATE TO THE OWNER'S SATISFACTION THE PROPER OPERATION OF EACH OF THE SYSTEMS COMPRISING THIS CONTRACT. INSTRUCT THE OWNER'S MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL IN THE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND CONTROLS. L. AFTER ALL TESTS HAVE BEEN COMPLETED, CLEAN ALL EQUIPMENT LEAVING EVERYTHING IN WORKING ORDER AT THE COMPLETION OF THIS WORK. ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE COMPLETELY CLEANED INSIDE AND OUT PRIOR TO INITIAL ENERGIZING. M. AVOID CUTTING INTO THE WORK OF OTHERS BY USING SLEEVES, INSERTS, CHASES AND SIMILAR ITEMS NECESSARY FOR THE INSTALLATION. EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE SPECIFIED OR NOTED ON DRAWINGS, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING OF THE BUILDING AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL SLEEVES, INSERTS, CONDUITS AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. PATCHING SHALL BE DONE BY SKILLED MECHANICS. WORK SHALL MATCH THE GENERAL CONSTRUCTION WORK. ALL CUTTING SHALL BE DONE IN A MANNER TO RETAIN THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF THE UNIT BEING CUT. WHERE EXISTING EQUIPMENT IS REMOVED OR RELOCATED, PATCH TO MATCH THE EXISTING BUILDING FINISHES (WALLS, CEILINGS, FLOORS, ETC.). N. GUARANTEE ALL WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS PROVIDED UNDER THE CONTRACT FOR ONE YEAR AFTER ACCEPTANCE BY THE OWNER AND COMPLETION OF ALL PUNCH LIST ITEMS. REPAIR OR REPLACE ANY DEFECT WITHOUT COST TO THE OWNER. O. PROVIDE TEMPORARY ELECTRIC SERVICE OF SUFFICIENT CAPACITY TO SUPPLY THE ELECTRIC LIGHT AND POWER REQUIREMENTS OF CONSTRUCTION SITE. SECTION 260500 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS A. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL USED ON THIS PROJECT SHALL BE NEW AND U.L. LABELED FOR -THE APPLICATION. B. DEDICATED EQUIPMENT SPACE SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR PANELBOARDS. PRIOR TO INSTALLING PANELBOARDS AND THEIR ASSOCIATED INCOMING/DISTRIBUTION FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS, CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE PANELBOARD LOCATIONS WITH HVAC AND PLUMBING CONTRACTORS TO ENSURE DEDICATED SPACE IS MAINTAINED PER NEC ARTICLE 110.26. C. CONDUIT SHALL BE RIGID GALVANIZED, OR EMT. ALL OTHER INTERIOR CONDUITS SHALL BE EMT. CONDUITS SHALL BE 3/4" TRADE SIZE MINIMUM, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS OR IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS. D. MAKE CONDUIT CONNECTIONS TO MOTORS AND TRANSFORMERS WITH FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT, AS SPECIFIED HEREIN, OF THE SAME SIZE AS THE FEEDER CONDUIT, AND MAKE SUCH CONNECTION AS SHORT AS PRACTICAL. E. WIRE AND CABLE FOR POWER AND LIGHTING FEEDERS LARGER THAN #6AWG SHALL BE COPPER STRANDED 600 VOLT TYPE THHN/THWN OR XHHW COPPER. WIRE AND CABLE FOR POWER AND LIGHTING BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE THHN/THWN COPPER FOR #10 AND SMALLER AND THHW OR XHHW COPPER FOR #8 AND LARGER. MINIMUM WIRE SIZE FOR POWER AND LIGHTING CIRCUITS SHALL BE #12. F. METAL CLAD (TYPE MC) CABLE OR ARMORED (TYPE AC) CABLE MAY BE UTILIZED, ONLY IF LOCAL JURISDICTION ALLOWS, IN LIEU OF BRANCH CIRCUIT EMT CONDUIT. INSTALLATION OF MC CABLE SHALL COMPLY WITH ARTICLE 330 OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. ALL BRANCH CIRCUIT HOMERUNS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN TYPE EMT CONDUITS WITHIN THE CEILING SPACE TO RESPECTIVE PANELBOARDS. WIRING SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE IN THIS SECTION. A GREEN EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ALL MC CABLE OR AC CABLE SYSTEMS. G. ALL BOXES SHALL BE RIGIDLY SUPPORTED FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE INDEPENDENT OF THE CONDUIT SYSTEM. ALL BOXES SHALL BE 4" SQUARE BOXES MINIMUM WITH RAISED COVERPLATE SUITABLE FOR WALL MATERIAL TO ALLOW -BOX TO BE FLUSH. H. LOCAL LIGHT SWITCHES SHALL BE BACK AND SIDE WIRED, 20 AMPERE, 120/277 VOLTS, AC SPECIFICATION GRADE. HUBBELL #HBL-1221 SERIES. APPROVED ALTERNATES: EQUIVALENT SERIES BY PASS & SEYMOUR, LEVITON, BRYANT, AND ARROW HART. COLORS SHALL BE SELECTED BY ARCHITECT. 1. DUPLEX RECEPTACLES SHALL BE "SPECIFICATION GRADE" 20 AMPERES, 125 VOLT, 3 WIRE, GROUNDING TYPE. HUBBELL #HBL 5362. APPROVED ALTERNATES: EQUIVALENT SERIES BY PASS & SEYMOUR, LEVITON, BRYANT, ARROW HART. J. INDOOR AND OUTDOOR RECEPTACLES, WHERE REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE, SHALL HAVE INTEGRAL GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER OR GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER CIRCUIT BREAKER PROTECTION. GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER RECEPTACLES, WHERE REQUIRED, SHALL BE HUBBELL #GF5362. K. ALL COVER PLATES SHALL BE SMOOTH HIGH IMPACT COMMERCIAL GRADE THERMOPLASTIC OR SMOOTH NYLON WHITE FINISH. IN UNFINISHED AREAS, USE CADMIUM PLATED, ROUND CORNER, STEEL COVER PLATES FOR SURFACE MOUNTED OUTLET BOXES. BOTH THE WIRING DEVICES AND THE COVER PLATES SHALL BE BY THE SAME MANUFACTURER. L. SAFETY SWITCHES SHALL BE HEAVY-DUTY UNFUSED OR FUSED AND SHALL BE INSTALLED WHERE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND/OR WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE AND SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR VOLTAGE AND CURRENT RATING AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS SHALL BE: SQUARE D, GENERAL ELECTRIC, EATON/CUTLER-HAMMER, OR SIEMENS. M. ALL CONDUIT PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLS AND FLOORS SHALL BE PROTECTED BY MATERIALS TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL1479/ASTM E-814. INSTALLATION SHALL FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND MAINTAIN THE FIRE RATING OF WALLS AND/OR FLOORS AFFECTED. PROVIDE HILTI C5240 FIRESTOP SEALANT, CSFM LISTING NO. 4060-1200:100, OR EQUIVALENT STATE FIRE MARSHAL APPROVED AND LISTED MATERIAL. SECTION 260529 GROUNDING AND BONDING A. GROUND ALL CONDUITS, CABINETS, MOTORS, PANELS, FIXTURES, AND OTHER EXPOSED NON -CURRENT CARRYING METAL PARTS OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL PROVISIONS OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE AND LOCAL CODES. B. GROUNDING OF THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM SHALL BE BY MEANS OF AN INSULATED GROUNDING CONDUCTOR INSTALLED WITH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS IN ALL CONDUITS. GROUNDING CONDUCTORS SHALL BE SIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH N.E.C. 250.122 AND SHALL RUN FROM GROUNDING BUS OF SERVING PANEL TO GROUND BUS OF SERVED PANEL, GROUNDING TERMINAL OF RECEPTACLES, LIGHTING FIXTURE HOUSINGS, GROUNDING TERMINAL OF LIGHT SWITCHES OR METAL ENCLOSURES OF SERVED EQUIPMENT. C. INSTALL BONDING JUMPERS ACROSS ALL BUILDINGS, EXPANSION JOINTS, AND ACROSS CONDUIT EXPANSION FITTINGS. SECTION 260573 FAULT CURRENT, COORDINATION STUDY, AND ARC FLASH A. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CONDUCT A FAULT CURRENT CALCULATION AND COORDINATION STUDY TO ENSURE THE CORRECT AIC RATING OF NEW ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT INCLUDING SWITCHBOARDS, DISTRIBUTION PANELS, BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS, ETC. AND TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE SETTINGS OF ANY ADJUSTABLE BREAKERS. THE RESULTS OF THESE STUDIES SHALL BE SUBMITTED WITH THE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHOP DRAWINGS. B. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AN ARC -FLASH STUDY AND LABEL ALL EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED PER THE N.E.C. SECTION 262416 BRANCH CIRCUIT BREAKER PANELS B. PANELBOARD BUS STRUCTURE AND MAIN LUG/MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER SHALL HAVE THE CURRENT RATING AS SHOWN ON THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS. C. PANELBOARD BUSSING SHALL BE COPPER, (TIN-PLATED COPPER). D. BUS BAR CONNECTIONS SHALL ACCEPT BOLT -ON CIRCUIT BREAKERS. PANELBOARDS SHALL BE DEAD FRONT SAFETY TYPE. E. BUS BARS SHALL HAVE ANTI -TURN SOLDERLESS LUG CONNECTIONS FOR ATTACHING FEEDERS. F. PANELBOARDS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH CIRCUIT BREAKERS OF THE FRAME & TRIP RATING AS SPECIFIED HEREIN & AS SHOWN ON THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS. G. WHERE MULTI -POLE CIRCUIT BREAKERS ARE REQUIRED, THEY SHALL BE COMMON TRIP TYPE. H. ALL PANELBOARDS SHALL BE LOCKABLE AND KEYED ALIKE. I. PANEL ENCLOSURES SHALL BE AT LEAST 20 INCHES WIDE. J. CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE THERMAL MAGNETIC, MOLDED CASE BOLT -ON TYPE. K. PROVIDE A SEPARATE NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR PROPERLY SIZED FOR EVERY BRANCH CIRCUIT. SHARING OF A NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR BETWEEN MULTIPLE CIRCUITS SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED. L. BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS (AS A COMPLETE UNIT, INCLUDING BREAKERS) SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM SHORT CIRCUIT RATING OF 208(240Y120 - 22,000 AIC FOR BIDDING PURPOSES, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. AIC RATINGS SHALL BE MODIFIED AS REQUIRED TO MEET OR EXCEED THE AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT AT THEIR CONNECTION POINT(S) AS A RESULT OF THE FAULT CURRENT STUDY REPORT. M. PANELBOARDS SHALL BE LISTED BY UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES AND BEAR THE "UL" LABEL. PANELBOARDS SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY SQUARE D, SIEMENS, GENERAL ELECTRIC, OR EATON/CUTLER-HAMMER. N. WHEN WORK IS COMPLETE, BALANCE THE CONTINUOUS LOAD ON EACH PHASE OF ALL PANELBOARDS. O. A GLAZED DIRECTORY FRAME SHALL BE PROVIDED INSIDE THE DOOR AND SHALL BE OF SUFFICIENT SIZE TO GIVE DESCRIPTION OF EACH CIRCUIT. TYPED DIRECTORY CARDS SHALL BE PROVIDED LISTING EACH CIRCUIT SERVED. P. PROVIDE ENGRAVED NAMEPLATE MATCHING PANELBOARD DESIGNATION ON THE DRAWINGS. SECTION 262413 CIRCUIT BREAKER DISTRIBUTION PANELS A. DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD BUS STRUCTURE AND MAIN LUGS/MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER SHALL HAVE THE CURRENT RATING AS SHOWN ON THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS. BUS BAR CONNECTION SHALL ACCEPT BOLT -ON CIRCUIT BREAKERS. B. DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD SHALL BE OF THE FULLY RATED DEAD FRONT SAFETY TYPE. C. BUS BARS SHALL HAVE ANTI -TURN SOLDERLESS LUG CONNECTIONS FOR ATTACHING FEEDERS. D. PROVIDE DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD EQUIPPED WITH CIRCUIT BREAKERS OF THE FRAME AND TRIP RATING AS SPECIFIED HEREIN AND AS SHOWN ON THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS. E. WHERE MULTI -POLE CIRCUIT BREAKERS ARE REQUIRED, THEY SHALL BE COMMON TRIP TYPE. F. ALL PANELBOARDS SHALL BE LOCKABLE AND KEYED ALIKE. G. DISTRIBUTION PANEL ENCLOSURES SHALL BE 32" WIDE BY 12.75" DEEP. TOTAL AVAILABLE CIRCUIT SPACE SHALL BE 45" WITH FULL LENGTH BUSSING. H. DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD BUSSING SHALL BE COPPER, (TIN-PLATED COPPER). I. MULTIPLE SECTION PANELBOARDS SHALL COMPRISE OF MATCHING ENCLOSURES, SIZED IDENTICALLY AND ABUTTED TO ONE ANOTHER. COVERS AND TRIMS SHALL BE IDENTICAL AND SUITABLE FOR SURFACE TUBS. J. CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE THERMAL MAGNETIC, MOLDED CASE, -BOLT-ON- TYPE. K. DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD (AS A COMPLETE UNIT, INCLUDING BREAKERS) SHALL HAVE MINIMUM SHORT CIRCUIT RATING OF: 208/12OV : (65,000) AIC. L. PROVIDE UNINSULATED GROUND BUSSING WITH NECESSARY QUANTITY OF TERMINALS TO ACCEPT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS. M. PROVIDE A (100%) RATED NEUTRAL BUSSING WITH NECESSARY QUANTITY TO TERMINALS TO ACCEPT NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS. N. DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS SHALL BE LISTED BY UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES AND BEAR THE "UL" LABEL. PANELBOARDS SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY SQUARE D, SIEMENS, GENERAL ELECTRIC OR EATON ELECTRIC (CUTLER -HAMMER). O. DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS SHALL BE WALL MOUNTED AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS SHALL BE MOUNTED SO THAT THE HIGHEST CONTROL DEVICE IS BELOW 6'-7" FROM THE FLOOR. P. PROVIDE NAMEPLATES FOR EACH BRANCH DEVICE TO GIVE DESCRIPTION OF EACH CIRCUIT OR FEEDER. Q. PROVIDE ENGRAVED NAMEPLATE MATCHING PANELBOARDS DESIGNATION ON THE DRAWINGS. SECTION 265100 LIGHTING A. FLUORESCENT FIXTURES SHALL HAVE THERMALLY PROTECTED, HIGH POWER FACTOR (>99%), U.L. LISTED, CLASS P, CBM, ETL, AND CSA CERTIFIED, ONE, TWO, THREE, AND/OR FOUR LAMP (AS REQUIRED), RAPID START, PARALLEL, HIGH FREQUENCY, T-8, ELECTRONIC (<10% THD) BALLASTS, WITH 5 YEAR MINIMUM WARRANTY. APPROVED MANUFACTURERS SHALL BE MAGNETEK/TRIAD HP, OR ADVANCE CENTIUM. B. COMPACT FLUORESCENT AND/OR T-5 FLUORESCENT FIXTURES SHALL HAVE THERMALLY PROTECTED, HIGH POWER FACTOR (>98%), U.L. LISTED, CLASS P, CBM, ETL, AND CSA CERTIFIED, ONE, TWO, AND/OR THREE LAMP (AS REQUIRED), RAPID START, PARALLEL, HIGH FREQUENCY, ELECTRONIC (<20%) BALLASTS. APPROVED MANUFACTURERS SHALL BE MOTOROLA, ENERGY SAVING INC., OR ROBERTSON. C. LAMPS 1. PROVIDE ALL LAMPS REQUIRED. AT THE CONCLUSION OF THE WORK, EACH FIXTURE MUST BE EQUIPPED WITH THE PROPER NUMBER OF NEW LAMPS OF THE CORRECT SIZE AND TYPE, ALL IN GOOD OPERATING CONDITION. 2. INCANDESCENT LAMPS SHALL BE 130 VOLT ONLY. 3. FLUORESCENT LAMPS SHALL BE T-8, SP35 MEDIUM BI-PIN LAMPS WITH A CRI-85 TRI-PHOSPHOR COATING. APPROVED FLUORESCENT LAMP MANUFACTURERS SHALL BE G.E., PHILIPS, OR OSRAM/SYLVANIA. D. WHERE LIGHTING FIXTURES ARE INSTALLED IN LAY -IN CEILINGS, EACH FIXTURE SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH CLIPS (4 REQUIRED) OR EQUIVALENT MEANS TO PREVENT THE ACCIDENTAL DISENGAGEMENT OF THE FIXTURE FROM THE CEILING SUPPORT OR "T-BAR". IN ADDITION, ALL FLUORESCENT LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL BE SUPPORTED AT EACH CORNER WITH FOUR (4) #12 AWG GALVANIZED STEEL WIRES AND SECURED TO THE BUILDING STRUCTURE IN ACCORDANCE WITH N.E.C. REQUIREMENTS. A. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: COMPLY WITH TIA/EIA-568-B.1 B. COMPLY WITH NFPA 70, "NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE." C. COMPLY WITH THE TIA-EIA-569-A, "COMMERCIAL BUILDING STANDARD FOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS PATHWAYS AND SPACES." D. COMPLY WITH ANSI-J-STD-607-A, "COMMERCIAL BUILDING GROUNDING (EARTHING) AND BONDING REQUIREMENTS FOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS." E. COORDINATE LAYOUT AND INSTALLATION OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS PATHWAYS AND CABLING WITH TENANTS TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND LAN EQUIPMENT AND SERVICE SUPPLIERS. F. COORDINATE TELECOMMUNICATIONS OUTLET/CONNECTOR LOCATIONS WITH LOCATION OF POWER RECEPTACLES AS EACH WORK AREA. G. CABLE SUPPORT: NRTL LABELED FOR SUPPORT OF CATEGORY 6 CABLING, DESIGNED TO PREVENT DEGRADATION OF CABLE PERFORMANCE AND PINCH POINTS THAT COULD DAMAGE CABLE. H. CONDUIT AND BOXES: SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 2" W X 3" H X 2-1/2" DEEP. I. BACKBOARDS SHALL BE 3/4" X 48" X 96" WITH TWO (2) COATS OF GRAY FIRE -RETARDANT PAINT ON ALL SIDES AND EDGES AND SHALL BE MOUNTED VERTICALLY. J. ALL COMMUNICATION CABLING SHALL BE CATEGORY 5E, PLENUM RATED, AND MANUFACTURED BY WEST PENN, OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. K. ALL COMMUNICATION CABLES ROUTED IN UNFINISHED SPACES ALONG WALLS SHALL BE ROUTED IN EXPOSED CONDUIT. ALL COMMUNICATION CABLING ROUTED IN UNFINISHED SPACES ALONG CEILINGS SHALL BE SUPPORTED WITH CABLE SUPPORTS SUCH AS J-HOOKS A MINIMUM OF 4'-0" ON CENTER. L. ALL COMMUNICATION CONDUITS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH RADIUS ELBOWS SIZE AS RECOMMENDED BY CABLING MANUFACTURER TO ENSURE THAT CABLING INSULATION IS NOT DAMAGED DURING INSTALLATION. M. ALL COMMUNICATION CABLING INSTALLED IN FINISHED SPACES WITH EXPOSED CEILING STRUCTURE SHALL BE ROUTED IN CONDUIT AND CONCEALED IN NEW WALL CONSTRUCTION. ALL COMMUNICATION CONDUITS ROUTED ALONG CEILING STRUCTURE SHALL BE INSTALLED AT 4" MINIMUM FROM CEILING, SUPPORTED EVERY 6-0" AND SHALL BE ROUTED PARALLEL OR PERPENDICULAR TO WALLS. N. ALL COMMUNICATION CABLING INSTALLED IN FINISHED SPACES WITH LAY -IN CEILINGS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CONDUIT AND CONCEALED IN NEW WALL CONSTRUCTION AND STUBBED ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING. SUPPORT EVERY 4'-0" MAXIMUM WITH J-HOOKS OR OTHER METHOD TYPICALLY USED AS AN INDUSTRY STANDARD. O. PROVIDE PLASTIC BUSHING ON EACH END OF CONDUIT RUN. P. SURFACE RACEWAY SHALL ONLY BE PERMITTED TO BE INSTALLED IN FINISHED AREAS IF SPECIFICALLY APPROVED BY ARCHITECT IN ADVANCE OF COMMENCING WORK. Q. IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS SHALL COMPLY WITH TIA/EIA 606-a, AND SHALL MEET UL 969 FOR LABELING MATERIALS, INCLUDING LABEL STOCKS, LAMINATING ADHESIVES, AND INKS USED BY LABEL PRINTERS. R. PROVIDE MACHINE PRINTED ADHESIVE TAPE LABEL ON EACH END OF COMMUNICATION CABLE WITH IDENTIFICATION TAGGING REQUIRED BY TENANT. LABELS SHALL BE PRINTED WITH PRINTING AREA AND TYPE COLOR THAT IS CONTRASTING WITH CABLE JACKET COLOR, BUT STILL COMPLYING WITH TIVEIA-606-A. S. PROVIDE SINGLE -GANG DEEP BACKBOX AT ALL WALL PHONE DEVICE LOCATIONS AND ROUTE 3/4" CONDUIT BACK TO SOURCE. T. PROVIDE TWO -GANG DEEP BACKBOX AT ALL OTHER DATA OUTLET BACKBOXES AND ROUTE 1" MINIMUM CONDUIT TO EACH. U. INSTALLATION OF CABLES SHALL COMPLY WITH TIA-EIA-B.1 AND TIA/EIA-568.B.2. V. PROVIDE COMMUNICATION OUTLETS AS DIRECTED BY TENANT (SUCH AS OUTLETS WITH RJ45 CONFIGURATION) WITH ASSOCIATED FACEPLATES. PROVIDE TERMINATIONS REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH BICSI ITSIM, CH. 6, "CABLE TERMINATION PRACTICES." W. CONSOLIDATION POINTS FOR CABLING MAY BE USED ONLY FOR MAKING A DIRECT CONNECTION TO TELECOMMUNICATIONS OUTLET/CONNECTORS. X. TERMINATE CONDUCTORS; NO CABLE SHALL CONTAIN UNTERMINATED ELEMENTS. MAKE TERMINATIONS ONLY AT INDICATED OUTLETS, TERMINALS, AND CROSS -CONNECT AND PATCH PANELS. Y. CABLES MAY NOT BE SPLICED. SECURE AND SUPPORT CABLES AT INTERVALS NOT EXCEEDING 30" AND NOT MORE THAN 6" FROM CABINETS, BOXES, FITTINGS, OUTLETS, RACKS, FRAMES, AND TERMINALS. Z. AFTER COMPLETION OF ALL COMMUNICATION CABLING, CONTRACTOR SHALL CONDUCT ALL TESTING REQUIRED AND SHALL RECORD RESULTS OF THE TEST AND PROVIDE TO TENANT FOR FUTURE REFERENCE. ANY DEFICIENCIES FOUND SHALL BE RECORDED AND ANY CORRECTIVE MEASURES COMPLETED SHALL ALSO BE NOTED ON THE REPORT. AA. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL OUTLETS WITH CONFIGURATIONS AS SELECTED BY TENANT. ALL OUTLETS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH MATCHING FACEPLATES AND PROPER ICON IDENTIFICATION TABS FOR FACEPLATES. 1--lo kam� ENTECH ENGINEERING INC. 5301 VIRGINIA WAY SUITE 140 BRENTWOOD, TN 37027 v. 615.373.2640 f. 615.373.4837 email®entechtn.com entechtn.com _O H a_ U) W W H Q W WAN 2R�PF a WE Or '•.. UL•• 3115119 N LLo M _J J ~�J _ _ W �- N= w N U) J z Q0 U�- I..L Q �0 ULL Wv W m W ISSUED FOR: PERMIT 03.14.19 BID 03.14.19 CONSTRUCTION - REVIEW SET - PROJECT MANAGER DESIGNER JOB NO. 18390 ES1 mO CODED NOTES ® MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL CONNECTION SCHEDULE 1. POWER FOR AUTOMATIC DOOR (15A, 120, 1 4)). E.C. SHALL VERIFY AND PROVIDE 17. STOREFRONT SIGN, FRONT AND REAR: POWER FOR STOREFRONT SIGN (120V, 44. HAND DRYER. E.C. SHALL COORDINATE POWER AND MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS CONNECTION WIRING AND CONNECT AS REQUIRED. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF JUNCTION 10). COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION(S) AND CONNECTION(S) WITH SIGN WITH MANUFACTURER SPECIFICATIONS. BOX WITH MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS. PROVIDER. E.C. SHALL MOUNT J-BOX AS DIRECTED BY SIGN VENDOR. J-BOX 45. PROVIDE INTERMATIC E1200 SERIES ELECTRONIC WALL TIMER AT CASHWRAP 2. FISH/ANIMAL POWER RECEPTACLES. LOCATE PER MANUFACTURERS LAYOUT. SHALL BE FLUSH MOUNT AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE WITH PET SUPPLIES CLOSEST TO DOOR FOR CONTROL OF DRYER FOR PUBLIC PET WASH SYSTEM. VOLTAGE O CIRCUIT PROVIDE GFI BREAKER. GRAPHICS. JUNCTION BOX SHALL BE LOCATED WITHIN 5'-0" OF SIGN POWER CONNECT AS REQUIRED. TYPICAL FOR (3) TIMERS. O DESCRIPTION AND MCA HP/ H CONDUIT AND WIRE CIRCUIT STARTER c� PANEL BREAKER DISC. SWITCH NOTES 3. MOUNT SWITCHES AT 44" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM OF SWITCHBANK. LABEL SWITCHES. JUNCTION BOX. ROUTE POWER WIRING THROUGH LIGHTING CONTACTOR. 46. VOLUME CONTROL FOR MUSIC SYSTEM FOR SALES. PHASE WATT Z SIZE NO. SIZE SIZE SWITCHES ARE AS INDICATED ON THE LIGHTING CONTROL DIAGRAM ON SHEET COORDINATE EXACT POWER REQUIREMENTS & LOCATION WITH G.C. & SIGN 47. SECURITY VIEWING MONITOR 0 Z E3.0. INSTALLER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. O 4. MOUNT TIME CLOCK AND CONTACTORS ON BACKBOARD AT LOCATION SHOWN. 18. EMPLOYEE TIMECLOCK (120V, 10). FIELD VERIFY WITH TENANT EXACT LOCATION 5. LOCATION OF REMOTE TEST STATION INSTALLED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 30 3 1 480V-7.1 - 3#6, 1"C. H-A 1,3,5 40A/3P INTEGRAL - 1,2,3,6 AND WIRED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. SEE TEST STATION/DUCT DETECTOR 19. DUCT TYPE SMOKE DETECTOR IN RETURN AIR DUCT OF UNIT BY MC. A RTU-, 1#10 (G ) WIRING DIAGRAM FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH MC. REMOTE TEST SWITCH LOCATED IN OFFICE BY B RTU-2 480V-30 37.1 0 3#6, 1#10(G), 1 "C. H-A 7,9,11 40A13P INTEGRAL - 1,2,3,6 6a. MINUS 40 / PSP FREEZER. (7.5FLA, 115V, 1�, 3W) PROVIDE NEMA 5-15P, 115V-1MC. REFER TO TEST STATION/DUCT DETECTOR WIRING DIAGRAM FOR FURTHER RECEPTACLE. WIRING SHALL BE 3#10, 1#10(G), 3/4"C. LOCATE RECEPTACLE PER INFORMATION. CONNECT TO FIRE ALARM SYSTEM AS REQUIRED. C RTU-3 480V/30 21.2 - 0 3#8, 1#10(G), 3/4"C. H-A 2,4,6 25A/3P INTEGRAL - 1,2,3,6 MANUFACTURER CUTSHEET. 20. E.C. SHALL PROVIDE WATERPROOF COVERS FOR ALL RECEPTACLES IN PUBLIC " 6b. MIGALI / NV FREEZER. MODEL C-49FM-HC. (12AMPS, 115/60/1V) PROVIDE PET WASH AREA (TYP). D EXHAUST FAN " EF-1 120V-10 - 100W 2#12, 1#12(G), 3J4n C. A 8 20A/1P INTEGRAL - 1,2,4,5,E NEMA5-15P RECEPTACLE. PROVIDE CODE COMPLIANT WIRING. LOCATE 21. REFER TO LIGHTING PLAN FOR POWER AND CONTROL OF EXHAUST FAN E EXHAUST FAN "EF-2" 120V-10 - 10OW 41 2#12, 1#12(G), 3/4"C. A 8 20A/1 P INTEGRAL - 1,2,4,5,6 RECEPTACLE PER MANUFACTURER CUTSHEET. UNIT. F EXHAUST FAN "EF-3" 120V-10 - .25HP 0 2#12, 1#12(G), 3/4"C. A 26 20A/1 P INTEGRAL - 1,2,3,5,6 7. AQUARIUM LIGHTING RECEPTACLE. LOCATE PER MANUFACTURERS LAYOUT. 22. LOCATION OF THERMOSTATS FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY MECHANICAL ROUTE CIRCUIT THROUGH CONTROL PANEL'CP-1'. PROVIDE 5mA GFI CIRCUIT CONTRACTOR, AND WIRED BY M.C. COORDINATE WITH M.C. 480V-30 - 36KW 40 H-A 8,10,12 1,6,8 BREAKER IN PANEL. 23. RECEPTACLE FOR DRYER. LOCATE ABOVE PET TUB. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL G WATER HEATER "WH-1" 3#6, 1#10(G), 1 "C. 60A/3P 8. NOT USED. DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION. PROVIDE WATERPROOF COVER AND 5mA GFCI BREAKER IN PANEL. 9. PROVIDE ONE (1) 2-EMT CONDUIT (LENGTH AS REQUIRED BASED UPON CEILING 24. PROVIDE DOORBELL AT LOCATION AS DIRECTED BY TENANT AND CONNECT TO HEIGHT) AT CASH WRAP. PROVIDE INNERDUCT (SIZE AS REQUIRED) INSIDE PUSHBUTTON AT EXTERIOR DOOR AS INDICATED ON PLANS. PROVIDE 120V CONDUIT FOR ROUTING OF DATA CABLES. ROUTE CONDUIT TO UNDERSIDE OF WIRING TO CONTROL TRANSFORMER PROVIDED WITH DOORBELL FROM NEAREST CEILING JOISTS. PROVIDE INSULATED BUSHING ON CONDUIT FOR TELECOM GENERAL PURPOSE RECEPTACLE CIRCUIT WITH ADEQUATE CAPACITY. WIRING. SUPPORT CONDUIT AS REQUIRED. COORDINATE TERMINATION AT 25. DELI FRESH COOLER (10.8FLA, 115V, 10). PROVIDE NEMA 5-15P RECEPTACLE, CASHWRAP WITH GC. 120V-10. WIRING SHALL BE 2#12, 1#12 (G), 3/4"C. LOCATE RECEPTACLE PER 1. THE E.C. SHALL VERIFY ALL EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS (VOLTAGE, OVERCURRENT PROTECTION, FUSE SIZES, ETC.) WITH M.C. PRIOR TO PLACING PURCHASE 10. WASHER & DRYER. E.C. SHALL COORDINATE WITH OWNER ON MOUNTING MANUFACTURER CUT SHEET. ORDER FOR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT AND ROUGH -IN. THE E.C. SHALL ALSO BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING ALL CONNECTIONS, DEVICES, SAFETY LOCATIONS & EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. POWER 26. NOT USED. SWITCHES, ETC. LISTED ON THIS SCHEDULE UNLESS NOTED ON THIS SCHEDULE AS BEING PROVIDED BY OTHERS. PROVIDED IS FOR 208V,10 ELECTRIC DRYER, IF DRYER IS GAS PROVIDE (1) 20A, 1P LOW VOLTAGE CODED NOTES O 2. UNIT PROVIDED WITH INTEGRAL STARTER AND/OR DISCONNECT SWITCH. E.C. SHALL BRANCH TO FINAL CONNECTION VIA LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METALLIC C.B. IN LIEU OF 40A/2P C.B, 27. AUTO DEPOSIT MACHINE (120V, 10). PROVIDE RECEPTACLE, JUNCTION BOX AND CONDUIT. 11. VOLUME CONTROL FOR MUSIC SYSTEM FOR GROOMING AND PETWASH. ASSOCIATED 3/4" EMPTY CONDUIT WITH NYLON PULLWIRE BACK TO LOCATION 1 3. ROUTE CONDUIT THRU EQUIPMENT CURB OR PROVIDE SEPARATE ROOT CONDUIT BOOT. COORDINATE WITH M.C. 12. NOT USED. DIRECTED BY TENANT. TENANT TO INSTALL CATEGORY 5E CABLING WHEN • TWO (2) CAT6 DROPS FOR THE GROOMING ROOM PC AND (1) CAT6 FOR 4. CONNECT TO LOCAL LIGHTING CONTROLS FOR FAN SERVICE. EQUIPMENT IS INSTALLED. PHONE SHALL BE RUN TO 24 PORT PATCH PANEL IN THE RACK 5. MULTIPLE ITEMS ARE CONNECTED TO THE SAME CIRCUIT. 28. PROVIDE 120V, 20A/1P TOGGLE SWITCH IN GROOMING ROOM FOR CONTROL OF MOUNTED ON THE TELEPHONE BOARD. 2. TELEPHONE BOARD: 6. ALL CONDUIT PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLS, FLOORS, OR SHAFTS SHALL BE SEALED IN ACCORDANCE WITH WALL TYPE AS SHOWN ON SHEET 13. DOOR CHIME. LOCATE AS REQUIRED PER PET SUPPLIES PLUS. EXHAUST FAN EF-3 FOR GROOMING AREA. PROVIDE 120V, 20A/1P WP TOGGLE A1.0. a. 1 PROVIDE 4 X8 FIRE RETARDANT PAINTED TELEPHONE BOARD 7. PROVIDE 120V TOGGLE SWITCH FOR DISCONNECTING MEANS. 14. PROVIDE RECEPTACLE AT UNIT. MOUNT TO UNIT AS DIRECTED BY SWITCH FOR DISCONNECTING MEANS AT FAN. MOUNTED VERTICALLY. MANUFACTURER' SPECIFICATION. ROUTE CONDUIT THRU EQUIPMENT CURB OR 29. POWER AND DATA FOR COUNTERTOP FAX, PRINTER, SCANNER. 8. PROVIDE 60A-3P 480V DISCONNECT SWITCH FOR DISCONNECTING MEANS. PROVIDE SEPARATE ROOT CONDUIT BOOT. COORDINATE WITH M.C. 30. DEHUMIDIFIER. (3.4FLA, 120V, 10). CORD AND PLUG TYPE CONNECTION. b. (1) QUADRAPLEX RECEPTACLE AT 36 A.F.F. FOR EQUIPMENT. 15. RECEPTACLE FOR STORE FRONT SHOW WINDOW PER N.E.C. #210.62. E.C. SHALL PROVIDE NEMA 5-15P TYPE RECEPTACLE. C. (1)PROVIDE RJ 131 X JACK AND POWER FOR BURGLAR ALARM TO PLUGIN * NOT ALL NOTES MAY APPLY INSTALL WITHIN 18" ABOVE WINDOW. SPACING SHALL BE A MAXIMUM 12'-0" ON 31. NOT USED. WITHIN 2'-0" OF BURGLAR ALARM IF REQUIRED. CENTER. E.C. SHALL RECESS THESE RECEPTACLES AND CONDUIT IN WALLS. SEE d. MOUNT 9U WALL MOUNT RACK (SEE SPEC) ON THE TELEPHONE BOARD ARCHITECTURAL SHEETS FOR LOCATION DETAILS FOR INSTALLATION. 32. MUZAK CONTROLLER. E.0 SHALL PROVIDE 3/4" STUB UP FROM AMPLIFIER AND AND TERMINATE ALL CAT6 CABLES INTO 24 PORT 1 U PATCH PANEL GENERAL NOTES 16. EQUIPMENT SHOWN IS TO BE LOCATED WITHIN OFFICE. DUE TO THE VARIOUS VOLUME CONTROL LOCATIONS TO OPEN CEILING SPACE ABOVE. MOUNTED IN THE TOP 1 U OF THE RACK. LAYOUTS POSSIBLE OF THE SPACE, E.C. SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS 33. BLUEBIRD HANDHELD AND DOCK. 3. (1) CAT 6 DROP FOR EMPLOYEE TIME CLOCK. CABLE SHALL BE RUN TO 1. PAINT ALL EXPOSED CONDUIT DROPS IN SALES AREA. HORIZONTAL RUNS TO BE OF ALL EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN OF ANY POWER WIRING AND 34. CAMERA AND DVD MONITOR. 24 PORT PATCH PANEL IN RACK MOUNTED ON THE TELEPHONE BOARD. P-6 AND VERTICAL RUNS TO BE P-1. COMMUNICATIONS CABLING. 35. UPS FOR CPU (CPU REQUIRES ISOLATED GROUND). 4. TWO (2) CAT6 DROPS MOUNTED IN BISCUITS THAT ARE MOUNTED IN 2. COORDINATE ALL RECEPTACLE LOCATIONS &HEIGHTS WITH EQUIPMENT 36. 20A, 120V TOGGLE SWITCH FOR DRYER. PROVIDE WEATHERPROOF COVER. CEILING IN THE CENTER OF THE STORE. CABLES SHALL BE RUN TO 24 EACH JUNCTION BOX SHALL BE INTERCONNECTED WITH (2) 1" CONDUITS WITH CONNECT TO ASSOCIATED DRYER RECEPTACLE AS REQUIRED. COORDINATE MANUFACTURER CUTSHEETS PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. EXACT LOCATION WITH ARCHITECTURAL PLANS. 5. PROVIDE (2) CAT6 DROPS PER CASH WRAP. CABLES SHALL BE RUN TO PULL STRING. ROUTE THESE CONDUITS WITH PULL STRINGS FROM THE JUNCTION PORT PATCH PANEL IN RACK MOUNTED ON TELEPHONE BOARD. 3. COORDINATE ALL NON -EQUIPMENT RELATED RECEPTACLE LOCATIONS AND BOXES BACK TO TELEPHONE PANEL. VERIFY CONDUIT SIZES AND TERMINATION 37. RECEPTACLE FOR DRYER (120V, 10). COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH 24 PORT PATCH PANEL IN RACK MOUNTED ON TELEPHONE BOARD. HEIGHTS WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. POINTS WITH GC PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. ARCHITECTURAL PLANS AND DETAILS. " 4. ALL RECEPTACLES ARE TO BE MOUNTED AT 18" AFF UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 38. RECEPTACLE FOR BLOW DRYER. (120V/10 MOUNT RECEPTACLE AT 24" AFF. 6. (2) CAT6 DROPS AT 24 A.F.F. CABLES SHALL BE RUN . 24 PORT 5. SUBMIT STORE SECURITY SYSTEM SHOP DRAWINGS TO PSP'S DIRECTOR OF CASH WRAPS AND OFFICE JUNCTION BOXES )• PATCH PANEL IN RACK MOUNTED ON TELEPHONE BOARD. (1) CAT 6 CABLES ARE TO BE RUN FROM EACH JUNCTION BOX GOING TO THE 39. MINI -FRIDGE AND MICROWAVE. (120V,l0). 7. (2) CAT6 DROPS AT 73" A.F.F. CABLES SHALL BE RUN TO 24 PORT LOSS PREVENTION FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL. TELEPHONE BOARD AND TERMINATED ON A 24 PORT PATCH PANEL TO BE 40. TO DRYER SWITCH FOR PUBLIC PET WASH SYSTEM (TYPICAL OF 3). PATCH PANEL IN RACK MOUNTED ON TELEPHONE BOARD. MOUNTED IN THE 9U RACK WHICH WILL BE MOUNTED ON THE TELEPHONE 41. SCISSOR LIFT REMOTE POWER UNIT. (6.5HP,20.3FLA,208V,34)). COORDINATE 8. (4) CAT6 DROPS AT 24" A.F.F. CABLES SHALL BE RUN TO 24 PORT BOARD. (1) CAT 6 FROM EACH CASH WRAP, (1) FROM THE OFFICE AND (1) CIRCUIT BREAKER SIZE WITH MANUFACTURER SPECIFICATIONS PRIOR TO PATCH PANEL IN RACK MOUNTED ON TELEPHONE BOARD. FROM THE GROOMING ROOM TERMINATED ON PORTS 19-24 (TO BE USED ROUGH -IN. CONTROL WIRING AND POWER WIRING SHALL NOT BE ROUTED IN 9. NOT USED. FOR PHONE). SAME CONDUIT. REMOTE POWER UNIT ON SHELF. E.C. SHALL COORDINATE 10. IN THE OFFICE ALL CAT 6 DROPS ARE TO BE TERMINATED INTO THE 24 (2) LOCATIONS IN MIDDLE OF STORE SHOULD HAVE (2) CAT 6 CONNECTIONS CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS WITH MANUFACTURER SPECIFICATIONS. PORT PATCH PANEL AT THE TELEPHONE BOARD LOCATED IN THE BACK RUN TO THE PATCH PANEL AT THE TELEPHONE BOARD. COORDINATE SHELF HEIGHT WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. ROOM. THERE NEEDS TO BE A TOTAL OF (8) CAT 6 DROPS IN THE 42. PROVIDE SECO #SL-126Q/A STROBE LIGHT FOR CUSTOMER NOTIFICATION. (3) MAKE SURE ALL DROPS ARE LABELED CORRECTLY AT THE WALL AND MOUNT AT 72"AFF TO CENTERLINE. PROVIDE ALL WIRING AND CONNECTIONS OFFICE AS SHOWN AND CALLED OUT ON THE INTERIOR OFFICE RL PATCH PANEL. PATCH PANEL ON TELEPHONE BOARD IS SHIELDED 24 PORT REQUIRED FOR ACTIVATION RL STROBE LIGHT BY RECEIVER UPON MOTION ELEVATIONS. ONE OF THESE IS TERMINATED ON PORTS 19-24 ON THE 1U RACK MOUNT CAT 6 PATCH PANEL TO BE MOUNTED AT THE TOP OF THE SENSED WITHIN GROOMING BY CUSTOMER NOTIFICATION OCCUPANCY SENSOR. PATCH PANEL TO BE USED FOR THE PHONE. 9U WALL MOUNT RACK INSTALLED AT THE TELEPHONE BOARD. MAKE (1) 43. MOUNT WIRELESS CUSTOMER NOTIFICATION OCCUPANCY SENSOR AS CAT 6 CONNECTION FROM EACH LOCATION (CASH WRAP, OFFICE, RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER AND AT LOCATION ON WALLAS DIRECTED GROOMING ROOM) TERMINATE ONTO PORTS 19-24 ON THE PATCH PANEL. BY TENANT. ' THESE WILL BE USED FOR PHONE CONNECTIONS. ' ILITY 1 400/3F/WP APPROVED UTILITY DOORBELL DISCONNECT CT CABINET APPROVED TO BELL H LITTON METER AND r--------------------------------- 7-1 I ; TRANSFORMER BASE. 2 ; - FOOD RAMP 47 i� t CIRCUITS OFFICE I I 1 1 r' R c'\�\\c♦! 1[\t 'C\c \1 c!♦1 c\\'C-c Zc♦ • \\c♦ ♦ c\ c Zh!♦ c♦'l ♦ \1 t1! 1c\ZrC\Z n! 1C\'�'C\c l['\!♦1 C'\!C-c♦t (1!♦'\c\!C\cl '\c �C'♦!♦1 S♦! �C\1 [\!♦'l h! Zc\'l T!♦'\C\!♦'1 c,t'C\!♦�[1!\-♦c T♦-\ \'ti c♦!� -\ 'l '.t , c♦1hlTCrl!!'cT♦'t'C[!'c([!'!'c^ccCC'cYT'Ccc�' 'f �-Cw. +""-.. . c {yF-ti j 6 G - 36 u 4` x 31" a4' x 31" 4` x 31"a4' x 3i" 4' x 31"a4' x�3i" 4' x 31"+4' x 3i"' 4' x 31"+4'ax 31" 4' x 31" 4' x 3i" 3-Tt_ rls'.- F e�co, 1{ O�w 24 1, 27 24" �� q I 18 co«z; z, _ RDP �R 3 O F RE PT 14,z; I � Q o ® �) c 1 ( 13 RC' B-35 B-39 B-41 B-45 B-37 B-43 B-49 6�7 A-39 �� _ A L_46 "� ` FM ....r_ - :24 (� SC -.__ �.. _--- 7 t -1 B-51 , f ,� - - - 3 OG O y 4 f 32 73 f r SC �'ao i , - - - I I 01 --- �2 �A�-41 I 2 �' ° �� J' °uzr I i j E4.0 / 24" � I 13 - - Imo [ y 16 1 I A l l �, �- -- x C� ��pp 35 I Ci �,A-23 p jj-��FFIC ?fl E� •M m m m m I -- -Ili - Y `yiC f I i �i I x x x I f 33 29 t I i WP/GF _ r �I 1\ sJ � `, �ti I 1 j _ • � -- '€ 1P? T ' 148 ! f- �' I GRI x x x x x ' jj P tip; _ �4 I d d d �i DI f - i-- - 5 22 - - I 44 _ .- T I -) C9 ci R T T i i i, A-28 11 2 - ►' ' x' x x' x x f " �� e1 8 I • - I i f I �a 39 }<' - -At18 a i 1� i 3 3 V � V t o ''V I I = = I= , _ I i m m in m SMD enco i+ B-48 /' C I"t a - x x x I x x I S El Fj2 ' ,1 d d d d _ I � r� Wp/ _ �__ _ WP/GFI _ I x ADJACENT � ADJACENT C � � ' = = = 00 TENANT 36 ' -20 i x x x j i A f TENANT 42 C _ 1 14 NA- ; 14 A- 3 _ O3 ENLARGED OFFICE POWER PLAN SCALE: 318" =1'-0" cAML= = ,-uI ,) 1 I -' x ' m m l m M I f -i 38 o 00 x x x x) I II a i 23 o 50 E -53 - _ "El TEST DUCT DETECTOR �, v LD G lP- I I x x x, x x ;I i I `x.-- STATION (DH100ACDCLP) �y 3g �, _" 2 " 37 A (SSK451) z; - B - - I 20 _ _ - x f ��,,11 • R I U ° r -'_ I I M M m m m 19" 19" 1� s 19" I 19" El 00 L0 ORMALLY OPEN y Ci -B-296-6 r� 3 1 B-2 j rr �t `v I <r A f FIELD INSTALLED i a 38 �, __ x f JUMPER FOR + ` • 10 " 1 1 f TEMPORAL a 3 _ _ 19 i9 eaA�os f PATTERN 1 �' 1 28 1 0-0 _ -` i ' PVM F 3) 7 2 �, t l =' &1 I B- 1 rO2 I" 20 OS E4.0 5 5 f s ING _ 43 I.G. I.G. = E SC = - 8 44 8-30 B�0 SC I SC YCWI= B-9 Z + -- I B-32,34 O i y 13 1 rn ' I.G. 4510AW :......... B.6 I G) II n. FIELD INSTALLED �� �� t.,:,.. - - - - } 1 .2132� bj I FREE2 I DELI ETSAFE 1 -2 } �1 i 1 / JUMPER r t , 2 r, n t}Z ' , FR AD r e. tiVO08N ��`�it-----,P=----- �c,.cat: c\!c♦c.lc♦!♦zcc.\c.!♦ c\Zc! �c♦!�c♦�c♦c.c\�..�.N l.��\!\� �♦�..r. --- 15----------- ------ -- 15 -- -- - - 15 - -- _a -- --- 2 I as T „ ' _, ___.-__ _-__� �.a,.•\.. I a,.a \.n.•s,au a,��a a.r "a ua,.a L, a,., ..aua..a �aa w..,au a,a a,r� ""`!\ C♦ *cZc\!♦,a`!'C\c♦'t [!!\-♦c`l cOC♦"c a-l�a..J 1 i B -3 A-43w a, B-30 NOTES: i \ ` 1 B-21 B-5 (TIE) 1. DUCT DETECTOR AND TEST STATION IS BASE ON SYSTEM SENSOR. ' 6b 6a ' DUCT DETECTOR (MODEL DH100ACDCLP) 1 1 A-31 1 1 TEST STATION (MODEL SSK451) VIA CP-1 2. WHEN USING THE INTERCONNECT FEATURE, ALL I INTERCONNECTED UNITS MUST BE POWERED WITH THE SAME, INDEPENDENT SUPPLY. _ I r 3. POLARITY MUST BE MAINTAINED THROUGHOUT THE 1 1 ------------ ------------------- - -- -' ----- ------ ----- 7 1u..- 17 1 $ L T - - T - - - -' " - - - .-;.rq' --'- ' " '- - " rr q "- - - "'- ---._.__ --- INTERCONNECTWIRING. CONNECT TERMINAL 12 ON UNIT 1 TO �. �1________ _ _______C1- 1______ ________________r•�_ 1_ �� ... __ _____________________________ ___________________________________________________-___________________f _._.J_______________________________________________7-� :. '______________________t_______________________________, ____________-__.1---------------------- r.-.:...1__________________________________________________________-___________ TERMINAL 12 ON UNIT 2 AND SO ON. SIMILARLY, CONNECT r a TERMINAL 1 ON UNIT 1 TO TERMINAL 1 ON UNIT 2 AND SO ON. 4. UP TO 10 UNITS MAY BE INTERCONNECTED. i _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .a _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - _ - - - _ _ _ - _ - _ - - - .t - - - - - - - - _ - - - - - _ - -. - - _ - - - _ - - _ - -.- - - - - - - - - _ _ _ _ - _ - - - - - - - - _ ,.... ,.,, .» _ 02 TEST STATION/DUCT DETECTOR WIRING 01 POWER PLAN SCALE: N.T.S. DIAGRAM ENTECH ENGINEERING INC. 5301 VIRGINIA WAY SUITE 140 BRENTWOOD, TN 37027 v. 615.3 73.2 640 1. 615.3 73.483 7 emai[Gentechtn.com entechtn.com f4 E I� Vy m ^ GO r r N M E Q4Q ox JC4N'�Q E " C4 � N b r Z d ii � m O co W 0 W Q W ■ ■ ■ • i RA7! Cr AL., moo • 3/15J19 a CV 14, Lo M a W�- N= a- � N ISSUED FOR: PERMIT 03.14.19 BID 03.14.19 CONSTRUCTION REVIEW SET - PROJECT MANAGER DESIGNER JOB NO. 18390 El 00 LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE GENERAL NOTES CODED NOTES TYPE DESCRIPTION MOUNTING LAMPS FIXTURE VA VOLTS MANUFACTURER CATALOG NO. A. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. 1. PROVIDE A WALL BOX MOTION SENSOR AT 44" A.F.F. FOR CONTROL OF P6 LIGHT B. ALL EXIT SIGNS TO HAVE RED LETTERS WITH 6" x 3/4" LETTERS AND 90 FIXTURE, WattStopper #DW-100-24 DUAL TECHNOLOGY OR APPROVED EQUAL. E.C. 8' LED STRIP FIXTURE, ONE (1) MVOLT LED DRIVER, MINUTES OF BATTERY BACKUP. SHALL INTERLOCK EXHAUST FANS TO SWITCH TO OPERATE FAN WHILE OCCUPIED. P1 SUSPENDED FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE (AIRCRAFT AIRCRAFT LED 45 120-277 AttainLED AT-STRP-8-45-40K-LL C. CONFIRM ALL FIXTURE VOLTAGES WITH CIRCUITING ON PLAN. PROVIDE 2. ALL EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNITS AND INTERIOR LED LIGHT FIXTURES (LOCATED CABLE). COORDINATE WITH SHEET A3.0 AND INTERIOR CABLE UNIVERSAL DRIVER IF AVAILABLE AND WIRED FOR 120V OPERATION FROM OUTSIDE OF SALES AREA) PROVIDED WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY BALLASTS FOR ELEVATIONS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT. FACTORY IF NOT INDICATED OTHERWISE ON THE LIGHTING FIXTURE EMERGENCY EGRESS LIGHTING SHALL BE FED FROM THE LIGHTING CIRCUIT 8' LED STRIP FIXTURE, ONE (1) MVOLT LED DRIVER, EM SCHEDULEIOR LIGHTING FLOOR PLANS. WITHIN ROOM AND CONNECTED AHEAD OF ALL LOCAL CONTROLS. BATTERY BACKUP, SUSPENDED FROM STRUCTURE AIRCRAFT D. MANUFACTURER TO VERIFY FIXTURE CATALOG NUMBER WITH THE 3. EMERGENCY NIGHT LIGHT EXIT CIRCUIT (SALES AREA): P1-EM ABOVE (AIRCRAFT CABLE). COORDINATE WITH SHEET CABLE LED 45 120-277 AttainLED AT-STRP4"5-40K-LL-EM DESCRIPTION OF THE FIXTURE AND CIRCUITING ON THE PLANS. (1) FIXTURE TO BE SERVED BY UNSWITCHED CIRCUIT TO PROVIDE CONTINUOUS A3.0 AND INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT E. WHERE'EM' IS SHOWN ADJACENT TO A LIGHT FIXTURE ON THE LIGHTING PLAN, EGRESS AND EMERGENCY ILLUMINATION PER N.E.C. 700-12(A) AND LIFE SAFETY IT INDICATES THAT THE FIXTURE IS TO HAVE A FACTORY INSTALLED LED CODE. WIRE TO BE #10 AWG THROUGHOUT. (TYP). LED STRIP FIXTURE, ONE MLED DRIVER, EMERGENCY BATTERY DRIVER. DRIVER SHALL BE IOTA #ILB-CP10. 4. WATT STOPPER #WPIR PASSIVE INFRARED SENSOR AND POWER PACK #BZ150 SBOVE (AIRCRAFT SUSPENDED FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE AIRCRAFT F. 'NU INDICATES THAT FIXTURE IS CONNECTED TO AN UNSWITCHED CIRCUIT (CONTRACTOR MUST LOCATE AND INSTALL PER WATT STOPPER'S P2 CABLE). COORDINATE WITH SHEET A3.0 AND INTERIOR CABLE LED 45 120-277 AttainLED AT-STRP4"5-40K-LL FOR NIGHT -LIGHT ILLUMINATION. SPECIFICATIONS). ELEVATIONS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT. G. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL SET FOR RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE FOR 5. LIGHTS TO BE SURFACE MOUNTED IN THIS ROOM. LIGHTING. 4' LED STRIP FIXTURE, ONE (1) MVOLT LED DRIVER, H. REFER TO MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR PROPER INSTALLATION SUSPENDED FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE (AIRCRAFT AIRCRAFT OF SUSPENDED OR SURFACE MOUNTED LED FIXTURES. P3 CABLE). COORDINATE WITH SHEET A3.0 AND INTERIOR CABLE LED 40 120-277 AttainLED AT-STRP-4-40-40K-LL I. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS REGARDING CEILING CONSTRUCTION (AS ELEVATIONS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT. APPLICABLE) FOR SPECIFIC DIRECTIVES ASSOCIATED WITH INSTALLATION/SUPPORT OF NEW LIGHTING FIXTURES IDENTIFIED THEREIN, 8' WET LOCATION LED FIXTURE, HIGH IMPACT ACRYLIC J. PROVIDE SUPPORT WIRES FROM STRUCTURE FROM A MINIMUM OF TWO (2) LENS, ONE (1) MVOLT LED DRIVER, SUSPENDED FROM AIRCRAFT TEXAS OPPOSING CORNERS OF EACH SUSPENDED FIXTURE OR STRIP LED FIXTURES GENERAL NOTES P4 STRUCTURE ABOVE (AIRCRAFT CABLE). COORDINATE CABLE LED 97 120-277 FLUORESCENTS CITE96LRFS97W9600LLBDMV40K BEING SUPPORTED BY THE STRUCTURE AND BEING ALIGNED WITH T-GRID WITH SHEET A3.0 AND INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR WITH MANUFACTURER -PROVIDED SURFACE MOUNT HANGER. MOUNTING HEIGHT. K. FIELD VERIFY CEILING TYPES AND DETERMINE PROPER MOUNTING HARDWARE 8' WET LOCATION LED FIXTURE, HIGH IMPACT ACRYLIC SURFACE TEXAS PRIOR TO ORDERING FIXTURES. 1. ALL SWITCHES TO BE MOUNTED AT 44" AFF UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. S4 LENS, ONE (1) MVOLT LED DRIVER. SURFACE MOUNTED. MOUNT LED 97 120-277 FLUORESCENTS CITE96LRFS97W9600LLBDMV40K L. ALL EXIT SIGNS, NIGHTLIGHTS, AND EMERGENCY EGRESS LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL BE WIRED AHEAD OF LOCAL SWITCHES TO REMAIN ENERGIZED. 4' WET LOCATION LED FIXTURE, HIGH IMPACT ACRYLIC M. PROVIDE LOCAL DISCONNECTING MEANS FOR INDOOR LED LUMINAIRES LENS, ONE (1) MVOLT LED DRIVER, SUSPENDED FROM AIRCRAFT TEXAS WHICH CONTAIN DRIVERS, USE DOUBLE -ENDED LAMPS, AND BE SERVICED IN P5 STRUCTURE ABOVE (AIRCRAFT CABLE). COORDINATE CABLE LED 72 120-277 FLUORESCENTS CITE48LRFH72W7200LLBDMV40K PLACE PER 2011 NEC 410.130 (G). WITH SHEET A3.0 AND INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR N. REFER TO SHEET A3.0 FOR ADDITIONAL CEILING INFORMATION. MOUNTING HEIGHT. O. LIGHTS IN THE GROOMING, BATHING, HOLDING, PUBLIC PET WASH AREAS AND THE AQUARIUMS ARE TO BE ROUTED THROUGH THE LIGHTING CONTACTOR. P6 24" LED BATHROOM VANITY LIGHT MOUNT LED 20 120-277 FLUORESCENTS BKRMW24LH2OWl800LDMV40K SEE SHEET E3.0 FOR DETAILS. THESE LIGHTS ARE TO REMAIN ON DURING BUSINESS HOURS. COORDINATE ALL PROGRAMMING WITH PET SUPPLIES PLUS. 8' LED STRIP FIXTURE, ONE (1) MVOLT LED DRIVER, P. NOT ALL FIXTURES MAY BE USED. S1 SUSPENDED FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE (AIRCRAFT SURFACE LED 45 120-277 AttainLED AT-STRP-8-45-40K-LL Q. CEILING, LIGHTING, ETC. SUPPORTING SYSTEMS SHALL ATTACH TO CABLE). COORDINATE WITH SHEET A3.0 AND INTERIOR MOUNT STRUCTURAL MEMBERS ONLY, ARE NOT PERMITTED TO BE ATTACHED TO ELEVATIONS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT. ROOF DECKING, BRIDGING OR WIND BRACING, AND SHALL COMPLY WITH SEISMIC ZONING BRACING REQUIREMENTS. DESIGN OF THE SUPPORTING S2 4' LED WRAPAROUND, ACRYLIC PRISMATIC DIFFUSER, SURFACE LED 48 120-277 TEXAS 207A248F48W4800LDMV40K SYSTEM IS TO FOLLOW THE MANUFACTURERS INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS ONE MVOLT LED DRIVER. SURFACE MOUNT. MOUNT FLUORESCENTS AND IS THE CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY. R. ANY EXISTING CEILING ITEMS THAT ARE TO REMAIN IN OPERATION (FOR EXAMPLE: 4' WET LOCATION LED, HIGH IMPACT ACRYLIC LENS, SURFACE TEXAS EXISTING GENERAL PIPING, EXISTING CONDUITS, OR ANY OTHER EXISTING BUILDING S3 ONE MVOLT LED DRIVER. MOUNT LED 72 120-277 FLUORESCENTS CITE48LRFH72W7200LLBDMV40K SYSTEM ELEMENTS ARE TO BE RAISED AS REQUIRED FOR LIGHT FIXTURE INSTALLATION. G.C. TO COORDINATE AS REQUIRED. EXTERIOR HEADS FOR EMERGENCY EXIT DISCHARGE 8" ABOVE (2) INTEGRAL RH LIGHTING, POWERED FROM FIXTURE EX2. DOOR I 9.6V LED 2 9.6 BEST LIGHTING RHLED2-WP-CXTE REMOTE HEADS J FULL CUT-OFF L.E.D. WALLPACK WITH INTEGRAL SURFACE LED 120-277 BEST LIGHTING LEDWPCA30W-4K o PHOTOCELL AND DARK BRONZE FINISH. MOUNT TWO (2) EM1 EMERGENCY BATTERY LIGHTING UNIT WITH 2 LAMP WALL INTEGRAL 2 120-277 BEST LIGHTING LEDR1 lotHEADS, TEST BUTTON 7'-0" AFF LED HEADS LED EXIT SIGN RED LETTERS & WHITE FACE, UNIVERSAL MOUNT, SHADED PORTION OF SYMBOL INDICATES PROVIDED EX1 QUANTITY AND ORIENTATION OF FACE(S). REFER TO PER PLAN 3.8 120-277 BEST LIGHTING EZTXTEUI RWEM ® LIGHTING FLOOR PLANS FOR QUANTITY OF FACES AND WITH UNIT CHEVRONS (DIRECTIONAL ARROWS) REQUIRED. LED EXIT SIGN EM COMBO RED LETTER WHITE FACE, 2 (2) INTEGRAL EX2 LAMP HEADS. FIXTURE BATTERY SHALL HAVE REMOTE PER PLAN 1W LED 3.8 120-277 BEST LIGHTING LEDCXTEU2RWRC-HL ® CAPACITY TO POWER EXIT DISCHARGE FIXTURE "RH". HEADS € € €, € WOOD RAMP (RKlI rl <\Z C\<♦'\[\: < 1h rlr\'< < <\-\h<hr\'\h<\-lh«�C\t r\< Zh<\1C Zr\C\'l h< 1r\<hr\�h< ZC\<'C\h'CC\<\-\r\<t'�h-[r\�\-lr\<.C�h-['Cl r�<r\<\1 h'[`f'lf\\C1< 1C'�'C'C\h'[C�<\R r\<rir\'i \'\C\'l'C\<\'\c'C 1r\'<'Cc \'l r\� 1c 1r< 1h 4 I EX2 €` C B-18y P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 1 A, I I I FE B-� P1 P1 P1 NUEIA NUEM B 20 ' "+ P1 B-28M P1 P1 P1 B-28 1 P2 1P2 P1 pi EM — P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 B-16 , , �I ! I € d € ,1 C; a€ _ P2 i �.ri � � P1 P1 €' € €� € I i • EM "+ �€ ` — —�— —� ! 3 P1 O NUEM Pt P1 NUEM NUEM B-14 € p € d BACK I. _ P1 (NP•) B-28 P1 P1 P1 B-28 P1 P1 P1 B-28 P1 , �y € ROOMG , r tia; P1 P1 € E -l. SALES ' 1_�. l !r ! , ADJACENT C� �T"�� \�,� �/ f ` }.� 1 _. I 10 ADJACENT "+ TENANT H/l WH E P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 € TENANT ii ♦ 1 P1 € C1 PI i ,i I EM , € 13 C €0= _ ;l — — _ P1 P1 P1 € d P1 ! P1 NUEM B-28 Pi Pi Pi NUEM NUEM B-12 B-28 P1 Pi Pi B-28 P1 , € P1 i a I €€ ll wrk 1 _h ` — P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 i Pi Pl tiii >cn I I B-22 C r I P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 �s �� GROG NG ti _ 5 I I P1 NUEM I I P1 € _ Pi NUEM I _ ` ` NUEM P1 B-28 P1 P1 € P1 B-28 P1 € P1r P1 B-28 P1 EM ' _ _ _ P1 — r - - - € EX2 ' , � � E - - - - - - - - - - '- - - - - - - - - -c\-\c.�c\<cc�\r.<-\cw<+-r\�c -------- ----- 1 I € PAINT ALL EXPOSED CONDUIT DROPS IN I SALES AREA. HORIZONTAL RUNS TO BE I € I € I € P-6 AND VERTICAL RUNS TO BE P-1. �� i ;..:..., -- 1 -- I I 1 i --------------------------------�------------ ---------------------------------------------------------- -I------------------------------- -------------- ------------------------------------------- ------------------ ---------------------- --------------------------------------------------- ----------a-------- ------------4-------------------------------}-------------------------------------------__------------r------------------ 01 LIGHTING PLAN i SCALE: 1/8" = V-0" ke= ENTECH ENGINEERING INC. 5301 VIRGINIA WAY SUITE 140 BRENTWOOD, TN 37027 v. 615.373.2640 1. 615.373.4837 emaileentechm.com entechtn.com 0 • r" ^ = 1) N Li o E z1='0b N � a. L O I— IZ U) W 0 W f— Q 0 W fY RA7! • ;• ••.pR10.•lb '••***name •♦ 3�1519 a N J LO CM a LL CL ~WOO J n- rY N = a- � N 0 Z Z �Z V J ISSUED FOR: PERMIT 03.14.19 BID 03.14.19 CONSTRUCTION - REVIEW SET - PROJECT MANAGER DESIGNER JOB NO. 18390 E2mO PANEL SCHEDULE NOTES: 1. CIRCUIT SHALL HAVE LOCK ON TAB. 7/16" HIGH LETTERS (TYP) NOTE: *REFER TO LIGHTING CONTROL DIAGRAM FOR A. TIMECLOCK SHALL BE TORK DIGITAL SERIES MODEL CIRCUITS TO BE ROUTED THROUGH EW101 OR APPROVED EQUAL. CONTACTORS 2 HOUR TIMED B. CONTACTORS SHALL BE ELECTRICALLY HELD OVERRIDE SWITCH SQUARE D MODEL 8903 WITH POLE QUANTITIES AS (VERIFY LOCATION) INDICATED. INSTALL IN NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE. (CLOSES Cl, C2 C. PHOTOCELL SHALL BE TORK MODEL 2001WITH 1/2" EQ IPMENT DESIGNATION ANDC3) STEM AND SWIVEL. T1 ® SYSTEM VOLTAGE ® o Cl H M B-12 SALES LTG SPARE SPARE B-14 SALES LTG FED FROM PANEL 'X' - -SALES LTG B-18 SALES LTG B-20 SALES LTG SPARE SPARE T2 B-22 SALES LTG 0'.4" M C2 NOTES: SALES LTG B-45 AQUARIUM LTG 1. PROVIDE LAMOCOID NAMEPLATE ENGRAVED WITH WHITE LETTERS. 120V, CKT. A-12 B-47 AQUARIUM LTG SPARE SPARE 2. NAMEPLATE SHALL BE THE FOLLOWING COLORS: BLACK - NORMAL POWER ON 208/120 VOLT SYSTEM 3. SECURE NAMEPLATE TO EQUIPMENT WITH TWO SHEET METAL 1 C3 SCREWS. PHOTOCELL MOUNTED A-31 STORE FRONT SIGN (FRONT) 4. PROVIDE A NAMEPLATE FOR EVERY MAJOR ELECTRICAL DEVICE OR ON ROOF WITH SPARE SPARE SENSOR FACING SPARE SPARE ELECTRICAL CONTROLS SUCH AS: SWITCHBOARDS, DISTRIBUTION NORTH SPARE SPARE PANELS, PANELBOARDS, LIGHTING CONTROL PANELS, STARTERS, iN DISCONNECT SWITCHES, ETC. (AS APPLICABLE). 5. REFER TO ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER DESCRIPTION. 6. EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION I. F" -PUMP BOARD CONTROL PANEL 'CP-1' CONTROL DIAGRAM ORTYPE OF EQUIPMENT NTT BE SERVED (I.E. PANEL^LPA CWP-1"). SCALE- NONE 7. SYSTEM VOLTAGE SHALL INDICATE VOLTAGE AND PHASE SUCH AS: 208/120V,30, 208V,10, ETC. 8. THE THIRD LINE OF TEXT SHALL INDICATE UPSTREAM POWER SOURCE IDENTIFIED BY ITS NAME, SUCH AS "TRANSFORMER T1", PANEL "LPA", ETC. 04 LIGHTING CONTROL DIAGRAM SCALE: N.T.S. NOTE: 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD AND BUILDINGS MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL, AND DETERMINE IN FIELD IF SERVICE ENTRANCE GROUND IS LOCATED IN "MAIN DISCONNECT" OR IF SERVICE ENTRANCE GROUND MUST ORIGINATE IN PANEL'H-A'. PROVIDE GROUNDING AS REQUIRED PER NEC AND LOCAL JURISDICTION. 2. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATION WITH LANDLORD FOR MULTI -TENANT METER BANK LOCATION, AND ROUTING OF FEEDERS FROM LOCATION TO SPACE INDICATED HEREIN. REPORT 06 NAMEPLATE DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. ANY DISCREPANCIES TO ENGINEER PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. CONTRACTOR SHALL DETERMINE AND PROVIDE MAXIMUM DEMAND LOAD OF LANDLORDS SYSTEM TO LOCAL JURISDICTION AND VERIFY NO OVERLOADS ON DOWNSTREAM PANELS OR FEEDERS BEFORE START OF WORK. 05 NOT USED SCALE: N.T.S. 3#2/0,1#6(G),2"C. 4#500kcmil, #3(G), 1#3(IG), 4"C PROVIDE 175A/3P CIRCUIT BREAKER LANDLORD IS RESPONSIBLE IN PANEL'H-A'. FOR PROVIDING SERVICE TO PANEL'H-A'. PROVIDED SERVICE SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 480/277 MOUNTED ON VOLTS, 3�, 400 AMPS. PLATFORM CIRCUIT BREAKER ABOVE PANELBOARD XFMR ENCLOSURE UTILITY APPROVED GND PROVIDE COPPER GROUNDING GROUND CT CABINET/METER PER PER NEC BUS AND INSTALL IN SERVICE WIREWAY IN ACCORDANCE WITH 2 (TYPICAL) COORDINATE ALL N.E.C. ARTICLE #250. NEUTRAL REQUIREMENTS WITH THE 112.5KVA WIREWAY LOCAL POWER COMPANY. 480V-3t -3W PRI EQUIP. GND. BUS 208Y/120V-3f-4W INCOMING CONDUIT GROUND (TYPICAL OF 3) 3 SEC — O 4#3/0, 1#6(G), 1#6(IG), 3"C. 4#500MCM, 5 1#3(G),1#3(IG) , EQUIP. GND. BUS VERIFY EXISTING GROUNDING SYSTEM IS COMPLIANT 40OA/3F PANEL'H-A' 3 1/2"C. PANEL'A' PANEL'B' WITH LATEST EDITION OF THE N.E.C. AS SHOWN AND 480/277V 4 NOTED HERE. INFORM CONSTRUCTION MANAGER & 30, 4W UNDERGROUND METAL WATER ENGINEER OF ANY DEFICIENCIES. NEMA 3R 400A 208Y/120V 208Y/120V LINE IN DIRECT CONTACT WITH 1 MAIN 480/277V 3�-4W 3�-4W EARTH FOR AT LEAST 10'. SERVICE 30, 4W 400/3 225A SERVICE GROUNDING SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM NOTES: DISCONNEC M.C.B. MCB MLO O THE GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTORS SHALL BE SOURCE M SIZED PER TABLE 250-66 OF THE NEC. MINIMUM #110 CU. PROVIDE NEUTRAUGROUND O GROUND CONDUCTORS TO OTHER POINTS AND BONDING, IF REQUIRED. GROUNDING JUMPER EQUIPMENT, AS REQUIRED BY NEC ARTICLE 250. VERIFY SERVICE GROUND AROUND METER AND LOCATION IN FIELD. ANY NON-METALLIC PIPE O SERVICE ENTRANCE CONDUCTORS WITH GROUNDED SECTIONS (TYPICAL) (NEUTRAL) CONDUCTOR AND EQUIPMENT 480/277V OPTION PROVIDE DRIVEN GROUND(S) EFFECTIVELY O LOCATION OF PERMITTED CONNECTION POINT FOR ROD WITH A MINIMUM OF GROUNDED BUILDING INTERSYSTEM BONDING AND GROUNDING CONDUCTOR IN 10'-0" OF COVER STEEL COLUMN ACCORDANCE WITH N.E.C. ARTICLE #250.94. PROVIDE TERMINAL, BONDING BAR, ETC. LISTED FOR USE AS GROUNDING AND BONDING EQUIPMENT. SERVICE GROUNDING SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM GROUND PER NEC NO SCALE O GROUND CONDUCTOR(S) TO ALL OTHER SYSTEMS PER _ ARTICLE 250. N.E.C.250. 4#500MCM, 3 1/2"C. TO UTILITY TRANSFORMER. COORDINATE ALL REQUIREMENTS WITH THE LOCAL POWER COMPANY. 03 NOT USED SCALE: N.T.S. 02 SERVICE GROUNDING SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM SCALE: N.T.S. 01 SINGLE LINE POWER RISER DIAGRAM SCALE: N.T.S. ENTECH ENGINEERING INC. 5301 VIRGINIA WAY SUITE 140 BRENTWOOD, TN 37027 v. 615.3 73.2 640 1. 615.3 73.483 7 email®entechtn.com entechtn.com O H a U U) w a w Q 0 ; w I I I I I I I I I I •'�t�►AN. m►�e cr • !� :� ••�''•MOR10. '• • Room Ross •• 3�15J� >9 a N _j i ch QWJ j< Q W ~wD W� JUG N a W Cn z W Q N ISSUED FOR: PERMIT 03.14.19 BID 03.14.19 CONSTRUCTION - REVIEW SET - PROJECT MANAGER DESIGNER JOB NO. 18390 E3mO 14 I" GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS CABLING & TERMINATION REQUIREMENTS MATRIX 1. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT AND EXAMINE CAREFULLY THE AREAS AFFECTED BY THIS WORK TO BECOME FAMILIAR WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS AND $ 20A-120/277V SINGLE POLE TOGGLE SWITCH, HUBBELL, TYPE CS1221 EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER QTY. LOCATION OF DEVICE(S) POWER WIRING COMMUNICATIONS CABLING WITH THE DIFFICULTIES THAT WILL AFFECT THE EXECUTION OF THIS WORK. NO ADDITIONAL PAYMENTS WILL BE APPROVED REGARDING ADDITIONAL WORK REQUIRED $3 20A-120/277V THREE WAY TOGGLE SWITCH, HUBBELL, TYPE CS1223 BECAUSE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS. SUBMITTAL OF A BID WILL ACKNOWLEDGE THE ACCEPTANCE OF THIS RESPONSIBILITY. PRINTER / MULTIFUNCTION UNIT 1 OFFICE, BELOW COUNTER SEE POWER PLANS CATEGORY 6. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 17050E 20A-120V PIR (PASSIVE INFRARED) OCCUPANCY SENSOR/WALL SWITCH, S MOUNTED AT 48" AFF, WATTSTOPPER CAT #WI-200. USE IN SMALL ROOMS 10'x10' 2. WHERE STRUCTURAL OPENINGS ARE NOT AVAILABLE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAX WITHOUT OBSTRUCTIONS. CORE DRILL OR CUT AND CHASE WALLS AND FLOORS AS REQUIRED TO PERMIT DIGITAL AMPLIFIER PASO-MUZAK 1 OFFICE, BELOW COUNTER SEE POWER PLANS NONE PASSAGE OF CONDUITS AND RACEWAYS. AT COMPLETION OF INSTALLATIONS, $T CASH WRAP TIMER. REFER TO FLOORPLANS FOR DESCRIPTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL FILL IN AND WATERPROOF OR FIREPROOF, TO RATING OF CATEGORY 6. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS STRUCTURE PENETRATED. FILL ALL OPENINGS WITH MATERIALS AS DIRECTED BY THE MUSIC CONTROLLER MUZAK 1 OFFICE, BELOW COUNTER SEE POWER PLANS SECTION 17050. ARCHITECT AND FINISH TO MATCH SURROUNDING AREAS. ALL OPENINGS REQUIRED SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO DEMOLITION OR CORE DRILLING. 0 20A-125 V DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, HUBBELL, TYPE CR5362 OR EQUIVALENT. CPU (REQUIRES I.G.) 1 PHONE BOARD SEE POWER PLANS NONE 3. PROVIDE AN ACCURATE, TYPED PANELBOARD SCHEDULE AND INSTALL IT ON THE 6GR SAME AS 6EXCEPT WITH INTEGRAL "GFI" PROTECTION, HUBBELL TYPE GFR5352 INSIDE COVER OF EACH PANEL. OFFICE BELOW COUNTER UPS ( BATTERY BACKUP) 1 SEE POWER PLANS NONE SAME ASOEXCEPT 2 DUPLEX RECEPTACLES MOUNTED IN 2-GANG BOX WITH 4. AFTER DEMOLITION IS COMPLETE, ANY RECESSED ABANDONED ELECTRICAL & PHONE BOARD BACKBOX MAY BE REUSED FOR NEW DEVICE INSTALLATION AS APPLICATION PERMITS. 06 SINGLE COVERPLATE PROVIDE A NEW COVERPLATE THAT MATCHES THE SIZE OF THE BACKBOX AND THE CATEGORY 6. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS MODEM 1 PHONE BOARD SEE POWER PLANS CONFIGURATION OF THE DEVICE(S) INSTALLED THEREIN. EXISTING DEVICES, WIRING, SAME AS EXCEPT WITH WEATHERPROOF WHILE -IN -USE HIGH IMPACT SECTION 17050. OR COVERPLATES WILL NOT BE PERMITTED TO BE REUSED. O WP POLYCARBONATE - NON-METALLIC HINGED COVER. HUBBELL #WP26MP (COVER 5. AFTER CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETE, PROVIDE A NEW BLANK COVERPLATE OVER ONLY). ORDER DEVICE SEPARATE. CALCULATOR 1 OFFICE, BELOW COUNTER SEE POWER PLANS CATEGORY 6. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 17050E ALL UNUSED BACKBOXES ABANDONED IN PLACE. 0IG SAME ASOWITH ISOLATED GROUND, HUBBELL TYPE IG5362. 6. ALL CONDUIT PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLS, FLOORS, OR SHAFTS PHONE 1 VARIOUS NONE CATEGORY 6. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS ® SAME ASOONLY SURFACE MOUNTED. SECTION 17050. SHALL BE SEALED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFICATIONS. SPECIAL NEMA TYPE RECEPTACLE, CONFIGURATION AS INDICATED ON PLANS BASE (RECHARGING STATION) CATEGORY 6. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS 7. ROUTING OF ALL SURFACE MOUNTED/EXPOSED CONDUIT IN UNFINISHED AREAS HAND HELD UNIT 2 OFFICE, BELOW COUNTER SEE POWER PLANS SECTION 17050E (OR WHERE NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS) SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH, AND SHALL BE 4" SQ. x 2-1/8" DEEP BOX WITH PLASTER RING TO MATCH DEVICE FOR TELEPHONE APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. AND/OR DATA OUTLET - STUB 3/4" CONDUIT INTO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE. BASE (RECHARGING STATION) w PROVIDE PLASTIC BUSHING ON EACH END OF CONDUIT. PROVIDE BLANK COVER 2 OFFICE, BELOW COUNTER SEE POWER PLANS NONE 8. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT WITH ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT IF NOT USED BY OWNER. W = DENOTES MOUNTED AT WALL PHONE HEIGHT - 46 HAND HELD UNIT INSTALLER PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. EXACT ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE A.F.F. VERIFIED IN THE FIELD WITH THE EQUIPMENT'S NAMEPLATE DATA. E.C. SHALL MAKE AUTO DEPOSIT UNIT BRINKS 1 OFFICE, BELOW COUNTER SEE POWER PLANS CATEGORY 6. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS APPROPRIATE ADJUSTMENTS TO ASSOCIATED BREAKERS/DISCONNECT SWITCHES, a 4" SQ. x 2-1/8" DEEP BOX WITH PLASTER RING TO MATCH DEVICE FOR SECTION 17050. BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING, AND SIZE FUSES PER MANUFACTURER'S TELEPHONE/DATA OUTLET - STUB 1" CONDUIT INTO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE. RECOMMENDATIONS. PROVIDE PLASTIC BUSHING ON EACH END OF CONDUIT. PROVIDE BLANK COVER PRINTER -AUTO DEPOSIT UNIT BRINKS 1 OFFICE, BELOW COUNTER SEE POWER PLANS NONE IF NOT USED BY OWNER. INSTALL DEVICE AT 18" AFF TO CENTERLINE OF DEVICE 9. ALL WIRING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CONDUIT. ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 3/4" 3'-8" 4'-0" SWITCH 1 PHONE BOARD SEE POWER PLANS CATEGORY 6. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS ISP MODEM SECTION 17050E 10. CIRCUITS SHALL BE REARRANGED AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN THE MOST STANDARD JUNCTION BOX SIZED PER N.E.C. AND SUPPORTED INDEPENDENT OF BALANCED LOADS ON EACH PHASE WITHIN EACH PANEL. E.C. SHALL PROVIDE A 24"x20"x18" TYPED PANELBOARD SCHEDULE AND INSTALL IT ON INSIDE COVER OF EACH PANEL. CONDUIT SYSTEM. SEE POWER PLANS CATEGORY 6 STUBBED INTO WALL TO ALLOWEl' f TRIPP LITE CONNECTION FROM BEHIND, TIMECLOCK SRW9W RACK 11. ANY DEVICES THAT ARE TO BE INSTALLED BACK-TO-BACK IN A COMMON WALL HEAVY-DUTY 3 POLE FUSIBLE DISCONNECT SWITCH W/FUSETRONS SIZED AS EMPLOYEE TIMECLOCK 1 BACK ROOM WALL MOUNTED COVERS CONNECTION LOCATION. DATA OR SIMILAR SHALL BE SEPARATED BY 8" MINIMUM TO MINIMIZE SOUND TRANSFER. ❑� NOTED OR AT 125% OF ACTUAL MOTOR NAMEPLATE RATING -SWITCH SIZE AS TERMINATES AT PATCH PANEL ON PHONE 4'x8' FIRE NOTED. "NF" DENOTES NON -FUSIBLE -MOUNTED AT EQUIPMENT. "WP" DENOTES RETARDANT BOARD. PANEL PANEL io 12. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMATIC AND INDICATE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT ONLY. WEATHERPROOF -MOUNTED AT EQUIPMENT. 00/000 = DISCONNECT SIZE / FUSE "A" "B" FACP PLYWOOD COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH OTHER TRADES TO VERIFY THE ACTUAL SPACE SIZE = MOUNTED AT EQUIPMENT. CASH WRAP (REQUIRES I.G. &CATEGORY 6 FOR PHONE AND DATA OUTLET(S). PHONE BOARD CONDITIONS, HEADROOM, ETC. THAT IS TO BE MAINTAINED. NO ADDITIONAL PAYMENT GENERAL PURPOSE CIRCUIT) LOZIER 1 AT SALES COUNTERS SEE POWER PLANS REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 17050. WILL BE APPROVED FOR FAILURE TO COMPLY. MOTOR CONNECTION AS NOTED - CONNECT WITH FLEXIBLE OR SEALTIGHT CONDUIT VARIOUS LOCATIONS, 13. BRANCH CIRCUITS SERVING ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLES SHALL INCLUDE AN CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLES 1 ABOVE GROMMETTED SEE POWER PLANS NONE ® co OT THERMOSTAT CONNECTION, THERMOSTAT PROVIDED BY OTHERS, WIRED & ADDITIONAL ISOLATED GROUNDING CONDUCTOR FROM THE RECEPTACLE AND WILL COUNTERS. TERMINATE ON THE ISOLATEDANSULATED GROUND BAR IN PANEL SERVING THEM. INSTALLED BY E.C. o ® TIMECLOCK, TORK #W200L WITH CARRY OVER OR EQUAL 14. COORDINATE ALL LOCATIONS OF FLOOR BOXES, RECEPTACLES, AND OTHER SYMBOL LEGEND GENERAL NOTES: 04 G 120/208V - 3 PHASE - 4 WIRE ELECTRICAL BRANCH CIRCUIT PANEL DEVICE BACKBOXES WITH CASEWORK AND FURNITURE LAYOUTS. REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND FIELD VERIFY EXACT 1. ALL TOGGLE SWITCHES ARE TO BE FLUSH MOUNTED AT 48" A.F.F. TO CENTERLINE OF BOX AND BE PROVIDED WITH A THERMOSPLASTIC COVER PLATE TO MATCH DEVICE LOCATIONS AND CONDUIT ROUTING METHODS WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. COLOR OF DEVICE TO BE SELECTED BY ARCHITECT. COMPLY WITH CURRENT ADA REQUIREMENTS. HOMERUN ROUTED CONCEALED IN FINISHED AREAS AND ROUTED EXPOSED IN 2. ALL RECEPTACLES, TELEPHONE, ETC. ARE TO BE FLUSH MOUNTED AT 18" A.F.F. TO CENTERLINE AND BE PROVIDED WITH A THERMOPLASTIC COVER PLATE TO MATCH THE 15. WIRE SIZE OF BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE ADJUSTED TO COMPENSATE FOR UNFINISHED AREAS. DESIGNATION INDICATES HOMERUN TO PANEL W DEVICE UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. COLOR OF THE DEVICE TO BE SELECTED BY ARCHITECT. ALL BACK TO BACK DEVICES TO BE OFFSET HORIZONTALLY 6" MINIMUM. 05 TELE. BOARD ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = 1%0" VOLTAGE DROP BASED UPON ACTUAL CONDUIT ROUTING. E.C. SHALL MAINTAIN INDICATING CIRCUIT NUMBER(S) - ALL WIRRNG SHALL BE #12 WITH GROUND WIRE COMPLY WITH CURRENT ADA REQUIREMENTS. VOLTAGE DROP AS RECOMMENDED BY NEC (NOT TO EXCEED 3%). MINIMUM CIRCUIT LION (INCREASE TO #10 FOR CIRCUITS OVER 75 FT.) - ALL HOMERUNS SHALL BE 3. THE EXACT LOCATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHT OF ALL SWITCHES, OUTLETS, ETC. ARE TO BE CONFIRMED WITH ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS AND OWNER PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. SIZE SHALL BE 2#12, 1#12G. CONNECTED TO A 20 AMPERE, 1 POLE CIRCUIT BREAKER LION - QUANTITY OF IF LOCATIONS AND MOUNTING HEIGHT ARE NOT SHOWN, REQUEST LOCATIONS PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. CONFIRM EQUIPMENT OUTLET LOCATIONS WITH EQUIPMENT CONDUCTORS AS NECESSARY TO ACCOMMODATE CIRCUITS AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS. COMPLY WITH ADA REQUIREMENTS. 16. E.C. SHALL PROVIDE 3/4" MINIMUM EMPTY CONDUIT WITH PULLWIRE FOR CONTROL INDICATED. CONTRACTOR SHALL SIZE CONDUIT TO ACCOMMODATE QUANTITY 4. SWITCHES AND DEVICES SHALL BE SPECIFICATION GRADE AND SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY HUBBELL, LEVITON, OR P & S. WIRING BETWEEN HVAC EQUIPMENT AND REMOTE LOCATED CONTROL PANELS. OF WIRES WITHIN EACH HOMERUN - 3/4" CONDUIT MINIMUM. ANY HOMERUN 5. NO ITEMS ARE TO BE SCALED OFF THE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN MUST BE VERIFIED PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR COORDINATE EXACT REQUIREMENTS WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. THAT SERVES AN ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLE SHALL BE PROVIDED AN CRITICAL ROUGH -IN DIMENSIONS. ISOLATED GROUND (SIZED TO MATCH THE EQUIPMENT GROUND) IN ADDITION TO 17. ALL BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A SEPARATE NEUTRAL AN EQUIPMENT GROUND. CONDUCTOR. NEUTRALS SHALL NOT BE SHARED PER 2011 NEC 210.4 (B). SECURITY SYSTEM SYMBOLS CONDUIT ROUTED CONCEALED IN FINISHED AREAS ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING 18. ALL AREAS THAT HAVE TOGGLE -TYPE LIGHT SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES OR IN WALL AND EXPOSED IN UNFINISHED AREAS. PROVIDE WIRING AND SIZE MOUNTED BESIDE DOOR OPENINGS AT 46" TO CENTERLINE MAY BE FURNISHED WITH A CONDUIT AS NOTED FOR HOMERUN SYMBOL ABOVE COMMON BACKBOX AND A COMMON FACEPLATE. - 3/4" CONDUIT MINIMUM. SYMBOL DESCRIPTION 19. E.C. SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE FOLLOWING PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN: PET - CONDUIT RUN IN OR BELOW FLOOR SLABS - MAINTAIN 2" MINIMUM CONCRETE SUPPLIES PLUS EQUIPMENT VENDORS AND LIGHTING FIXTURE NATIONAL ACCOUNT COVER ABOVE CONDUIT PROVIDE WIRING AND SIZE CONDUIT AS NOTED FOR ® PUBLIC VIEW MONITOR WITH CAMERA REPRESENTATIVE, MECHANICAL/PLUMBING CONTRACTOR AND HOMERUN SYMBOL ABOVE - 3/4" CONDUIT MINIMUM. 3'-2 3/4 " MECHANICAL/PLUMBING DRAWINGS. E.C. SHALL PROVIDE ALL EQUIPMENT, DEVICES, 1'-6 1/8 " © CONTACTOR - AMPACITY AND POLES AS NOTED WITH NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE WIRING AND CONDUITS AS SHOWN OR IMPLIED ON THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND NETWORK VIDEO RECORDER NVR AND SECURITY VIEWING MONITOR 5'-11 1 /2 " q rL 0 ( ) SPECIFICATIONS. PUSHBUTTON FOR DOOR BELL, EDWARDS #630L 20. E.C. SHALL CONNECT CORD AND PLUG COMPONENTS SHIPPED LOOSE WITH ANY EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHER TRADES PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION © DOOR CHIME MOUNTED AT 12" BELOW FINISHED CEILING, EDWARDS #C211 SC STANDARD CAMERA INSTRUCTIONS. ® DOORBELL TRANSFORMER MOUNTED ABOVE CEILING OR ON WALL, EDWARDS 21. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS TO #590 RC RELOCATABLE CAMERA FULLY FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BID. NO . s FIRE ALARM SPEAKER/VISUAL DEVICE - WALL MOUNTED PER ADA REQUIREMENT ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATIONS WILL BE ALLOWED AFTER THE BID. lFss1 V FIRE ALARM VISUAL DEVICE -WALL MOUNTED. 22. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING ALL SWITCH, FIRE ALARM SMOKE DETECTOR FUSE, CONDUCTOR, CIRCUIT BREAKER SIZES, KAIC RATINGS, ETC., FOR CODE - COMPLIANCE. NOTIFY ENGINEER OF ANY AND ALL DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO BID. O [El FIRE ALARM MANUAL PULL STATION - MOUNTED 48" A.F.F. N 23.THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLING ALL INDICATED FAAP EQUIPMENT TO CODE COMPLIANT CLEARANCES. PROVIDE SUBMITTALS AS INDICATED Q FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR PANEL, FLUSH MOUNTED IN SPECIFICATIONS TO PROPERLY COORDINATE PHYSICAL LOCATIONS OF NEW FACP AND/OR EXISTING EQUIPMENT. REFER TO ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS AND COMPLETE CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS. 04 GROOMING ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = V-0" AQUATICS GENERAL NOTES: 1. REFER TO VENDOR EQUIPMENT SHOPS. 2' -0" 1'-9" 10" 1-811 1 " 2-911 4'-3" 4' _3"2'-3" 4'-511 4'-511 14'-811 1'-6 1 /8 " �- 4'-3" = O O O O O 1 1 1 1 1 CO CO Cp CID CO a � U-1 T T 1--oll- - kmwooll ENTECH ENGINEERING INC. 5301 VIRGINIA WAY SUITE 140 BRENTWOOD, TN 37027 v. 615.373.2640 1. 615.373.4837 email®entechtn.com entechtn.com 14 M r O u _ 1�1 yj G GO� M O V 5 E 4 N � P%ZdW O H a U CD W W Q W .e co _ O 1 N I c co 1 1 1 M co M 1 1 1 02 SALES AREA COOLER/FREEZER ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" So V-0" 01 ANIMAL FIXTURE VENDOR ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" 03 GROOMING ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" '�LSAV N 4..BA:•. WAIN Cr • '••. �QIIUL �•� RAISES 0 3�1519 a N LLo CM LL w >- N 2 CL w N VJ W Z) W VJ OWZ W l- = 0 _O I- UZQ WJ> JQW Q j UWW Z C) �WZ U0 W W ISSUED FOR: PERMIT 03.14.19 BID 03.14.19 CONSTRUCTION - REVIEW SET - PROJECT MANAGER DESIGNER JOB NO. 18390 E400 I'l NEW PANEL: H-A 480/277V, 3PHv 4 WIRE, 400 AMP BUSSING, MLO ()l 40013 MCB (X), SURFACE (X), FLUSH FEED-THRU LUGS TOTAL PER PHASE IN KW DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION 00001MENE/sommmull ©--®-- --®--= ©--®-- MEOMMENE/m/mmmoll m--®-- ---©-® 112.5KVATRANSFORMER ®mmm®® Wj///Om/////O///// m=m S ' =MMM ' 'EM mmmmmm MmmmmMSPACE ONLY MmmmmmSPACEONLY ®---_- i • _�®!j�j jj�j 1 11 ��- • -----® mmmmmm ®----- • _�®jjjj 111 jjjj////:®�- 111 1 • • -----® 1 m---_- •Mmmmmm _�®�j�j�jj�j SPACE ONLY 'SPACE ONLY mmmmmm ®---_- • _�� 1 i i jj�jj% jjj�ji,��_ • -----® SHALL BE RJLLY RATED FOR 18KAIC COORDINATE WITH POWER COMPANY PRIOR TO ORDERING TOTAL 184.69 TOTAL CONN KW 222.25 TOTAL CONN AMPS (PANELPANEL SERVING LIGHTING FIRST 1 REUAINING RECEPTACLES EQUIPHVAC OF • •' MISCELLANEOUS• EQUIPMENTKITCHEN KITCHEN • l PER 2014 NEC TABLE 220.56)• • • ■ DIVERSITY DEMAND LOAD L= •17 KW X125= 12.71 KW 10.00 KW Xl.00=10.00 KW ' = 20.28I 1.14 KW 11CONTROL HV= 111 0.00 KW 11 0.00 KW X 0.65 0.00 .• KW TOTAL=i• KW • NOTES: 1. PROVIDERATED 2. PROVIDE-WfLOCK-ON DEVICE 3. CIRCUIT SHALL BE • . THRU LIGHTING CONTACTOR FOR • • PANEL: A 208Y/1 20V, 3PH, 4 WIRE, 400 AMP BUSSING, M LO (), 40013 MCB (X), SURFACE (X), FLUSH (), FEED-THRU LUGS TOTALNEW KW ©-m-- DESCRIPTION DESCR IPTION M=mmmmmjjjjj ' ©----- .. mm� " jjjjj --- " -� -mm jjjjj mjm f l --- " -� _=m�wjji.j�jj l m=m 1 1 - 1 / --m m----- " ' " -----® m----- -imm m jjjjj] ' ` m-- TELECOM- 1 • ---® ®----- • .. _�� ' ' � --- ' ' -® ®----- ... • iRECEPTS -®---® m----- • .. _=m%//�����///////// �1J�jfJ��J mmmm ' • i -m---m RTU RECEPTACLES AUTO I ' i IM=m � m jjj mmm -®---® STORE FRONT SIGN BREAK ROOM RECEPTACLES ®----- ' " SIDE SIGN DRINKING FOUNTAIN======PRINTER -®---© I FAX/ BLUEBIRD DOCKS ®--- ' ' . /POWER SURGE =--- 1 • 1 • i • -MMM MM == ■© MimmilliIIIE1111=1111111111PHONEBOARD + f jjjjj% j�jj/ / ' RECEPTACLE �----- ®�- PHONEBOARD RECEPTACLE ®----- -----© ®-- 1 1 / m® : 11jjj j (U N USABLE SPACE) -----© ®-- 1 11 -®' -----© m-- 1 1 1 m® ----- • f - PANEL SHALL BE FULLY -• i27-16 ®� 69.88 s • RATED COORDINATE WITH POWER COMPANYPRIOR TO ORDERING 194.11iCONN AMPS SERVING (PANEL A) CONN LOAD DIVERSITY XXAAND LOAD # 1 • 1 KW 1. PROVIDEi CB i/ 00/ 11 PROVIDE BREAKER WA• • DEVICE REMAINING RECEPTACLES R = 20.28 KW X-50= 10-14 KW 3- CIRCU IT SHALL BE ROUTED THRU LIGHTING CONTACTOR FOR 1 KW X1.00=1 KW CONTROL• • OF 1•• HV= 0.00 0.00 MISCELLANEOUS/t EQUIPMENTKITCHEN 111 KW XO.65000 KITCHEN LOAD PER 2014 NEC TABLE 220.56). 69-88 KW TOTAL TOTAL•, / fl AMPS NEW PANEL: - 1 : 1WIRE,BUSSING,f - SURFACE. - .•, TOTAL . PHASE KW i•i ©©-©- DESCRIPTION mm®mm DESCRIPTION ©©®©© IM=MIWI==SOLENOID ''jj f i • ---®-© ©--- f : 1 -j//.�jj�/�©■ ---®-© ©--- 1 : 1 -/ --- " -m DEHUMIDIFIER TAG MACH IN E R ECEPT `';PETGROOMING -®---� NOTIFIER LIGHTING m SALES LIGHTING SALES LIGHTING GROOMING RM, RECEPTS SALES LIGHTING STOCK LTG/WALL PACK -�--- • .. Mmmmjjj mmm=m GEN PURPOSEmmmmmmomommm -�---� 1110IMMIIN111011111MAQUARIUM POWER =MMMMMAQUARIUM POWER R ®---M- AQUARIUM POWER ' ---M-Q ®---=- jjjjjjj�//®-- ---m-® =----- , • • ' ®=mjjjjj/jjjmmmm- . - M---M- REPTILE DISPLAY �0��jj�jj�0� • .. -----Q ®---M- RATEDPANEL SHALL BE RJLLY FOR 22 KAIC TOTAL�_�MM 44.49 TOTAL CONN KW COORDINATE WITH POWER COMPANY PRIOR TO ORDERING 123-58 TOTALCONNAMPS SERVING (PANEL. xx) CONNLOAD DIVERSITY DEMAND LOAD NOTES: 964 KW 1 GIRCU IT SHALL BE ROUTED TH RU LIGHTING CONTACTOR FOR FIRST 1 OKW RECEPTACLES R = 1000 KW XI.00=iff KW CONTROL• • •.34 KW f EQUIPHVAC 0.00 f/ lit KW 3. CIRCUIT SHALL BE ROUTED THRU LIGHTING CONTACTOR FOR OF •/• HV= o f 0.00 CONTROL BY LIGHTING CONTROL MISCELLANEOUS11 EQUIPMENTKITCHEN 0.00 KW XO.650.00 KITCHEN • i PER 2014156) TOTAL = 44A9 KW TOTAL TOTALTOTAL PANEL SCHEDULE GENERAL NOTES: 1. PROVIDE HANDLE TIE ON ALL MULTIWIRE BRANCH CIRCUITS. 2. ALL SPARE CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE LEFT IN THE "OFF" POSITION. I N.E.C. LOAD ANALYSIS (NEW LOAD ADDED) I LIGHTING FIRST 10KW RECEPT REMAIN ING RECEPT MISC. LOADS HVAC LOADS KITCHEN LOADS ("") SUB -TOTAL 25% OF LARGEST MOTOR 10.17 KW X 1,25 = 12.71 KW 10.00 KW X 1.00 = 10.00 KW 20.28 KW X .50 = 10.14 KW 62.82 KW X 1.00 = 62.82 KW 81.42 KW X 1.00 = 81.42 KW 0.00 KW X 0.65 = 0.00 KW 177.09 KW = 213.11 AMPS 0.0 KW X .25 = 0.00 KW 177.09 KW = 213.11 AMPS ENTECH ENGINEERING INC. 5301 VIRGINIA WAY SUITE 140 BRENTWOOD, TN 37027 v. 615.373.2640 f. 615.373.4837 email•entedan.com entechtn.com 0 r a U) LU 0 LIJ Q IJJ *,games,, �v. RI►,! OF •''••'`LOnrto." "anon •i 3�1519 N cM J LL 5. J_ N2 N .j LLB Z � w Q 0 Uw L.L Z F_U U Cn w J W ISSUED FOR: PERMIT 03.14.19 BID 03.14.19 CONSTRUCTION - REVIEW SET - PROJECT MANAGER DESIGNER JOB NO. 18390 E5mO 1 2 3 q.. 5 V 3 CD d co 6 rn co 0 U c B 2 co co 0 is: co a J U_ fA �E L a m N U J J L a N 0 rn M OD w M m m o Nv E� ZN 1.0 DESIGN AND CODE INFORMATION 1.1 The Structure is designed based on the 2017 Florida Building Code, 61h Edition. All design, materials and workmanship shall conform to the referenced code(s). Components designed by suppliers shall be designed in accordance with the referenced code(s). 1.2 The Structure and its Components are designed for Wind Loads as defined by the Building Code, where: - Basic Wind Speed (3 Second Gust): 140 mph (ULTIMATE) - Risk Category: II - Wind Exposure: C - Intemal Pressure Coefficient: +0.18/-0.18 - Velocity Pressure: q: = 36.7 psi 916' (ULTIMATE) 1.3 The Structure is designed using the following Earthquake Load Data: D - Site Class: D (Assumed) - Seismic Design Category: A - Mapped Spectral Response Accelerations: Ss = 0.068 g Si = 0.034 g - Design Spectral Response Coefficients: SDs = 0.072 g SDI = 0.055 g - CS = 0.036 1.4 The Structural Engineer will Observe the Construction only as requested by the Architect as Specified in the Architect -Engineer Agreement for the Project Field Observation required by the Project Specifications or the Building Code must be performed by a Qualified Reid Observer Approved by the Architect 1.5 The Owner and Architect shall examine the Structure and inform the Structural Engineer in writing, of any Loads not listed above. No Reserve Live Load Capacity exists for Conversion to other uses, if not noted above. 2.0 ADDITIONAL CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES AND DEFINITIONS 2.1 Shop drawings shall not be reviewed for approval unless checked by the fabricator and approved by the contractor. Submit one high quality reproducible and one print of the reproducible for review. Only marked up reproducible will be returned. Reproduction of contract documents for shop drawings will not be permitted or accepted. See specifications and general notes for additional requirements. 2.2 The contractor shall provide 10 worldog days in his schedule for the Structural Engineers review of each submittal. 2.3 It is the Contractors responsibility to certify that he has not made changes to specified materials on submittals. 2.4 The contractor shall insure that all construction loads do not exceed the design live loads indicated on the structural drawings and that these loads are not put on the structural members prior to the time that all framing members and their connections are in place. 2.5 Contractor shall verify and bear the expense of verifying all existing conditions, horizontal and vertical dimensions and coordination of Architectural and Structural drawings. Immediately notify the Architect of any discrepancies. For dimensions not shown on Structural Drawings, see the Architectural Drawings. 2.6 Dimensions shown indicate spans for which members are Structurally Adequate. The contractor shall COORDINATE AND CONFIRM ALL C DIMENSIONS. Contractor shall include in his bid the Costs of Dimensional Coordination and Confirmation. These Documents constitute a performance specification. Coordinate all openings, support systems, duct work locations, mechanical elements, sprinklers, etc., with Structural elements. Consult the Engineer/Architect and obtain Approval PRIOR TO making changes to Structural Systems. 2.7 These Drawings and Specifications are performance specifications. Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services required to execute and complete all items of work, as shown or indicated on the drawings and as specified in this section, including incidental items to effect a finished and complete job, even though such items are not shown or particularly mentioned on the Contract Documents. 2.8 The Contractor shall compare the Structural Sections with the Architectural Sections and report any discrepancies to the Architect PRIOR TO fabricating or installing Structural Members. 2.9 See Architectural Drawings or Specifications for any fireproofing requirements of structural members. 2.10 The design, adequacy and safety of erection bracing, shoring, temporary supports, etc., is the Sole Responsibility of the Contractor. 2.11 Erection and bracing of steel structures shall comply with the limits and recommendations of the "Code of Standard Practice", Latest edition of the American Institute of Steel Construction. Provide bracing wherever necessary to take care of all loads to which the structure may be subjected, including equipment and the operation of the same. 2.12 The details shown on the Structural Drawings designated as "Typical Details" apply generally to the drawings in all areas where conditions are similar to those described in the details. 2.13 Notes on the Structural General Notes sheet are applicable unless specifically noted otherwise on the drawings. 2.14 Principal openings are shown on the drawings. See Architectural, Mechanical and Electrical drawings for sleeves, curbs, inserts and other openings not shown. The contractor shall provide for all openings, whether shown on the Structural Drawings or not Size and location of all openings shall be verified with the mechanical and electrical contractors. Any deviation from openings shown on the Structural Drawings shall be brought to the Engineers attention for Approval PRIOR TO fabrication or installation of Structural Members. 2.15 Investigate Actual locations of underground lines and utilities BEFORE excavating and advise the Architect of all interferences. 4.0 REINFORCEMENT B 4.1 Reinforcing Bars shall conform to ASTM A615, Grade 60. Welded Wire Fabric shall conform to ASTM A185. 4.2 Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement and Accessories shall be in accordance with ACI 'Detailing Manual", SP-66, the CRSI "Manual of Standard Practice' and ACI 318. 4.3 Reinforcing shall Not be Heated or Welded. 4.4 Reinforcing Placement shall be Approved by the Architect or His/Her Authorized Representative before Concrete is Placed. 4.5 Provide the following Concrete Cover for Reinforcement (Exposed Members are Members Exposed to Weather or Earth in Service): MARK NOT EXPOSED EXPOSED CAST AGAINST EARTH BEAMS 1-1/2' 1-1/2' -- FOOTINGS -- 2- 3" WALLS - #5 OR SMALLER 3/4" 1 1/2" -_ WALLS - #6 OR LARGER 3/4" 2" --- 4.6 Reinforcement for Slabs -On -Grade shall be as follows: - 4 inch Slab -On -Grade 6 x 6- W2.9 x W2.9 4.7 Masonry Reinforcement shall be placed in the Center of the Wall, Unless Specifically Detailed Otherwise in these Drawings. 4.8 Bars designated Continuous or Bars required to be Spliced for Placement, shall be Lapped as follows: - Concrete Reinforcement: Class'B- Tension Lap - Masonry Reinforcement: MASONRY LAP SPLICE LENGTH BAR SIZE #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 80 CMU 36" 45' 540 63" 72" 12" CMU 36" 45" 54' 63" 1 72' - Lap Splices in Bottom Bars shall occur at a Support. A - Lap Splices in Top Steel shall occur at Mid Span. 4.9 Openings in Concrete Slabs and Walls shall be Reinforced on each side of the Opening with Two (2) #6 Bars in each face. Bars shall extend 2 feet Beyond opening. Provide Two (2) #4 Diagonal Bars 4'-0" long in each face All Re -Entrant Comers of Slabs and Walls. 4.10 Welded Wire Fabric (WWF) shall lap Two (2) Full Meshes and be Securely Wired at Each Side and End. 4.11 Welded Wire Fabric shall be Fabricated from Sheets. Rolls are Not Allowed. 4.12 Provide Comer Bars at All Wall and Bond Beam Comers. Bars shall be the same size and spacing as Horizontal Reinforcing in each direction. 4.13 Intersecting Walls, if Poured separately, shall be Keyed and Doweled together with Bars of same size and spacing as Horizontal Reinforcement STRUCTURAL GENERAL NOTES 5.0 CONCRETE 5.1 All Concrete Workmanship and Materials shall conform to ACI 318 and All Local Codes, Laws and Ordinances. 5.2 The following Table shall apply to All Concrete Ma Designs to be used for this Project: R MIN. COMP. STRENGTH AT TOTAL AIR SLUMP (in.) CONSOF CONSTRUCTION 28 DAYS (psi) W�RATIO FOOTINGS 3000 NOT REQ'D. 0.55 5 INTERIOR SLAB -ON -GRADE 3000 NOT REUD. 0.50 3 WALLS, BEAMS 4000 5 - 7% 0.45 4 & LINTELS RETAINING WALLS OR CONCRETE EXPOSED 3500 5 - 7% 0.50 4 TO WEATHER ALL OTHER 3000 AS REQ'D. 0.58 4 CONCRETE 5.3 Provide entrained air as per ACI 318. 5.4 Where excess water is added to the concrete so that its serviceability is degraded, the attainment of required strength shall not release the contractor from providing such modifications as may be required by the architect to provide a serviceable member. 5.5 All concrete shall be vibrated. 5.6 No repair or rubbing of concrete surfaces shall be made prior to inspection by and with approval of the architect (owner or his authorized representative). 5.7 Sawn control joint in slab -on -grade shall be cut in accordance with ACI 302.1 R. Joints shall be cut within 12 hours of slab placement The length -to -width ratios of slab areas shall not exceed 1.25. The maximum area of slab within Joints shall be 225 s.f. 5.8 Provide concrete walls with dovetail anchors and anchor slots where masonry walls abut concrete surface. 5.9 All pipe penetrations through slabs shall be sleeved in conformance with ACI 318, Section 6.3. 5.10 Refer to Civil Drawings for site concrete. 5.11 Refer to Drawings of other Disciplines and Vendor Drawings for embedded items and recesses not shown on Structural Drawings. 6.0 STRUCTURAL STEEL AND METAL FORM / DECK 6.1 All structural steel work shall conform to the 14th edition of the'Specifications for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings" of the AISC. 6.2 All structural steel, except for plates, angles, channels, pipe and tubing, shall conform to ASTM A992, Grade 50 (fy=50 ksi). 6.3 Structural steel plates, angles and channels shall conform to ASTM A36. 6.4 Steel pipe shall conform to ASTM A53, Grade B. 6.5 Square and rectangular structural tubing shall conform to ASTM A500, Grade B (fy=46 ksi). 6.6 Anchor bolts shall be ASTM F1554 headed bolts. 6.7 The structural steel fabricator shall be responsible for the design of all connections not detailed on the drawings. The fabricator shall provide certification by a registered professional engineer in the project state that the connection design is in accordance with all applicable codes and specifications. 6.8 Fabrication and erection shall be done by steel fabricator and erector who have been certified by the aisc quality certification program, category CnBg, or have an independent testing laboratory approved by the architect certify that the fabrication procedures used in this work are in accordance with AISC specifications and these requirements. 6.9 Welding shall be done by certified welders using ASTM E70 series electrodes for shop welding A36 steel, and E70 series low hydrogen electrodes for all welding of high strength steels and for all field welding. 6.10 Welds shown on structural drawings are minimum design requirements. The fabricator's shop drawings shall reflect welds in accordance with AWS requirements. 6.11 A minimum representative sampling of 10% of all filet welds by each welder shall be visually inspected. 6.12 A representative sampling of full penetration groove welds shall be inspected by ultrasonic testing. Twenty-five percent of the welds by each welder shall be inspected. See specifications for additional requirements. 6.13 When welds are not called -out on drawings, they are minimum size continuous filet welds in accordance with AWS D1.1. Fillet welds not specified as to length shall be continuous. 6.14 All groove welds shall be full penetration. 6.15 Provide fillet welds at all contact joints between steel members sufficient to develop the allowable tensile strength of the smaller member at the joint. ' 6.16 The contractor is responsible for the provision of a method to transfer gravity and lateral loads from non-structural items occurring between structural framing to adjacent framing members. If structural framing consists of joists or joist girders, special provisions apply. See steel joist and joist girder notes for further information. 6.17 Coordinate all openings and dimensions with Architectural and Mechanical drawings. Field confirm all dimensions. 6.18 Protect all steel below grade by encasing in concrete or painting with bitumastic painL 6.19 Galvanizing of steel members shall conform to ASTM A123. CiTV- 0x zH 7 GUr,-DIN(; 3 q Okra°ICIAL 7.0 MASONRY 7.1 All Masonry Construction shall comply with ACI 530, "Building Code Requirements for Concrete Masonry Structures'. 7.2 Masonry for this Structure has designed in Accordance with the Referenced Code as Inspected Masonry. The Owner shall employ an Agent in Compliance with Code Criteria to insure that the Code requirements are carried out Inspection and Testing shall conform to ACI 530 Section 1.5. 7.3 Minimum Compressive Strength of Concrete Masonry at 28 days shall be Pm =1,500 psi. All Load Bearing block masonry shall have a minimum Net Area unit strength of 1,900 psi at 28 days. 7.4 Concrete Masonry Units shall conform to ASTM C90 or ASTM C55 and be sampled and tested in Accordance with ASTM C140. 7.5 Bed Joint thickness shall not exceed 5/80. 7.6 Grout used for filling Cells and Bond Beams shall comply with ASTM C476 and shall have a Minimum Compressive Strength of 2,000 psi at 28 days detemrined in Accordance with ASTM C140. The Slump shall be between 9 inches and 11 inches. Test Gout strength in Accordance with ASTM C1019 for each 5000 square feet of wall. 7.7 Where the minimum dimension of any continuous vertical cell is 3 inches or less, use Fine Grout, otherwise use Course (Pea Gravel) Grout. 7.8 Mortar shall conform to the following Types as defined in the Building Code: - Masonry in contact with earth: Type M - Exterior Block Walls and Bearing Walls: Type M or S - Non -Bearing Interior Partitions: Type N - Brick Walls or Brick Veneer: Type N 7.9 Provide Control Joints at locations Approved by the Architect in all Masonry Walls at a maximum spacing of 20 feet or 3 times the wall height, whichever is less. Also provide Control Joints adjacent to comers, at changes in wall height and at changes in foundation conditions. Provide a Control Joint at Masonry Walls where support changes from Continuous Strip Footings to thickened slab -on -grade. 7.10 Joint Reinforcement shall be discontinued at control joints and where masonry veneer is supported from the Structuture. 7.11 Do Not locate Control Joints within 16 inches of openings, unless masonry above opening is supported from a Steel Lintel, which is supported from the Structure. 7.12 Horizontal Bond Beam reinforcement shall run continuous through Control Joints. 7.13 Joint Reinforcement shall meet ASTM A951. Provide the following Minimum Continuous Horizontal Masonry Reinforcing at 16 inches o.c. (Manufactured by Dur-O-Wal/Hohmann & Barnard, Inc. or an approved substitute.) - Single Wythe: Unreinforced - Std. Weight Truss type Reinforced - 8' width Std. Weight Ladder type 10'/120 width - Medium Weight Ladder Type - Cavity Walls: Unreinforced - Std. Weight Rectangular Tab Tie Reinforced - 8' width - Std. Weight Rectangular Tab Tie 10"/12" width - Medium Weight Rectangular Tab Tie 7.14 All Reinforced Hollow Unit Masonry shall be built to preserve the Unobstructed Vertical Continuity of the cells to be filled. Walls and cross webs forming such cells to be filled shall be full -bedded In Mortar to prevent leakage of the grout All Head (or end) joints shall be solidly filled with mortar for a distance in from the face of the wall or unit not less than the thickness of the longitudinal face shells. Bond shall be provided by lapping units in successive vertical courses or by equivalent Mechanical anchorage. 7.15 Vertical Cells to be filled shall have Vertical Alignment sufficient to maintain a clear, unobstructed, continuous vertical cell measuring not less than 3 inches and having a clear area of 10 square inches. 7.16 Cleanout openings shall be provided at the bottom of all cells to be filled in each pour of grout where such grout pour in excess of (4) four feet in height Any overhanging mortar or other obstruction or debris shall be removed from the insides of such cell wails. The cleanouts shall be sealed after Inspection add before grouting. 7.17 Vertical Reinforcement shall be held in position at Top and Bottom and at intervals not exceeding (192) diameters of the reinforcement or (10) feet 7.18 All Cells containing Reinforcement shall be filled solidly with grout Grout shall be poured in lifts of (8) feet maximum height. All Grout shall be consolidated at time of pouring by puddling or vibrating and then reconsolidated again by puddling later, before plasticity is lost. 7.19 When Total Grout Pour exceeds (8) feet in height, the grout shall be placed in (4) foot lifts and Special Inspection during Groutingshall be Required. 7.20 When the Grouting Is stopped for (1) one hour or longer, Horizontal Construction joints shall be formed by stopping the pour of grout not less than (1) inch or more than (2) inches Below the top of the uppermost unit grouted. 7.21 The Architect shall be given a Minimum of (24) hours notice prior to each reinforced block grouting operation. 7.22 Provide adequate bracing for all masonry wails during construction and until lateral supports and diaphragms have been attached and grout has attained the specified Design Strength. 7.23 Where Lintels bear on Masonry Walls, they shall bear on either a bond beam course or on cores filled with concrete. All Lintels shall have at least (88) of bearing at each end, unless noted otherwise. 7.24 Steel Beams which bear on Masonry Walls shall be Mechaically Anchored and shall bear either on Bond Beams or filled block cores Reinforced with 247 Vertical bars and shall bear a minimum of (80), unless shown otherwise. 8.0 POST -INSTALLED ANCHORS, REBAR, & FASTENERS 8.1 The products listed in this section are the design basis for this project. Additional requirements are as follows: a. Post -install anchors, rebar, and/or fasteners only as directed by the construction documents. b. Product diameter and embedment shall be as shown in the details. c. Install products in accordance with Manufacturers Printed Installation Instructions. d. Prior to Installation, contractor shall contact manufacturers representative for product -specific installation training and a letter shall be submitted to the Engineer -Of -Record (EOR) indicating training has taken place. e. Unless noted otherwise on the contract documents, refer to the project building code and/or evaluation report for required special inspections and proof load requirements. f. Substitution requests for products other than those listed below may be submitted by the contractor to the FOR for review. Substitutions will only be considered for products having a research report recognizing the product for the appropriate application under the project building code. Substitution requests shall include calculations that demonstrate the substituted product is capable of achieving the equivalent performance values of the design basis product. 1. For anchoring into CONCRETE: 1.1. Mechanical anchors shall have been tested in accordance with ACI 355.2 and ICC-ES AC193 for cracked concrete and seismic applications. Pre -approved products include: SIMPSON STRONG -TIE "TITEN-HD" (ICC-ES ESR-2713) 1.2. Adhesive for rebar and anchors shall have been tested in accordance with ACI 355.4 and ICC-ES AC308 for cracked concrete and seismic applications. Design bond strength has been based on cracked concrete, ACI 355.4 temperature category b, and Installations into dry holes drilled using a hammer drill into concrete that has cured for at least 21 days. Adhesive anchors shall be installed by a certified adhesive anchor installer when required per ACI 318-11 d.9.2.2. Installations requiring certified installers shall be inspected per ACI 318-11 d.9.2.4. Pre -approved products include: SIMPSON STRONG -TIE "SET-XP" (ICC-ES ESR-2508) 2. For anchoring into MASONRY: 2.1. Solid -grouted Concrete Masonry 2.1.1. Mechanical anchors shall have been tested in accordance with ICC-ES AC01 or ICC-ES AC106. Pre -approved products include: SIMPSON STRONG -TIE "TITEN-HD" ([CC -ES ESR-1056) 2.1.2. Adhesive for rebar and anchors shall have been tested in accordance with ICC-ES AC58. Pre -approved products include: SIMPSON STRONG -TIE "SET-XP" (IAPMO-UES ER-265) 2.2. Hollow Concrete Masonry 2.2.1. Mechanical anchors shall have been tested in accordance with ICC-ES AC106. Pre -approved products include: SIMPSON STRONG -TIE "TITEN-HD" 2.2.2. Adhesive for rebar and anchors with screen tubes shall have been tested for use in accordance with ICC-ES AC58. The appropriate screen tube shall be used as recommended by the adhesive manufacturer. Pre -approved products include: SIMPSON STRONG -TIE "SET-XP" (IAPMO-UES ER-265) Lu _o Cn N Q Z oo I� F_ N 2 N N > r � T Ln o Ct to Z O a_ fY C0 W 0 W H- Q w J W � Z UQ � W I- Z U) W C) ISSUED FOR: PERMIT 03.14.19 BID 03.14.19 CONSTRUCTION 04.26.19 REVIEW SET 03.14.19 1:JOB NO. 18390 C CV 3 0 U) 6 CD CM co U w U tD O a co a J U- tIl f a L a m N U J J L a m N 0 rn M co t m .. w to mm .o w i y N 'o m� E ZN W C ctf M T M Q 4 OD N� I. L� cv N LL N > T . T Ul co coc co W r O lu t Q h d � VA 3SUED FOR: 'ERMIT 03.14.19 31D 03.14.19 ',ONSTRUCTION 04.26.19 ZEVIEW SET 03.14.19 PROJECT MANAGER DESIGNER SS LJG JOB NO. 18390 i u � r 3 O v o 6 CD co 0 U W co 0 'a CD a J LL t a m N U J J A t n m N 0 rn ch co m m E mm o c a. �o , w IV •C m� ET mo Z N LL o 9 cn N O y- T M oo Q ` 4 r N � N Q N •� � J ti cn r z to Z O H a w 0 w Q 0 w r•-�•1E'%li•• ��G',t►� No. 61-544 r � a. 4C all Ai At. Z 04 Q � J cM M CL LL Z O J w > N I Z _ a. N p LL ISSUED FOR: PERMIT 03.14.19 BID 03.14.19 CONSTRUCTION 04.26.19 REVIEW SET 03.14.19 PROJECT MANAGER DESIGNER SS LJG JOB NO. IQQon 1 11 LL 1 I L _ I I- - 3 q N co O O m GO U m U 2 co (O O a. w a J LL 7i Cf gyp' C N 3 .r Ba �Q W x _O � N O v— a� M °O > � T wwrr'' Ii L_ V N N LA LLN > ~ A/ cc T V lr1 `h o < Qo Q r d Q�o�sy �••a''t'N NO. 61 r . �I*�• t� t �� s+ssasa+• N qql Lo cM M J J LL � J � J 2= W� N2 W Z Q J Z LL. LL w 3SUED FOR: IERMIT 03.14.19 31D 03.14.19 ',ONSTRUCTION 04.26.19 IEVIEW SET 03.14.19 PROJECT MANAGER DESIGNER SS LJG JOB NO. 18390 S200 i 2 3 0 C I? 3 0 c+) co 0 rn co Go r- U c� 16 0 U) co 0 A co a J LL. 7L f- f- EXIST. CMU #5 REBAR EA. JAMB INTO EXIST. FOOT[ SIMPSON "SET-XP' GROUT SOLID ALL AF v c: z a c c c a a LL LL U. CVtOT MP%1.1r% MCA\I NEW OPENINGS IN EXIST. 8" CMU WALL SCALE: 1 /2" = 1'-0" /CFF Apm nFlAWINPS1 SECTION AT NEW STAIR SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" !"O.C. E.W. & EPDXY INTO 3OND BEAM W/ IN SET-XP EPDXY P CMU LINTEL W/ L EXTEND LINTEL .YOND OPENING )E :XIST. CMU IAMB :IST. FINISH FLOOR INTERIOR EXTERIOR CUT FACE SHELL OF EXISTING CMU. INSTALL #5 BARS (AS SHOWN ON ELEVATION) FROM EXISTING FOUNDATION TO NEW OR EXISTING BOND BEAM. EPDXY DOWEL INTO NEW OR EXISTING BOND BEAM. GROUT SOLID. TYPICAL - BOTH SIDES OF EACH WINDOW OR DOOR /1l7CAllAlh SECTION AT NEW DOOR OPENING IN CMU WALL �LJ SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" (E) FOOTING N SLAB E SLAB Y2"0 x 1'-6" LONG SMOOTH BAR DOWELS @ 16" O.C. DO NOT EPDXY INTO EXIST. CONCRETE SLAB DOWEL DETAIL SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" SEE 2/S3.0 FOR SLAB CONSTRUCTION JOINT #3 @ 12" O.C. E.W. G — " G r. (2) - #4 CONT. 8" SECTION AT SLAB EDGE SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" (2) - #5 T&B GROUT SOLID EXIST. 8" CMU WALL EXIST. REINF. VERIFY V/ ARCH.) q NEW DEEP BOND BEAM DETAIL SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" %"CHAMFER (TYP. ) 00 EXISTING FINISH GRADE (FIELD VERIFY) 0 T 0 T 3" CLR. PYR) T-O- � CMU WALL BEYOND T-O- #4 EPDXY DOWELS @ 24" O.C. #5 CONT. T/NEWS B 5 SIDEWALK — I (MATCH EXIST.) S3 0 (SEE ARCH.) 1 I F.F.E. �N #3 @ 12" O.C. g EACH WAY GROUT SOLID BELOW GRADE (TYP. ) EXISTING FOOTING TO REMAIN (SIZE & DEPTH IS ASSUMED) SECTION AT NEW DOOR OPENING IN CMU WALL SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" VERIFY W/ ARCH. NEW 4" CONC. SLAB W/ #3 @ 12" O.C. EACH WAY �#4@12"O.C. NEW CONC. WALL W/ #4 @ 12" O.C. EACH WAY #4 DOWELS @ 12" O.C. (3) - #5 CONT. #5 @ 12" O.C. SECTION AT NEW DOCK /RAMP WALL/SLAB SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" 3000 PSI CONCRETE, MATCH EXISTING TREAT EXPOSED SOIL THICKNESS. REINFORCE WITH LOCAL AND STATE W/6"x6" W1.4xW1.4 WIRE EPA APPROVED MESH TERMIDICIDE PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF NEW VAPOR BARRIER 10 MIL POLY VAPOR #4 x10" REBAR @32"O.C. BARRIER OVER CLEAN EMBED 5" INTO EXISTING COMPACTED FILL. AS REO'D. FOR SLAB W/ SET-XP EPDXY. OVERLAP NEW AND STAGGER 16" OPPOSITE EXISTING V.B. EDGES INSTALLATION SIDES OF INFILL SLAB AND SEAL WITH MANUF. JOINT TAPE EXISTING SLAB TO REMAIN O F.F.E. OL RCN 4" COMPACTED x ,"',, GRANULAR Q Y BASE c.. TYPICAL SLAB REPAIR DETAIL SCALE: N.T.S. SEE PLAN /-4" (E) SLAB (ASSUMED) ASSUMED EXISTING FOOTING & WALL, SIZE, LOCATION & CONFIGURATION. FIELD VERIFY AS NECESSARY (TYPICAL) _o �Ld LL (n N O 4- T N M T � ~ m co L H LL Q LL J ti co r-- z to Z O F- _d IX U) w w w W Q ui Q od U) z O ISSUED FOR: PERMIT 03.14.19 BID 03.14.19 CONSTRUCTION 04.26.19 REVIEW SET 03.14.19 JOB NO. 18390 S3mO